Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Polygons present here will help you get good ideas on the associated lessons in it easily. Utilize the quick resources available here for Big Ideas Math Geometry Ch 7 Solutions and attempt the final exam with confidence. Solving the BIM Book Geometry Ch 7 Quadrilaterals and Polygons will boost up your confidence and improve your speed and accuracy while writing the exam. Download the Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers via quick links and ace up your preparation.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Ch 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons include the topics such as how to measure angles of a polygon, properties of different shapes, finding diagonals on a polygon, etc. If you need any help on the BIM Book Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons concepts you can always use this quick reference. With Consistent Practice using the Big Ideas Math Geometry Ch 7 Solutions you will no longer feel any difficulty in understanding the concepts.

 

Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation by interpreting the expression in parentheses as a single quantity.

Question 1.
4(7 – x) = 16
Answer:
The given equation is:
4 (7 – x) = 16
7 – x = \(\frac{16}{4}\)
7 – x = 4
7 – 4 = x
x = 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 3

Question 2.
7(1 – x) + 2 = – 19
Answer:
The given equation is:
7 (1 – x) + 2 = -19
7 (1 – x) = -19 – 2
1 – x = –\(\frac{21}{7}\)
1 – x = -3
1 + 3 = x
x = 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 4

Question 3.
3(x – 5) + 8(x – 5) = 22
Answer:
The given equation is:
3 (x – 5) + 8 (x – 5) = 22
(x – 5) (3 + 8) = 22
x – 5 = \(\frac{22}{11}\)
x – 5 = 2
x = 2 + 5
x = 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 7

Determine which lines are parallel and which are perpendicular.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 1
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 1
From the given figure,
The coordinates of line a are: (-2, 2), (4, -2)
The coordinates of line b are: (-3, -2), (0, -4)
The coordinates of line ‘c’ are: (-3, 0), (3, -3)
The coordinates of line ‘d’ are: (1, 0), (3, 4)
Compare the given coordinates with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
The slope of line a = \(\frac{-2 – 2}{4 + 2 }\)
= \(\frac{-4}{6}\)
= –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
The slope of line b = \(\frac{-4 + 2}{0 + 3}\)
= \(\frac{-6}{3}\)
= -2
The slope of line c = \(\frac{-3 – 0}{3 + 3}\)
= \(\frac{-3}{6}\)
= –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
The slope of line d = \(\frac{4 – 0}{3 – 1}\)
= \(\frac{4}{2}\)
= 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that line c and line d are perpendicular lines

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 2
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 2
From the given figure,
The coordinates of line a are: (3, 1), (0, -3)
The coordinates of line b are: (0, 1), (-3, -3)
The coordinates of line ‘c’ are: (2, 1), (-2, 4)
The coordinates of line ‘d’ are: (4, -4), (-4, 2)
Compare the given coordinates with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
The slope of line a = \(\frac{-3 – 1}{0 – 3}\)
= \(\frac{-4}{-3}\)
= \(\frac{4}{3}\)
The slope of line b = \(\frac{-3 – 1}{-3 – 0}\)
= \(\frac{-4}{-3}\)
= \(\frac{4}{3}\)
The slope of line c = \(\frac{2 + 4}{-4 – 4}\)
= \(\frac{6}{-8}\)
= –\(\frac{3}{4}\)
The slope of line d = \(\frac{4 + 2}{-4 – 4}\)
= \(\frac{6}{-8}\)
= –\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
line a and line b are parallel lines
line c and line d are parallel lines
line b and line c and line a and line c are perpendicular lines

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 3
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 3
From the given figure,
The coordinates of line a are: (4, -4), (-2, -2)
The coordinates of line b are: (-3, -2), (-2, 2)
The coordinates of line ‘c’ are: (3, 1), (2, -3)
The coordinates of line ‘d’ are: (0, 3), (-4, 4)
Compare the given coordinates with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
The slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
The slope of line a = \(\frac{-2 + 4}{-2 – 4}\)
= \(\frac{2}{-6}\)
= –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
The slope of line b = \(\frac{2 + 2}{-2 + 3}\)
= \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= 4
The slope of line c = \(\frac{-3 – 1}{2 – 3}\)
= \(\frac{-4}{-1}\)
= 4
The slope of line d = \(\frac{4 – 3}{-4 – 0}\)
= \(\frac{1}{-4}\)
= –\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
line b and line c are parallel lines
line b and line d and line c and line d are perpendicular lines

Question 7.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Explain why interpreting an expression as a single quantity does not contradict the order of operations.
Answer:
We know that,
In the order of operations, “Parenthesis” occupies the top position according to the BODMAS rule
So,
The interpreting of an expression as a single quantity or as different quantities don’t change the result
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the interpreting of an expression as a single quantity does not contradict the order of operations

Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Use the Venn diagram below to decide whether each statement is true or false. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
Some trapezoids are kites.
Answer:
The given statement is:
Some trapezoids are kites
From the given Venn diagram,
We can observe that there is no relation between trapezoids and kites
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is false

Question 2.
No kites are parallelograms.
Answer:
The given statement is:
No kites are parallelograms
From the given Venn diagram,
We can observe that there is no relation between kites and parallelograms
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is true

Question 3.
All parallelograms are rectangles.
Answer:
The given statement is:
All parallelograms are rectangles
From the given Venn diagram,
We can observe that rectangles are a part of parallelograms but not all parallelograms are rectangles because parallelograms contain rhombuses, squares, and rectangles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is false

Question 4.
Some quadrilaterals are squares.
Answer:
The given statement is:
Some quadrilaterals are squares
From the given Venn diagram,
We can observe that squares are a small part of quadrilaterals and quadrilaterals contain other than squares
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is true

Question 5.
Example 1 lists three true statements based on the Venn diagram above. Write six more true statements based on the Venn diagram.
Answer:
The given Venn diagram is:

From the above Venn diagram,
The six more true statements based on the Venn diagram are:
a. Some parallelograms are rhombuses
b. Some parallelograms are squares
c. Some parallelograms are rectangles
d. Some quadrilaterals are kites
e. Some quadrilaterals are trapezoids
f. Some quadrilaterals are parallelograms

Question 6.
A cyclic quadrilateral is a quadrilateral that can be circumscribed by a circle so that the circle touches each vertex. Redraw the Venn diagram so that it includes cyclic quadrilaterals.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 4
Answer:
it is given that a cyclic quadrilateral is a quadrilateral that can be circumscribed by a circle so that the circle touches each vertex.
Hence,
The completed Venn diagram that includes cyclic quadrilaterals is:

7.1 Angles of Polygons

Exploration 1

The Sum of the Angle Measures of a Polygon

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Draw a quadrilateral and a pentagon. Find the sum of the measures of the interior angles of each polygon.
Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 5
Answer:
The representation of the quadrilateral and the pentagon are:

From the above figures,
The angle measures of the quadrilateral are 90°, 90°, 90°, 90°, and 90°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of a quadrilateral = 90° + 90° + 90° + 90°
= 360°
Now,
From the above figure,
The angle measures of a pentagon are: 108°, 108°, 108°, 108°, and 108°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of a pentagon = 108° + 108° + 108° + 108° + 108°
= 540°

b. Draw other polygons and find the sums of the measures of their interior angles. Record your results in the table below.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 6
Answer:
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
Where
n is the number of sides
Hence,
The completed result of the sums of the internal measures of their internal angles is:

c. Plot the data from your table in a coordinate plane.
Answer:
The table from part (b) is:

Hence,
The representation of the data in the table in the coordinate plane is:

d. Write a function that fits the data. Explain what the function represents.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to reason inductively about data.
Answer:
From part (c),
When we observe the coordinate plane,
The function that fits the data is:
y = 180 (x – 2)
Where
y is the sum of the measures of the internal angles
x is the number of sides

Exploration 2

The measure of one Angle in a Regular Polygon

Work with a partner.

a. Use the function you found in Exploration 1 to write a new function that gives the measure of one interior angle in a regular polygon with n sides.
Answer:
From Exploration 1,
From part (d),
The function that fits the sum of the angle measures of the internal angles of n sides is:
y = 180° (n – 2) ——-(1)
Now,
To find the one interior angle in a regular polygon with n sides,
Divide eq. (1) by n
Hence,
The measure of an interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)

b. Use the function in part (a) to find the measure of one interior angle of a regular pentagon. Use dynamic geometry software are to check your result by constructing a regular pentagon and finding the measure of one of its interior angles.
Answer:
From part (a),
We know that,
The measure of an interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
So,
The measure of an interior angle of a regular pentagon = \(\frac{180° (5 – 2)}{5}\)
= \(\frac{180° (3)}{5}\)
= 36° × 3
= 108°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measure of an interior angle of a regular pentagon is: 108°

c. Copy your table from Exploration 1 and add a row for the measure of one interior angle in a regular polygon with n sides. Complete the table. Use dynamic geometry software to check your results.
Answer:
The completed table along with the column of “Measure of one interior angle in a regular polygon” is:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What is the sum of the measures of the interior angles of a polygon?
Answer:
We know that,
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a polygon is:
Sum = 180° (n – 2)
Where
n is the number of sides

Question 4.
Find the measure of one interior angle in a regular dodecagon (a polygon with 12 sides).
Answer:
We know that,
The measure of one interior angle in a regular polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
Where
n is the number of sides
So,
For a regular dodecagon, i.e., a polygon with 12 sides
The measure of one interior angle in a regular dodecagon = \(\frac{180° (12 – 2)}{12}\)
= \(\frac{180° (10)}{12}\)
= 15 × 10
= 150°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measure of one interior angle in a regular dodecagon is: 150°

Lesson 7.1 Angles of Polygons

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
The Coin shown is in the shape of an 11-gon. Find the sum of the measures of the interior angles.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7
Answer:
It is given that the coin shown is in the shape of an 11-gon
So,
The number of sides in a coin (n) = 11
We know that,
The sum pf the measures of the interior angles = 180° (n – 2)
= 180° (11 – 2)
= 180° (9)
= 1620°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the sum of the measures of the interior angles in a coin is: 1620°

Question 2.
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a convex polygon is 1440°. Classify the polygon by the number of sides.
Answer:
It is given that the sum of the measures of the interior angles of a convex polygon is 1440°
We know that,
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
Where
n is the number of sides
So,
1440° = 180° (n – 2)
n – 2 = \(\frac{1440}{180}\)
n – 2 = 8
n = 8 + 2
n = 10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the polygon with 10 sides is called “Decagon”

Question 3.
The measures of the interior angles of a quadrilateral are x°, 3x°. 5x°. and 7x° Find the measures of all the interior angles.
Answer:
It is given that the measures of the interior angles of a quadrilateral are x°, 3x°, 5x°, and 7x°
We know that,
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a quadrilateral is: 360°
So,
x° + 3x° + 5x° + 7x° = 360°
16x° = 360°
x° = \(\frac{360}{16}\)
x° = 22.5°
So,
The measures of all the interior angles of a quadrilateral are:
x° = 22.5°
3x° = 3 (22.5)° = 67.5°
5x° = 5 (22.5)° = 112.5°
7x° = 7 (22.5)° = 157.5°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measures of the internal angles of a quadrilateral are:
22.5°, 67.5°, 112.5°, and 157.5°

Question 4.
Find m∠S and m∠T in the diagram.

Answer:
The given figure is:

From the given figure,
We can observe that the number of the sides is 5
We know that,
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of the pentagon = 540°
Let
∠S = ∠T = x°
So,
93° + 156° + 85° + x° + x° = 540°
2x° + 334° = 540°
2x° = 540° – 334°
2x° = 206°
x° = \(\frac{206}{2}\)
x° = 103°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠S = ∠T = 103°

Question 5.
Sketch a pentagon that is equilateral but not equiangular.
Answer:
e know that,
The “Equilateral” means all the sides are congruent
The “Equiangular” means all the angles are congruent
Hence,
A pentagon that is equilateral but not equiangular is:

Question 6.
A convex hexagon has exterior angles with measures 34°, 49°, 58°, 67°, and 75°. What is the measure of an exterior angle at the sixth vertex?
Answer:
It is given that a convex hexagon has exterior angles with measures 34°, 49°, 58°, 67°, and 75°
We know that,
A hexagon has 6 number of sides
We know that,
The sum of the measures of the exterior angles of any polygon is: 360°
Let the exterior angle measure at the sixth vertex of a convex hexagon be: x°
So,
34° + 49° + 58° + 67° + 75° + x° = 360°
283° + x° = 360°
x° = 360° – 283°
x° = 77°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measure of the exterior angle at the sixth vertex of the convex hexagon is: 77°

Question 7.
An interior angle and an adjacent exterior angle of a polygon form a linear pair. How can you use this fact as another method to find the measure of each exterior angle in Example 6?
Answer:
It is given that an interior angle and an adjacent exterior angle of a polygon form a linear pair i.e, it forms a supplementary angle
So,
Interior angle measure + Adjacent exterior angle measure = 180°
So,
By using the above property,
The sum of the angle measure of the exterior angle of any polygon = 180° × 4 = 360°
So,
The measure of each exterior angle = \(\frac{360}{4}\)
= 90°

Exercise 7.1 Angles of Polygons

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Why do vertices connected by a diagonal of a polygon have to be nonconsecutive?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESNT BELONG?
Which sum does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.

The sum of the measures of the interior  angles of a quadrilateralThe sum of the measures of the exterior angles of a quadrilateral
The sum of the measures of the interior  angles of a pentagonThe sum of the measures of the exterior angles of a pentagon

Answer:
The given statements are:
a. The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a quadrilateral
b. The sum of the measures of the exterior angles of a quadrilateral
c. The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a pentagon
d. The sum of the measures of the exterior angles of a pentagon
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
The sum of the angle measures of the exterior angles of any polygon is: 360°
We know that,
The number of sides of a quadrilateral is: 4
The number of sides of a pentagon is: 5
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a quadrilateral = 180° ( 4 – 2)
= 180° (2)
= 360°

The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a pentagon = 180° ( 5 – 2)
= 180° (3)
= 540°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the statement (c) does not belong with the other three

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, find the sum of the measures of the interior angles of the indicated convex po1gon.

Question 3.
nonagon
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 3

Question 4.
14-gon
Answer:
The given convex polygon is: 14-gon
So,
The number of sides of 14-gon is: 14
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of 14-gon = 180° (14 – 2)
= 180° (12)
= 2160°

Question 5.
16-gon
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 5

Question 6.
20-gon
Answer:
The given convex polygon is: 20-gon
So,
The number of sides of 20-gon is: 20
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of 20-gon = 180° (20 – 2)
= 180° (18)
= 3240°

In Exercises 7-10, the sum of the measures of the interior angles of a convex polygon is given. Classify the polygon by the number of sides.

Question 7.
720°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 7

Question 8.
1080°
Answer:
It is given that
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a convex polygon is: 1080°
We know that,
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
So,
1080° = 180° (n – 2)
n – 2 = \(\frac{1080}{180}\)
n – 2 = 6
n = 6 + 2
n = 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of sides is: 8
Hence,
The given polygon is: Octagon

Question 9.
2520°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 9

Question 10.
3240°
Answer:
It is given that
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a convex polygon is: 3240°
We know that,
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
So,
3240° = 180° (n – 2)
n – 2 = \(\frac{3240}{180}\)
n – 2 = 18
n = 18 + 2
n = 20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of sides is: 20
Hence,
The given polygon is: 20-gon or Icosagon

In Exercises 11-14, find the value of x.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 9
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 9
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The polygon has 4 sides
The given angle measures of a polygon with 4 sides are:
103°, 133°, 58°, and x°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon with 4 sides = 180° (4 – 2)
= 180° (2)
= 360°
So,
103° + 133° + 58° + x° = 360°
294° + x° = 360°
x° = 360° – 294°
x° = 66°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 66°

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 11
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 11
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The polygon has 4 sides
The given angle measures of a polygon with 4 sides are:
101°, 68°, 92°, and x°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon with 4 sides = 180° (4 – 2)
= 180° (2)
= 360°
So,
101° + 68° + 92° + x° = 360°
261° + x° = 360°
x° = 360° – 261°
x° = 99°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 99°

In Exercises 15-18, find the value of x.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 13
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 13
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The polygon has 5 sides
The given angle measures of a polygon with 5 sides are:
140°, 138°, 59°, x°, and 86°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon with 5 sides = 180° (5 – 2)
= 180° (3)
= 540°
So,
140° + 138° + 59° + x° + 86° = 540°
423° + x° = 540°
x° = 540° – 423°
x° = 117°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 117°

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 15
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 15
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The polygon has 8 sides
The given angle measures of a polygon with 8 sides are:
143°, 2x°, 152°, 116°, 125°, 140°, 139°, and x°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon with 8 sides = 180° (8 – 2)
= 180° (6)
= 1080°
So,
143° + 2x° + 152° + 116° + 125° + 140° + 139° + x° = 1080°
815° + 3x° = 1080°
3x° = 1080° – 815°
3x° = 265°
x° = \(\frac{265}{3}\)
x° = 88.6°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 88.6°

In Exercises 19 – 22, find the measures of ∠X and ∠Y.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 17
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 17
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The polygon has 5 sides
We know that,
If the angles are not mentioned in a polygon, the consider that angles as equal angles
Now,
The given angle measures of a polygon with 5 sides are:
47°, 119°, 90°, x°, and x°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon with 5 sides = 180° (5 – 2)
= 180° (3)
= 540°
So,
47° + 119° + 90° + x° + x° = 540°
256° + 2x° = 540°
2x° = 540° – 256°
2x° = 284°
x° = \(\frac{284}{2}\)
x° = 142°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠X = ∠Y = 142°

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 19
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 19
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The polygon has 6 sides
We know that,
If the angles are not mentioned in a polygon, the consider that angles as equal angles
Now,
The given angle measures of a polygon with 6 sides are:
110°, 149°, 91°, 100°,  x°, and x°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles of a polygon with 6 sides = 180° (6 – 2)
= 180° (4)
= 720°
So,
110° + 149° + 91° + 100 +  x° + x° = 720°
440° + 2x° = 720°
2x° = 720° – 440°
2x° = 280°
x° = \(\frac{280}{2}\)
x° = 140°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠X = ∠Y = 140°

In Exercises 23-26, find the value of x.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 21
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 21
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The polygon has 7 sides
The given angle measures of a polygon with 7 sides are:
50°, 48°, 59°, x°, x°, 58°, and 39°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the exterior angles of any polygon is: 360°
So,
50° + 48° + 59° +  x° + x° + 58° + 39° = 360°
254° + 2x° = 360°
2x° = 360° – 254°
2x° = 106°
x° = \(\frac{106}{2}\)
x° = 53°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 53°

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 23
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 23
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The polygon has 5 sides
The given angle measures of a polygon with 5 sides are:
45°, 40°, x°, 77°, and 2x°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of the exterior angles of any polygon is: 360°
So,
45° + 40° +  x° + 77° + 2x° = 360°
162° + 3x° = 360°
3x° = 360° – 162°
3x° = 198°
x° = \(\frac{198}{3}\)
x° = 66°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 66°

In Exercises 27-30, find the measure of each interior angle and each exterior angle of the indicated regular polygon.

Question 27.
pentagon
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 27

Question 28.
18-gon
Answer:
The given polygon is: 18-gon
So,
The number of sides of 18-gon is: 18
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
So,
The measure of each interior angle of 18-gon = \(\frac{180° (18 – 2)}{18}\)
= \(\frac{180° (16)}{18}\)
= 160°
The measure of each exterior angle of 18-gon = \(\frac{360°}{18}\)
= 20°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The measure of each interior angle of 18-gon is: 160°
The measure of each exterior angle of 18-gon is: 20°

Question 29.
45-gon
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 29

Question 30.
90-gon
Answer:
The given polygon is: 90-gon
So,
The number of sides of 90-gon is: 90
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
So,
The measure of each interior angle of 90-gon = \(\frac{180° (90 – 2)}{90}\)
= \(\frac{180° (88)}{90}\)
= 176°
The measure of each exterior angle of 90-gon = \(\frac{360°}{90}\)
= 4°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The measure of each interior angle of 90-gon is: 176°
The measure of each exterior angle of 90-gon is: 4°

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 31 and 32, describe and correct the error in finding the measure of one exterior angle of a regular pentagon.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 25
Answer:
It is given that there are 10 exterior angles, two at each vertex
So,
The number of sides based on 10 exterior angles is: 10
We know that,
The measure of each exterior angle of any polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
So,
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon with 10 sides = \(\frac{360°}{10}\)
= 36°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measure of each exterior angle in a polygon of 10 sides is: 36°

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The base of a jewelry box is shaped like a regular hexagon. What is the measure of each interior angle of the jewelry box base?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The floor of the gazebo shown is shaped like a regular decagon. Find the measure of each interior angle of the regular decagon. Then find the measure of each exterior angle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 33
Answer:
It is given that the floor of the gazebo shown above is shaped like a regular decagon
Now,
We know that,
The number of sides of a regular decagon is: 10
Now,
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
So,
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a regular decagon = \(\frac{180° (10 – 2)}{10}\)
= \(\frac{180° (8)}{10}\)
= 144°
The measure of each exterior angle of a regular decagon = \(\frac{360°}{10}\)
= 36°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The measure of each interior angle of a regular decagon is: 144°
The measure of each exterior angle of a regular decagon is: 36°

Question 35.
WRITING A FORMULA
Write a formula to find the number of sides n in a regular polygon given that the measure of one interior angle is x°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 35

Question 36.
WRITING A FORMULA
Write a formula to find the number of sides n in a regular polygon given that the measure of one exterior angle is x°.
Answer:
It is given that the measure of one exterior angle is: x°
We know that,
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
Where
n is the number of sides
So,
x° = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
n = \(\frac{360°}{x°}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The formula to find the number of sides n in a regular polygon given that the measure of one exterior angle is:
n = \(\frac{360°}{x°}\)

REASONING
In Exercises 37-40, find the number of sides for the regular polygon described.

Question 37.
Each interior angle has a measure of 156°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 37

Question 38.
Each interior angle has a measure of 165°.
Answer:
It is given that each interior angle has a measure of 165°
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
So,
165° = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
165n = 180 (n – 2)
165n = 180n – 360
180n – 165n = 360
15n = 360
n = \(\frac{360}{15}\)
n = 24
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of sides with each interior angle 165° is: 24

Question 39.
Each exterior angle has a measure of 9°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 39

Question 40.
Each exterior angle has a measure of 6°.
Answer:
It is given that each exterior angle has a measure of 6°
We know that,
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
So,
6° = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
6n = 360
n = \(\frac{360}{6}\)
n = 60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of sides with each exterior angle 6° is: 60

Question 41.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Which of the following angle measures are possible interior angle measures of a regular polygon? Explain your reasoning. Select all that apply.
(A) 162°
(B) 171°
(C) 75°
(D) 40°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 41

Question 42.
PROVING A THEOREM
The Polygon Interior Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.1) states that the sum of the measures of the interior angles of a convex n-gon is (n – 2) • 180°. Write a paragraph proof of this theorem for the case when n = 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 26
Answer:
Polygon Interior Angles Theorem:
Statement:
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a convex n-gon is: 180° (n – 2)

Proof of the Polygon Interior Angles Theorem:
Interior Angles of a Polygon
ABCDE is an “n” sided polygon. Take any point O inside the polygon. Join OA, OB, OC.
For “n” sided polygon, the polygon forms “n” triangles.
We know that the sum of the angles of a triangle is equal to 180 degrees
Therefore,
The sum of the angles of n triangles = n × 180°
From the above statement, we can say that
Sum of interior angles + Sum of the angles at O = 2n × 90° ——(1)
But, the sum of the angles at O = 360°
Substitute the above value in (1), we get
Sum of interior angles + 360°= 2n × 90°
So, the sum of the interior angles = (2n × 90°) – 360°
Take 90 as common, then it becomes
The sum of the interior angles = (2n – 4) × 90°
Therefore,
The sum of “n” interior angles is (2n – 4) × 90°
Hence,
When n= 5,
The sum of interior angles = ([2 × 5] – 4) × 90°
= (10 – 4) × 90°
= 6 × 90°
= 540°

Question 43.
PROVING A COROLLARY
Write a paragraph proof of the Corollary to the Polygon Interior Angles Theorem (Corollary 7. 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 43

Question 44.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that to find the interior angle measures of a regular polygon. you do not have to use the Polygon Interior Angles Theorem (Theorem 7. 1). You instead can use the Polygon Exterior Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.2) and then the Linear Pair Postulate (Postulate 2.8). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Yes, your friend is correct

Explanation:
It is given that your friend claims that to find the interior angle measures of a regular polygon. you do not have to use the Polygon Interior Angles Theorem. You instead can use the Polygon Exterior Angles Theorem and then the Linear Pair Postulate.
We know that
In a polygon,
The sum of the angle measures of exterior angles + The sum of the angle measures of interior angles = 180°
So,
The sum of the angle measures of interior angles = 180° – (The sum of the angle measures of exterior angles)
So,
From the above,
We know that
According to Linear Pair Postulate
The sum of the exterior angle and interior angle measures is: 180°
The angle measures of the exterior angles can be found out by using the “Polygon Exterior Angles Theorem”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the claim of your friend is correct

Question 45.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In an equilateral hexagon. four of the exterior angles each have a measure of x°. The other two exterior angles each have a measure of twice the sum of x and 48. Find the measure of each exterior angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
For a concave polygon, is it true that at least one of the interior angle measures must be greater than 180°? If not, give an example. If so, explain your reasoning.
Answer:
We know that,
For a concave polygon,
The angle measure of at least one interior angle should be greater than 180°
Now,
The word “Concave” implies that at least 1 interior angle is folding in and so this “Folding in” should be greater than 180° to produce the required shape
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that it is true that at least one of the interior angle measures must be greater than 180°

Question 47.
WRITING EXPRESSIONS
Write an expression to find the sum of the measures of the interior angles for a concave polygon. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 47.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 47.2

Question 48.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Polygon ABCDEFGH is a regular octagon. Suppose sides \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{C D}\) are extended to meet at a point P. Find m∠BPC. Explain your reasoning. Include a diagram with your answer.
Answer:
It is given that polygon ABCDEFGH is a regular polygon and \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{C D}\) are extended to meet at a point P.
So,
The representation of the regular octagon is:

We know that,
The angle measure of each exterior angle = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
Where
n is the number of sides
It is given that a polygon is: Octagon
So,
The number of sides of the Octagon is: 8
So,
The angle measure of each exterior angle = \(\frac{360°}{8}\)
= 45°
We know that,
All the angles in the Octagon are equal
So,
From the given figure,
We can observe that ΔBPC is an Isosceles triangle
So,
From ΔBPC,
∠B = ∠C = 45°, ∠P = x°
We know that,
the sum of the angle measures of a given triangle is: 180°
So,
45° + x° + 45° = 180°
x° + 90° = 180°
x° = 180° – 90°
x° = 90°
Hence, from the above,
∠BPC = 90°

Question 49.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
The formula for the measure of each interior angle in a regular polygon can be written in function notation.

a. Write a junction h(n). where n is the number of sides in a regular polygon and h(n) is the measure of any interior angle in the regular polygon.
b. Use the function to find h(9).
c. Use the function to find n when h(n) = 150°.
d. Plot the points for n = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. What happens to the value of h(n) as n gets larger?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 49.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 49.2

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Is the hexagon a regular hexagon? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 28
Answer:

Question 51.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a paragraph proof of the Polygon Exterior Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.2). (Hint: In a convex n-gon. the sum of the measures of an interior angle and an adjacent exterior angle at any vertex is 180°.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 51

Question 52.
ABSTRACT REASONING
You are given a convex polygon. You are asked to draw a new polygon by increasing the sum of the interior angle measures by 540°. How many more sides does our new polygon have? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
It is given that you are given a convex polygon and you are asked to draw a new polygon by increasing the sum of the interior angle measures by 540°
So,
We know that
The sum of the angle measures of the interior angles in a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
Let the number of sides of a new polygon be x
So,
180° (x – 2) + 540° = 180° (n – 2)
180x – 360° + 540° = 180n – 360°
180x – 180n = -540°
180 (x – n) = -540°
x – n = \(\frac{540}{180}\)
x – n = -3
n – x = 3
n = x + 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
We have to add 3 more sides to the original convex polygon

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the value of x.

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 29
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 30
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 30
From the given figure,
We can observe that
113° and x° are the corresponding angles
We know that,
According to the “Corresponding Angles Theorem”, the corresponding angles are congruent i.e., equal
So,
x° = 113°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 113°

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.1 a 55

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 32
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 32
From the given figure,
We can observe that
(3x + 10)° and (6x – 19)° are the corresponding angles
We know that,
According to the “Corresponding angles Theorem”, the corresponding angles are congruent i.e., equal
So,
(3x + 10)° = (6x – 19)°
6x – 3x = 19° + 10°
3x° = 29°
x° = \(\frac{29}{3}\)
x° = 9.6°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 9.6°

7.2 Properties of Parallelograms

Exploration 1

Discovering Properties of Parallelograms

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Construct any parallelogram and label it ABCD. Explain your process.
Sample
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 34
Answer:
The representation of parallelogram ABCD is:

b. Find the angle measures of the parallelogram. What do you observe?
Answer:
The representation of parallelogram ABCD with the angles is:

Hence,
From the parallelogram ABCD,
We can observe that
∠A = 105°, ∠B = 75°, ∠D = 105°, and ∠C = 75°

c. Find the side lengths of the parallelogram. What do you observe?
Answer:
The representation of the parallelogram ABCD along with the side lengths is:

Hence,
From the parallelogram ABCD,
We can observe that
AB = CD = 5cm, and AC = BD = 2.8cm

d. Repeat parts (a)-(c) for several other parallelograms. Use your results to write conjectures about the angle measures and side lengths of a parallelogram.
Answer:
The representation of parallelogram ABCD along with its angles and the side lengths is:

Hence,
From the parallelogram ABCD,
We can conclude that
a. The opposite sides (i.e., AB and CD; AC and BD) are congruent i.e., equal
b. The opposite angles (i.e., A and C; B and D) are congruent i.e, equal

Exploration 2

Discovering a Property of Parallelograms

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Construct any parallelogram and label it ABCD.
Answer:
The representation of the parallelogram ABCD is:

b. Draw the two diagonals of the parallelogram. Label the point of intersection E.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 35
Answer:
The representation of the parallelogram ABCD along with its diagonals is:

From the parallelogram ABCD,
We can observe that
The diagonals of parallelogram ABCD are: AC and BD
The intersection point of AC and BD is: E

c. Find the segment lengths AE, BE, CE, and DE. What do you observe?
Answer:
The representation of the parallelogram ABCD along the segment lengths is:

Hence,
From the parallelogram ABCD,
We can observe that
AE = DE = 1.9 cm
CE = BE = 2.7 cm

d. Repeat parts (a)-(c) for several other parallelograms. Use your results to write a conjecture about the diagonals of a parallelogram.
MAKING SENSE OF PROBLEMS
To be proficient in math, you need to analyze givens, constraints, relationships, and goals.
Answer:
The representation of the parallelogram ABCD along with the length of the diagonals is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The diagonals bisect each other
The lengths of the diagonals are:
AD = 3.8 cm and BC = 5.4 cm

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the properties of parallelograms?
Answer:
The properties of parallelograms are:
a. The opposite sides are parallel.
b. The opposite sides are congruent.
c. The opposite angles are congruent.
d. Consecutive angles are supplementary.
e. The diagonals bisect each other.

Lesson 7.2 Properties of Parallelograms

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
Find FG and m∠G.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 36
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 36
It is given that
EH = 8 and ∠E = 60°
We know that,
In a parallelogram,
a. The opposite sides are congruent
b. The opposite angles are congruent
So,
From the given figure,
We can say that
FG = HE and GH = FE
∠G = ∠E and ∠H = ∠F
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
FG = 8 and ∠G = 60°

Question 2.
Find the values of x and y.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 37
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 37
From the given parallelogram,
We can observe that
JK = 18 and LM = y + 3
∠J = 2x° and ∠L = 50°
We know that,
In a parallelogram,
a. The opposite sides are congruent
b. The opposite angles are congruent
So,
JK = LM and ∠J = ∠L
So,
y + 3 =18
y = 18 – 3
y = 15
2x° = 50°
x° = \(\frac{50}{2}\)
x° = 25°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of x and y are: 25° and 15

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
In Example 2, find in m∠BCD when m∠ADC is twice the measure of ∠BCD.
Answer:
From Example 2,
It is given that ABCD is a parallelogram
In the parallelogram ABCD,
It is given that
∠ADC = 110°
We know that,
In a parallelogram,
The sum of the angle measure of the consecutive angles is supplementary
So,
From Example 2,
We can observe that
∠ADC + ∠BCD = 180°
So,
∠BCD = 180° – 110°
= 70°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠BCD = 70°

Question 4.
Using the figure and the given statement in Example 3, prove that ∠C and ∠F are supplementary angles.
Answer:

Question 5.
Find the coordinates of the intersection of the diagonals of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51STUV with vertices S(- 2, 3), T(1, 5), U(6, 3), and V(3, 1).
Answer:
The given coordinates of the parallelogram STUV are:
S (-2, 3), T (1, 5), U (6, 3), and V (3, 1)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
The opposite vertices form a diagonal
So,
In the parallelogram STUV,
SU and TV are the diagonals
So,
We know that,
The intersection of the diagonals means the midpoint of the vertices of the diagonals because diagonals bisect each other
So,
The midpoint of SU = (\(\frac{x1 + x2}{2}\), \(\frac{y1 + y2}{2}\))
= (\(\frac{6 – 2}{2}\), \(\frac{3 + 3}{2}\))
= (\(\frac{4}{2}\), \(\frac{6}{2}\))
= (2, 3)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the coordinates of the intersection of the diagonals of parallelogram STUV is: (2, 3)

Question 6.
Three vertices of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51ABCD are A(2, 4), B(5, 2), and C(3, – 1). Find the coordinates of vertex D.
Answer:
The given vertices of parallelogram ABCD are:
A (2, 4), B (5, 2), and C (3, -1)
Let the fourth vertex of the parallelogram ABCD be: (x, y)

We know that,
In a parallelogram,
The diagonals bisect each other i.e., the angle between the diagonals is 90°
So,
We can say that the diagonals are the perpendicular lines
So,
In the given parallelogram,
AC and BD are the diagonals
Now,
Slope of AC = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-1 – 4}{3 – 2}\)
= \(\frac{-5}{1}\)
= -5
Slope of BD = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{y – 2}{x – 5}\)
We know that,
AC and BD are the perpendicular lines
SO,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
(Slope of AC) × (Slope of BD) = -1
-5 × \(\frac{y – 2}{x – 5}\) = -1
\(\frac{y – 2}{x – 5}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Equate the numerator and denominator of both expreesions
We get,
y – 2 = 1                    x – 5 = 5
y = 1 + 2                   x = 5 + 5
y = 3                          x = 10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the coordinates of the vertex D are: (10, 3)

Exercise 7.2 Properties of Parallelograms

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Why is a parallelogram always a quadrilateral, but a quadrilateral is only sometimes a parallelogram?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
You are given one angle measure of a parallelogram. Explain how you can find the other angle measures of the parallelogram.
Answer:
The parallelogram is:

It is given that you have one angle measure of a polygon
Let the one angle measure of the given parallelogram be ∠A
We know that,
In a parallelogram,
The opposite angles are congruent i.e., equal
The consecutive angles have the sum 180°
So,
From the given figure,
We can say that
∠A = ∠C and ∠B = ∠D
Hence, from the above,
We can measure the other angles of the parallelogram by using the property of “The opposite angles are congruent”

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, find the value of each variable in the parallelogram.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 39
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 39
We know that,
According to the Parallelogram Opposite sides Theorem,
AB = CD and AD = BC
So,
From the given figure,
We can say that
n = 12          m + 1 = 6
n = 12          m = 6 – 1
n = 12          m = 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of m and n are: 5 and 12

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 41
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 41

We know that,
According to the parallelogram Opposite sides Theorem,
AB = CD and AD = BC
According to the parallelogram Opposite Angles Theorem,
∠A = ∠C and ∠B = ∠D
Hence, from the figure,
(g + 4)° = 65°             16 – h = 7
g° = 65° – 4°                h = 16 – 7
g° = 61°                       h = 9
Hence, from he above,
We can conclude that the values of g and h are: 61° and 9

In Exercises 7 and 8. find the measure of the indicated angle in the parallelogram.

Question 7.
Find m∠B.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 7

Question 8.
Find m ∠ N.
Answer:
The given figure is:

We know that,
According to the parallelogram Consecutive angles Theorem,
The sum of the consecutive angle measures is equal to: 180°
So,
From the given figure,
∠M + ∠N = 180°
95° + ∠N = 180°
∠N = 180° – 95°
∠N = 85°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠N is: 85°

In Exercises 9-16. find the indicated measure in Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51LMNQ. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 42

Question 9.
LM
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 9

Question 10.
LP
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 42
From the given figure,
We can observe that
LN = 7
We know that,
In the parallelogram,
The diagonals bisect each other. So, the length of each diagonal will be divided into half of the value of the diagonal length
So,
LN can be divided into LP and PN
So,
LP = \(\frac{LN}{2}\)
LP = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
LP = 3.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of LP is: 3.5

Question 11.
LQ
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 11

Question 12.
MQ
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 42
Hence,
From the given figure,
We can observe that
MQ = 8.2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of MQ is: 8.2

Question 13.
m∠LMN
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 13

Question 14.
m∠NQL
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 42
We know that,
According to the parallelogram Consecutive angles Theorem,
The sum of the consecutive angle measures is: 180°
So,
From the figure,
∠L + ∠M = 180°
100° + ∠M = 180°
∠M = 180° – 100°
∠M = 80°
We know that,
According to the parallelogram Opposite angles Theorem,
The opposite angles are congruent i.e., equal
So,
From the figure,
∠M = ∠Q
So,
∠Q = 80°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠NQL is: 80°

Question 15.
m∠MNQ
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 15

Question 16.
m∠LMQ
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 42
We know that,
According to the parallelogram Consecutive angles Theorem,
The sum of the consecutive angle measures is: 180°
So,
From the figure,
∠L + ∠M = 180°
100° + ∠M = 180°
∠M = 180° – 100°
∠M = 80°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠LMQ is: 80°

In Exercises 17-20. find the value of each variable in the parallelogram.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 44
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 44
We know that,
According to the parallelogram Opposite Angles Theorem,
∠A = ∠C and ∠B = ∠D
According to the parallelogram Consecutive angles Theorem,
∠A + ∠B = 180° and ∠C + ∠D = 180° and ∠A + ∠D = 180° and ∠B + ∠C = 180°
So,
From the given figure,
(b – 10)° + (b + 10)° = 180°
2b° = 180°
b° = \(\frac{180}{2}\)
b° = 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of b is: 90°

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 45
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 46
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 46
We know that,
In the parallelogram,
The diagonals bisect each other
So,
From the given figure,
We can say that
\(\frac{v}{3}\) = 6                       2u + 2 = 5u – 10
v = 6 (3)                                                     5u – 2u = 10 + 2
v = 18                                                        3u = 18
v = 18                                                         u = \(\frac{18}{3}\)
v = 18                                                          u = 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of u and v are: 6 and 18

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in using properties of parallelograms.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 47
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 48
Answer:
We know that,
According to the properties of the parallelogram,
GJ and HK are the diagonals of the parallelogram and F is the perpendicular bisector of the diagonals
So,
Snce F is the perpendicular bisector,
We know that,
GF = FJ and KF = FH
Hence, from the baove,
We can conclude that because quadrilateral GHJK is a parallelogram,
\(\overline{G F}\) = \(\overline{F J}\)

PROOF
In Exercises 23 and 24, write a two-column proof.

Question 23.
Given ABCD and CEFD are parallelograms.
Prove \(\overline{A B} \cong \overline{F E}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 23

Question 24.
Given ABCD, EBGF, and HJKD are parallelograms.
Prove ∠2 ≅∠3
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 50
Answer:
Given:
ABCD, EBGF, and HJKD are parallelograms
Prove:
∠2 ≅ ∠3

In Exercises 25 and 26, find the coordinates of the intersection of the diagonals of the parallelogram with the given vertices.

Question 25.
W(- 2, 5), X(2, 5), Y(4, 0), Z(0, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 25

Question 26.
Q(- 1, 3), R(5, 2), S(1, – 2), T(- 5, – 1)
Answer:
The given coordinates of the parallelogram are:
Q (-1, 3), R (5, 2), S (1, -2), and T (-5, -1)
Compare the given coordinates with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
We know that,
By the parallelogram Diagonals Theorem, the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other
So,
From the given coordinates,
The diagonals of the parallelogram are: QS and RT
So,
The midpoint of QS = (\(\frac{x1 + x2}{2}\), \(\frac{y1 + y2}{2}\))
= (\(\frac{1 – 1}{2}\), \(\frac{3 – 2}{2}\))
= (0, \(\frac{1}{2}\))
The midpoint of RT = (\(\frac{x1 + x2}{2}\), \(\frac{y1 + y2}{2}\))
= (\(\frac{5 – 5}{2}\), \(\frac{2 – 1}{2}\))
= (0, \(\frac{1}{2}\))
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that the coordinates of the intersection of the diagonals of the given parallelogram are:
(0, \(\frac{1}{2}\))

In Exercises 27-30, three vertices of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51DEFG are given. Find the coordinates of the remaining vertex.

Question 27.
D(0, 2), E(- 1, 5), G(4, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 27

Question 28.
D(- 2, – 4), F(0, 7), G(1, 0)
Answer:
The given vertices of parallelogram are:
D (-2, -4), F (0, 7), and G (1, 0)
Let the fourth vertex of the parallelogram be: (x, y)
We know that,
In a parallelogram,
The diagonals bisect each other i.e., the angle between the diagonals is 90°
So,
We can say that the diagonals are the perpendicular lines
So,
In the given parallelogram,
DF and EG are the diagonals
Now,
Slope of DF = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{7 + 4}{0 + 2}\)
= \(\frac{11}{2}\)
Slope of EG = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{y – 0}{x – 1}\)
= \(\frac{y}{x – 1}\)
We know that,
DF and EG are the perpendicular lines
So,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
(Slope of DF) × (Slope of EG) = -1
\(\frac{11}{2}\) × \(\frac{y}{x – 1}\) = -1
\(\frac{y}{x – 1}\) = –\(\frac{2}{11}\)
Equate the numerator and denominator of both expreesions
We get,
y = -2                        x – 1 = 11
y = -2                        x = 11 + 1
y = -2                        x = 12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the coordinates of the fourth vertex are: (12, -2)

Question 29.
D(- 4, – 2), E(- 3, 1), F(3, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 29

Question 30.
E (1, 4), f(5, 6), G(8, 0)
Answer:
The given vertices of a parallelogram are:
E (1, 4), F (5, 6), and G (8, 0)
Let the fourth vertex of the parallelogram be: (x, y)
We know that,
In a parallelogram,
The diagonals bisect each other i.e., the angle between the diagonals is 90°
So,
We can say that the diagonals are the perpendicular lines
So,
In the given parallelogram,
FH and EG are the diagonals
Now,
Slope of FH = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{y – 6}{x – 5}\)
Slope of EG = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{0 – 4}{8 – 1}\)
= \(\frac{-4}{7}\)
= –\(\frac{4}{7}\)
We know that,
FH and EG are the perpendicular lines
So,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
(Slope of FH) × (Slope of EG) = -1
–\(\frac{4}{7}\) × \(\frac{y – 6}{x – 5}\) = -1
\(\frac{y – 6}{x – 4}\) = \(\frac{7}{4}\)
Equate the numerator and denominator of both expreesions
We get,
y – 6 = 7                    x – 4 = 4
y = 7 + 6                   x = 4 + 4
y = 13                        x = 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the coordinates of the fourth vertex are: (8, 13)

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 31 and 32. find the measure of each angle.

Question 31.
The measure of one interior angle of a parallelogram is 0.25 times the measure of another angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 31

Question 32.
The measure of one interior angle of a parallelogram is 50 degrees more than 4 times the measure of another angle.
Answer:
It is given that the measure of one interior angle of a parallelogram is 50 degrees more than 4 times the measure of another angle.
So,
The measure of one interior angle is: x°
The measure of another interior angle is: 50° + 4x°
We know that,
The opposite angles of the parallelogram are equal
The sum of the angles of the parallelogram is: 360°
So,
x° + 4x + 50° + x° + 4x + 50° = 360°
10x° + 100° = 360°
10x° = 360° – 100°
10x° = 260°
x° = \(\frac{260}{10}\)
x° = 26°
So,
The angle measures of the parallelogram are:
x° = 26°
4x° + 50° = 4 (26°) + 50°
= 104° + 50°
= 154°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the angle measures are: 26° and 154°

Question 33.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
In quadrilateral ABCD.
m∠B = 124°, m∠A = 56°, and m∠C = 124°.
Your friend claims quadrilateral ABCD could be a parallelogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 33

Question 34.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
∠J and ∠K are Consecutive angles in a parallelogram. m∠J = (3t + 7)°. and m∠K = (5t – 11)°. Find the measure of each angle.
Answer:
It is given that ∠J and ∠K are the consecutive angles in a parallelogram
So,
∠J + ∠K = 180°
Now,
It is given that
∠J = (3t + 7)° and ∠K = (5t – 11)°
So,
(3t + 7)° + (5t – 11)° = 180°
8t° – 4 = 180°
8t° = 180° + 4°
8t° = 184°
t° = \(\frac{184}{8}\)
t° = 23°
So,
∠J = (3t + 7)°
= 3 (23)° + 7
= 69° + 7°
= 76°
∠K = (5t – 11)°
= 5 (23)° – 11
= 115° – 11°
= 104°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the measure of each angle is: 76° and 104°

Question 35.
CONSTRUCTION
Construct any parallelogram and label it ABCD. Draw diagonals \(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{B D}\). Explain how to use paper folding to verify the Parallelogram Diagonals Theorem (Theorem 7.6) for Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51ABCD.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 35

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The feathers on an arrow from two congruent parallelograms. The parallelograms are reflections of each other over the line that contains their shared side. Show that m ∠ 2 = 2m ∠ 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 52
Answer:

Question 37.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to write a two-column proof of the Parallelogram Opposite Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.4).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 53
Given ABCD is a parallelogram.
Prove ∠A ≅ ∠C, ∠B ≅ ∠D
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 37.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 37.2

Question 38.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to write a two-column proof of the Parallelogram Consecutive Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.5).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 54
Given PQRS is a parallelogram.
Prove x° + y° = 180°
Answer:
Given:
PQRS is a parallelogram
Prove:
x° + y° = 180°

Question 39.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
The sides of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51MNPQ are represented by the expressions below. Sketch Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51MNPQ and find its perimeter.
MQ = – 2x + 37 QP = y + 14
NP= x – 5 MN = 4y + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 39

Question 40.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51LMNP, the ratio of LM to MN is 4 : 3. Find LM when the perimeter of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51LMNP is 28.
Answer:
It is given that
In the parallelogram LMNP,
The ratio of LM to MN is: 4 : 3
It is also given that
The perimeter of the parallelogram LMNP is: 28
So,
Let the length of LM be 4x
Let the length of MN be 3x
We know that,
The opposite sides of the parallelogram are equal
The perimeter is the sum of all the sides
So,
4x + 3x + 4x + 3x = 28
8x + 6x = 28
14x = 28
x = \(\frac{28}{14}\)
x = 2
So,
The length of LM = 4 x
= 4 (2)
= 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of LM is: 8

Question 41.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Can you prove that two parallelograms are congruent by proving that all their corresponding sides are congruent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The mirror shown is attached to the wall by an arm that can extend away from the wall. In the figure. points P, Q, R, and S are the vertices of a parallelogram. This parallelogram is one of several that change shape as the mirror is extended.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 55
a. What happens to m∠P as m∠Q increases? Explain.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
∠P and ∠Q are the consecutive angles
So,
∠P + ∠Q = 180°
Now,
To make the sum 180°, if one angle measure increases, then the other angle measure has to decrease
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that when ∠Q increases, ∠P has to decrease

b. What happens to QS as m∠Q decreases? Explain.
Answer:
From the given figure,
QS is a diagonal of the parallelogram
Q and S are the opposite angles
We know that,
The opposite angles are equal
So,
As ∠Q decreases, the length of QS may also decrease or may also increase

c. What happens to the overall distance between the mirror and the wall when m∠Q decreases? Explain.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that,
As the angle between Q and the wall increases,
The overall distance between the mirror and the wall increase

Question 43.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51STUV m∠TSU = 32°, m∠USV = (x2)°, m∠TUV = 12x°, and ∠TUV is an acute angle. Find m∠USV.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 56
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 43

Question 44.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Is it possible that any triangle can be partitioned into four congruent triangles that can be rearranged to form a parallelogram? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Yes, it is possible that any triangle can be partitioned into four congruent triangles that can be rearranged to form a parallelogram

Explanation:
We know that,
In any quadrilateral,
The diagonals bisect each other and the angles may or may not be 90° in the diagonals
So,
After the bisecting with the diagonals in a quadrilateral,
We can observe that the quadrilateral is divided into four triangles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that it is possible that any triangle can be partitioned into four congruent triangles that can be rearranged to form a parallelogram

Question 45.
CRITICAL THINKING
Points W(1. 2), X(3, 6), and Y(6, 4) are three vertices of a parallelogram. How many parallelograms can be created using these three vertices? Find the coordinates of each point that could be the fourth vertex.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 45.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 45.2

Question 46.
PROOF
In the diagram. \(\overline{E K}\) bisects ∠FEH, and \(\overline{F J}\) bisects ∠EFG. Prove that \(\overline{E K}\) ⊥ \(\overline{F J}\). (Hint: Write equations using the angle measures of the triangles and quadrilaterals formed.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 57
Answer:

Question 47.
PROOF
Prove the congruent Parts of Parallel Lines Corollary: If three or more parallel lines cut off congruent segments on one transversal, then they cut off congruent segments on every transversal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 58
Given Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 59
Prove \(\overline{H K}\) ≅ \(\overline{K M}\)
(Hint: Draw \(\overline{K P}\) and \(\overline{M Q}\) such that quadrilatcral GPKJ and quadrilateral JQML are parallelorams.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 47.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 47.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether lines l and m are parallel. Explain your reasoning.

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 60
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 60
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given angles are the corresponding angles i.e., an interior angle and an exterior angle
Hence,
According to the Corresponding Angles Theorem,
We can conclude that l and m are parallel lines

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 61
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.2 a 49

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 62
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 62
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given angles are the consecutive interior angles
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of the consecutive interior angles is: 180°
But, from the given figure,
The sum of the angle measures is not 180°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that l is not parallel to m

7.3 Proving That a Quadrilateral is a Parallelogram

Exploration 1

Proving That a Quadrilateral is a Parallelogram

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 63
a. Construct a quadrilateral ABCD whose opposite sides are congruent.
Answer:

b. Is the quadrilateral a parallelogram? Justify your answer.
Answer:
We know that,
If a quadrilateral which has opposite sides congruent and each angle measure not equal to 90° and the diagonals bisected each other, then that quadrilateral is called the “Parallelogram”
Hence,
The representation of the quadrilateral ABCD as a parallelogram is:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) for several other quadrilaterals. Then write a conjecture based on your results.
Answer:

From the above quadrilateral,
The conjecture about the quadrilaterals is:
If the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are equal, then the opposite angles of a quadrilateral are equal

d. Write the converse of your conjecture. Is the Converse true? Explain.

REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to know and flexibly use different properties of objects.
Answer:
From part (c),
The conjecture about quadrilaterals is:
If the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are equal, then the opposite angles of a quadrilateral are equal
The converse of your conjecture is:
If the opposite angles of a quadrilateral are equal, then the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are equal
Now,
From the below figure,

We can observe that
When ∠B and ∠D are 90°,
AD = BC = 2.9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the converse of the conjecture from part (c) is true

Exploration 2

Proving That a Quadrilateral Is a Parallelogram

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Construct any quadrilateral ABCD whose opposite angles are congruent.
Answer:

b. Is the quadrilateral a parallelogram? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 64
Answer:

We know that,
For a quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The opposite sides are equal and the opposite angles are equal
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that the given quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) for several other quadrilaterals. Then write a conjecture based on your results.
Answer:
From parts (a) and (b),
The conjecture about the quadrilaterals is given as:
If the opposite angles of a quadrilateral are equal, then the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are equal

d. Write the converse of your conjecture. Is the converse true? Explain.
Answer:
From part (c),
The conjecture about quadrilaterals is given as:
If the opposite angles of a quadrilateral are equal, then the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are equal
Hence,
The converse of the conjecture of the quadrilaterals is given as:
If the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are equal, then the opposite angles of a quadrilateral are equal

Communicate Your Answer

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 65

Question 3.
How can you prove that a quadrilateral is a parallelogram?
Answer:
The number of ways to prove that a quadrilateral is a parallelogram are:
a. The opposite sides are congruent
b. The opposite angles are congruent
c. The opposite sides are parallel
d. The consecutive angles are supplementary
e. An angle is supplementary to both its consecutive angles

Question 4.
Is the quadrilateral at the left a parallelogram? Explain your reasoning
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite angles are equal
So,
From the conjecture of the quadrilateral,
If the opposite angles of the quadrilateral are equal, then the opposite sides of the quadrilateral are equal
We know that,
if the opposite angles are equal and the angles are not 90°, then the quadrilateral is called the “parallelogram”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral ate the left is the “Parallelogram”

Lesson 7.3 Proving that a Quadrilateral is a Parallelogram

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
In quadrilateral WXYZ, m∠W = 42°, m∠X = 138°, and m∠Y = 42°. Find m∠Z. Is WXYZ a parallelogram’? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
It is given that
In quadrilateral WXYZ,
∠W = 42°, ∠X = 138°, and ∠Y = 42°
Let
∠Z = x°
We know that,
The sum of the angles of a quadrilateral is 360°
So,
∠W + ∠X + ∠Y + ∠Z = 360°
42° + 138° + 42° + x° = 360°
84° + 138° + x° = 360°
x° = 360° – 222°
x° = 138°
So,
∠Z = 138°
Now,
We know that,
If the opposite angles of a quadrilateral are equal and the angle is not equal to 90°, then that quadrilateral is called the “Parallelogram”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that WXYZ is a parallelogram

Question 2.
For what values of x and y is quadrilateral ABCD a parallelogram? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 66
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 66
We know that,
For a quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The opposite angles are equal
So,
From the given figure,
4y° = (y + 87)°                                    2x° = (3x – 32)°
4y° – y° = 87°                                      3x° – 2x° = 32°
3y° = 87°                                              x° = 32°
y° = 87 / 3                                            x° = 32°
y° = 29°                                                x° = 32°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for
x° = 32° and y° = 29°
The quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram

State the theorem you can use to show that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 67
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 67
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite sides are equal and are parallel
Hence,
According to the “Opposite sides parallel and congruent Theorem”,
The given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 68
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 68
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite sides are congruent and are parallel
Hence,
According to the “Opposite sides parallel and congruent Theorem”,
The given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 69
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 69
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite angles are equal and are parallel
Hence,
According to the “Opposite angles parallel and congruent Theorem”,
The given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

Question 6.
For what value of x is quadrilateral MNPQ a parallelogram? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 70
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 70
From the “Parallelogram Diagonals Converse Theorem”,
MP and NQ bisect each other
So,
MP = NQ
From the given figure,
It is given that
MP = 10 – 3x
NQ = 2x
So,
2x = 10 – 3x
2x + 3x = 10
5x = 10
x = \(\frac{10}{5}\)
x = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for x = 2, the quadrilateral MNPQ is a parallelogram

Question 7.
Show that quadrilateral JKLM is a parallelogram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 71
Answer:
From the given coordinate plane,
The coordinates of the quadrilateral JKLM are:
J (-5, 3), K (-3, -1), L (2, -3), and M (2, -3)
Now,
For the quadrilateral JKLM to be a parallelogram,
The opposite sides of the quadrilateral JKLM must be equal
So,
JL = KM
We know that,
The distance between the 2 points = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
So,
JL = \(\sqrt{(5 + 2)² + (3 + 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(7)² + (6)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{49 + 36}\)
= \(\sqrt{85}\)
= 9.21
KM = \(\sqrt{(5 + 2)² + (3 + 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(7)² + (6)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{49 + 36}\)
= \(\sqrt{85}\)
= 9.21
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The quadrilateral JKLM is a parallelogram according to the “Opposite sides parallel and congruent Theorem”

Question 8.
Refer to the Concept Summary. Explain two other methods you can use to show that quadrilateral ABCD in Example 5 is a parallelogram.
Concept Summary
Ways to Prove a Quadrilateral is a Parallelogram
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 72
Answer:
The other ways to prove a quadrilateral parallelogram are:
a. Prove that the sum of the consecutive angles is supplementary
b. Prove that an angle is supplementary to both the consecutive angles

Exercise 7.3 Proving that a Quadrilateral is a Parallelogram

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
A quadrilateral has four congruent sides. Is the quadrilateral a parallelogram? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.

Construct a quadrilateral with opposite sides congruent.Construct a quadrilateral with one pair of parallel sides.
Construct a quadrilateral with opposite angles congruent,Construct a quadrilateral with one pair of opposite sides congruent and parallel.

Answer:
The given statements are:
a. Construct a quadrilateral with opposite sides congruent
b. Construct a quadrilateral with opposite angles congruent
c. Construct a quadrilateral with one pair of parallel sides
d. Construct a quadrilateral with one pair of opposite sides congruent and parallel
Now,
We know that,
For constructing a parallelogram,
We need
a. 2 pairs of opposite sides congruent and parallel
b. 2 pairs of opposite angles congruent and parallel
Now,
From the given sattements,
Statements a., b., and d are needed for onstructing a parallelogram whereas statement c. is unnecessary

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-8, state which theorem you can use to show that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 74
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 74
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite sides are congruent and parallel
Hence,
By using the “Parallelogram Opposite sides Congruent and Parallel Theorem”,
We can say that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 76
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 76
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite sides are congruent and parallel
Hence,
By using the “Parallelogram Opposite sides Congruent and Parallel Theorem”,
We can say that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 78
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 78
From the given figure,
We can observe that the diagonals of the quadrilateral bisected each other
Hence,
By using the “Parallelogram Diagonals Converse Theorem”,
We can say that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

In Exercises 9-12, find the values of x and y that make the quadrilateral a parallelogram.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 80
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 80
It is given that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram
So,
We know that,
According to the “Parallelogram Opposite sides congruent and parallel Theorem”,
The lengths of the opposite sides of the given quadrilateral are equal
So,
x = 16 and y = 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for the given quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The alues of x and y are:
x = 16 and y = 9

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 82
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 82
It is given that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram
Now,
We know that,
According to the “Opposite angles Theorem”,
The opposite angles of the parallelogram are equal
So,
(4x + 13)° = (5x – 12)°
4x° – 5x° = -12° – 13°
x° = -25°
x° = 25°
(3x – 8)° = (4y + 7)°
3x – 8 – 7 = 4y°
4y° = 3 (25°)  15
4y° = 75 – 15
4y° = 60°
y° = \(\frac{60}{4}\)
y° = 15°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for a given quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The values of x and y are:
x = 25° and y = 15°

In Exercises 13-16, find the value of x that makes the quadrilateral a parallelogram.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 83
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 84
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 84
It is given that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram
Now,
We know that,
According to the “Parallelogram Opposite angles parallel and congruent Theorem”,
The lengths of the opposite sides of the parallelogram are equal
So,
2x + 3 = x + 7
2x – x = 7 – 3
x = 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for a given quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The value of x is:
x = 4

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 86
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 86
It is given that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram
Now,
We know that,
According to the “Parallelogram Diagonals Converse Theorem”,
The diagonals bisect each other
So,
6x = 3x + 2
6x – 3x = 2
3x = 2
x = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for a given quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The value of x is:
x = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

In Exercises 17-20, graph the quadrilateral with the given vertices in a coordinate plane. Then show that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

Question 17.
A(0, 1), B(4, 4), C(12, 4), D(8, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 17

Question 18.
E(- 3, 0), F(- 3, 4), G(3, – 1), H(3, – 5)
Answer:
The given vertices of the quadrilateral are:
E (-3, 0), F (-3, 4), G (3, -1), and H (3, -5)
So,
The representation of the vertices of a quadrilateral in the coordinate plane is:

Now,
We know that,
For a quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The length of the opposite sides of a parallelogram are congruent and parallel
We know that,
The distance between 2 points = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
So,
EF = \(\sqrt{(4 + 0)² + (3 – 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4)² + (0)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 0}\)
= 4

GH = \(\sqrt{(5 – 1)² + (3 – 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4)² + (0)²}\)
= 4
Hence,
According to the “Parallelogram opposite sides parallel and congruent Theorem”,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral with the given vertices is a parallelogram

Question 19.
J(- 2, 3), K(- 5, 7), L(3, 6), M(6, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 19

Question 20.
N(- 5, 0), P(0, 4), Q(3, 0), R(- 2, – 4)
Answer:
The given vertices of the quadrilateral are:
N (-5, 0), P (0, 4), Q (3, 0), R (-2, -4)
So,
The representation of the vertices of the quadrilateral in the coordinate plane is:

Now,
We know that,
The distance between 2 points = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
So,
NP = \(\sqrt{(4 – 0)² + (0 + 5)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4)² + (5)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 25}\)
= 6.40

QR = \(\sqrt{(4 + 0)² + (3 + 2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4)² + (5)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 25}\)
= 6.40
Hence,
According to the “Parallelograms Opposite sides parallel and congruent Theorem”,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral with the given vertices is a parallelogram

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in identifying a parallelogram.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 88
Answer:
In the given quadrilateral JKLM,
The lengths of the 2 sides are given and the given 2 lengths are congruent and are parallel to each other
Hence,
The quadrilateral JKLM is said to be a parallelogram by the “Parallelogram Opposite sides parallel and congruent Theorem”

Question 23.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
What value of x makes the quadrilateral a parallelogram? Explain how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 23

Question 24.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says you can show that quadrilateral WXYZ is a parallelogram by using the Consecutive Interior Angles Converse (Theorem 3.8) and the Opposite Sides Parallel and Congruent Theorem (Theorem 7.9). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 90
Answer:
Yes, your friend is correct

Explanation:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 90
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given angles are the consecutive angles and the sum of the angles are supplementary
We know that,
For the quadrilateral WXYZ to be a parallelogram, any one of the be low condition has to be satisfied:
a. The opposite sides are congruent
b. The sum of the consecutive interior angles are supplementary
So,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the sum of the consecutive interior angles is supplementary
Now,
Your friend says you can show that quadrilateral WXYZ is a parallelogram by using the Consecutive Interior Angles Converse and the Opposite Sides Parallel and Congruent Theorem.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend is correct

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
In Exercises 25-27, write the indicated theorems as a biconditional statement.

Question 25.
Parallelogram Opposite Sides Theorem (Theorem 7.3) and Parallelogram Opposite Sides Converse (Theorem 7.7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 25

Question 26.
Parallelogram Opposite Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.4) and Parallelogram Opposite Angles Converse (Theorem 7.8)
Answer:
The given Theorems are:
Parallelograms Opposite angles Theorem and Parallelogram Opposite Angles Converse
Hence,
The representation of Theorems as a biconditional statement is:
A quadrilateral is a parallelogram if and only if both pairs of opposite angles are congruent

Question 27.
Parallclorarn Diagonals Theorem (Theorem 7.6) and
Parallelogram Diagonals Converse (Theorem 7.10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 27

Question 28.
CONSTRUCTION
Describe a method that uses the Opposite Sides Parallel and Congruent Theorem (Theorem 7.9) to construct a parallelogram. Then construct a parallelogram using your method.
Answer:
The steps to construct a parallelogram using the Opposite Sides parallel and Congruent Theorem are:
a.
Draw a segment of length x cm (Say) and name the segment as AB
b.
Take one endpoint as B and draw another segment of length y cm (Say) and name the segment as BC
c.
By using the Opposite sides parallel and congruent Theorem,
The lengths of AB and CD must be equal
So,
AB = CD = x cm
d.
By using the Opposite sides parallel and congruent Theorem,
The lengths of BC and DA must be equal
So,
BC = DA = y cm
Hence,
The representation of the parallelogram by using the above steps is:

Question 29.
REASONING
Follow the steps below to construct a parallelogram. Explain why this method works. State a theorem to support your answer.
Step 1: Use a ruler to draw two segments that intersect at their midpoints.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 91

Step 2: Connect the endpoints of the segments to form a parallelogram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 92
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 29

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your brother says to show that quadrilateral QRST is a parallelogram. you must show that \(\overline{Q R}\) || \(\overline{T S}\) and \(\overline{Q T}\) || \(\overline{R S}\). Your sister says that you must show that \(\overline{Q R} \cong \overline{T S}\) and \(\overline{Q T} \cong \overline{R S}\). Who is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 93
Answer:
It is given that the quadrilateral QRST is a parallelogram
So,
According to the Opposite Sides Parallel and Congruent Theorem,
In the quadrilateral QRST,
QR ≅TS and QT ≅ RS
QR || TS and QT || RS
Now,
According to your brother,
You have to show that
QR || TS and QT || RS
According t your sisiter,
You have to show that
QR ≅TS and QT ≅ RS
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that to make the quadrilateral QRSt a parallelogram,
Your brother and sister both are correct

REASONING
In Exercises 31 and 32, our classmate incorrectly claims that the marked information can be used to show that the figure is a parallelogram. Draw a quadrilateral with the same marked properties that are clearly not a parallelogram.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 94
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 95
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 95
It is given that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram
Hence,
The representation of the given quadrilateral that is not a parallelogram is:

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You shoot a pool ball, and it rolls back to where it started, as shown in the diagram. The ball bounces off each wall at the same angle at which it hits the wall.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 96
a. The ball hits the first wall at an angle of 63°. So m∠AEF = m∠BEH = 63°. What is m∠AFE? Explain your reasoning.
b. Explain why m∠FGD = 63°.
c. What is m∠GHC? m∠EHB?
d. Is quadrilateral EFGH a parallelogram? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In the diagram of the parking lot shown, m∠JKL = 60°, JK = LM = 21 feet, and KL = JM = 9 feet.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 97
a. Explain how to show that parking space JKLM is a parallelogram.
Answer:
It is given that
JK = LM = 21 feet
KL = JM = 9 feet
From the parking lot JKLM,
We can observe that the shape of the parking lot is a quadrilateral
We can also observe that
JK and LM are the opposite sides
JM and KL are the opposite sides
It is given that
JK = LM and JM = KL
We know that,
If the opposite sides are congruent and parallel, then according to the Opposite sides congruent and parallel Theorem,
We can say that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the parking space JKLM is a parallelogram

b. Find m∠JML, m∠KJM, and m∠KLM.
Answer:
It is given that
∠JKL = 60°
We know that,
The parking space JKLM is a parallelogram
So,
∠K = ∠M and ∠J = ∠L
So,
∠K = ∠M = 60°
We know that,
In a parallelogram,
The sum of the consecutive interior angles is 180°
So,
∠K + ∠L = 180°
∠L = 180° – ∠K
∠L = 180° – 60°
∠L = 120°
So,
∠J = ∠L = 120°
Hence, from the above,
We can coclude that
∠K = ∠M = 60°
∠J = ∠L = 120°

c. \(\overline{L M}\)||\(\overline{N O}\) and \(\overline{N O}\) || \(\overline{P Q}\) which theorem could you use to show that \(\overline{J K}\) || \(\overline{P Q}\)?
Answer:
It is given that
LM || NO and NO || PQ
So,
From the given data,
We can say that JKPQ is a parallelogram
Hence,
We can conclude that
According to the Opposite sides parallel and Congruent Theorem,
JK || PQ

REASONING
In Exercises 35-37. describe how to prove that ABCD is a parallelogram.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 98
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 99
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 99
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite angles are congruent
So,
∠B = ∠D
Hence,
We can conclude that
According to the Opposite Angles Converse Theorem,
The given quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 100
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 37

Question 38.
REASONING
Quadrilateral JKLM is a parallelogram. Describe how to prove that ∆MGJ ≅ ∆KHL.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 101
Answer:

Question 39.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Parallelogram Opposite Angles Converse (Theorem 7.8). (Hint: Let x° represent m∠A and m∠C. Let y° represent m∠B and m∠D. Write and simplify an equation involving x and y)
Gien ∠A ≅ ∠C, ∠B ≅∠D
Prove ABCD is a parallelogram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 102
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 39.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 39.2

Question 40.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram of PQRS with the auxiliary line segment drawn to prove the Opposite Sides Parallel and Congruent Theorem (Theorem 7.9).
Given \(\overline{Q R}\) || \(\overline{P S}\). \(\overline{Q R} \cong \overline{P S}\)
Prove PQRS is a parallelogram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 103
Answer:

Question 41.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Parallelogram Diagonals Converse (Theorem 7.10).
Given Diagonals \(\overline{J L}\) and \(\overline{K M}\) bisect each other.
Prove JKLM is a parallelogram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 104
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 41

Question 42.
PROOF
Write the proof.
Given DEBF is a parallelogram.
AE = CF
Prove ABCD is a parallelogram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 105
Answer:

Question 43.
REASONING
Three interior angle measures of a quadrilateral are 67°, 67°, and 113°, Is this enough information to conclude that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 43

Question 44.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A music stand can be folded up, as shown. In the diagrams. AEFD and EBCF are parallelograms. Which labeled segments remain parallel as the stand is folded?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 106
Answer:
The given music stand when folded and not folded is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 106
It is given that AEFD and EBCF are the parallelograms
Hence,
The segments that remain parallel as the music stand folded are:
In the parallelogram AEFD,
AE || FD and AD || EF
In the parallelogram EBCF,
EB || CF and EF || BC

Question 45.
CRITICAL THINKING
In the diagram, ABCD is a parallelogram, BF = DE = 12, and CF = 8. Find AE. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 107
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Create a regular hexagon using congruent parallelograms.
Answer:
The representation of a regular hexagon using congruent parallelograms are:

Hence, from the above regular hexagon,
ABCF and CDEF are the consecutive parallelograms

Question 47.
WRITING
The Parallelogram Consecutive Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.5) says that if a quadrilateral is a parallelogram, then its consecutive angles are supplementary. Write the converse of this theorem. Then write a plan for proving the converse. Include a diagram.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 47

Question 48.
PROOF
Write the proof.
Given ABCD is a parallelogram.
∠A is a right angle.
Prove ∠B, ∠C, and ∠D are right angles.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 108
Answer:

Question 49.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The midpoints of the sides of a quadrilateral have been joined to turn what looks like a parallelogram. Show that a quadrilateral formed by connecting the midpoints of the sides of any quadrilateral is always a parallelogram. (Hint: Draw a diagram. Include a diagonal of the larger quadrilateral. Show how two sides of the smaller quadrilateral relate to the diagonal.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 109
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 49

Question 50.
CRITICAL THINKING
Show that if ABCD is a parallelogram with its diagonals intersecting at E, then you can connect the midpoints F, G, H, and J of \(\overline{A E}\), \(\overline{B E}\), \(\overline{C E}\), and \(\overline{D E}\), respcetively, to form another parallelogram, FGHJ.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 110
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Classify the quadrilateral.

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 111
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 51

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 112
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 112
From the given quadrilateral,
We can observe that the opposite sides are congruent and parallel and the angles are 90°
We know that,
A quadrilateral that has congruent and parallel opposite sides and an angle 90° is called a “Rectangle”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given quadrilateral is a rectangle

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 113
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.3 a 53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 114
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 114
From the given quadrilateral,
We can observe that all the sides are congruent but the angle measures are not 90°
We know that,
A quadrilateral that has 4 congruent sides but not an angle equal to 90° is called a “Rhombus”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given quadrilateral is a rhombus

7.1 – 7.3 Quiz

Find the value of x.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 115
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 115
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
Where,
n is the number of sides
So,
The sum of the angle measures of a polygon = 180° (4 – 2)
= 180° (2)
= 360°
So,
115° + 95° + 70° + x° = 360°
280° + x° = 360°
x° = 360° – 280°
x° = 80°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 80°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 116
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 116
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of a polygon = 180° (n – 2)
Where,
n is the number of sides
So,
The sum of the angle measures of a polygon = 180° (5 – 2)
= 180° (3)
= 540°
So,
150° + 120° + 60° + x° + 75° = 540°
405° + x° = 540°
x° = 540° – 405°
x° = 135°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 135°

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 117
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 117
We know that,
The sum of the exterior angles of any polygon is: 360°
So,
60° + 30° + 72° + 46° + 55° + x° = 360°
263° + x° = 360°
x° = 360° – 263°
x° = 97°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 97°

Find the measure of each interior angle and each exterior angle of the indicated regular polygon.

Question 4.
decagon
Answer:
The given polygon is: Decagon
We know that,
The number of sides of Decagon is: 10
Now,
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
Where,
n is the number of sides
So,
The measure of each interior angle of Decagon = \(\frac{180° (10 – 2)}{10}\)
= \(\frac{180° (8)}{10}\)
= 144°
The measure of each exterior angle of a Decagon = \(\frac{360°}{10}\)
= 36°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The measure of each interior angle of Decagon is: 144°
The measure of each exterior angle of Decagon is:36°

Question 5.
15-gon
Answer:
The given polygon is: 15-gon
We know that,
The number of sides of 15-gon is: 15
Now,
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
Where,
n is the number of sides
So,
The measure of each interior angle of 15-gon = \(\frac{180° (15 – 2)}{15}\)
= \(\frac{180° (13)}{15}\)
= 156°
The measure of each exterior angle of a 15-gon = \(\frac{360°}{15}\)
= 24°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The measure of each interior angle of 15-gon is: 156°
The measure of each exterior angle of 15-gon is: 24°

Question 6.
24-gon
Answer:
The given polygon is: 24-gon
We know that,
The number of sides of 24-gon is: 24
Now,
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
Where,
n is the number of sides
So,
The measure of each interior angle of 24-gon = \(\frac{180° (24 – 2)}{24}\)
= \(\frac{180° (22)}{24}\)
= 165°
The measure of each exterior angle of a 24-gon = \(\frac{360°}{24}\)
= 15°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The measure of each interior angle of 24-gon is: 165°
The measure of each exterior angle of 24-gon is: 15°

Question 7.
60-gon
Answer:
The given polygon is: 60-gon
We know that,
The number of sides of 60-gon is: 60
Now,
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
The measure of each exterior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
Where,
n is the number of sides
So,
The measure of each interior angle of 60-gon = \(\frac{180° (60 – 2)}{60}\)
= \(\frac{180° (58)}{60}\)
= 174°
The measure of each exterior angle of a 60-gon = \(\frac{360°}{60}\)
= 6°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The measure of each interior angle of 60-gon is: 174°
The measure of each exterior angle of 60-gon is: 6°

Find the indicated measure in Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51ABCD. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118

Question 8.
CD
Answer:
The given parallelogram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118
We know that,
The lengths of the opposite sides of the parallelogram are equal
So,
In parallelogram ABCD,
AB = CD
In the given figure,
It is given that
AB = 16
So,
CD = 16
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the CD is: 16

Question 9.
AD
Answer:
The given parallelogram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118
We know that,
The lengths of the opposite sides of the parallelogram are equal
So,
In parallelogram ABCD,
AD = BC
In the given figure,
It is given that
BC = 7
So,
AD = 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the AD is: 7

Question 10.
AE
Answer:
The given parallelogram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118
We know that,
The diagonals of the parallelogram bisect each other
So,
In parallelogram ABCD,
AE = EC
In the given figure,
It is given that
EC = 7
So,
AE = 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the AE is: 7

Question 11.
BD
Answer:
The given parallelogram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118
We know that,
The diagonals of the parallelogram bisect each other
So,
In parallelogram ABCD,
AC ⊥ BD
In the given figure,
It is given that
ED = 10.2
We know that,
BD = BE + ED
BE = ED
So,
BD = 20.4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the BD is: 20.4

Question 12.
m∠BCD
Answer:
The given parallelogram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118
We know that,
The opposite angles of the parallelogram are equal
So,
In parallelogram ABCD,
∠A = ∠C
In the given figure,
∠A = 120°
So,
∠C = 120°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠BCD is: 120°

Question 13.
m∠ABC
Answer:
The given parallelogram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118
We know that,
The sum of the consecutive angles of the parallelogram are supplementary
So,
In parallelogram ABCD,
∠A + ∠B = 180°
In the given figure,
∠A = 120°
So,
∠B = 180° – 120°
= 60°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠ABC is: 60°

Question 14.
m∠ADC
Answer:
The given parallelogram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118
We know that,
The opposite angles of the parallelogram are equal
So,
In parallelogram ABCD,
∠B = ∠D
From Exercise 13,
∠B = 60°
So,
∠D = 60°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠ADC is: 60°

Question 15.
m∠DBC
Answer:
The given parallelogram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 118
We know that,
The opposite angles of the parallelogram are equal
So,
In parallelogram ABCD,
∠B = ∠D
In the given figure,
∠D = 60°
So,
∠B = 60°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠DBC is: 60°

State which theorem you can use to show that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 119
Answer:
The given quadrilateral is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 119
From the given quadrilateral,
We can observe that the length of the opposite sides are equal and parallel
Hence,
According to the Parallelograms Opposite sides congruent and parallel Theorem,
We can conclude that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 120
Answer:
The given quadrilateral is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 120
From the given quadrilateral,
We can observe that the diagonals bisect each other
Hence,
According to the Diagonals Congruent Converse Theorem,
We can conclude that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 121
Answer:
The given quadrilateral is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 121
From the given quadrilateral,
We can observe that,
The opposite angles of the given quadrilateral are congruent and the angle measures are not 90°
Hence,
According to the Parallelograms Opposite Angles Theorem,
We can conclude that the given quadrilateral is a parallelogram

Graph the quadrilateral with the given vertices in a coordinate plane. Then show that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

Question 19.
Q(- 5, – 2) R(3, – 2), S(1, – 6), T(- 7, – 6)
Answer:
The given vertices of a quadrilateral are:
Q (-5, -2), R (3, -2), S (1, -6), and T (-7, -6)
From the given vertices of a quadrilateral,
QS and RT are the opposite vertices
Now,
The representation of the quadrilateral in the coordinate plane is:

We know that,
For the given quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The lengths of the opposite sides must be equal
The opposite sides must be parallel
Now,
We know that,
The slope between 2 points = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
The distance between 2 points = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
So,
QS = \(\sqrt{(6 – 2)² + (1 + 5)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4)² + (6)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 36}\)
= 7.2
RT = \(\sqrt{(6 – 2)² + (3 + 7)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4)² + (10)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 100}\)
= 10.77
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given vertices of a quadrilateral are not parallelogram since the lengths of the opposite sides are not equal

Question 20.
W(- 3, 7), X(3, 3), Y(1, – 3), Z(- 5, 1)
Answer:
The given vertices of a quadrilateral are:
W (-3, 7), X (3, 3), Y (1, -3), Z (-5, 1)
From the given vertices of a quadrilateral,
WY and XZ are the opposite vertices
Now,
The representation of the quadrilateral in the coordinate plane is:

We know that,
For the given quadrilateral to be a parallelogram,
The lengths of the opposite sides must be equal
The opposite sides must be parallel
Now,
We know that,
The slope between 2 points = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
The distance between 2 points = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
So,
WY = \(\sqrt{(1 + 3)² + (7 + 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4)² + (10)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{16 + 100}\)
= 10.77
XZ = \(\sqrt{(3 – 1)² + (3 + 5)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2)² + (8)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{4 + 64}\)
= 8.24
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given vertices of a quadrilateral are not parallelogram since the lengths of the opposite
sides are not equal

Question 21.
A stop sign is a regular polygon. (Section 7.1)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 122
a. Classify the stop sign by its number of sides.
Answer:
The given stop sign is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 122
It is given that the sign is a regular polygon
From the given stop sign,
We can observe that the number of sides is: 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the stop sign is in the shape of a “Hexagon”

b. Find the measure of each interior angle and each exterior angle of the stop sign.
Answer:
We know that,
The measure of each interior angle of a polygon = \(\frac{180° (n – 2)}{n}\)
The measure of each exterior angle of any polygon = \(\frac{360°}{n}\)
Now,
From part (a),
The stop sign is in the shape of a regular hexagon
We know that,
The number of sides of a regular hexagon is: 6
So,
The measure of each interior angle of a hexagon = \(\frac{180° (6 – 2)}{6}\)
= 120°
The measure of each exterior angle of a hexagon = \(\frac{360°}{6}\)
= 60°

Question 22.
In the diagram of the staircase shown, JKLM is a parallelogram, \(\overline{Q T}\) || \(\overline{R S}\), QT = RS = 9 feet, QR = 3 feet, and m∠QRS = 123°.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 123

a. List all congruent sides and angles in Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51JKLM. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
We know that,
In a parallelogram,
The opposite sides and the angles are congruent
Hence,
In the parallelogram JKLM,
The congruent sides are:
JK || LM and JM || KL
The congruent angles are:
∠J = ∠L and ∠K = ∠M

b. Which theorem could you use to show that QRST is a parallelogram?
Answer:
It is given that
QT = RS = 9 feet
QR = 3 feet
Hence,
According to the “Parallelograms Opposite sides congruent and parallel Theorem”,
We can conclude that QRST is a parallelogram

c. Find ST, m∠QTS, m∠TQR, and m∠TSR. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
It is given that
QT = RS = 9 feet
QR = 3 feet
m∠QRS = 123°
From part (b),
We know that,
QRST is a parallelogram
So,
From the parallelogram QRST,
QR = ST
So,
ST = 3 feet
Now,
From the parallelogram QRST,
By using the opposite angles Theorem,
∠T = ∠R and ∠Q = ∠S
It is given that
∠R = 123°
So,
∠T = 123°
From the parallelogram QRST,
∠Q + ∠R = 180°
So,
∠Q = 180° – 123°
∠Q = 57°
So,
∠S = 57°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
ST = 3 feet
m∠QTS = 123°
m∠TQR = 57°
m∠TSR = 57°

7.4 Properties of Special Parallelograms

Exploration 1

Identifying Special Quadrilaterals

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 124

a. Draw a circle with center A.
Answer:
The representation of a circle with center A is:

b. Draw two diameters of the circle. Label the endpoints B, C, D, and E.
Answer:
The representation of the two diameters of the circle is:

c. Draw quadrilateral BDCE.
Answer:
The representation of quadrilateral BDCE is:

d. Is BDCE a parallelogram? rectangle? rhombus? square? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The representation of quadrilateral BDCE is:

From the above quadrilateral,
We can observe that the opposite sides and the opposite angles are equal
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral BDCE is a rhombus

e. Repeat parts (a)-(d) for several other circles. Write a conjecture based on your results.
Answer:
From parts (a) – (d) of the circles,
We can observe that the quadrilaterals formed will be either a rhombus,a parallelogram, or a  square

Exploration 2

Identifying Special Quadrilaterals

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 125

a. Construct two segments that are perpendicular bisectors of each other. Label the endpoints A, B, D, and E. Label the intersection C.
Answer:
The representation of a line segment and its perpendicular bisector is:

b. Draw quadrilateral AEBD.
Answer:

c. Is AEBD a parallelogram? rectangle? rhombus? square? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The representation of the quadrilateral AEBD is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral AEBD is a rhombus because all the sides are equal and the angles bisect each other at 90°

d. Repeat parts (a)-(c) for several other segments. Write a conjecture based on your results.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to make conjectures and build a logical progression of statements to explore the truth of your conjectures.
Answer:
From parts (a) – (c),
We can conclude that the quadrilaterals formed from the perpendicular bisectors will be only a “Rhombus”

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the properties of the diagonals of rectangles, rhombuses, and squares?
Answer:
The properties of diagonals of rectangles, rhombuses, and squares are:
Rhombuses:
The two diagonals of the rhombus are perpendicular
Rectangles:
The diagonals are congruent and bisect each other
Squares:
The diagonals bisect each other and the angle is 90°

Question 4.
Is RSTU a parallelogram? rectangle? rhombus? square? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 126
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 126
From the given figure,
We can observe that the diagonals bisect each other at 90 degrees and the diagonals are congruent to each other
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given quadrilateral is a rhombus

Question 5.
What type of quadrilateral has congruent diagonals that bisect each other?
Answer:
We know that,
The quadrilateral that has congruent diagonals that bisect each other is called a “Rectangle”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral that has congruent diagonals that bisect each other is called a “Rectangle”

Lesson 7.4 Properties of Special Parallelograms

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
For any square JKLM, is it always or sometimes true that \(\overline{J K}\) ⊥ \(\overline{K L}\)? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a square bisect each other at 90°
All 4 angles of a square are equal i.e., 90°
So,
The angles between any 2 adjacent sides in a square is also 90° i.e., the two adjacent sides are perpendicular
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for any square JKLM, it is always true that
\(\overline{j K}\) ⊥ \(\overline{K L}\)

Question 2.
For any rectangle EFGH, is it always or sometimes true that \(\overline{F G} \cong \overline{G H}\)? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
We know that,
The opposite sides of a rectangle are congruent
So,
In rectangle EFGH,
EF and GH are the parallel sides
FG and EH are the parallel sides
So,
EF ≅GH
FG ≅ EH
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for a rectangle EFGH, it is always false that \(\overline{F G} \cong \overline{G H}\)

Question 3.
A quadrilateral has four congruent sides and four congruent angles. Sketch the quadrilateral and classily it.
Answer:
We know that,
A quadrilateral that has 4 congruent sides and 4 congruent angles is called a “Square”
Hence,
The representation of a square is:

Question 4.
In Example 3, what are m∠ADC and m∠BCD?
Answer:

From the given figure,
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of a triangle is: 180°
So,
From ΔBCD,
∠B + ∠C + ∠D = 180°
Now,
By using the Vertical Angles Theorem,
∠D = ∠4
By using the Corresponding Angles Theorem,
∠4 = ∠C
So,
∠4 = ∠D = 61°
∠C = 61°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠ADC = ∠BCD = 61°

Question 5.
Find the measures of the numbered angles in rhombus DEFG.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 127
Answer:

Question 6.
Suppose you measure only the diagonals of the window opening in Example 4 and they have the same measure. Can you conclude that the opening is a rectangle? Explain.
Answer:
The representation of the window opening as mentioned in Example 4 is:

From the given figure,
We observe that the opposite sides of the opening window are equal
It is given that the diagonals of the opening window have the same measure
We know that,
By the Rectangle Diagonals measure Theorem,
A parallelogram is said to be a rectangle only when the length of the diagonals are congruent
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the opening window is a rectangle

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5. QS = 4x – 15 and RT = 3x + 8. Find the lengths of the diagonals of QRST.
Answer:
The given lengths of the diagonals of the rectangle QRST are:
QS = 4x – 15 and RT = 3x + 8
We know that,
By Rectangle Diagonal Measure Theorem,
The diagonals of a rectangle are congruent
So,
In a rectangle QRST,
QS = RT
So,
4x – 15 = 3x + 8
4x – 3x = 15 + 8
x = 23
Now,
QS = 4x – 15
= 4 (23) – 15
= 92 – 15
= 77
RT = 3x + 8
= 3 (23) + 8
= 69 + 8
= 77
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the lengths of the diagonals of the rectangle QRST are:
QS = RT = 77

Question 8.
Decide whether Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51PQRS with vertices P(- 5, 2), Q(0, 4), R(2, – 1), and S(- 3, – 3) is a rectangle, a rhombus, or a square. Give all names that apply.
Answer:
The given vertices of the parallelogram PQRS is:
P (-5, 2), Q (0, 4), R (2, -1), and S (-3, -3)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
Hence,
The representation of the given vertices of the parallelogram PQRS in the coordinate plane is:

Now,
We know that,
The distance between the 2 points = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
So,
PR = \(\sqrt{(2 + 5)² + (2 + 1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(7)² + (3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{49 + 9}\)
= 7.61
QS = \(\sqrt{(0 + 3)² + (4 + 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(7)² + (3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{49 + 9}\)
= 7.61
So,
The diagonals of the parallelogram PQRS are congruent
So,
The parallelogram PQRS must be either a rectangle or a square
So,
Now,
PQ = \(\sqrt{(0 + 5)² + (4 – 2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5)² + (2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{25 + 4}\)
= 5.38
QR = \(\sqrt{(4 + 1)² + (2 – 0)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5)² + (2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{25 + 4}\)
= 5.38
RS = \(\sqrt{(2 + 3)² + (3 – 1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5)² + (2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{25 + 4}\)
= 5.38
SP = \(\sqrt{(3 + 2)² + (5 – 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5)² + (2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{25 + 4}\)
= 5.38
So,
We can observe that the lengths of all the sides are congruent
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the parallelogram ABCD is a square since the diagonals are congruent and all the sides are congruent

Exercise 7.4 Properties of Special Parallelograms

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is another name for an equilateral rectangle?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
What should you look for in a parallelogram to know if the parallelogram is also a rhombus?
Answer:
When you want to look at whether the given parallelogram is a rhombus or not, there are 2 conditions. They are:
a. Check whether the diagonals are not congruent
b. Check whether the angle measures will not be equal to 90°

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-8, for any rhombus JKLM, decide whether the statement is always or sometimes true. Draw a diagram and explain your reasoning.

Question 3.
∠L ≅∠M
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 3

Question 4.
∠K ≅∠M
Answer:
We know that,
The opposite angles of a rhombus are always congruent

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ∠K is always congruent with ∠M

Question 5.
\(\overline{J M} \cong \overline{K L}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 5

Question 6.
\(\overline{J K} \cong \overline{K L}\)
Answer:
We know that,
In a rhombus, the opposite sides are congruent

From the figure,
We can say that JK and KL are the adjacent sides
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\overline{J K} \cong \overline{K L}\) is sometimes true when the rhombus is a square

Question 7.
\(\overline{J L} \cong \overline{K M}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 7

Question 8.
∠JKM ≅ ∠LKM
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at the right angles i.e., 90°

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠JKM ≅ ∠LKM is always true

In Exercises 9-12. classify the quadrilateral. Explain your reasoning.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 128
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 129
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 129
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite sides are congruent and all the angles are the right angles
We know that,
A rectangle has opposite sides that are congruent and all the angles are 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given figure is in the form of a rectangle

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 130
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 131
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 131
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The adjacent angle measures are equal to 180°
The opposite sides are congruent
The opposite angles are congruent
The diagonals are not congruent
We know that,
A rhombus has the above properties
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given figure is a rhombus

In Exercises 13-16. find the measures of the numbered angles in rhombus DEFG.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 132
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 133
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 134
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 135
Answer:

In Exercises 17-22, for any rectangle WXYZ, decide whether the statement is always or sometimes true. Draw a diagram and explain your reasoning.

Question 17.
∠W ≅ ∠X
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 17

Question 18.
\(\overline{W X} \cong \overline{Y Z}\)
Answer:
We know that,
A rectangle has the congruent opposite sides
So,
From the rectangle WXYZ,
The opposite sides are:
WX, YZ, WZ, and XY
The representation of the rectangle WXYZ is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that \(\overline{W X} \cong \overline{Y Z}\) is always true

Question 19.
\(\overline{W X} \cong \overline{X Y}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 19

Question 20.
\(\overline{W Y} \cong \overline{X Z}\)
Answer:
We know that,
The length of the diagonals is the same in a rectangle
So,
In the rectangle WXYZ,
The diagonals are:
WY and XZ
The representation of the rectangle WXYZ is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that \(\overline{W Y} \cong \overline{X Z}\) is always true

Question 21.
\(\overline{W Y}\) ⊥ \(\overline{X Z}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 21

Question 22.
∠WXZ ≅∠YXZ
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a rectangle bisect each other at the right angle i.e., 90°
The representation of the rectangle WXYZ is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠WXZ ≅∠YXZ is always true

In Exercises 23 and 24, determine whether the quadrilateral is a rectangle.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 137
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 137
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The length of the opposite sides are congruent
The one angle is a right angle i.e., 90°
We can also observe that
We don’t know anything about the other three angles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given quadrilateral is not a rectangle

In Exercises 25-28, find the lengths of the diagonals of rectangle WXYZ.

Question 25.
WY = 6x – 7
XZ = 3x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 25

Question 26.
WY = 14x + 10
XZ = 11x + 22
Answer:
We know that,
The length of the diagonals are congruent in a rectangle
So,
WY = XZ
So,
14x + 10 = 11x + 22
14x – 11x = 22 – 10
3x = 12
x = \(\frac{12}{3}\)
x = 4
So,
WY = 14 (4) + 10
= 56 + 10
= 66
XZ = 11 (4) + 22
= 44 + 22
= 66
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the diagonals are:
WY = XZ = 66

Question 27.
WY = 24x – 8
XZ = – 18x + 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 27

Question 28.
WY = 16x – 2
XZ = 36x – 6
Answer:
We know that,
The length of the diagonals are congruent in a rectangle
So,
WY = XZ
So,
16x – 2 = 36x – 6
16x – 36x = -6 + 2
-20x = -4
20x = 4
x = \(\frac{4}{20}\)
x = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
So,
WY = 16 (\(\frac{1}{5}\)) – 2
= 3.2 – 2
= 1
XZ = 36 (\(\frac{1}{5}\)) – 6
= 7 – 6
= 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the diagonals is:
WY = XZ = 1

In Exercises 29-34, name each quadrilateral – parallelogram, rectangle, rhombus, or square – for which the statement is always true.

Question 29.
It is equiangular.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 29

Question 30.
It is equiangular and equilateral.
Answer:
The quadrilateral that is both equiangular and equilateral is a “Square”

Question 31.
The diagonals are perpendicular.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 31

Question 32.
The opposite sides are congruent.
Answer:
The quadrilaterals where the opposite sides are congruent are:
Parallelogram, Rectangle, Square, and Rhombus

Question 33.
The diagonals bisect each other.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 33

Question 34.
The diagonals bisect opposite angles.
Answer:
The quadrilaterals that the diagonals bisect opposite angles are:
Square, and Rhombus

Question 35.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Quadrilateral PQRS is a rectangle. Describe and correct the error in finding the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 138
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 35

Question 36.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Quadrilateral PQRS is a rhombus. Describe and correct the error in finding the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 139
Answer:
We know that,
The sum of the adjacent angles of a rhombus is: 180°
So,
∠Q + ∠R = 180°
37° + x° = 180°
x° = 180° – 37°
x° = 143°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x° is: 143°

In Exercises 37 – 42, the diagonals of rhombus ABCD intersect at E. Ghen that m∠BAC = 53°, DE = 8, and EC = 6, find the indicated measure.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 140

Question 37.
m∠DAC
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 37

Question 38.
m∠AED
Answer:
By using the Rhombus Opposite Angles Theorem,
∠A = ∠E
So,
∠E = 53°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠AED is: 53°

Question 39.
m∠ADC
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 39

Question 40.
DB
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a rhombus are equal
So,
DB = 2 (DE)
It is given that
DE = 8
So,
DB = 2 (8)
DB = 16
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of DE is: 16

Question 41.
AE
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 41

Question 42.
AC
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a rhombus are equal
So,
AC = 2 (AE)
It is given that
AE = 6
So,
AC = 2 (6)
AC = 12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of AC is: 12

In Exercises 43-48. the diagonals of rectangle QRST intersect at P. Given that n∠PTS = 34° and QS = 10, find the indicated measure.

Question 43.
m∠QTR
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 43

Question 44.
m∠QRT
Answer:
We know that,
The opposite angles of a rectangle are equal
So,
From Exercise 43,
We can observe that,
∠QTR = 56°
So,
By using the Rectangle opposite angles Theorem,
∠QRT = 56°
Hence, from te above,
We can conclude that
∠QRT = 56°

Question 45.
m∠SRT
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 45

Question 46.
QP
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a rectangle are congruent and bisect each other
It is given that
QS = 10
So,
By using the Diagonals Congruent Theorem,
QP = PS
So,
QP = \(\frac{10}{2}\)
QP = 5
Hence, from the above,
We can coclude that the length of QP is: 5

Question 47.
RT
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 47

Question 48.
RP
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of arectangle are congruent
So,
QS = RT = 10
Now,
We know that,
The diagonals of a rectangle are congruent and bisect each other
So,
By using the rectangle diagonals Theorem,
RP = PT
So,
RP = \(\frac{10}{2}\)
RP = 5
Hece, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of RP is: 5

In Exercises 49-54. the diagonals of square LMNP intersect at K. Given that LK = 1. find the indicated measure.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 142

Question 49.
m∠MKN
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 49

Question 50.
m∠LMK
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a square are congruent and they are perpendicular
So,
∠LMK = 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ∠LMK is: 90°

Question 51.
m∠LPK
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 51

Question 52.
KN
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a square are congruent and bisect each other
So,
By using the Square Dagonals Congruent Theorem,
LN = LK + KN
LK = KN
So,
KN = 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of KN is: 1

Question 53.
LN
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 53

Question 54.
MP
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a square are congruent and are perpendicular to each other
So,
By using the Square Diagonals Congruent Theorem,
LN = MP
So,
MP = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of MP is: 2

In Exercises 55-69. decide whetherBig Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51JKLM is a rectangle, a rhombus. or a square. Give all names that apply. Explain your reasoning.

Question 55.
J(- 4, 2), K(0, 3), L(1, – 1), M(- 3, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 55

Question 56.
J(- 2, 7), K(7, 2), L(- 2, – 3), M(- 11, 2)
Answer:
The given vertices are :
J (-2, 7), K (7, 2), L (-2, -3), M (-11, 2)
Now,
The diagonals of the parallelogram JKLM are: JL and KM
Now,
JL = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2 – 2)² + (7 + 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(0)² + (10)²}\)
= 10
KM = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2 – 2)² + (7 + 11)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(0)² + (18)²}\)
= 18
JK = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(7 – 2)² + (7 + 2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5)² + (9)²}\)
= 10.29
KL = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2 + 3)² + (7 + 2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5)² + (9)²}\)
= 10.29
LM = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(11 – 2)² + (2 + 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(9)² + (5)²}\)
= 10.29
MJ = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(11 – 2)² + (7 – 2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(9)² + (5)²}\)
= 10.29
JL = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-3 – 7}{2 – 2}\)
= -10
KM = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{2 – 2}{-11 – 7}\)
= -18
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the parallelogram JKLM is a rhombus

Question 57.
J(3, 1), K(3, – 3), L(- 2, – 3), M(- 2, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 57

Question 58.
J(- 1, 4), K(- 3, 2), L(2, – 3), M(4, – 1)
Answer:
The given vertices are :
J (-1, 4), K (-3, 2), L (2, -3), M (4, -1)
Now,
The diagonals of the parallelogram JKLM are: JL and KM
Now,
JL = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2 + 1)² + (4 + 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(3)² + (7)²}\)
= 7.61
KM = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4 + 3)² + (2 + 1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(7)² + (3)²}\)
= 7.61
JK = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(3 – 1)² + (4 – 2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2)² + (2)²}\)
= 2.82
KL = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2 + 3)² + (2 + 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5)² + (5)²}\)
= 7.07
LM = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4 – 2)² + (1 – 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2)² + (2)²}\)
= 2.82
MJ = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4 + 1)² + (4 + 1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5)² + (5)²}\)
= 7.07
JL = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-3 – 4}{2 + 1}\)
= –\(\frac{7}{3}\)
KM = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-1 – 2}{4 + 3}\)
= –\(\frac{3}{7}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the parallelogram JKLM is a rectangle

Question 59.
J(5, 2), K(1, 9), L(- 3, 2), M(1, – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 59

Question 60.
J(5, 2), K(2, 5), L(- 1, 2), M(2, – 1)
Answer:
The given vertices are :
J (5, 2), K (2, 5), L (-1, 2), M (2, -1)
Now,
The diagonals of the parallelogram JKLM are: JL and KM
Now,
JL = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2 – 2)² + (5 + 1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(0)² + (6)²}\)
= 6
KM = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2 – 2)² + (5 + 1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(0)² + (6)²}\)
= 6
JK = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5 – 2)² + (5 – 2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(3)² + (3)²}\)
= 4.24
KL = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(2 + 1)² + (5 – 2)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(3)² + (3)²}\)
= 4.24
LM = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(-1 – 2)² + (2 + 1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(3)² + (3)²}\)
= 4.24
MJ = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(5 – 2)² + (2 + 1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(3)² + (3)²}\)
= 4.24
KM = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-1 – 5}{2 – 2}\)
= Undefined
JL = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{2 – 2}{-1 – 5}\)
= 0
So,
JL ⊥ KM
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the parallelogram JKLM is a square

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 61 and 62, classify the quadrilateral. Explain your reasoning. Then find the values of x and y.

Question 61.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 143
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 61

Question 62.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 144
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 144
From the given figure,
We can observe that all the angles are 90° and the diagonals are perpendicular
So,
The given figure is a Square
We know that,
The opposite angles are congruent in a square
So,
5x° = (3x + 18)°
5x° – 3x° = 18°
2x° = 18°
x° = \(\frac{18}{2}\)
x° = 9°
2y° = 10
y° = \(\frac{10}{2}\)
y° = 5°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The given figure is a Square
The values of x and y are: 9 and 2 respectively

Question 63.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
In the window, \(\overline{B D}\) ≅ \(\overline{D F}\) ≅ \(\overline{B H}\) ≅ \(\overline{H F}\). Also, ∠HAB, ∠BCD, ∠DEF, and ∠FGH are right angles.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 145
a. Classify HBDF and ACEG. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 63

b. What can you conclude about the lengths of the diagonals \(\overline{A E}\) and \(\overline{G C}\)? Given that these diagonals intersect at J, what can you conclude about the lengths of \(\overline{A J}\), \(\overline{J E}\), \(\overline{C J}\) and \(\overline{J G}\)? Explain.
Answer:
From part (a),
We can observe that ACEG is a rectangle
We know that,
The diagonals of a rectangle are congruent and bisect each other
So,
AE and GC are the diagonals in the rectangle ACEG
So,
AE = GC
Since we know that the diagonals of a rectangle bisect each other,
AJ = JE and CJ = JG

Question 64.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Order the terms in a diagram so that each term builds off the previous term(s). Explain why each figure is in the location you chose.

Answer:
We know that,
The figure that has 4 sides is called a “Quadrilateral”
Ex:
Parallelogram, Square etc
Hence,
The order of the terms in a diagram so that each term builds off the previous term is:
a. Quadrilateral – No equal sides
b. Parallelogram – The parallel sides are equal and the angles are not 90°
c. Rectangle – The parallel sides are equal and all the angles are 90°
d. Square – All the sides are equal and all the angles are 90°
e. Rhombus – All the sides are equal but only one angle is 90°

CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercises 65-70, complete each statement with always, sometimes, or never. Explain your reasoning.
Question 65.
A square is ____________ a rhombus.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 65

Question 66.
A rectangle is __________ a square.
Answer:
A rectangle is sometimes a square because a rectangle has the congruent opposite sides whereas a square has all the congruent sides

Question 67.
A rectangle _____________ has congruent diagonals.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 67

Question 68.
The diagonals of a square _____________ bisect its angles.
Answer:
The diagonals of a square always bisect its angles by using the Square Diagonals Congruent Theorem

Question 69.
A rhombus __________ has four congruent angles.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 69

Question 70.
A rectangle ____________ has perpendicular diagonals.
Answer:
A rectangle sometimes has perpendicular diagonals because the diagonals of a rectangle bisect each other ut not perpendicular to each other whereas a square has the perpendicular diagonals

Question 71.
USING TOOLS
You want to mark off a square region for a garden at school. You use a tape measure to mark off a quadrilateral on the ground. Each side of the quadrilateral is 2.5 meters long. Explain how you can use the tape measure to make sure that the quadrilateral is a square.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 71

Question 72.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the plan for proof below to write a paragraph proof for one part of the Rhombus Diagonals Theorem (Theorem 7. 11).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 146
Given ABCD is a parallelogram.
\(\overline{A C}\) ⊥ \(\overline{B D}\)
Prove: ABCD is a rhombus.
Plan for Proof: Because ABCD is a parallelogram. its diagonals bisect each other at X. Use \(\overline{A C}\) ⊥ \(\overline{B D}\) to show that ∆BXC ≅ ∆DXC. Then show that \(\overline{B C}\) ≅ \(\overline{D C}\). Use the properties of a parallelogram to show that ABCD is a rhombus.

PROVING A THEOREM
In Exercises 73 and 74, write a proof for parts of the Rhombus Opposite Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.12).

Question 73.
Given: PQRS is a parallelogram.
\(\overline{P R}\) bisects ∠SPQ and ∠QRS.
\(\overline{S Q}\) bisects ∠PSR and ∠RQP.
Prove: PQRS is a rhombus.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 147
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 73.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 73.2

Question 74.
Given: WXYZ is a rhombus
Prove: \(\overline{W Y}\) bisects ∠ZWX and ∠XYZ.
\(\overline{Z X}\) bisects ∠WZY and ∠YXW.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 148
Answer:

Question 75.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Will a diagonal of a square ever divide the square into two equilateral triangles? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 75

Question 76.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Will a diagonal of a rhombus ever divide the rhombus into two equilateral triangles? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
We know that,
The diagonals of a rhombus are not congruent
We know that,
Sometimes, the interior angles of a rhombus are 120°, 120°, 60°, and 60°
We know that,
The interior angles of an equilateral triangle are: 60°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that it is possible that a diagonal of a rhombus divides the rhombus into two equilateral triangles

Question 77.
CRITICAL THINKING
Which quadrilateral could be called a regular quadrilateral? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 77

Question 78.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
What other information do you need to determine whether the figure is a rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 149
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that the opposite sides are congruent and all the interior angles of the given figure are 90°
We know that,
A quadrilateral that has the congruent opposite sides and all the interior angles are 90° is called a “Rectangle”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given figure is a rectangle

Question 79.
REASONING
Are all rhombuses similar? Are all squares similar? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 79

Question 80.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Use the Rhombus Diagonals Theorem (Theorem 7. 1I) to explain why every rhombus has at least two lines of symmetry.
Answer:

PROVING A COROLLARY
In Exercises 81-83, write the corollary as a conditional statement and its converse. Then explain why each statement is true.

Question 81.
Rhombus Corollary (Corollary 7.2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 81

Question 82.
Rectangle Corollary (Corollary 7.3)
Answer:
Conditional statement:
If a quadrilateral is a rectangle, then it has four right angles
Converse:
If a quadrilateral has four right angles, then it is a rectangle
The conditional statement is true since a quadrilateral is a rectangle, it has 4 right angles
The corollary is not right because by having 4 right angles, the quadrilateral should be either a rectangle or a square

Question 83.
Square Corollary (Corollary 7.4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 83

Question 84.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims a rhombus will never have congruent diagonals because it would have to be a rectangle. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
We know that,
If a rhombus has congruent diagonals, then it would have to be a square only when all the angles will be 90°
But, it is not possible
A rhombus with non-congruent diagonals will never be a rectangle because a rhombus won’t have all the angles 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the claim of your friend is not correct

Question 85.
PROOF
Write a proof in the style of your choice.
Gien ∆XYZ ≅ ∆XWZ, ∠XYW ≅ ∠ZWY
Prove WVYZ is a rhombus.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 85

Question 86.
PROOF
Write a proof in the style of your choice.
Given Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 151
Prove ABCD is a rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 152
Answer:

PROVING A THEOREM
In Exercises 87 and 88. write a proof for part of the Rectangle Diagonals Theorem (Theorem 7.13).

Question 87.
Given PQRS is a rectangle.
Prove \(\overline{P R} \cong \overline{S Q}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 87

Question 88.
Given PQRS is a parallelogram.
\(\overline{P R} \cong \overline{S Q}\)
Prove PQRS is a rectangle.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

\(\overline{D E}\) is a midsegment of ∆ABC. Find the values of x and y.

Question 89.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 153
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 89

Question 90.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 154
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 154
It is given that \(\overline {D E}\) is a midsegment of ΔABC
So,
Now,
From the above figure,
We can say that
AD = DB
So,
y = 6
Now,
BC = 2 (DE)
BC = 2 (7)
BC = 14
x = 14
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of x and y are: 14 and 6 respectively

Question 91.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 155
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.4 a 91

7.5 Properties of Trapezoids and Kites

Exploration 1

Making a conjecture about Trapezoids

Sample
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 156

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Construct a trapezoid whose base angles are congruent. Explain your process.
Answer:

b. Is the trapezoid isosceles? Justify your answer.
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) for several other trapezoids. Write a conjecture based on your results.
PERSEVERE IN SOLVING PROBLEMS
To be proficient in math, you need to draw diagrams of important features and relationships, and search for regularity or trends.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Discovering a Property of Kites

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 157

a. Construct a kite. Explain your process.
Answer:

b. Measure the angles of the kite. What do you observe?
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) for several other kites. Write a conjecture based on your results.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are some properties of trapezoids and kites?
Answer:

Question 4.
Is the trapezoid at the left isosceles? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 158
Answer:

Question 5.
A quadrilateral has angle measures of 7o, 70°, 1100, and 110°, Is the quadrilateral a kite? Explain.
Answer:

Lesson 7.5 Properties of Trapezoids and Kites

Monitoring progress

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 159

Question 1.
The points A(- 5, 6), B(4, 9) C(4, 4), and D(- 2, 2) form the vertices of a quadrilateral. Show that ABCD is a trapezoid. Then decide whether it is isosceles.
Answer:

In Exercises 2 and 3, use trapezoid EFGH.

Question 2.
If EG = FH, is trapezoid EFGH isosceles? Explain.
Answer:

Question 3.
If m∠HEF = 70° and ,m∠FGH = 110°, is trapezoid EFGH isosceles? Explain.
Answer:

Question 4.
In trapezoid JKLM, ∠J and ∠M are right angles, and JK = 9 centimeters. The length of midsegment \(\overline{N P}\) of trapezoid JKLW is 12 centimeters. Sketch trapezoid JKLM and its midsegment. Find ML. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 5.
Explain another method you can use to find the length of \(\overline{Y Z}\) in Example 4.
Answer:

Question 6.
In a kite. the measures of the angles are 3x° 75°, 90°, and 120°. Find the value of x. What are the measures of the angles that are congruent?
Answer:

Question 7.
Quadrilateral DEFG has at least one pair of opposite sides congruent. What types of quadrilaterals meet this condition?
Answer:

Give the most specific name for the quadrilateral. Explain your reasoning.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 160
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 161
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 162
Answer:

Exercise 7.5 Properties of Trapezoids and Kites

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Describe the differences between a trapezoid and a kite.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 163
Is there enough information to prove that trapezoid ABCD is isosceles?
Answer:

Is there enough information to prove that \(\overline{A B}\) ≅ \(\overline{D C}\)?
Answer:

Is there enough information to prove that the non-parallel sides of trapezoid ABCD are congruent?
Answer:

Is there enough information to prove that the legs of trapezoid ABCD are congruent?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, show that the quadrilateral with the given vertices is a trapezoid. Then decide whether it is isosceles.

Question 3.
W(1, 4), X(1, 8), Y(- 3, 9), Z(- 3, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 3

Question 4.
D(- 3, 3), E(- 1, 1), F(1, – 4), G(- 3, 0)
Answer:

Question 5.
M(- 2, 0), N(0, 4), P(5, 4), Q(8, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 5

Question 6.
H(1, 9), J(4, 2), K(5, 2), L(8, 9)
Answer:

In Exercises 7 and 8, find the measure of each angle in the isosceles trapezoid.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 164
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 165
Answer:

In Exercises 9 and 10. find the length of the midsegment of the trapezoid.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 166
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 167
Answer:

In Exercises 11 and 12, find AB.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 168
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 169
Answer:

In Exercises 13 and 14, find the length of the midsegment of the trapezoid with the given vertices.

Question 13.
A(2, 0), B(8, – 4), C(12, 2), D(0, 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 13

Question 14.
S(- 2, 4), T(- 2, – 4), U(3, – 2), V(13, 10)
Answer:

In Exercises 15 – 18, Find m ∠ G.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 170
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 171
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 172
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 173
Answer:

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding DC.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 174
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 19

Question 20.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding m∠A.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 175
Answer:

In Exercises 21 – 24. given the most specific name for the quadrilateral. Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 176
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 177
Answer:

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 178
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 179
Answer:

REASONING
In Exercises 25 and 26, tell whether enough information is given in the diagram to classify the quadrilateral by the indicated name. Explain.

Question 25.
rhombus
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 180
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 25

Question 26.
Square
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 181
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 27 and 28, find the value of x.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 182
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 183
Answer:

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In the diagram, NP = 8 inches, and LR = 20 inches. What is the diameter of the bottom layer of the cake?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 184
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 29

Question 30.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and a friend arc building a kite. You need a stick to place from X to Wand a stick to place from W to Z to finish constructing the frame. You want the kite to have the geometric shape of a kite. How long does each stick need to be? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 185
Answer:

REASONING
In Exercises 31 – 34, determine which pairs of segments or angles must be congruent so that you can prove that ABCD is the indicated quadrilateral. Explain our reasoning. (There may be more than one right answer.)

Question 31.
isosceles trapezoid
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 186
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 31

Question 32.
Kite
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 187
Answer:

Question 33.
Parallelogram
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 188
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 33

Question 34.
square
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 189
Answer:

Question 35.
PROOF
Write a proof
Given \(\overline{J L} \cong \overline{L N}\), \(\overline{K M}\) is a midsegment of ∆JLN
Prove Quadrilateral JKMN is an isosceles trapezoid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 190
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 35

Question 36.
PROOF
Write a proof
Given ABCD is a kite.
\(\overline{A B} \cong \overline{C B}\), \(\overline{A D} \cong \overline{C D}\)
Prove \(\overline{C E} \cong \overline{A E}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 191
Answer:

Question 37.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Point U lies on the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{R T}\). Describe the set of points S for which RSTU is a kite.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 192
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 37

Question 38.
REASONING
Determine whether the points A(4, 5), B(- 3, 3), C(- 6, – 13), and D(6, – 2) are the vertices of a kite. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

PROVING A THEOREM
In Exercises 39 and 40, use the diagram to prove the given theorem. In the diagram, \(\overline{E C}\)’ is drawn parallel to \(\overline{A B}\).

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 193

Question 39.
Isosceles Trapezoid Base Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.14)
Given ABCD is an isosceles trapezoid.
\(\overline{B C}\) || \(\overline{A D}\)
Prove ∠A ≅ ∠D, ∠B ≅ ∠BCD
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 39

Question 40.
Isosceles Trapezoid Base Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.15)
Given ABCD is a trapezoid
∠A ≅ ∠D, \(\overline{B C}\) || \(\overline{A D}\)
Prove ABCD is an isosceles trapezoid.
Answer:

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your cousin claims there is enough information to prove that JKLW is an isosceles trapezoid. Is your cousin correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 194
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 41

Question 42.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The bases of a trapezoid lie on the lines y = 2x + 7 and y = 2x – 5. Write the equation of the line that contains the midsegment of the trapezoid.
Answer:

Question 43.
CONSTRUCTION
\(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{B D}\) bisect each other.
a. Construct quadrilateral ABCD so that \(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{B D}\) are congruent. hut not perpendicular. Classify the quadrilateral. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 43

b. Construct quadrilateral ABCD so that \(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{B D}\) are perpendicular. hut not congruent. Classify the quadrilateral. Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 44.
PROOF Write a proof.
Given QRST is an isosceles trapezoid.
Prove ∠TQS ≅ ∠SRT
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 195
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A plastic spiderweb is made in the shape of a regular dodecagon (12-sided polygon). \(\overline{A B}\) || \(\overline{P Q}\), and X is equidistant from the vertices of the dodecagon.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 196
a. Are you given enough information to prove that ABPQ is an isosceles trapezoid?
b. What is the measure of each interior angle of ABPQ
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 45

Question 46.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
In trapezoid PQRS, \(\overline{P Q}\) || \(\overline{R S}\) and \(\overline{M N}\) is the midsegment of PQRS. If RS = 5 . PQ. what is the ratio of MN to RS?
(A) 3 : 5
(B) 5 : 3
(C) 1 : 2
(D) 3 : 1
Answer:

Question 47.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the plan for proof below to write a paragraph proof of the Kite Opposite Angles Theorem (Theorem 7.19).
Given EFGH is a Kite.
\(\), \(\)
Prove ∠E ≅ ∠G, ∠F Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 197 ∠H
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 198
Plan for Proof: First show that ∠E ≅ ∠G. Then use an indirect argument to show that ∠F Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 197∠H.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 47

Question 48.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
One of the earliest shapes used for cut diamonds is called the table cut, as shown in the figure. Each face of a cut gem is called a facet.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 199
a. \(\overline{B C}\) || \(\overline{A D}\), and \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{D C}\) are not parallel. What shape is the facet labeled ABCD?
b. \(\overline{D E}\) || \(\overline{G F}\), and \(\overline{D G}\) and \(\overline{E F}\) are congruent but not parallel. What shape is the facet labeled DEFG?
Answer:

Question 49.
PROVING A THEOREM
In the diagram below, \(\overline{B G}\) is the midsegment of ∆ACD. and \(\overline{G E}\) is the midsegment of ∆ADF Use the diagram to prove the Trapezoid Midsegment Theorem (Theorem 7.17).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 200
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 49

Question 50.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is SSASS a valid congruence theorem be kites? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 51.
PROVING A THEOREM
To prove the biconditional statement in the Isosceles Trapezoid Diagonals Theorem (Theorem 7.16), you must prove both Parts separately.
a. Prove part of the Isosceles Trapezoid Diagonals Theorem (Theorem 7. 16).
Given JKLM is an isosecles trapezoid.
\(\overline{K L}\) || \(\overline{J M}\), \(\overline{J L} \cong \overline{K M}\)
Prove \(\overline{J L} \cong \overline{K M}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 201
b. Write the other parts of the Isosceles Trapezoid Diagonals Theorem (Theorem 7. 16) as a conditional. Then prove the statement is true.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 51.2

Question 52.
PROOF
What special type of quadrilateral is EFGH? Write a proof to show that your answer is Correct.
Given In the three-dimensional figure, \(\overline{J L} \cong \overline{K M}\). E, F, G, and H arc the midpoints of \(\overline{J L}\). \(\overline{K l}\), \(\overline{K M}\), and \(\overline{J M}\). respectively.
Prove EFGH is a ____________ .
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 202
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Describe a similarity transformation that maps the blue preimage to the green image.

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 203
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 7.5 a 53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 204
Answer:

Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons Review

7.1 Angles of Polygons

Question 1.
Find the sum of the measures of the interior angles of a regular 30-gon. Then find the measure of each interior angle and each exterior angle.
Answer:

Find the va1ue of x.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 205
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 206
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 207
Answer:

7.2 Properties of Parallelograms

Find the value of each variable in the parallelogram.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 208
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 209
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 210
Answer:

Question 8.
Find the coordinates of the intersection of the diagonals of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51QRST with vertices Q(- 8, 1), R(2, 1). S(4, – 3), and T(- 6, – 3).
Answer:

Question 9.
Three vertices of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51JKLM are J(1, 4), K(5, 3), and L(6, – 3). Find the coordinates of vertex M.
Answer:

7.3 Proving that a Quadrilateral is a Parallelogram

State which theorem you can use to show that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 211
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 212
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 213
Answer:

Question 13.
Find the values of x and y that make the quadrilateral a parallelogram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 214
Answer:

Question 14.
Find the value of x that makes the quadrilateral a parallelogram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 215
Answer:

Question 15.
Show that quadrilateral WXYZ with vertices W(- 1, 6), X(2, 8), Y(1, 0), and Z(- 2, – 2) is a parallelogram.
Answer:

7.4 Properties of Special Parallelograms

Classify the special quadrilateral. Explain your reasoning.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 216
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 217
Answer:

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 218
Answer:

Question 19.
Find the lengths of the diagonals of rectangle WXYZ where WY = – 2y + 34 and XZ = 3x – 26.
Answer:

Question 20.
Decide whether Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51JKLM with vertices J(5, 8), K(9, 6), L(7, 2), and M(3, 4) is a rectangle. a rhombus, or a square. Give all names that apply. Explain.

Answer:

7.5 Properties of Trapezoids and Kites

Question 21.
Find the measure of each angle in the isosceles trapezoid WXYZ.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 219
Answer:

Question 22.
Find the length of the midsegment of trapezoid ABCD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 220
Answer:

Question 23.
Find the length of the midsegment of trapezoid JKLM with vertices J(6, 10), K(10, 6), L(8, 2), and M(2, 2).
Answer:

Question 24.
A kite has angle measures of 7x°, 65°, 85°, and 105°. Find the value of x. What are the measures of the angles that are congruent?
Answer:

Question 25.
Quadrilateral WXYZ is a trapezoid with one pair of congruent base angles. Is WXYZ all isosceles trapezoid? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Give the most specific name for the quadrilateral. Explain your reasoning.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 221
Answer:

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 222
Answer:

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 223
Answer:

Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons Test

Find the value of each variable in the parallelogram.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 224
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 225
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 226
Answer:

Give the most specific name for the quadrilateral. Explain your reasoning.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 227
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 228
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 229
Answer:

Question 7.
In a convex octagon. three of the exterior angles each have a measure of x°. The other five exterior angles each have a measure of (2x + 7)°. Find the measure of each exterior angle.
Answer:

Question 8.
Quadrilateral PQRS has vertices P(5, 1), Q(9, 6), R(5, 11), and 5(1, 6), Classify quadrilateral PQRS using the most specific name.
Answer:

Determine whether enough information is given to show that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram. Explain your reasoning.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 230
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 231
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 232
Answer:

Question 12.
Explain why a parallelogram with one right angle must be a rectangle.
Answer:

Question 13.
Summarize the ways you can prove that a quadrilateral is a square.
Answer:

Question 14.
Three vertices of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51JKLM are J(- 2, – 1), K(0, 2), and L(4, 3),
a. Find the coordinates of vertex M.
Answer:

b. Find the coordinates of the intersection of the diagonals of Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 51JKLM.
Answer:

Question 15.
You are building a plant stand with three equally-spaced circular shelves. The diagram shows a vertical cross section of the plant stand. What is the diameter of the middle shell?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 233
Answer:

Question 16.
The Pentagon in Washington. D.C., is shaped like a regular pentagon. Find the measure of each interior angle.
Answer:

Question 17.
You are designing a binocular mount. If \(\overline{B C}\) is always vertical, the binoculars will point in the same direction while they are raised and lowered for different viewers. How can you design the mount so \(\overline{B C}\) is always vertical? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 18.
The measure of one angle of a kite is 90°. The measure of another angle in the kite is 30°. Sketch a kite that matches this description.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 234
Answer:

Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons Cummulative Assessment

Question 1.
Copy and complete the flowchart proof of the Parallelogram Opposite Angles Theorem (Thm. 7.4).
Given ABCD is a parallelogram.
Prove ∠A ≅ ∠C, ∠B ≅ ∠D
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 235
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 236
Answer:

Question 2.
Use the steps in the construction to explain how you know that the circle is inscribed within ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 237
Answer:

Question 3.
Your friend claims that he can prove the Parallelogram Opposite Sides Theorem (Thm. 7.3) using the SSS Congruence Theorem (Thm. 5.8) and the Parallelogram Opposite Sides Theorem (Thin. 7.3). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 4.
Find the perimeter of polygon QRSTUV Is the polygon equilateral? equiangular? regular? Explain your reasoni ng.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 238
Answer:

Question 5.
Choose the correct symbols to complete the proof of the Converse of the Hinge Theorem (Theorem 6. 13).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 239
Given Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 240
Prove m ∠ B > m ∠ E
Step 1 Assume temporarily that m ∠ B Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 241 m ∠ E. Then it follows that either m∠B____ m∠E or m∠B ______ m ∠ E.

Step 2 If m ∠ B ______ m∠E. then AC _____ DF by the Hinge Theorem (Theorem 6. 12). If, m∠B _______ m ∠ E. then ∠B _____ ∠E. So. ∆ABC ______ ∆DEF by the SAS Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5.5) and AC _______ DF.

Step 3 Both conclusions contradict the given statement that AC _______ DF. So, the temporary assumption that m ∠ B > Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 241 m ∠ E Cannot be true. This proves that m ∠ B ______ m ∠ E.
>     <    =    ≠    ≅
Answer:

Question 6.
Use the Isosceles Trapctoid Base Angles Conersc (Thm. 7.15) to prove that ABCD is an isosceles trapezoid.
Given \(\overline{B C}\) || \(\overline{A D}\). ∠EBC ≅ ∠¿ECB, ∠ABE ≅ ∠DCE
Prove ABCD is an isoscelcs trapezoid.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 242
Answer:

Question 7.
One part of the Rectangle Diagonals Theorem (Thm. 7.13) says. “If the diagonals of a parallelogram are congruent, then it is a rectangle.” Using the reasons given. there are multiple ways to prove this part of the theorem. Provide a statement for each reason to form one possible proof of this part of the theorem.
Given QRST is a parallelogram
\(\overline{Q S} \cong \overline{R T}\)
Prove QRST is a rectangle
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 7 Quadrilaterals and Other Polygons 243

StatementsReasons
1. \(\overline{Q S} \cong \overline{R T}\)1. Given
2. __________________________2. Parallelogram Opposite Sides Theorem (Thm. 7.3)
3. __________________________3. SSS Congruence Theorem (Thm. 5.8)
4. __________________________4. Corresponding parts of congruent triangles are congruent.
5. __________________________5. Parallelogram Consecutive Angles Theorem (Thm. 7.5
6. __________________________6. Congruent supplementary angles have the same measure.
7. __________________________7. Parallelogram Consecutive Angles Theorem (Thm. 7.5)
8. __________________________8. Subtraction Property of Equality
9. __________________________9. Definition of a right angle
10. __________________________10. Definition of a rectangle

Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations

If you are seeking homework help to complete the chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations Questions then stay connected with us. Here we have shared the best solution for your concerns ie., Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations Pdf Exercise-wise. This guide will aid students in enhancing their problem-solving and subject knowledge skills. You can easily understand the concepts of Ch 9 Solving Quadratic Equations with the help of the BIM Algebra 1 Textbook Solution Key and perform well in various tests. Utilize this Ch 9 Algebra 1 Big Ideas Math Book Answers for exam revision guide and score high in all examinations.

Lesson-wise Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Textbook Solutions

Big Ideas math book Algebra 1 ch 9 Answer key cover all required preparation materials such as Questions from Exercises 9.1 to 9.6, Chapter Tests, Practice Tests, Cumulative Assessment, Review Tests, etc. By solving all these resources of the BIM Answer Key, you can easily understand each and every concept of Algebra 1 chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations. Access and download the needed exercise of the Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Ch 9 Solving Quadratic Equations from the below links and ace up your preparation to become a pro at mathematics.

Solving Quadratic Equations Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Factor the trinomial.
Question 1.
x2 + 10x + 25
Answer:

Question 2.
x2 – 20x + 100
Answer:

Question 3.
x2 + 12x + 36
Answer:

Question 4.
x2 – 18x + 81
Answer:

Question 5.
x2 + 16x + 64
Answer:

Question 6.
x2 – 30x + 225
Answer:

Solve the system of linear equations by graphing.
Question 7.
y = -5x + 3
y = 2x – 4
Answer:

Question 8.
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – 2
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 5
Answer:

Question 9.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 4
y = -3x – 3
Answer:

Question 10.
ABSTRACT REASONING
What value of c makes x2 + bx + c a perfect square trinomial?
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students monitor their work and change course as needed.

Monitoring Progress

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 1
Question 1.
Use the graph in Example 1 to approximate the negative solution of the equation x2 + x – 1 = 0 to the nearest thousandth.
Answer:

Question 2.
The graph of y = x2 + x – 3 is shown. Approximate both solutions of the equation x2 + x – 3 = 0 to the nearest thousandth.
Answer:

Lesson 9.1 Properties of Radicals

Essential Question How can you multiply and divide square roots?

EXPLORATION 1

Operations with Square Roots
Work with a partner. For each operation with square roots, compare the results obtained using the two indicated orders of operations. What can you conclude?
a. Square Roots and Addition
Is \(\sqrt{36}\) + \(\sqrt{64}\) equal to \(\sqrt{36+64}\)?
In general, is \(\sqrt{a}\) + \(\sqrt{b}\) equal to \(\sqrt{a+b}\)? Explain your reasoning.

b. Square Roots and MultiplicationIs \(\sqrt{4}\) • \(\sqrt{9}\) equal to \(\sqrt{{4} \cdot 9}\)?
In general, is \(\sqrt{a}\) • \(\sqrt{b}\) equal to \(\sqrt{{a} \cdot b}\)? Explain your reasoning.

c. Is \(\sqrt{36}\) – \(\sqrt{64}\) equal to \(\sqrt{36+64}\)?
In general, is \(\sqrt{a}\) – \(\sqrt{b}\) equal to \(\sqrt{a-b}\)? Explain your reasoning.

d. Square Roots and Division
Is \(\frac{\sqrt{100}}{\sqrt{4}}\) equal to \(\sqrt{\frac{100}{4}}\)?
In general, is \(\frac{\sqrt{a}}{\sqrt{b}}\) equal to \(\sqrt{\frac{a}{b}}\)? Explain your reasoning.

EXPLORATION 2

Writing Counter examples
Work with a partner. A counterexample is an example that proves that a general statement is not true. For each general statement in Exploration 1 that is not true, write a counterexample different from the example given.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you multiply and divide square roots?
Answer:

Question 4.
Give an example of multiplying square roots and an example of dividing square roots that are different from the examples in Exploration 1.
Answer:

Question 5.
Write an algebraic rule for each operation.
a. the product of square roots
b. the quotient of square roots
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Simplify the expression.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt{24}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
–\(\sqrt{80}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\sqrt{49 x^{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\sqrt{49 n^{5}}\)
Answer:

Simplify the expression.
Question 5.
\(\sqrt{\frac{23}{9}}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
–\(\sqrt{\frac{17}{100}}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\sqrt{\frac{36}{z^{2}}}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{\frac{4 x^{2}}{64}}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\sqrt[3]{54}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\sqrt[3]{16 x^{4}}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{a}{-27}}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{25 c^{7} d^{3}}{64}}\)
Answer:

Simplify the expression.
Question 13.
\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{5}}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{\sqrt{10}}{\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{7}{\sqrt{2 x}}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\sqrt{\frac{2 y^{2}}{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{5}{\sqrt[3]{32}}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(\frac{8}{1+\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{\sqrt{13}}{\sqrt{5}-2}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(\frac{12}{\sqrt{2}+\sqrt{7}}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, how far can you see when your eye level is 35 feet above the water?
Answer:

Question 22.
The dimensions of a dance floor form a golden rectangle. The shorter side of the dance floor is 50 feet. What is the length of the longer side of the dance floor?
Answer:

Simplify the expression.
Question 23.
3\(\sqrt{2}\) – \(\sqrt{6}\) + 10\(\sqrt{2}\)
Answer:

Question 24.
4\(\sqrt{7}\) – 6\(\sqrt{63}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
4\(\sqrt [3]{ 5x }\) – 11\(\sqrt [3]{ 5x }\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(\sqrt{3}\)(8\(\sqrt{2}\) + 7\(\sqrt{32}\))
Answer:

Question 27.
(2\(\sqrt{5}\) – 4)2
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\sqrt [3]{ -4 }\)(\(\sqrt [3]{ 2 }\) – \(\sqrt [3]{ 16 }\))
Answer:

Properties of Radicals 9.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The process of eliminating a radical from the denominator of a radical expression is called _______________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
What is the conjugate of the binomial \(\sqrt{x}\) + 4?
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Are the expressions \(\frac{1}{3} \sqrt{2 x}\) and \(\sqrt{\frac{2 x}{9}}\) equivalent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 2
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, determine whether the expression is in simplest form. If the expression is not in simplest form, explain why.
Question 5.
\(\sqrt{19}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 5

Question 6.
\(\sqrt{\frac{1}{7}}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\sqrt{48}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 7

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{34}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{\sqrt{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 9

Question 10.
\(\frac{3 \sqrt{10}}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{2+\sqrt[3]{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 11

Question 12.
\(6-\sqrt[3]{54}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, simplify the expression.
Question 13.
\(\sqrt{20}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 13

Question 14.
\(\sqrt{32}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\sqrt{128}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 15

Question 16.
–\(\sqrt{72}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\sqrt{125b}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 17

Question 18.
\(\sqrt{4 x^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(-\sqrt{81 m^{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 19

Question 20.
\(\sqrt{48 n^{5}}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 21–28, simplify the expression.
Question 21.
\(\sqrt{\frac{4}{49}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 21

Question 22.
\(-\sqrt{\frac{7}{81}}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(-\sqrt{\frac{23}{64}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 23

Question 24.
\(\sqrt{\frac{65}{121}}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(\sqrt{\frac{a^{3}}{49}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 25

Question 26.
\(\sqrt{\frac{144}{k^{2}}}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\sqrt{\frac{100}{4x^{2}}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 27

Question 28.
\(\sqrt{\frac{25 v^{2}}{36}}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 29–36, simplify the expression.
Question 29.
\(\sqrt [3]{ 16 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 29

Question 30.
\(\sqrt [3]{ -108 }\)
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\sqrt[3]{-64 x^{5}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 31

Question 32.
–\(\sqrt[3]{343 n^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{6 c}{-125}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 33

Question 34.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{8 h^{4}}{27}}\)
Answer:

Question 35.
\(-\sqrt[3]{\frac{81 y^{2}}{1000 x^{3}}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 35

Question 36.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{21}{-64 a^{3} b^{6}}}\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 37 and 38, describe and correct the error in simplifying the expression.
Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 37

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 4
Answer:

In Exercises 39–44, write a factor that you can use to rationalize the denominator of the expression.
Question 39.
\(\frac{4}{\sqrt{6}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 39

Question 40.
\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{13 z}}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
\(\frac{2}{\sqrt[3]{x^{2}}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 41

Question 42.
\(\frac{3 m}{\sqrt[3]{4}}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(\frac{\sqrt{2}}{\sqrt{5}-8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 43

Question 44.
\(\frac{5}{\sqrt{3}+\sqrt{7}}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 45–54, simplify the expression.
Question 45.
\(\frac{2}{\sqrt{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 45

Question 46.
\(\frac{4}{\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 47.
\(\frac{\sqrt{5}}{\sqrt{48}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 47

Question 48.
\(\sqrt{\frac{4}{52}}\)
Answer:

Question 49.
\(\frac{3}{\sqrt{a}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 49

Question 50.
\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2 x}}\)
Answer:

Question 51.
\(\sqrt{\frac{3 d^{2}}{5}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 51

Question 52.
\(\frac{\sqrt{8}}{\sqrt{3 n^{3}}}\)
Answer:

Question 53.
\(\frac{4}{\sqrt[3]{25}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 53

Question 54.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{1}{108 y^{2}}}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 55–60, simplify the expression.
Question 55.
\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{7}+1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 55

Question 56.
\(\frac{2}{5-\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 57.
\(\frac{\sqrt{10}}{7-\sqrt{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 57

Question 58.
\(\frac{\sqrt{5}}{6+\sqrt{5}}\)
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\frac{3}{\sqrt{5}-\sqrt{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 59

Question 60.
\(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{\sqrt{7}+\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 61.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The time t (in seconds) it takes an object to hit the ground is given by t = \(\sqrt{\frac{h}{16}}\), where his the height (in feet) from which the object was dropped.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 5
a. How long does it take an earring to hit the ground when it falls from the roof of the building?
b. How much sooner does the earring hit the ground when it is dropped from two stories (22 feet) below the roof?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 61

Question 62.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The orbital period of a planet is the time it takes the planet to travel around the Sun. You can find the orbital period P (in Earth years) using the formula P = \(\sqrt{d^{3}}\), where d is the average distance (in astronomical units, abbreviated AU) of the planet from the Sun.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 6
a. Simplify the formula.
b. What is Jupiter’s orbital period?
Answer:

Question 63.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The electric current I (in amperes) an appliance uses is given by the formula I = \(\sqrt{\frac{P}{R}}\), where P is the power (in watts) and R is the resistance (in ohms). Find the current an appliance uses when the power is 147 watts and the resistance is 5 ohms.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 63

Question 64.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You can find the average annual interest rate r (in decimal form) of a savings account using the formula r = \(\sqrt{\frac{V_{2}}{V_{0}}}\) – 1, where V0 is the initial investment and V2 is the balance of the account after 2 years. Use the formula to compare the savings accounts. In which account would you invest money? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 8
Answer:

In Exercises 65–68, evaluate the function for the given value of x. Write your answer in simplest form and in decimal form rounded to the nearest hundredth.
Question 65.
h(x) = \(\sqrt{5x}\); x = 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 65

Question 66.
g(x) = \(\sqrt{3x}\); x = 60
Answer:

Question 67.
r(x) = \(\sqrt{\frac{3 x}{3 x^{2}+6}}\); x = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 67

Question 68.
p(x) = \(\sqrt{\frac{x-1}{5 x}}\); x = 8
Answer:

In Exercises 69–72, evaluate the expression when a = −2, b = 8, and c = \(\frac{1}{2}\). Write your answer in simplest form and in decimal form rounded to the nearest hundredth.
Question 69.
\(\sqrt{a^{2}+b c}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 69

Question 70.
\(-\sqrt{4 c-6 a b}\)
Answer:

Question 71.
\(-\sqrt{2 a^{2}+b^{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 71

Question 72.
\(\sqrt{b^{2}-4 a c}\)
Answer:

Question 73.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The text in the book shown forms a golden rectangle. What is the width w of the text?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 73

Question 74.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The flag of Togo is approximately the shape of a golden rectangle. What is the width w of the flag?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 10
Answer:

In Exercises 75–82, simplify the expression.
Question 75.
\(\sqrt{2}\) – 2\(\sqrt{2}\) + 6\(\sqrt{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 75

Question 76.
\(\sqrt{5}\) – 5\(\sqrt{13}\) – 8\(\sqrt{5}\)
Answer:

Question 77.
2\(\sqrt{6}\) – 5\(\sqrt{54}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 77

Question 78.
9\(\sqrt{32}\) + \(\sqrt{2}\)
Answer:

Question 79.
\(\sqrt{12}\) + 6\(\sqrt{3}\) + 2\(\sqrt{6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 79

Question 80.
3\(\sqrt{7}\) – 5\(\sqrt{14}\) + 2\(\sqrt{28}\)
Answer:

Question 81.
\(\sqrt[3]{-81}\) + 4\(\sqrt[3]{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 81

Question 82.
6\(\sqrt[3]{128 t}\) – 2\(\sqrt[3]{2 t}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 83–90, simplify the expression.
Question 83.
\(\sqrt{2}\)(\(\sqrt{45}\) + \(\sqrt{5}\))
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 83

Question 84.
\(\sqrt{3}\)(\(\sqrt{72}\) – 3\(\sqrt{2}\))
Answer:

Question 85.
\(\sqrt{5}\)(2\(\sqrt{6x}\) – \(\sqrt{96x}\))
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 85

Question 86.
\(\sqrt{7y}\)(\(\sqrt{27y}\) + 5\(\sqrt{12y}\))
Answer:

Question 87.
(4\(\sqrt{2}\) – \(\sqrt{98}\))2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 87

Question 88.
(\(\sqrt{3}\) + \(\sqrt{48}\)) (\(\sqrt{20}\) – \(\sqrt{5}\))
Answer:

Question 89.
\(\sqrt[3]{3}(\sqrt[3]{4}+\sqrt[3]{32})\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 89

Question 90.
\(\sqrt[3]{2}(\sqrt[3]{135}-4 \sqrt[3]{5})\)
Answer:

Question 91.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The circumference C of the art room in a mansion is approximated by the formula C ≈ \(\sqrt\frac{a^{2}+b^{2}}{2}\). Approximate the circumference of the room.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 91

Question 92.
CRITICAL THINKING
Determine whether each expression represents a rational or an irrational number. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 12
Answer:

In Exercises 93–98, simplify the expression.
Question 93.
\(\sqrt[5]{\frac{13}{5 x^{5}}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 93

Question 94.
\(\sqrt[4]{\frac{10}{81}}\)
Answer:

Question 95.
\(\sqrt[4]{256 y}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 95

Question 96.
\(\sqrt[5]{160 x^{6}}\)
Answer:

Question 97.
\(6 \sqrt[4]{9}-\sqrt[5]{9}+3 \sqrt[4]{9}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 97

Question 98.
\(\sqrt[5]{2}(\sqrt[4]{7}+\sqrt[5]{16})\)
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 99 and 100, use the table shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 13
Question 99.
Copy and complete the table by (a) finding each sum ( 2 + 2, 2 + \(\frac{1}{4}\), etc. ) and (b) finding each product ( 2 • 2, 2 • \(\frac{1}{4}\), etc. )
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 99.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 99.2

Question 100.
Use your answers in Exercise 99 to determine whether each statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Justify your answer.
a. The sum of a rational number and a rational number is rational.
b. The sum of a rational number and an irrational number is irrational.
c. The sum of an irrational number and an irrational number is irrational.
d. The product of a rational number and a rational number is rational.
e. The product of a nonzero rational number and an irrational number is irrational.
f. The product of an irrational number and an irrational number is irrational.
Answer:

Question 101.
REASONING
Let m be a positive integer. For what values of m will the simplified form of the expression \(\sqrt{2^{m}}\) contain a radical? For what values will it not contain a radical? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 101

Question 102.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The edge length s of a cube is an irrational number, the surface area is an irrational number, and the volume is a rational number. Give a possible value of s.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 14
Answer:

Question 103.
REASONING
Let a and b be positive numbers. Explain why \(\sqrt{ab}\) lies between a and b on a number line. (Hint: Let a< b and multiply each side of a < b by a. Then let a < b and multiply each side by b.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 103

Question 104.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that you can rationalize the denominator of the expression \(\frac{2}{4+\sqrt[3]{5}}\) by multiplying the numerator and denominator by 4 – \(\sqrt[3]{5}\). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 105.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The ratio of consecutive terms \(\frac{a_{n}}{a_{n}-1}\) in the Fibonacci sequence gets closer and closer to the golden ratio \(\frac{1+\sqrt{5}}{2}\) as n increases. Find the term that precedes 610 in the sequence.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 105.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 105.2

Question 106.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Use the golden ratio \(\frac{1+\sqrt{5}}{2}\) and the golden ratio conjugate \(\frac{1-\sqrt{5}}{2}\) for each of the following.
a. Show that the golden ratio and golden ratio conjugate are both solutions of x2 – x – 1 = 0.
b. Construct a geometric diagram that has the golden ratio as the length of a part of the diagram.
Answer:

Question 107.
CRITICAL THINKING
Use the special product pattern (a + b)(a2 – ab + b2) = a3 + b3 to simplify the expression \(\frac{2}{\sqrt[3]{x}+1}\). Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 107

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Graph the linear equation. Identify the x-intercept.
Question 108.
y = x – 4
Answer:

Question 109.
y = -2x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 109

Question 110.
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 1
Answer:

Question 111.
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 111

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 112.
32 = 2x
Answer:

Question 113.
27x = 3x – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 113

Question 114.
(\(\frac{1}{6}\))2x = 2161 – x
Answer:

Question 115.
625x = (\(\frac{1}{25}\))x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 a 115

Lesson 9.2 Solving Quadratic Equations by Graphing

Essential Question How can you use a graph to solve a quadratic equation in one variable?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 1
Based on what you learned about the x-intercepts of a graph in Section 3.4, it follows that the x-intercept of the graph of the linear equation
y = ax + b 2 variables
is the same value as the solution of
ax + b = 0. 1 variable
You can use similar reasoning to solve quadratic equations.

EXPLORATION 1

Solving a Quadratic Equation by Graphing
Work with a partner.
a. Sketch the graph of y = x2 – 2x.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 2
b. What is the definition of an x-intercept of a graph? How many x-intercepts does this graph have? What are they?
c. What is the definition of a solution of an equation in x? How many solutions does the equation x2 – 2x = 0 have? What are they?
d. Explain how you can verify the solutions you found in part (c).

EXPLORATION 2

Solving Quadratic Equations by Graphing
Work with a partner. Solve each equation by graphing.
a. x2 – 4 = 0
b. x2 + 3x = 0
c. -x2 + 2x + 1 = 0
d. x2 – 2x + 1
e. x2 – 3x + 5 = 0
f. -x2 + 3x – 6 = 0

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use a graph to solve a quadratic equation in one variable?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 3
Answer:

Question 4.
After you find a solution graphically, how can you check your result algebraically? Check your solutions for parts (a)-(d) in Exploration 2 algebraically.
Answer:

Question 5.
How can you determine graphically that a quadratic equation has no solution?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation by graphing. Check your solutions.
Question 1.
x2 – x – 2 = 0
Answer:

Question 2.
x2 + 7x = -10
Answer:

Question 3.
x2 + x = 12
Answer:

Solve the equation by graphing.
Question 4.
x2 + 36 = 12x
Answer:

Question 5.
x2 + 4x = 0
Answer:

Question 6.
x2 + 10x = -25
Answer:

Question 7.
x2 = 3x – 3
Answer:

Question 8.
x2 + 7x = -6
Answer:

Question 9.
2x + 5 = -x2
Answer:

Question 10.
Graph f(x) = x2 + x – 6. Find the zeros of f.
Answer:

Question 11.
Graph f(x) = -x2 + 2x + 2. Approximate the zeros of f to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

Question 12.
WHAT IF?
After how many seconds is the football 65 feet above the ground?
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations by Graphing 9.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is a quadratic equation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 4
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
How can you use a graph to find the number of solutions of a quadratic equation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 3

Question 4.
WRITING
How are solutions, roots, x-intercepts, and zeros related?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–8, use the graph to solve the equation.
Question 5.
-x2 + 2x + 3 = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 5

Question 6.
x2 – 6x + 8 = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 6
Answer:

Question 7.
x2 + 8x + 16 = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 7

Question 8.
-x2 – 4x – 6 = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 8
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, write the equation in standard form.
Question 9.
4x2 = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 9

Question 10.
-x2 = 15
Answer:

Question 11.
2x – x2 = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 11

Question 12.
5 + x = 3x2
Answer:

In Exercises 13–24, solve the equation by graphing.
Question 13.
x2 – 5x = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 13

Question 14.
x2 – 4x + 4 = 0
Answer:

Question 15.
x2 – 2x + 5 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 15

Question 16.
x2 – 6x – 7 = 0
Answer:

Question 17.
x2 – 6x = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 17

Question 18.
-x2 = 8x + 20
Answer:

Question 19.
x2 = -1 – 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 19

Question 20.
x2 = -x – 3
Answer:

Question 21.
4x – 12 = -x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 21

Question 22.
5x – 6 = x2
Answer:

Question 23.
x2 – 2 = -x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 23

Question 24.
16 + x2 = -8x
Answer:

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving x2 + 3x = 18 by graphing.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving x2 + 6x + 9 = 0 by graphing.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 10
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The height y (in yards) of a flop shot in golf can be modeled by y = -x2 + 5x, where x is the horizontal distance (in yards).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 11
a. Interpret the x-intercepts of the graph of the equation.
b. How far away does the golf ball land?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The height h (in feet) of an underhand volleyball serve can be modeled by h = -16t2 + 30t + 4, where t is the time (in seconds).
a. Do both t-intercepts of the graph of the function have meaning in this situation? Explain.
b. No one receives the serve. After how many seconds does the volleyball hit the ground?
Answer:

In Exercises 29–36, solve the equation by using Method 2 from Example 3.
Question 29.
x2 = 10 – 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 29

Question 30.
2x – 3 = x2
Answer:

Question 31.
5x – 7 = x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 31

Question 32.
x2 = 6x – 5
Answer:

Question 33.
x2 + 12x = -20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 33

Question 34.
x2 + 8x = 9
Answer:

Question 35.
-x2 – 5 = -2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 35

Question 36.
-x2 – 4 = -4x
Answer:

In Exercises 37–42, find the zero(s) of f.
Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 37

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 13
Answer:

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 15
Answer:

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 41.2

Question 42
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 17
Answer:

In Exercises 43–46, approximate the zeros of f to the nearest tenth.
Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 19
Answer:

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 45

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 21
Answer:

In Exercises 47–52, graph the function. Approximate the zeros of the function to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
Question 47.
f(x) = x2 + 6x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 47.2

Question 48.
f(x) = x2 – 3x + 2
Answer:

Question 49.
y = -x2 + 4x – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 49.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 49.2

Question 50.
y = -x2 + 9x – 6
Answer:

Question 51.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 2x – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 51.2

Question 52.
f(x) = -3x2 + 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 53.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
At a Civil War reenactment, a cannonball is fired into the air with an initial vertical velocity of 128 feet per second. The release point is 6 feet above the ground. The function h = -16t2 + 128t + 6 represents the height h (in feet) of the cannonball after t seconds.
a. Find the height of the cannonball each second after it is fired.
b. Use the results of part (a) to estimate when the height of the cannonball is 150 feet.
c. Using a graph, after how many seconds is the cannonball 150 feet above the ground?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 53.2

Question 54.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You throw a softball straight up into the air with an initial vertical velocity of 40 feet per second. The release point is 5 feet above the ground. The function h = -16t2 + 40t + 5 represents the height h (in feet) of the softball after t seconds.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 23
a. Find the height of the softball each second after it is released.
b. Use the results of part (a) to estimate when the height of the softball is 15 feet.
c. Using a graph, after how many seconds is the softball 15 feet above the ground?
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 55 and 56, use the given surface area S of the cylinder to find the radius r to the nearest tenth.
Question 55.
S = 225 ft2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 55

Question 56.
S = 750 m2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 25
Answer:

Question 57.
WRITING
Explain how to approximate zeros of a function when the zeros are not integers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 57

Question 58.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Consider the graph shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 26
a. How many solutions does the quadratic equation x2 = -3x + 4 have? Explain.
b. Without graphing, describe what you know about the graph of y = x2 + 3x – 4.
Answer:

Question 59.
COMPARING METHODS
Example 3 shows two methods for solving a quadratic equation. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 59

Question 60.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
How many different parabolas have -2 and 2 as x-intercepts? Sketch examples of parabolas that have these two x-intercepts.
Answer:

Question 61.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
To keep water off a road, the surface of the road is shaped like a parabola. A cross section of the road is shown in the diagram. The surface of the road can be modeled by y = -0.0017x2 + 0.041x, where x and y are measured in feet. Find the width of the road to the nearest tenth of a foot.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 27.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 61

Question 62.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A stream of water from a fire hose can be modeled by y = -0.003x2 + 0.58x + 3,where x and y are measured in feet. A firefighter is standing 57 feet from a building and is holding the hose 3 feet above the ground. The bottom of a window of the building is 26 feet above the ground. Your friend claims the stream of water will pass through the window. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 63–65, determine whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Justify your answer.
Question 63.
The graph of y = ax2 + c has two x-intercepts when a is negative.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 63

Question 64.
The graph of y = ax2 + c has no x-intercepts when a and c have the same sign.
Answer:

Question 65.
The graph of y = ax2 + bx + c has more than two x-intercepts when a ≠ 0.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 65

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.
Question 66.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 27
Answer:

Question 67.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.2 a 67

Lesson 9.3 Solving Quadratic Equations Using Square Roots

Essential Question How can you determine the number of solutions of a quadratic equation of the form ax2 + c = 0?

EXPLORATION 1

The Number of Solutions of ax2 + c = 0
Work with a partner. Solve each equation by graphing. Explain how the number of solutions of ax2 + c = 0 relates to the graph of y = ax2 + c.
a. x2 – 4 = 0
b. 2x2 + 5 = 0
c. x2 = 0
d. x2 – 5 = 0

EXPLORATION 2

Estimating Solutions
Work with a partner. Complete each table. Use the completed tables to estimate the solutions of x2 – 5 = 0. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 1

EXPLORATION 3

Using Technology to Estimate Solutions
Work with a partner. Two equations are equivalent when they have the same solutions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 2
a. Are the equations x2 – 5 = 0 and x2 = 5 equivalent? Explain your reasoning.
b. Use the square root key on a calculator to estimate the solutions of x2 – 5 = 0. Describe the accuracy of your estimates in Exploration 2.
c. Write the exact solutions of x2 – 5 = 0.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you determine the number of solutions of a quadratic equation of the form ax2 + c = 0?
Answer:

Question 5.
Write the exact solutions of each equation. Then use a calculator to estimate the solutions.
a. x2 – 2 = 0
b. 3x2 – 18 = 0
c. x2 – 8
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation using square roots.
Question 1.
-3x2 = -75
Answer:

Question 2.
x2 + 12 = 10
Answer:

Question 3.
4x2 – 15 = -15
Answer:

Question 4.
(x + 7)2 = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
4(x – 3)2 = 9
Answer:

Question 6.
(2x + 1)2 = 36
Answer:

Solve the equation using square roots. Round your solutions to the nearest hundredth.
Question 7.
x2 + 8 = 19
Answer:

Question 8.
5x2 – 2 = 0
Answer:

Question 9.
3x2 – 30 = 4
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 3
Question 10.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, the volume of the tank is 315 cubic feet. Find the length and width of the tank.
Answer:

Question 11.
The surface area S of a sphere with radius r is given by the formula S = 4πr2. Solve the formula for r. Then find the radius of a globe with a surface area of 804 square inches.
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations Using Square Roots 9.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The equation x2 = d has ____ real solutions when d > 0.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, determine the number of real solutions of the equation. Then solve the equation using square roots.
Question 3.
x2 = 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 3

Question 4.
x2 = -36
Answer:

Question 5.
x2 = -21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 5

Question 6.
x2 = 400
Answer:

Question 7.
x2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 7

Question 8.
x2 = 169
Answer:

In Exercises 9–18, solve the equation using square roots.
Question 9.
x2 – 16 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 9

Question 10.
x2 + 6 = 0
Answer:

Question 11.
3x2 + 12 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 11

Question 12.
x2 – 55 = 26
Answer:

Question 13.
2x2 – 98 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 13

Question 14.
-x2 + 9 = 9
Answer:

Question 15.
-3x2 – 5 = -5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 15

Question 16.
4x2 – 371 = 29
Answer:

Question 17.
4x2 + 10 = 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 17

Question 18.
9x2 – 35 = 14
Answer:

In Exercises 19–24, solve the equation using square roots.
Question 19.
(x + 3)2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 19

Question 20.
(x – 1)2 = 4
Answer:

Question 21.
(2x – 1)2 = 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 21

Question 22.
(4x + 5)2 = 9
Answer:

Question 23.
9(x + 1)2 = 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 23

Question 24.
4(x – 2)2 = 25
Answer:

In Exercises 25–30, solve the equation using square roots. Round your solutions to the nearest hundredth.
Question 25.
x2 + 6 = 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 25

Question 26.
x2 + 11 = 24
Answer:

Question 27.
2x2 – 9 = 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 27

Question 28.
5x2 + 2 = 6
Answer:

Question 29.
-21 = 15 – 2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 29

Question 30.
2 = 4x2 – 5
Answer:

Question 31.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving the equation 2x2 – 33 = 39 using square roots.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 31

Question 32.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
An in-ground pond has the shape of a rectangular prism. The pond has a depth of 24 inches and a volume of 72,000 cubic inches. The length of the pond is two times its width. Find the length and width of the pond.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 6
Answer:

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A person sitting in the top row of the bleachers at a sporting event drops a pair of sunglasses from a height of 24 feet. The function h = -16x2 + 24 represents the height h (in feet) of the sunglasses after x seconds. How long does it take the sunglasses to hit the ground?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 33

Question 34.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the solution of the equation x2 + 4 = 0 is x = 0. Your cousin says that the equation has no real solutions. Who is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The design of a square rug for your living room is shown. You want the area of the inner square to be 25% of the total area of the rug. Find the side length x of the inner square.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 35

Question 36.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The area A of a circle with radius r is given by the formula A = πr2.
a. Solve the formula for r.
b. Use the formula from part (a) to find the radius of each circle.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 8
c. Explain why it is beneficial to solve the formula for r before finding the radius.
Answer:

Question 37.
WRITING
How can you approximate the roots of a quadratic equation when the roots are not integers?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 37

Question 38.
WRITING
Given the equation ax2 + c = 0, describe the values of a and c so the equation has the following number of solutions.
a. two real solutions
b. one real solution
c. no real solutions
Answer:

Question 39.
REASONING
Without graphing, where do the graphs of y = x2 and y = 9 intersect? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 39

Question 40.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph represents the function f(x) = (x – 1)2. How many solutions does the equation (x – 1)2 = 0 have? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 9
Answer:

Question 41.
REASONING
Solve x2 = 1.44 without using a calculator. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 41

Question 42.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0can be rewritten in the following form. \(\left(x+\frac{b}{2 a}\right)^{2}=\frac{b^{2}-4 a c}{4 a^{2}}\) Use this form to write the solutions of the equation.
Answer:

Question 43.
REASONING
An equation of the graph shown is y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 2)2 + 1. Two points on the parabola have y-coordinates of 9. Find the x-coordinates of these points.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 43

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
Solve each equation without graphing.
a. x2 – 12x + 36 = 64
b. x2 + 14x + 49 = 16
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Factor the polynomial.
Question 45.
x2 + 8x + 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 45

Question 46.
x2 – 4x + 4
Answer:

Question 47.
x2 – 14x + 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 47

Question 48.
x2 + 18x + 81
Answer:

Question 49.
x2 + 12x + 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 a 49

Question 50.
x2 – 22x + 121
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations Study Skills: Keeping a Positive Attitude

9.1–9.3 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 11

Core Concepts
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 12

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
For each part of Exercise 100 on page 488 that is sometimes true, list all examples and counterexamples from the table that represent the sum or product being described.
Answer:

Question 2.
Which Examples can you use to help you solve Exercise 54 on page 496?
Answer:

Question 3.
Describe how solving a simpler equation can help you solve the equation in Exercise 41 on page 502.
Answer:

Study Skills: Keeping a Positive Attitude

Do you ever feel frustrated or overwhelmed by math? You’re not alone. Just take a deep breath and assess the situation. Try to find a productive study environment, review your notes and the examples in the textbook, and ask your teacher or friends for help.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.3 13

Solving Quadratic Equations 9.1 – 9.3 Quiz

Simplify the expression.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt{112 x^{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\sqrt{\frac{18}{81}}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\sqrt[3]{-625}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{12}{\sqrt{32}}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{\sqrt{11}}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\sqrt{\frac{144}{13}}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{54 x^{4}}{343 y^{6}}}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{\frac{4 x^{2}}{28 y^{4} z^{5}}}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{5+\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
2\(\sqrt{5}\) + 7\(\sqrt{10}\) – 3\(\sqrt{20}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{10}{\sqrt{8}-\sqrt{10}}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\sqrt{6}\)(7\(\sqrt{12}\) – 4\(\sqrt{3}\))
Answer:

Use the graph to solve the equation.
Question 13.
x2 – 2x – 3 = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations q 1
Answer:

Question 14.
x2 – 2x + 3 = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations q 2
Answer:

Question 15.
x2 + 10x + 25 = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations q 3
Answer:

Solve the equation by graphing.
Question 16.
x2 + 9x + 14 = 0
Answer:

Question 17.
x2 – 7x = 8
Answer:

Question 18.
x + 4 = -x2
Answer:

Solve the equation using square roots.
Question 19.
4x2 = 64
Answer:

Question 20.
-3x2 + 6 = 10
Answer:

Question 21.
(x – 8)2 = 1
Answer:

Question 22.
Explain how to determine the number of real solutions of x2 = 100 without solving.
Answer:

Question 23.
The length of a rectangular prism is four times its width. The volume of the prism is 380 cubic meters. Find the length and width of the prism.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations q 4
Answer:

Question 24.
You cast a fishing lure into the water from a height of 4 feet above the water. The height h (in feet) of the fishing lure after t seconds can be modeled by the equation h = -16t2 + 24t + 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations q 5
a. After how many seconds does the fishing lure reach a height of 12 feet?
b. After how many seconds does the fishing lure hit the water?
Answer:

Lesson 9.4 Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing the Square

Essential Question How can you use “completing the square” to solve a quadratic equation?

EXPLORATION 1

Solving by Completing the Square
Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 1
a. Write the equation modeled by the algebra tiles. This is the equation to be solved.
b. Four algebra tiles are added to the left side to “complete the square.” Why are four algebra tiles also added to the right side?
c. Use algebra tiles to label the dimensions of the square on the left side and simplify on the right side.
d. Write the equation modeled by the algebra tiles so that the left side is the square of a binomial. Solve the equation using square roots.

EXPLORATION 2

Solving by Completing the Square
Work with a partner.
a. Write the equation modeled by the algebra tiles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 2
b. Use algebra tiles to “complete the square.”
c. Write the solutions of the equation.
d. Check each solution in the original equation.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use “completing the square” to solve a quadratic equation?
Answer:

Question 4.
Solve each quadratic equation by completing the square.
a. x2 – 2x = 1
b. x2 – 4x = -1
c. x2 + 4x = -3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Complete the square for the expression. Then factor the trinomial.
Question 1.
x2 + 10x
Answer:

Question 2.
x2 – 4x
Answer:

Question 3.
x2 + 7x
Answer:

Solve the equation by completing the square. Round your solutions to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.
Question 4.
x2 – 2x = 3
Answer:

Question 5.
m2 + 12m = -8
Answer:

Question 6.
3g2 – 24g + 27 = 0
Answer:

Determine whether the quadratic function has a maximum or minimum value. Then find the value.
Question 7.
y = -x2 – 4x + 4
Answer:

Question 8.
y = x2 + 12x + 40
Answer:

Question 9.
y = x2 – 2x – 2
Answer:

Determine whether the function could be represented by the graph in Example 6. Explain.
Question 10.
h(x) = (x – 8)2 + 10
Answer:

Question 11.
n(x) = -2(x – 5)(x – 20)
Answer:

Question 12.
WHAT IF?
Repeat Example 7 when the function is y = -16x2 + 128x.
Answer:

Question 13.
WHAT IF?
You want the chalkboard to cover 4 square feet. Find the width of the border to the nearest inch.
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing the Square 9.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The process of adding a constant c to the expression x2 + bx so that x2 + bx + c is a perfect square trinomial is called ________________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Explain how to complete the square for an expression of the form x2 + bx.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Is it more convenient to complete the square for x2 + bx when b is odd or when b is even? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 3

Question 4.
WRITING
Describe how you can use the process of completing the square to find the maximum or minimum value of a quadratic function.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–10, find the value of c that completes the square.
Question 5.
x2 – 8x + c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 5

Question 6.
x2 – 2x + c
Answer:

Question 7.
x2 + 4x + c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 7

Question 8.
x2 + 12x + c
Answer:

Question 9.
x2 – 15x + c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 9

Question 10.
x2 + 9x + c
Answer:

In Exercises 11–16, complete the square for the expression. Then factor the trinomial.
Question 11.
x2 – 10x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 11

Question 12.
x2 – 40x
Answer:

Question 13.
x2 + 16x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 13

Question 14.
x2 + 22x
Answer:

Question 15.
x2 + 5x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 15

Question 16.
x2 – 3x
Answer:

In Exercises 17–22, solve the equation by completing the square. Round your solutions to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.
Question 17.
x2 + 14x = 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 17

Question 18.
x2 – 6x = 16
Answer:

Question 19.
x2 – 4x = -2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 19

Question 20.
x2 + 2x = 5
Answer:

Question 21.
x2 – 5x = 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 21

Question 22.
x2 + 11x = -10
Answer:

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The area of the patio is 216 square feet.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 3
a. Write an equation that represents the area of the patio.
b. Find the dimensions of the patio by completing the square.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 23

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Some sand art contains sand and water sealed in a glass case, similar to the one shown. When the art is turned upside down, the sand and water fall to create a new picture. The glass case has a depth of 1 centimeter and a volume of 768 cubic centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 4
a. Write an equation that represents the volume of the glass case.
b. Find the dimensions of the glass case by completing the square.
Answer:

In Exercises 25–32, solve the equation by completing the square. Round your solutions to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.
Question 25.
x2 – 8x + 15 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 25

Question 26.
x2 + 4x – 21 = 0
Answer:

Question 27.
2x2 + 20x + 44 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 27

Question 28.
3x2 – 18x + 12 = 0
Answer:

Question 29.
-3x2 – 24x + 17 = -40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 29

Question 30.
-5x2 – 20x + 35 = 30
Answer:

Question 31.
2x2 – 14x + 10 = 26
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 31

Question 32.
4x2 + 12x – 15 = 5
Answer:

Question 33.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving x2 + 8x = 10 by completing the square.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 33

Question 34.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in the first two steps of solving 2x2 – 2x – 4 = 0 by completing the square.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 6
Answer:

Question 35.
NUMBER SENSE
Find all values of b for which x2 + bx + 25 is a perfect square trinomial. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 35

Question 36.
REASONING
You are completing the square to solve 3x2 + 6x = 12. What is the first step?
Answer:

In Exercises 37–40, write the function in vertex form bycompleting the square. Then match the function with its graph.
Question 37.
y = x2 + 6x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 37

Question 38.
y = -x2 + 8x – 12
Answer:

Question 39.
y = -x2 – 4x – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 39

Question 40.
y = x2 – 2x + 4
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 7

In Exercises 41–46, determine whether the quadratic function has a maximum or minimum value. Then find the value.
Question 41.
y = x2 – 4x – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 41

Question 42.
y = x2 + 6x + 10
Answer:

Question 43.
y = -x2 – 10x – 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 43

Question 44.
y = -x2 + 14x – 34
Answer:

Question 45.
f(x) = -3x2 – 6x – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 45

Question 46.
f(x) = 4x2 – 28x + 32
Answer:

In Exercises 47–50, determine whether the graph could represent the function. Explain.
Question 47.
y = -(x + 8)(x + 3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 47

Question 48.
y = (x – 5)2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 9
Answer:

Question 49.
y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x + 2)2 – 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 49

Question 50.
y = -2(x – 1)(x + 2)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 11
Answer:

In Exercises 51 and 52, determine which of the functions could be represented by the graph. Explain.
Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 51.2

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 13
Answer:

Question 53.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function h = -16t2 + 48t represents the height h (in feet) of a kickball t seconds after it is kicked from the ground.
a. Find the maximum height of the kickball.
b. Find and interpret the axis of symmetry.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 53

Question 54.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You throw a stone from a height of 16 feet with an initial vertical velocity of 32 feet per second. The function h = -16t2 + 32t + 16 represents the height h (in feet) of the stone after t seconds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 14
a. Find the maximum height of the stone.
b. Find and interpret the axis of symmetry.
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are building a rectangular brick patio surrounded by a crushed stone border with a uniform width, as shown. You purchase patio bricks to cover 140 square feet. Find the width of the border.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 55.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 55.2

Question 56.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are making a poster that will have a uniform border, as shown. The total area of the poster is 722 square inches. Find the width of the border to the nearest inch.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 16
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 57 and 58, find the value of x. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.
Question 57.
A = 108 m2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 57

Question 58.
A = 288 in.2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 18
Answer:

In Exercises 59–62, solve the equation by completing the square. Round your solutions to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.
Question 59.
0.5x2 + x – 2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 59

Question 60.
0.75x2 + 1.5x = 4
Answer:

Question 61.
\(\frac{8}{3}\) x – \(\frac{2}{3}\)x2 = –\(\frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 61

Question 62.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – \(\frac{5}{4}\) = 0
Answer:

Question 63.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The distance d (in feet) that it takes a car to come to a complete stop can be modeled by d = 0.05s2 + 2.2s, where s is the speed of the car (in miles per hour). A car has 168 feet to come to a complete stop. Find the maximum speed at which the car can travel.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 63

Question 64.
PROBLEM SOLVING
During a “big air” competition, snowboarders launch themselves from a half-pipe, perform tricks in the air, and land back in the half-pipe. The height h (in feet) of a snowboarder above the bottom of the half-pipe can be modeled by h = -16t2 + 24t + 16.4, where t is the time (in seconds) after the snowboarder launches into the air. The snowboarder lands 3.2 feet lower than the height of the launch. How long is the snowboarder in the air? Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a second.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 19
Answer:

Question 65.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You have 80 feet of fencing to make a rectangular horse pasture that covers 750 square feet. A barn will be used as one side of the pasture, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 20
a. Write equations for the amount of fencing to be used and the area enclosed by the fencing.
b. Use substitution to solve the system of equations from part (a). What are the possible dimensions of the pasture?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 65.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 65.2

Question 66.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph represents the quadratic function y = x2 – 4x + 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 21
a. Use the graph to estimate the x-values for which y = 3.
b. Explain how you can use the method of completing the square to check your estimates in part (a).
Answer:

Question 67.
COMPARING METHODS
Consider the quadratic equation x2 + 12x + 2 = 12.
a. Solve the equation by graphing.
b. Solve the equation by completing the square.
c. Compare the two methods. Which do you prefer? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 67.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 67.2

Question 68.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Sketch the graph of the equation x2 – 2xy + y2 – x – y = 0. Identify the graph.
Answer:

Question 69.
REASONING
The product of two consecutive even integers that are positive is 48. Write and solve an equation to find the integers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 69

Question 70.
REASONING
The product of two consecutive odd integers that are negative is 195. Write and solve an equation to find the integers.
Answer:

Question 71.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You purchase stock for $16 per share. You sell the stock 30 days later for $23.50 per share. The price y (in dollars) of a share during the 30-day period can be modeled by y = -0.025x2 + x + 16, where x is the number of days after the stock is purchased. Your friend says you could have sold the stock earlier for $23.50 per share. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 71

Question 72.
REASONING
You are solving the equation x2 + 9x = 18. What are the advantages of solving the equation by completing the square instead of using other methods you have learned?
Answer:

Question 73.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are knitting a rectangular scarf. The pattern results in a scarf that is 60 inches long and 4 inches wide. However, you have enough yarn to knit 396 square inches. You decide to increase the dimensions of the scarf so that you will use all your yarn. The increase in the length is three times the increase in the width. What are the dimensions of your scarf?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 73.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 73.2

Question 74.
WRITING
How many solutions does x2 + bx = c have when c < -(\(\frac{b}{2}\))2 ? Explain.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write a recursive rule for the sequence.
Question 75.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 75

Question 76.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 25
Answer:

Question 77.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 26
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 77

Simplify the expression \(\sqrt{b^{2}-4 a c}\) for the given values.
Question 78.
a = 3, b = -6, c = 2
Answer:

Question 79.
a = -2, b = 4, c = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.4 a 79

Question 80.
a = 1, b = 6, c = 4
Answer:

Lesson 9.5 Solving Quadratic Equations Using the Quadratic Formula

Essential Question How can you derive a formula that can be used to write the solutions of any quadratic equation in standard form?

EXPLORATION 1

Deriving the Quadratic Formula
Work with a partner. The following steps show a method of solving ax2 + bx + c = 0. Explain what was done in each step.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 1

EXPLORATION 2

Deriving the Quadratic Formula by Completing the Square
Work with a partner.
a. Solve ax2 + bx + c = 0 by completing the square. (Hint: Subtract c from each side, divide each side by a, and then proceed by completing the square.)
b. Compare this method with the method in Exploration 1. Explain why you think 4a and b2 were chosen in Steps 2 and 3 of Exploration 1.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you derive a formula that can be used to write the solutions of any quadratic equation in standard form?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the Quadratic Formula to solve each quadratic equation.
a. x2 + 2x – 3 = 0
b. x2 – 4x + 4 = 0
c. x2 + 4x + 5 = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
Use the Internet to research imaginary numbers. How are they related to quadratic equations?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 2
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula. Round your solutions to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
Question 1.
x2 – 6x + 5 = 0
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + x – 10 = 0
Answer:

Question 3.
-3x2 + 2x + 7 = 0
Answer:

Question 4.
4x2 – 4x = -1
Answer:

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
When were there about 60 wolf breeding pairs?
Answer:

Question 6.
The number y of bald eagle nesting pairs in a state x years since 2000 can be modeled by the function y = 0.34x2 + 13.1x + 51.
a. When were there about 160 bald eagle nesting pairs?
b. How many bald eagle nesting pairs were there in 2000?
Answer:

Determine the number of real solutions of the equation.
Question 7.
-x2 + 4x – 4 = 0
Answer:

Question 8.
6x2 + 2x = -1
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 = 7x – 1
Answer:

Find the number of x-intercepts of the graph of the function.
Question 10.
y = -x2 + x – 6
Answer:

Question 11.
y = x2 – x
Answer:

Question 12.
f(x) = x2 + 12x + 36
Answer:

Solve the equation using any method. Explain your choice of method.
Question 13.
x2 + 11x – 12 = 0
Answer:

Question 14.
9x2 – 5 = 4
Answer:

Question 15.
5x2 – x – 1 = 0
Answer:

Question 16.
x2 = 2x – 5
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations Using the Quadratic Formula 9.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What formula can you use to solve any quadratic equation? Write the formula.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
In the Quadratic Formula, what is the discriminant? What does the value of the discriminant determine?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, write the equation in standard form. Then identify the values of a, b, and c that you would use to solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula.
Question 3.
x2 = 7x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 3

Question 4.
x2 – 4x = -12
Answer:

Question 5.
-2x2 + 1 = 5x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 5

Question 6.
3x + 2 = 4x2
Answer:

Question 7.
4 – 3x = -x2 + 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 7

Question 8.
-8x – 1 = 3x2 + 2
Answer:

In Exercises 9–22, solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula. Round your solutions to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
Question 9.
x2 – 12x + 36 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 9

Question 10.
x2 + 7x + 16 = 0
Answer:

Question 11.
x2 – 10x – 11 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 11

Question 12.
2x2 – x – 1 = 0
Answer:

Question 13.
2x2 – 6x + 5 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 13

Question 14.
9x2 – 6x + 1 = 0
Answer:

Question 15.
6x2 – 13x = -6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 15

Question 16.
-3x2 + 6x = 4
Answer:

Question 17.
1 – 8x = -16x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 17

Question 18.
x2 – 5x + 3 = 0
Answer:

Question 19.
x2 + 2x = 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 19

Question 20.
5x2 – 2 = 4x
Answer:

Question 21.
2x2 + 9x + 7 = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 21

Question 22.
8x2 + 8 = 6 – 9x
Answer:

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A dolphin jumps out of the water, as shown in the diagram. The function h = -16t2 + 26t models the height h (in feet) of the dolphin after t seconds. After how many seconds is the dolphin at a height of 5 feet?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 23

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The amount of trout y (in tons) caught in a lake from 1995 to 2014 can be modeled by the equation y = -0.08x2 + 1.6x + 10, where x is the number of years since 1995.
a. When were about 15 tons of trout caught in the lake?
b. Do you think this model can be used to determine the amounts of trout caught in future years? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

In Exercises 25–30, determine the number of real solutions of the equation.
Question 25.
x2 – 6x + 10 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 25

Question 26.
x2 – 5x – 3 = 0
Answer:

Question 27.
2x2 – 12x = -18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 27

Question 28.
4x2 = 4x – 1
Answer:

Question 29.
–\(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 + 4x = -2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 29

Question 30.
-5x2 + 8x = 9
Answer:

In Exercises 31–36, find the number of x-intercepts of the graph of the function.
Question 31.
y = x2 + 5x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 31

Question 32.
y = 4x2 + 4x + 1
Answer:

Question 33.
y = -6x2 + 3x – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 33

Question 34.
y = -x2 + 5x + 13
Answer:

Question 35.
f(x) = 4x2 + 3x – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 35

Question 36.
f(x) = 2x2 + 8x + 8
Answer:

In Exercises 37–44, solve the equation using any method. Explain your choice of method.
Question 37.
-10x2 + 13x = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 37

Question 38.
x2 – 3x – 40 = 0
Answer:

Question 39.
x2 + 6x = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 39

Question 40.
-5x2 = -25
Answer:

Question 41.
x2 + x – 12 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 41

Question 42.
x2 – 4x + 1 = 0
Answer:

Question 43.
4x2 – x = 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 43

Question 44.
x2 + 6x + 9 = 16
Answer:

Question 45.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving the equation 3x2 – 7x – 6 = 0 using the Quadratic Formul
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 45

Question 46.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving the equation -2x2 + 9x = 4 using the Quadratic Formula.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 5
Answer:

Question 47.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A fountain shoots a water arc that can be modeled by the graph of the equation y = -0.006x2 + 1.2x + 10, where x is the horizontal distance (in feet) from the river’s north shore and y is the height (in feet) above the river. Does the water arc reach a height of 50 feet? If so, about how far from the north shore is the water arc 50 feet above the water?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 47

Question 48.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Between the months of April and September, the number y of hours of daylight per day in Seattle, Washington, can be modeled by y = -0.00046x2 + 0.076x + 13, where x is the number of days since April 1.
a. Do any of the days between April and September in Seattle have 17 hours of daylight? If so, how many?
b. Do any of the days between April and September in Seattle have 14 hours of daylight? If so, how many?
Answer:

Question 49.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend uses the discriminant of the equation 2x2 – 5x – 2 = -11 and determines that the equation has two real solutions. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 49

Question 50.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The frame of the tent shown is defined by a rectangular base and two parabolic arches that connect the opposite corners of the base. The graph of y = -0.18x2 + 1.6x models the height y (in feet) of one of the arches x feet along the diagonal of the base. Can a child who is 4 feet tall walk under one of the arches without having to bend over? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 7
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 51 and 52, use the given area A of the rectangle to find the value of x. Then give the dimensions of the rectangle.
Question 51.
A = 91 m2
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 51.2

Question 52.
A = 209 ft2
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 9
Answer:

COMPARING METHODS In Exercises 53 and 54, solve the equation by (a) graphing, (b) factoring, and (c) using the Quadratic Formula. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Question 53.
x2 + 4x + 4 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 53.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 53.2

Question 54.
3x2 + 11x + 6 = 0
Answer:

Question 55.
REASONING
How many solutions does the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 have when a and c have different signs? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 55

Question 56.
REASONING
When the discriminant is a perfect square, are the solutions of ax2 + bx + c = 0 rational or irrational? (Assume a, b, and c are integers.) Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 57–59, give a value of c for which the equation has (a) two solutions, (b) one solution, and (c) no solutions.
Question 57.
x2 – 2x + c = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 57.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 57.2

Question 58.
x2 – 8x + c = 0
Answer:

Question 59.
4x2 + 12x + c = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 59.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 59.2

Question 60.
REPEATED REASONING
You use the Quadratic Formula to solve an equation.
a. You obtain solutions that are integers. Could you have used factoring to solve the equation? Explain your reasoning.
b. You obtain solutions that are fractions. Could you have used factoring to solve the equation? Explain your reasoning.
c. Make a generalization about quadratic equations with rational solutions.
Answer:

Question 61.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The fuel economy y(in miles per gallon) of a car can be modeled by the equation y = -0.013x2 + 1.25x + 5.6, where 5 ≤ x ≤ 75 and x is the speed (in miles per hour) of the car. Find the speed(s) at which you can travel and have a fuel economy of 32 miles per gallon.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 61

Question 62.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The depth d (in feet) of a river can be modeled by the equation d = -0.25t2 + 1.7t + 3.5, where 0 ≤ t ≤ 7 and t is the time (in hours) after a heavy rain begins. When is the river 6 feet deep?
Answer:

ANALYZING EQUATIONS In Exercises 63–68, tell whether the vertex of the graph of the function lies above, below, or on the x-axis. Explain your reasoning without using a graph.
Question 63.
y = x2 – 3x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 63

Question 64.
y = 3x2 – 6x + 3
Answer:

Question 65.
y = 6x2 – 2x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 65

Question 66.
y = -15x2 + 10x – 25
Answer:

Question 67.
f(x) = -3x2 – 4x + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 67

Question 68.
f(x) = 9x2 – 24x + 16
Answer:

Question 69.
REASONING
NASA creates a weightless environment by flying a plane in a series of parabolic paths. The height h (in feet) of a plane after t seconds in a parabolic flight path can be modeled by h = -11t2 + 700t + 21,000. The passengers experience a weightless environment when the height of the plane is greater than or equal to 30,800 feet. For approximately how many seconds do passengers experience weightlessness on such a flight? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 69

Question 70.
WRITING EQUATIONS
Use the numbers to create a quadratic equation with the solutions x = -1 and x = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 11
Answer:

Question 71.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A rancher constructs two rectangular horse pastures that share a side, as shown. The pastures are enclosed by 1050 feet of fencing. Each pasture has an area of 15,000 square feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 12
a. Show that y = 350 – \(\frac{4}{3}\)x.
b. Find the possible lengths and widths of each pasture.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 71.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 71.2

Question 72.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A kicker punts a football from a height of 2.5 feet above the ground with an initial vertical velocity of 45 feet per second.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 13
a. Write an equation that models this situation using the function h = -16t2 + v0t + s0, where h is the height (in feet) of the football, t is the time (in seconds) after the football is punted, v0 is the initial vertical velocity (in feet per second), and s0 is the initial height (in feet).
b. The football is caught 5.5 feet above the ground, as shown in the diagram. Find the amount of time that the football is in the air.
Answer:

Question 73.
CRITICAL THINKING
The solutions of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are x = \(\frac{-b+\sqrt{b^{2}-4 a c}}{2 a}\) and x = \(\frac{-b-\sqrt{b^{2}-4 a c}}{2 a}\). Find the mean of the solutions. How is the mean of the solutions related to the graph of y = ax2 + bx + c? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 73

Question 74.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Match each graph with its discriminant. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 14
a. b2 – 4ac > 0
b. b2 – 4ac = 0
c. b2 – 4ac < 0
Answer:

Question 75.
CRITICAL THINKING
You are trying to hang a tire swing. To get the rope over a tree branch that is 15 feet high, you tie the rope to a weight and throw it over the branch. You release the weight at a height s0 of 5.5 feet. What is the minimum initial vertical velocity v0 needed to reach the branch? (Hint: Use the equation h = -16t2 + v0 t + s0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 75

Question 76.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider the graph of the standard form of a quadratic function y = ax2 + bx + c. Then consider the Quadratic Formula as given by
x = \(-\frac{b}{2 a} \pm \frac{\sqrt{b^{2}-4 a c}}{2 a}\)
Write a graphical interpretation of the two parts of this formula.
Answer:

Question 77.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Find the sum and product of \(\frac{-b+\sqrt{b^{2}-4 a c}}{2 a}\) and \(\frac{-b-\sqrt{b^{2}-4 a c}}{2 a}\). Then write a quadratic equation whose solutions have a sum of 2 and a product of \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 77.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 77.2

Question 78.
WRITING A FORMULA
Derive a formula that can be used to find solutions of equations that have the form ax2 + x + c = 0. Use your formula to solve -2x2 + x + 8 = 0.
Answer:

Question 79.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
If p is a solution of a quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, then (x – p) is a factor of ax2 + bx + c.
a. Copy and complete the table for each pair of solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 15
b. Graph the related function for each equation. Identify the zeros of the function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 79.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 79.2
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 79.3

CRITICAL THINKING In Exercises 80–82, find all values of k for which the equation has (a) two solutions, (b) one solution, and (c) no solutions.
Question 80.
2x2 + x + 3k = 0
Answer:

Question 81.
x2 = 4kx + 36 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 81.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 81.2

Question 82.
kx2 + 5x – 16 = 0
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the system of linear equations using any method. Explain why you chose the method.
Question 83.
y = -x + 4
y = 2x – 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 83

Question 84.
x = 16 – 4y
3x – 4y = 8
Answer:

Question 85.
2x – y = 7
2x + 7y = 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.5 a 85

Question 86.
3x – 2y = -20
x + 1.2y = 6.4
Answer:

Lesson 9.6 Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations

Essential Question How can you solve a system of two equations when one is linear and the other is quadratic?

EXPLORATION 1
Solving a System of Equations
Work with a partner. Solve the system of equations by graphing each equation and finding the points of intersection.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 1
System of Equations
y = x + 2 Linear
y = x2 + 2x

EXPLORATION 2

Analyzing Systems of Equations
Work with a partner. Match each system of equations with its graph. Then solve the system of equations.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you solve a system of two equations when one is linear and the other is quadratic?
Answer:

Question 4.
Write a system of equations (one linear and one quadratic) that has (a) no solutions, (b) one solution, and (c) two solutions. Your systems should be different from those in Explorations 1 and 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the system by graphing.
Question 1.
y = x2 + 4x – 4
y = 2x – 5
Answer:

Question 2.
y = -x + 6
y = -2x2 – x + 3
Answer:

Question 3.
y = 3x – 15
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 2x – 7
Answer:

Solve the system by substitution.
Question 4.
y = x2 + 9 5.
y = 9
Answer:

Question 5.
y = -5x
y = x2 – 3x – 3
Answer:

Question 6.
y = -3x2 + 2x + 1
y = 5 – 3x
Answer:

Solve the system by elimination.
Question 7.
y = x2 + x
y = x + 5
Answer:

Question 8.
y = 9x2 + 8x – 6
y = 5x – 4
Answer:

Question 9.
y = 2x + 5
y = -3x2 + x – 4
Answer:

Use the method in Example 4 to approximate the solution(s) of the system to the nearest thousandth.
Question 10.
y = 4x
y = x2 + x + 3
Answer:

Question 11.
y = 4x2 – 1
y = -2(3)x + 4
Answer:

Question 12.
y = x2 + 3x
y = -x2 + x + 10
Answer:

Solve the equation. Round your solution(s) to the nearest hundredth.
Question 13.
3x – 1 = x2 – 2x + 5
Answer:

Question 14.
4x2 + x = -2 (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x + 5
Answer:

Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations 9.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Describe how to use substitution to solve a system of nonlinear equations.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
How is solving a system of nonlinear equations similar to solving a system of linear equations? How is it different?
Answer:

In Exercises 3–6, match the system of equations with its graph. Then solve the system.
Question 3.
y = x2 – 2x + 1
y = x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 3

Question 4.
y = x2 + 3x + 2
y = -x – 3
Answer:

Question 5.
y = x – 1
y = -x2 + x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 5

Question 6.
y = -x + 3
y = -x2 – 2x + 5
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 4

In Exercises 7–12, solve the system by graphing.
Question 7.
y = 3x2 – 2x + 1
y = x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 7

Question 8.
y = x2 + 2x + 5
y = -2x – 5
Answer:

Question 9.
y = -2x2 – 4x
y = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 9

Question 10.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 3x + 4
y = x – 2
Answer:

Question 11.
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\) x2 + 2x – 3
y = 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 11.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 11.2

Question 12.
y = 4x2 + 5x – 7
y = -3x + 5
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, solve the system by substitution.
Question 13.
y = x – 5
y = x2 + 4x – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 13

Question 14.
y = -3x2
y = 6x + 3
Answer:

Question 15.
y = -x + 7
y = -x2 – 2x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 15

Question 16.
y = -x2 + 7
y = 2x + 4
Answer:

Question 17.
y – 5 = -x2
y = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 17

Question 18.
y = 2x2 + 3x – 4
y – 4x = 2
Answer:

In Exercises 19–26, solve the system by elimination.
Question 19.
y = x2 – 5x – 7
y = -5x + 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 19

Question 20.
y = -3x2 + x + 2
y = x + 4
Answer:

Question 21.
y = -x2 – 2x + 2
y = 4x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 21

Question 22.
y = -2x2 + x – 3
y = 2x – 2
Answer:

Question 23.
y = 2x – 1
y = x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 23

Question 24.
y = x2 + x + 1
y = -x – 2
Answer:

Question 25.
y + 2x = 0
y = x2 + 4x – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 25.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 25.2

Question 26.
y = 2x – 7
y + 5x = x2 – 2
Answer:

Question 27.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving the system of equations by graphing.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 27

Question 28.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving for one of the variables in the system.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 6
Answer:

In Exercises 29–32, use the table to describe the locations of the zeros of the quadratic function f.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 8
Answer:

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 10
Answer:

In Exercises 33–38, use the method in Example 4 to approximate the solution(s) of the system to the nearest thousandth.
Question 33.
y = x2 + 2x + 3
y = 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 33.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 33.2

Question 34.
y = 2x + 5
y = x2 – 3x + 1
Answer:

Question 35.
y = 2(4)x – 1
y = 3x2 + 8x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 35.2

Question 36.
y = -x2 – 4x – 4
y = -5x – 2
Answer:

Question 37.
y = -x2 – x + 5
y = 2x2 + 6x – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 37.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 37.2

Question 38.
y = 2x2 + x – 8
y = x2 – 5
Answer:

In Exercises 39–46, solve the equation. Round your solution(s) to the nearest hundredth.
Question 39.
3x + 1 = x2 + 7x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 39

Question 40.
-x2 + 2x = -2x + 5
Answer:

Question 41.
x2 – 6x + 4 = -x2 – 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 41

Question 42.
2x2 + 8x + 10 = -x2 – 2x + 5
Answer:

Question 43.
-4 (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x = -x2 – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 43

Question 44.
1.5(2)x – 3 = -x2 + 4x
Answer:

Question 45.
8x-2 + 3 = 2 (\(\frac{3}{2}\))x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 45

Question 46.
-0.5(4)x = 5x – 6
Answer:

Question 47.
COMPARING METHODS
Solve the system in Exercise 37 using substitution. Compare the exact solutions to the approximated solutions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 47.2

Question 48.
COMPARING METHODS
Solve the system in Exercise 38 using elimination. Compare the exact solutions to the approximated solutions.
Answer:

Question 49.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The attendances y for two movies can be modeled by the following equations, where x is the number of days since the movies opened.
y = -x2 + 35x + 100 Movie A
y = -5x + 275 Movie B
When is the attendance for each movie the same?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 49

Question 50.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You and a friend are driving boats on the same lake. Your path can be modeled by the equation y = -x2 – 4x – 1, and your friend’s path can be modeled by the equation y = -2x + 8. Do your paths cross each other? If so, what are the coordinates of the point(s) where the paths meet?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 11
Answer:

Question 51.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The arch of a bridge can be modeled by y = -0.002x2 + 1.06x, where x is the distance (in meters) from the left pylons and y is the height (in meters) of the arch above the water. The road can be modeled by the equation y = 52. To the nearest meter, how far from the left pylons are the two points where the road intersects the arch of the bridge?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 51

Question 52.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that a system of equations consisting of a linear equation and a quadratic equation can have zero, one, two, or infinitely many solutions. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

COMPARING METHODS In Exercises 53 and 54, solve the system of equations by (a) graphing, (b) substitution, and (c) elimination. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Question 53.
y = 4x + 3
y = x2 + 4x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 53.2

Question 54.
y = x2 – 5
y = -x + 7
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function y = -x2 + 65x + 256 models the number y of subscribers to a website, where x is the number of days since the website launched. The number of subscribers to a competitor’s website can be modeled by a linear function. The websites have the same number of subscribers on Days 1 and 34.
a. Write a linear function that models the number of subscribers to the competitor’s website.
b. Solve the system to verify the function from part (a).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 55.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 55.2

Question 56.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The diagram shows the graphs of two equations in a system that has one solution.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 13
a. How many solutions will the system have when you change the linear equation to y = c + 2?
b. How many solutions will the system have when you change the linear equation to y = c – 2?
Answer:

Question 57.
WRITING
A system of equations consists of a quadratic equation whose graph opens up and a quadratic equation whose graph opens down. Describe the possible numbers of solutions of the system. Sketch examples to justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 57

Question 58.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The population of a country is 2 million people and increases by 3% each year. The country’s food supply is sufficient to feed 3 million people and increases at a constant rate that feeds 0.25 million additional people each year.
a. When will the country first experience a food shortage?
b. The country doubles the rate at which its food supply increases. Will food shortages still occur? If so, in what year?
Answer:

Question 59.
ANALYZING GRAPHS
Use the graphs of the linear and quadratic functions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 14
a. Find the coordinates of point A.
b. Find the coordinates of point B.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 59.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 59.2

Question 60.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is it possible for a system of two quadratic equations to have exactly three solutions? exactly four solutions? Explain your reasoning. (Hint: Rotations of the graphs of quadratic equations still represent quadratic equations.)
Answer:

Question 61.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Solve the system of three equations shown.
y = 2x – 8
y = x2 – 4x – 3
y = -3(2)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 61

Question 62.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Find the point(s) of intersection, if any, of the line y = -x – 1 and the circle x2 + y2 = 41.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Graph the system of linear inequalities.
Question 63.
y > 2x
y > -x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 63

Question 64.
y ≥ 4x + 1
y ≤ 7
Answer:

Question 65.
y – 3 ≤ -2x
y + 5 < 3x Answer: Question 66. x + y > -6
2y ≤ 3x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 65

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 67.
y = 3x2 + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 67

Question 68.
y = -x2 – 6x
Answer:

Question 69.
y = -2x2 + 12x – 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 a 69

Question 70.
y = 5x2 + 10x – 3
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations Performance Task: Form Matters

9.4–9.6 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 15

Core Concepts
Section 9.4
Completing the Square, p. 506

Section 9.5
Quadratic Formula, p. 516
Interpreting the Discriminant, p. 518

Section 9.6
Solving Systems of Nonlinear Equations, p. 526

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
How does your answer to Exercise 74 on page 514 help create a shortcut when solving some quadratic equations by completing the square?
Answer:

Question 2.
What logical progression led you to your answer in Exercise 55 on page 522?
Answer:

Question 3.
Compare the methods used to solve Exercise 53 on page 532. Discuss the similarities and differences among the methods.
Answer:

Performance Task Form Matters

Each form of a quadratic function has its pros and cons. Using one form, you can easily find the vertex, but the zeros are more difficult to find. Using another form, you can easily find the y-intercept, but the vertex is more difficult to find. Which form would you use in different situations? How can you convert one form into another? To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations 9.6 16

Solving Quadratic Equations Chapter Review

9.1 Properties of Radicals (pp. 479–488)

Simplify the expression.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt{72 p^{7}}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\sqrt{\frac{45}{7 y}}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{125 x^{11}}{4}}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{8}{\sqrt{6}+2}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
4\(\sqrt{3}\) + 5\(\sqrt{12}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
15\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 2 }\) – 2\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 54 }\)
Answer:

Question 7.
(3\(\sqrt{7}\) + 5)2
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{6}\)(\(\sqrt{18}\) + \(\sqrt{8}\))
Answer:

9.2 Solving Quadratic Equations by Graphing (pp. 489–496)

Solve the equation by graphing
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations cr 9
Question 9.
x2 – 9x + 18 = 0
Answer:

Question 10.
x2 – 2x = -4
Answer:

Question 11.
-8x – 16 = x2
Answer:

Question 12.
The graph of f(x) = (x + 1)(x2 + 2x – 3) is shown. Find the zeros of f.
Answer:

Question 13.
Graph f(x) = x2 + 2x – 5. Approximate the zeros of f to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

9.3 Solving Quadratic Equations Using Square Roots (pp. 497–502)

Solve the equation using square roots. Round your solutions to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.
Question 14.
x2 + 5 = 17
Answer:

Question 15.
x2 – 14 = -14
Answer:

Question 16.
(x + 2)2 = 64
Answer:

Question 17.
4x2 + 25 = -75
Answer:

Question 18.
(x – 1)2 = 0
Answer:

Question 19.
19 = 30 – 5x2
Answer:

9.4 Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing the Square (pp. 505–514)

Solve the equation by completing the square. Round your solutions to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.
Question 20.
x2 + 6x – 40 = 0
Answer:

Question 21.
x2 + 2x + 5 = 4
Answer:

Question 22.
2x2 – 4x = 10
Answer:

Determine whether the quadratic function has a maximum or minimum value. Then find the value.
Question 23.
y = -x2 + 6x – 1
Answer:

Question 24.
f(x) = x2 + 4x + 11
Answer:

Question 25.
y = 3x2 – 24x + 15
Answer:

Question 26.
The width w of a credit card is 3 centimeters shorter than the length ℓ. The area is 46.75 square centimeters. Find the perimeter.
Answer:

9.5 Solving Quadratic Equations Using the Quadratic Formula (pp. 515–524)

Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula. Round your solutions to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
Question 27.
x2+ 2x – 15 = 0
ans;

Question 28.
2x2 – x + 8 = 16
Answer:

Question 29.
-5x2 + 10x = 5
ans;

Find the number of x-intercepts of the graph of the function.
Question 30.
y = -x2 + 6x – 9
Answer:

Question 31.
y = 2x2 + 4x + 8
Answer:

Question 32.
y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 2x
Answer:

9.6 Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations (pp. 525–532)

Solve the system using any method.
Question 33.
y = x2 – 2x – 4
y = -5
Answer:

Question 34.
y = x2 – 9
y = 2x + 5
Answer:

Question 35.
y = 2(\(\frac{1}{2}\))x – 5
y = -x2 – x + 4
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations Chapter Test

Solve the equation using any method. Explain your choice of method.
Question 1.
x2 – 121 = 0
Answer:

Question 2.
x2 – 6x = 10
Answer:

Question 3.
-2x2 + 3x + 7 = 0
Answer:

Question 4.
x2 – 7x + 12 = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
5x2 + x – 4 = 0
Answer:

Question 6.
(4x + 3)2 = 16
Answer:

Question 7.
Describe how you can use the method of completing the square to determine whether the function f(x) = 2x2 + 4x – 6 can be represented by the graph shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations ct 7
Answer:

Question 8.
Write an expression involving radicals in which a conjugate can be used to simplify the expression.
Answer:

Solve the system using any method.
Question 9.
y = x2 – 4x – 2
y = -4x + 2
Answer:

Question 10.
y = -5x2 + x – 1
y = -7
Answer:

Question 11.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(4)x + 1
y = x2 – 2x + 4
Answer:

Question 12.
A skier leaves an 8-foot-tall ramp with an initial vertical velocity of 28 feet per second. The function h = -16t2 + 28t + 8 represents the height h (in feet) of the skier after t seconds. The skier has a perfect landing. How many points does the skier earn?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations ct 12
Answer:

Question 13.
An amusement park ride lifts seated riders 265 feet above the ground. The riders are then dropped and experience free fall until the brakes are activated 105 feet above the ground. The function h = -16t2 + 265 represents the height h (in feet) of the riders t seconds after they are dropped. How long do the riders experience free fall? Round your solution to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:

Question 14.
Write an expression in simplest form that represents the area of the painting shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations ct 14
Answer:

Question 15.
Explain how you can determine the number of times the graph of y = 5x2 – 10x + 5 intersects the x-axis without graphing or solving an equation.
Answer:

Question 16.
Consider the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 Find values of a, b, and c so that the graph of its related function has (a) two x x-intercepts, (b) one x-intercepts.and (c) no x-intercepts.
Answer:

Question 17.
The numbers y of two types of bacteria after x hours are represented by the models below.
y = 3x2 + 8x + 20 Type A
y = 27x + 60 Type B
a. When are there 400 Type A bacteria?
b. When are the number of Type A and Type B bacteria the same?
c. When are there more Type A bacteria than Type B? When are there more Type B bacteria than Type A? Use a graph to support your answer.
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
The graphs of four quadratic functions are shown. Determine whether the discriminants of the equations formed by setting each function equal to zero are positive, negative, or zero.f(x) = 0, g(x) = 0, h(x) = 0, and j(x) = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations ca 1
Answer:

Question 2.
The function f(x) = a(1.08)x represents the total amount of money (in dollars) in Account A after x years. The function g(x) = 600(b)x represents the total amount of money (in dollars) in Account B after x years. Fill in values for a and b so that each statement is true.
a. When a = ____ and b = ____, Account B has a greater initial amount and increases at a faster rate than Account A.
b. When a = ____ and b = ____, Account B has a lesser initial amount than Account A but increases at a faster rate than Account A.
c. When a = ____ and b = ____, Account B and Account A have the same initial amount, and Account B increases at a slower rate than Account A.
Answer:

Question 3.
Your friend claims to be able to find the radius r of each figure, given the surface area S. Do you support your friend’s claim? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations ca 3
Answer:

Question 4.
The tables represent the numbers of items sold at a concession stand on days with different average temperatures. Determine whether the data represented by each table show a positive, a negative, or no correlation.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations ca 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Which graph shows exponential growth?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations ca 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Which statement best describes the solution(s) of the system of equations?
y = x2 + 2x – 8
y = 5x + 2
A. The graphs intersect at one point, (-2, -8). So, there is one solution.
B. The graphs intersect at two points, (-2, -8) and (5, 27). So, there are two solutions.
C. The graphs do not intersect. So, there is no solution.
D. The graph of y = x2 + 2x – 8 has two x-intercepts. So, there are two solutions.
Answer:

Question 7.
Which expressions are in simplest form?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 9 Solving Quadratic Equations ca 7
Answer:

Question 8.
The domain of the function shown is all integers in the interval -3 < x ≤ 3. Find all the ordered pairs that are solutions of the equation y = f(x).
f(x) = 4x – 5
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Want to master in Algebra 2 Ch 6 Concepts like Exponential Growth and Decay Functions, Natural Base e, Logarithms, and its functions, properties of logarithms, etc.? Then, accessing this guide is the perfect solution for your concerns. Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions make you understand the topics quickly and clear all your subject queries. Moreover, the BIM Algebra 2 Ch 6 Solutions prevailing are written by the subject experts based on the guidelines of the latest common core curriculum. Hence, download the Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Ch 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions & enhance your maths skills.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

BIM Algebra 2 Ch 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions covers Questions from Exercises 6.1 to 6.7, Review Tests, Chapter Tests, Cumulative Assessments, etc. With the help of this ultimate preparation guide provided performance task test, students can check their knowledge on Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions concepts. Tap on the link directly and practice each & every lesson in Ch 6 Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solution Key Pdf. Access online Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Ch 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Answers pdf without paying a single penny.

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression.
Question 1.
3 • 24
Answer:

Question 2.
(−2)5
Answer:

Question 3.
−(\(\frac{5}{6}\))2
Answer:

Question 4.
(\(\frac{3}{4}\))3
Answer:

Find the domain and range of the function represented by the graph.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 1
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 2
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 3
Answer:

Question 8.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Consider the expressions −4n and (−4)n, where n is an integer. For what values of n is each expression negative? positive? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students know when it is appropriate to use general methods and shortcuts.

Monitoring Progress

Determine whether the data can be modeled by an exponential or linear function. Explain your reasoning. Then write the appropriate model and find y when x = 10
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 4.1
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 4.2
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 4.3
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 4.4
Answer:

Lesson 6.1 Exponential Growth and Decay Functions

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of an exponential function?You can use a graphing calculator to evaluate an exponential function. For example, consider the exponential function f(x) = 2x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 1

EXPLORATION 1

Identifying Graphs of Exponential Functions
Work with a partner. Match each exponential function with its graph. Use a table of values to sketch the graph of the function, if necessary.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 2

EXPLORATION 2

Characteristics of Graphs of Exponential Functions
Work with a partner. Use the graphs in Exploration 1 to determine the domain, range, and y-intercept of the graph of f(x) = bx, where b is a positive real number other than 1. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of an exponential function?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Exploration 2, is it possible for the graph of f (x) =b x to have an x-intercept? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Then graph the function.
Question 1.
y = 4x
Answer:

Question 2.
y = (\(\frac{2}{3}\))x
Answer:

Question 3.
f(x) = (0.25)x
Answer:

Question 4.
f(x) = (1.5)x
Answer:

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
In Example 2, the value of the car can be approximated by the model y = 25(0.9)t. Identify the annual percent decrease in the value of the car. Estimate when the value of the car will be $8000.
Answer:

Question 6.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, assume the world population increased by 1.5% each year. Write an equation to model this situation. Estimate the year when the world population was 7 billion.
Answer:

Question 7.
The amount y (in grams) of the radioactive isotope iodine-123 remaining after t hours is y = a(0.5)t/13, where a is the initial amount (in grams). What percent of the iodine-123 decays each hour?
Answer:

Question 8.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, find the balance after 3 years when the interest is compounded daily.
Answer:

Exponential Growth and Decay Functions 6.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
VOCABULARY
In the exponential growth model y = 2.4(1.5)x, identify the initial amount, the growth factor, and the percent increase.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which characteristic of an exponential decay function does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, evaluate the expression for (a) x = -2 and (b) x = 3.
Question 3.
2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 3

Question 4.
4x
Answer:

Question 5.
8 • 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 5

Question 6.
6 • 2x
Answer:

Question 7.
5 + 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 7

Question 8.
2x − 2
Answer:

In Exercises 9–18, tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Then graph the function.
Question 9.
y = 6x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 9

Question 10.
y = 7x
Answer:

Question 11.
y =(\(\frac{1}{6}\))x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 11

Question 12.
y =(\(\frac{1}{8}\))x
Answer:

Question 13.
y = (\(\frac{4}{3}\))x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 13

Question 14.
y = (\(\frac{2}{5}\))x
Answer:

Question 15.
y = (1.2)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 15

Question 16.
y = (0.75)x
Answer:

Question 17.
y = (0.6)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 17

Question 18.
y = (1.8)x
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 19 and 20, use the graph of f(x) = bx to identify the value of the base b.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 6
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The value of a mountain bike y (in dollars) can be approximated by the model y = 200(0.75)t, where t is the number of years since the bike was new.
a. Tell whether the model represents exponential growth or exponential decay.
b. Identify the annual percent increase or decrease in the value of the bike.
c. Estimate when the value of the bike will be $50.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The population P(in thousands) of Austin, Texas, during a recent decade can be approximated by y = 494.29(1.03)t, where t is the number of years since the beginning of the decade.
a. Tell whether the model represents exponential growth or exponential decay.
b. Identify the annual percent increase or decrease in population.
c. Estimate when the population was about 590,000.
Answer:

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In 2006, there were approximately 233 million cell phone subscribers in the United States. During the next 4 years, the number of cell phone subscribers increased by about 6% each year.
a. Write an exponential growth model giving the number of cell phone subscribers y (in millions) t years after 2006. Estimate the number of cell phone subscribers in 2008.
b. Estimate the year when the number of cell phone subscribers was about 278 million.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 23

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You take a 325 milligram dosage of ibuprofen. During each subsequent hour, the amount of medication in your bloodstream decreases by about 29% each hour.
a. Write an exponential decay model giving the amount y (in milligrams) of ibuprofen in your bloodstream t hours after the initial dose.
b. Estimate how long it takes for you to have 100milligrams of ibuprofen in your bloodstream.
Answer:

JUSTIFYING STEPS In Exercises 25 and 26, justify each step in rewriting the exponential function.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 8
Answer:

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When a plant or animal dies, it stops acquiring carbon-14 from the atmosphere. The amount y (in grams) of carbon-14 in the body of an organism after t years is y = a(0.5)t/5730, where a is the initial amount (in grams). What percent of the carbon-14 is released each year?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 27

Question 28.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The number y of duckweed fronds in a pond after t days is y = a(1230.25)t/16, where a is the initial number of fronds. By what percent does the duckweed increase each day?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 9
Answer:

In Exercises 29–36, rewrite the function in the form y = a(1 + r)t or y = a(1 – r)t. Then state the growth or decay rate.
Question 29.
y = a(2)t/3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 29

Question 30.
y = a(4)t/6
Answer:

Question 31.
y = a(0.5)t/12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 31

Question 32.
y = a(0.25)t/9
Answer:

Question 33.
y = a(\(\frac{2}{3}\))t/10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 33

Question 34.
y = a(\(\frac{5}{4}\))t/22
Answer:

Question 35.
y = a(2)8t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 35

Question 36.
y = a(\(\frac{1}{3}\))3t
Answer:

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You deposit $5000 in an account that pays 2.25% annual interest. Find the balance after 5 years when the interest is compounded quarterly.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 37

Question 38.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You deposit $2200 into three separate bank accounts that each pay 3% annual interest. How much interest does each account earn after 6 years?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 10
Answer:

Question 39.
ERROR ANALYSIS
You invest $500 in the stock of a company. The value of the stock decreases 2% each year. Describe and correct the error in writing a model for the value of the stock after t years.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 39

Question 40.
ERROR ANALYSIS
You deposit $250 in an account that pays 1.25% annual interest. Describe and correct the error in finding the balance after 3 years when the interest is compounded quarterly.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 12
Answer:

In Exercises 41– 44, use the given information to find the amount A in the account earning compound interest after 6 years when the principal is $3500.
Question 41.
r = 2.16%, compounded quarterly
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 41

Question 42.
r = 2.29%, compounded monthly
Answer:

Question 43.
r = 1.83%, compounded daily
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 43

Question 44.
r = 1.26%, compounded monthly
Answer:

Question 45.
USING STRUCTURE
A website recorded the number y of referrals it received from social media websites over a 10-year period. The results can be modeled by y = 2500(1.50)t, where t is the year and 0 ≤ t≤ 9. Interpret the values of a and b in this situation. What is the annual percent increase? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 45

Question 46.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Consider the graph of an exponential function of the form f (x) = abx.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 13
a. Determine whether the graph of f represents exponential growth or exponential decay.
b. What are the domain and range of the function? Explain.
Answer:

Question 47.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says the graph of f(x) = 2x increases at a faster rate than the graph of g (x) = x2 when x ≥ 0. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The function f(x) = bx represents an exponential decay function. Write a second exponential decay function in terms of b and x.
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The population p of a small town after x years can be modeled by the function p = 6850(1.03)x. What is the average rate of change in the population over the first 6 years? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 49

Question 50.
REASONING
Consider the exponential function f(x) = abx.
a. Show that \(\frac{f(x+1)}{f(x)}\) = b.
b. Use the equation in part (a) to explain why there is no exponential function of the form f(x) = abx whose graph passes through the points in the table below.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 15
Answer:

Question 51.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The number E of eggs a Leghorn chicken produces per year can be modeled by the equation E = 179.2(0.89)w/52, where w is the age (in weeks) of the chicken and w ≥ 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 16
a. Identify the decay factor and the percent decrease.
b. Graph the model.
c. Estimate the egg production of a chicken that is 2.5 years old.d. Explain how you can rewrite the given equation so that time is measured in years rather than in weeks.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 51

Question 52.
CRITICAL THINKING
You buy a new stereo for $1300 and are able to sell it 4 years later for $275. Assume that the resale value of the stereo decays exponentially with time. Write an equation giving the resale value V(in dollars) of the stereo as a function of the time t (in years) since you bought it.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.
Question 53.
x9 • x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 53

Question 54.
\(\frac{x^{4}}{x^{3}}\)
Answer:

Question 55.
4x • 6x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 55

Question 56.
\(\left(\frac{4 x^{8}}{2 x^{6}}\right)4\)
Answer:

Question 57.
\(\frac{x+3 x}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 57

Question 58.
\(\frac{6x}{2}\) + 4x
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\frac{12x}{4x}\) + 5x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1 a 59

Question 60.
(2x • 3x5)3
Answer:

Lesson 6.2 The Natural Base e

Essential Question What is the natural base e?
So far in your study of mathematics, you have worked with special numbers such as π and i. Another special number is called the natural base and is denoted by e. The natural base e is irrational, so you cannot find its exact value.

EXPLORATION 1

Approximating the Natural Base e
Work with a partner. One way to approximate the natural base e is to approximate the sum
1 + \(\frac{1}{1}+\frac{1}{1 \cdot 2}+\frac{1}{1 \cdot 2 \cdot 3}+\frac{1}{1 \cdot 2 \cdot 3 \cdot 4}+\cdots\)
Use a spreadsheet or a graphing calculator to approximate this sum. Explain the steps you used. How many decimal places did you use in your approximation?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 1

EXPLORATION 2

Approximating the Natural Base e
Work with a partner. Another way to approximate the natural base e is to consider the expression(1 + \(\frac{1}{x}\))x .
As x increases, the value of this expression approaches the value of e. Copy and complete the table. Then use the results in the table to approximate e. Compare this approximation to the one you obtained in Exploration 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 2

EXPLORATION 3

Graphing a Natural Base Function
Work with a partner. Use your approximate value of e in Exploration 1 or 2 to complete the table. Then sketch the graph of the natural base exponential function y =ex. You can use a graphing calculator and the ex key to check your graph. What are the domain and range of y = ex? Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What is the natural base e?
Answer:

Question 5.
Repeat Exploration 3 for the natural base exponential function y = e-x. Then compare the graph of y = ex to the graph of y = e-x.
Answer:

Question 6.
The natural base e is used in a wide variety of real-life applications. Use the Internet or some other reference to research some of the real-life applications of e.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Simplify the expression.
Question 1.
e7 • e4
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{24 e^{8}}{8 e^{5}}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
(10e-3x)3
Answer:

Tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Then graph the function.
Question 4.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ex
Answer:

Question 5.
y = 4e-x
Answer:

Question 6.
f(x) = 2e2x
Answer:

Question 7.
You deposit $4250 in an account that earns 5% annual interest compounded continuously. Compare the balance after 10 years with the accounts in Example 3.
Answer:

The Natural Base e 6.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is the natural base e?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Tell whether the function f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)e4x represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Explain.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, simplify the expression.
Question 3.
e3 • e5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 3

Question 4.
e-4 • e6
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{11 e^{9}}{22 e^{10}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 5

Question 6.
\(\frac{27 e^{7}}{3 e^{4}}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
(5e7x)4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 7

Question 8.
(4e-2x)3
Answer:

Question 9.
\(\sqrt{9 e^{6 x}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 9

Question 10.
\(\sqrt[3]{8 e^{12 x}}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
ex • e-6x • e8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 11

Question 12.
ex • e4 • ex+3
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 13 and 14, describe and correct the error in simplifying the expression.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 5
Answer:

In Exercises 15–22, tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Then graph the function.
Question 15.
y = e3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 15

Question 16.
y = e-2x
Answer:

Question 17.
y = 2e-x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 17

Question 18.
y = 3e2x
Answer:

Question 19.
y = 0.5ex
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 19

Question 20.
y = 0.25e-3x
Answer:

Question 21.
y = 0.4e-0.25x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 21

Question 22.
y = 0.6e0.5x
Answer:

ANALYZING EQUATIONS In Exercises 23–26, match the function with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Question 23.
y = e2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 23

Question 24.
y = e-2x
Answer:

Question 25.
y = 4e-0.5x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 25

Question 26.
y = 0.75ex
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 6

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 27–30, use the properties of exponents to rewrite the function in the form y = a(1 + r)t or y = a(1 – r)t. Then find the percent rate of change.
Question 27.
y = e-0.25t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 27

Question 28.
y = e-0.75t
Answer:

Question 29.
y = 2e0.4t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 29

Question 30.
y = 0.5e0.8t
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 31–34, use a table of values or a graphing calculator to graph the function. Then identify the domain and range.
Question 31.
y = ex-2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 31

Question 32.
y = ex+1
Answer:

Question 33.
y = 2ex + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 33

Question 34.
y = 3ex − 5
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Investment accounts for a house and education earn annual interest compounded continuously. The balance H(in dollars) of the house fund after t years can be modeled by H = 3224e0.05t. The graph shows the balance in the education fund over time. Which account has the greater principal? Which account has a greater balance after 10 years?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 35

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Tritium and sodium-22 decay over time. In a sample of tritium, the amount y (in milligrams) remaining after t years is given by y = 10e−0.0562t. The graph shows the amount of sodium-22 in a sample over time. Which sample started with a greater amount? Which has a greater amount after 10 years?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 8
Answer:

Question 37.
OPEN-ENDED
Find values of a, b, r, and q such that f(x) = aerx and g(x) = beqx are exponential decay functions, but \(\frac{f(x)}{g(x)}\) represents exponential growth.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 37

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Explain why A = P(1 + \(\frac{r}{n}\))nt approximates A =Pert as n approaches positive infinity.
Answer:

Question 39.
WRITING
Can the natural base e be written as a ratio of two integers? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 39

Question 40.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend evaluates f(x) = e-x when x = 1000 and concludes that the graph of y = fx) has an x-intercept at (1000, 0). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 41.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You invest $2500 in an account to save for college. Account 1 pays 6% annual interest compounded quarterly. Account 2 pays 4% annual interest compounded continuously. Which account should you choose to obtain the greater amount in 10 years? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph to complete each statement.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 9
a. f(x) approaches ____ as x approaches +∞.
b. f(x) approaches ____ as x approaches −∞.
Answer:

Question 43.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The growth of Mycobacterium tuberculosis bacteria can be modeled by the function N(t) = ae0.166t, where N is the number of cells after t hours and a is the number of cells when t = 0.
a. At 1:00 P.M., there are 30 M. tuberculosis bacteria in a sample. Write a function that gives the number of bacteria after 1:00 P.M.
b. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function in part (a).
c. Describe how to find the number of cells in the sample at 3:45 P.M.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 43

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 44.
0.006
Answer:

Question 45.
5000
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 45

Question 46.
26,000,000
Answer:

Question 47.
0.000000047
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 47

Find the inverse of the function. Then graph the function and its inverse.
Question 48.
y = 3x + 5
Answer:

Question 49.
y = x2 − 1, x ≤ 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 49

Question 50.
y = \(\sqrt{x+6}\)
Answer:

Question 51.
y = x3 − 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.2 a 51

Lesson 6.3 Logarithms and Logarithmic Functions

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a logarithmic function?
Every exponential function of the form f(x) = bx, where b is a positive real number other than 1, has an inverse function that you can denote by g(x) = logbx. This inverse function is called a logarithmic function with base b.

EXPLORATION 1

Rewriting Exponential Equations
Work with a partner. Find the value of x in each exponential equation. Explain your reasoning. Then use the value of x to rewrite the exponential equation in its equivalent logarithmic form, x = logby.
a. 2x = 8
b. 3x = 9
c. 4x = 2
d. 5x = 1
e. 5x = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
f. 8x = 4

EXPLORATION 2

Graphing Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
Work with a partner. Complete each table for the given exponential function. Use the results to complete the table for the given logarithmic function. Explain your reasoning. Then sketch the graphs of f and g in the same coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 1

EXPLORATION 3

Characteristics of Graphs of LogarithmicFunctions
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 2
Work with a partner. Use the graphs you sketched in Exploration 2 to determine the domain, range, x-intercept, and asymptote of the graph of g(x) = logbx, where b is a positive real number other than 1. Explain your reasoning.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a logarithmic function?
Answer:

Question 5.
How can you use the graph of an exponential function to obtain the graph of a logarithmic function?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Rewrite the equation in exponential form.
Question 1.
log3 81 = 4
Answer:

Question 2.
log7 7 = 1
Answer:

Question 3.
log14 1 = 0
Answer:

Question 4.
log1/2 32 = −5
Answer:

Rewrite the equation in logarithmic form.
Question 5.
72 = 49
Answer:

Question 6.
500 = 1
Answer:

Question 7.
4-1 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
2561/8 = 2
Answer:

Evaluate the logarithm. If necessary, use a calculator and round your answer to three decimal places.
Question 9.
log2 32
Answer:

Question 10.
log27 3
Answer:

Question 11.
log 12
Answer:

Question 12.
ln 0.75
Answer:

Simplify the expression.
Question 13.
8log8 x
Answer:

Question 14.
log7 7−3x
Answer:

Question 15.
log2 64x
Answer:

Question 16.
eln 20
Answer:

Question 17.
Find the inverse of y = 4x.
Answer:

Question 18.
Find the inverse of y = ln(x− 5).
Answer:

Graph the function.
Question 19.
y = log2 x
Answer:

Question 20.
f(x) = log5 x
Answer:

Question 21.
y = log1/2 x
Answer:

Logarithms and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A logarithm with base 10 is called a(n) ___________ logarithm.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The expression log3 9 is read as ______________.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Describe the relationship between y = 7x and y = log7 x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 3

Question 4.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–10, rewrite the equation in exponential form.
Question 5.
log3 9 = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 5

Question 6.
log4 4 = 1
Answer:

Question 7.
log6 1 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 7

Question 8.
log7 343 = 3
Answer:

Question 9.
log1/2 16 =−4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 9

Question 10.
log3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = −1
Answer:

In Exercises 11–16, rewrite the equation in logarithmic form.
Question 11.
62 = 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 11

Question 12.
120 = 1
Answer:

Question 13.
16-1 = \(\frac{1}{16}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 13

Question 14.
5-2 = \(\frac{1}{25}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
1252/3 = 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 15

Question 16.
491/2 = 7
Answer:

In Exercises 17–24, evaluate the logarithm.
Question 17.
log3 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 17

Question 18.
log7 49
Answer:

Question 19.
log3 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 19

Question 20.
log1/2 1
Answer:

Question 21.
log5 \(\frac{1}{625}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 21

Question 22.
log8 \(\frac{1}{512}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
log4 0.25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 23

Question 24.
log10 0.001
Answer:

Question 25.
NUMBER SENSE
Order the logarithms from least value to greatest value.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 25

Question 26.
WRITING
Explain why the expressions log2(−1) and log1 1 are not defined.
Answer:

In Exercises 27–32, evaluate the logarithm using a calculator. Round your answer to three decimal places.
Question 27.
log 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 27

Question 28.
ln 12
Answer:

Question 29.
ln \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 29

Question 30.
log \(\frac{2}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
3 ln 0.5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 31

Question 32.
log 0.6 + 1
Answer:

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Skydivers use an instrument called an altimeter to track their altitude as they fall. The altimeter determines altitude by measuring air pressure. The altitude h (in meters) above sea level is related to the air pressure P(in pascals) by the function shown in the diagram. What is the altitude above sea level when the air pressure is 57,000 pascals?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The pH value for a substance measures how acidic or alkaline the substance is. It is given by the formula pH = −log[H+], where H+ is the hydrogen ion concentration (in moles per liter). Find the pH of each substance.
a. baking soda: [H+] = 10-8 moles per liter
b. vinegar: [H+] = 10-3 moles per liter
Answer:

In Exercises 35–40, simplify the expression.
Question 35.
7log7x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 35

Question 36.
3log3 5x
Answer:

Question 37.
eln4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 37

Question 38.
10log 15
Answer:

Question 39.
log3 32x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 39

Question 40.
ln ex + 1
Answer:

Question 41.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in rewriting 4−3 = \(\frac{1}{64}\) in logarithmic form.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 41

Question 42.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in simplifying the expression log4 64x.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 7
Answer:

In Exercises 43–52, find the inverse of the function.
Question 43.
y = 0.3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 43

Question 44.
y = 11x
Answer:

Question 45.
y = log2 x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 45

Question 46.
y = log1/5 x
Answer:

Question 47.
y = ln(x − 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 47

Question 48.
y = ln 2x
Answer:

Question 49.
y = e3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 49

Question 50.
y = ex-4
Answer:

Question 51.
y = 5x − 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 51

Question 52.
y = 13 + log x
Answer:

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The wind speed s (in miles per hour) near the center of a tornado can be modeled by s = 93 log d + 65, where d is the distance (in miles) that the tornado travels.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 8
a. In 1925, a tornado traveled 220 miles through three states. Estimate the wind speed near the center of the tornado.
b. Find the inverse of the given function. Describe what the inverse represents.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 53

Question 54.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The energy magnitude M of an earthquake can be modeled by M = \(\frac{2}{3}\)log E − 9.9, where E is the amount of energy released (in ergs).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 9
a. In 2011, a powerful earthquake in Japan, caused by the slippage of two tectonic plates along a fault, released 2.24 × 1028 ergs. What was the energy magnitude of the earthquake?
b. Find the inverse of the given function. Describe what the inverse represents.
Answer:

In Exercises 55–60, graph the function.
Question 55.
y = log4 x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 55

Question 56.
y = log6 x
Answer:

Question 57.
y = log1/3 x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 57.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 57.2

Question 58.
y = log1/4 x
Answer:

Question 59.
y = log2 x − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 59

Question 60.
y = log3(x + 2)
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 61–64, use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Determine the domain, range, and asymptote of the function.
Question 61.
y = log(x+ 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 61

Question 62.
y = −ln x
Answer:

Question 63.
y = ln(−x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 63

Question 64.
y = 3 − log x
Answer:

Question 65.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend states that every logarithmic function will pass through the point (1, 0). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 65

Question 66.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Rank the functions in order from the least average rate of change to the greatest average rate of change over the interval 1 ≤ x ≤ 10.
a. y = log6 x
b. y = log3/5 x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 10
Answer:

Question 67.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Biologists have found that the length ℓ (in inches) of an alligator and its weight w (in pounds) are related by the function ℓ = 27.1 ln w − 32.8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 11
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function.
b. Use your graph to estimate the weight of an alligator that is 10 feet long.
c. Use the zero feature to find the x-intercept of the graph of the function. Does this x-value make sense in the context of the situation? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 67

Question 68.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The figure shows the graphs of the two functions f and g.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 12
a. Compare the end behavior of the logarithmic function g to that of the exponential function f.
b. Determine whether the functions are inverse functions. Explain.
c. What is the base of each function? Explain.
Answer:

Question 69.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A study in Florida found that the number s of fish species in a pool or lake can be modeled by the function s = 30.6 − 20.5 log A + 3.8(log A)2
where A is the area (in square meters) of the pool or lake.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 13
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function on the domain 200 ≤ A ≤ 35,000.
b. Use your graph to estimate the number of species in a lake with an area of 30,000 square meters.
c. Use your graph to estimate the area of a lake that contains six species of fish.
d. Describe what happens to the number of fish species as the area of a pool or lake increases. Explain why your answer makes sense.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 69

Question 70.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a logarithmic function that has an output of −4. Then sketch the graph of your function.
Answer:

Question 71.
CRITICAL THINKING
Evaluate each logarithm. (Hint: For each logarithm logb x, rewrite b and x as powers of the same base.)
a. log125 25
b. log8 32
c. log27 81
d. log4 128
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 71

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Let f(x) = \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ x }\). Write a rule for g that represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f.
Question 72.
g(x) = −f(x)
Answer:

Question 73.
g(x) = f (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x )
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 73

Question 74.
g(x) = f(−x) + 3
Answer:

Question 75.
g(x) = f(x+ 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 75

Identify the function family to which f belongs. Compare the graph of f to the graph of its parent.
Question 76.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 14
Answer:

Question 77.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 a 77

Question 78.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.3 16
Answer:

Lesson 6.4 Transformations of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Essential Question How can you transform the graphs of exponential and logarithmic functions?

EXPLORATION 1

Identifying Transformations
Work with a partner. Each graph shown is a transformation of the parent function
f(x) = ex or f(x) = ln x.
Match each function with its graph. Explain your reasoning. Then describe the transformation of f represented by g.
a. g(x) = ex+2 − 3
b. g(x) = −ex+2 + 1
c. g(x) = ex-2 − 1
d. g(x) = ln(x + 2)
e. g(x) = 2 + ln x
f. g(x) = 2 + ln(−x)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 1

EXPLORATION 2

Characteristics of Graphs
Work with a partner. Determine the domain, range, and asymptote of each function in Exploration 1. Justify your answers.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you transform the graphs of exponential and logarithmic functions?
Answer:

Question 4.
Find the inverse of each function in Exploration 1. Then check your answer by using a graphing calculator to graph each function and its inverse in the same viewing window.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 2
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.
Question 1.
f(x) = 2x, g(x) = 2x-3 + 1
Answer:

Question 2.
f(x) = e-x, g(x) = e-x − 5
Answer:

Question 3.
f(x) = 0.4x, g(x) = 0.4-2x
Answer:

Question 4.
f(x) = ex, g(x) = −ex+6
Answer:

Describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.
Question 5.
f(x) = log2x, g(x) = −3 log2x
Answer:

Question 6.
f(x) = log1/4x, g(x) = log1/4(4x) − 5
Answer:

Question 7.
Let the graph of g be a horizontal stretch by a factor of 3, followed by a translation 2 units up of the graph of f(x) = e-x. Write a rule for g.
Answer:

Question 8.
Let the graph of g be a reflection in the y-axis, followed by a translation 4 units to the left of the graph of f(x) = log x. Write a rule for g.
Answer:

Transformations of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Given the function f(x) = abx-h + k, describe the effects of a, h, and k on the graph of the function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The graph of g(x) = log4(−x) is a reflection in the __________ of the graph of f(x) = log4x,
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, match the function with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Question 3.
f(x) = 2x+2 − 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 3

Question 4.
g(x) = 2x+2 + 2
Answer:

Question 5.
h(x) = 2x-2 − 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 5

Question 6.
k(x) = 2x-2 + 2
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 3

In Exercises 7–16, describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.
Question 7.
f(x) = 3x, g(x) = 3x + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 7

Question 8.
f(x) = 4x, g(x) = 4x − 8
Answer:

Question 9.
f(x) = ex, g(x) = ex − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 9

Question 10.
f(x) = ex, g(x) = ex + 4
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = 2x, g(x) = 2x-7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 11

Question 12.
f(x) = 5x, g(x) = 5x+1
Answer:

Question 13.
f(x) = e-x, g(x) = e-x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 13

Question 14.
f(x) = e-x, g(x) = e-x − 9
Answer:

Question 15.
f(x) = (\(\frac{1}{4}\))x, g (x) = (\(\frac{1}{4}\))x-3 + 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 15

Question 16.
f(x) = (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x, g(x) = (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x+2 − \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 17–24, describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.
Question 17.
f(x) = ex, g(x) = e2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 17

Question 18.
f(x) = ex, g (x) =4—3 ex
Answer:

Question 19.
f(x) = 2x, g(x) = −2x-3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 19

Question 20.
f(x) = 4x, g(x) = 40.5x-5
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) = e-x, g(x) = 3e-6x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = e-x, g(x) = e-5x + 2
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x, g(x) = 6 (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x+5 − 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 23

Question 24.
f(x) = (\(\frac{3}{4}\))x, g(x) = −(\(\frac{3}{4}\)) -7 + 1
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 25 and 26, describe and correct the error in graphing the function.
Question 25.
f(x) = 2x + 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 25

Question 26.
f(x) = 3-x
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 5
Answer:

In Exercises 27–30, describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.
Question 27.
f(x) = log4 x, g(x) = 3 log4 x − 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 27

Question 28.
f(x) = log1/3 x, g(x) = log1/3(−x) + 6
Answer:

Question 29.
f(x) = log1/5 x, g(x) = − log1/5(x − 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 29

Question 30.
f(x) = log2 x, g(x) = log2(x + 2) − 3
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 31–34, match the function with the correct transformation of the graph of f. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 6
Question 31.
y = f(x− 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 31

Question 32.
y = f(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 33.
y = 2f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 33

Question 34.
y = f(2x)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 7

In Exercises 35–38, write a rule for g that represents the indicated transformations of the graph of f.
Question 35.
f(x) = 5x; translation 2 units down, followed by a reflection in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 35

Question 36.
f(x) = (\(\frac{2}{3}\))x; reflection in the x-axis, followed by a vertical stretch by a factor of 6 and a translation 4 units left
Answer:

Question 37.
f(x) = ex; horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\), followed by a translation 5 units up
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 37

Question 38.
f(x) =e-x; translation 4 units right and 1 unit down, followed by a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 39–42, write a rule for g that represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f.
Question 39.
f(x) = log6 x; vertical stretch by a factor of 6, followed by a translation 5 units down
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 39

Question 40.
f(x) = log2 x; reflection in the x-axis, followed by a translation 9 units left
Answer:

Question 41.
f(x) = log1/2 x; translation 3 units left and 2 units up, followed by a reflection in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 41

Question 42.
f(x) = ln x; translation 3 units right and 1 unit up, followed by a horizontal stretch by a factor of 8
Answer:

JUSTIFYING STEPS In Exercises 43 and 44, justify each step in writing a rule for g that represents the indicated transformations of the graph of f.
Question 43.
f(x) = log7 x; reflection in the x-axis, followed by a translation 6 units down
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 43

Question 44.
f(x) = 8x; vertical stretch by a factor of 4, followed by a translation 1 unit up and 3 units left
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 9
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 45–48, describe the transformation of the graph of f represented by the graph of g. Then give an equation of the asymptote.
Question 45.
f(x) = ex, g(x) = ex + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 45

Question 46.
f(x) = 3x, g(x) = 3x-9
Answer:

Question 47.
f(x) = ln x, g(x) = ln(x + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 47

Question 48.
f(x) = log1/5 x, g(x) = log1/5 x + 13
Answer:

Question 49.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The slope Sof a beach is related to the average diameter d(in millimeters) of the sand particles on the beach by the equation S = 0.159 + 0.118 log d. Describe the transformation of f(d ) = log d represented by S. Then use the function to determine the slope of a beach for each sand type below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graphs of f(x) = bx and g(x) = (\(\frac{1}{b}\))x are shown for b = 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 11
a. Use the graph to describe a transformation of the graph of f that results in the graph of g.
b. Does your answer in part (a) change when 0 < b < 1? Explain.
Answer:

Question 51.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims a single transformation of f(x) = log x can result in a function g whose graph never intersects the graph of f. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 51

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is it possible to transform the graph of f(x) = ex to obtain the graph of g(x) = ln x? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 53.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Determine whether each statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
a. A vertical translation of the graph of f(x) = log x changes the equation of the asymptote.
b. A vertical translation of the graph of f(x) = ex changes the equation of the asymptote.
c. A horizontal shrink of the graph of f(x) = log x does not change the domain.
d. The graph of g(x) = abx-h + k does not intersect the x-axis.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 53

Question 54.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The amount P (in grams) of 100 grams of plutonium-239 that remains after t years can be modeled by P= 100(0.99997)t.
a. Describe the domain and range of the function.
b. How much plutonium-239 is present after 12,000 years?
c. Describe the transformation of the function if the initial amount of plutonium were 550 grams.
d. Does the transformation in part (c) affect the domain and range of the function? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 55.
CRITICAL THINKING
Consider the graph of the function h(x) = e-x-2. Describe the transformation of the graph of f(x) = e-x represented by the graph of h. Then describe the transformation of the graph of g(x) = ex represented by the graph of h. Justify your answers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 55

Question 56.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a function of the form y = abx-h + k whose graph has a y-intercept of 5 and an asymptote of y = 2.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Perform the indicated operation.
Question 57.
Let f(x) = x4 and g(x) = x2. Find ( fg)(x). Then evaluate the product when x = 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 57

Question 58.
Let f(x) = 4x6 and g(x) = 2x3. Find (\(\frac{f}{g}\)) (x). Then evaluate the quotient when x = 5.
Answer:

Question 59.
Let f(x) = 6x3 and g(x) = 8x3. Find ( f + g)(x). Then evaluate the sum when x = 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 a 59

Question 60.
Let f(x) = 2xx and g(x) = 3xx. Find ( f – g)(x). Then evaluate the difference when x = 6.
Answer:

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Study Skills: Forming a Weekly Study Group

6.1–6.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 12

Core Concepts
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 13

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
How did you check to make sure your answer was reasonable in Exercise 23 on page 300?
Answer:

Question 2.
How can you justify your conclusions in Exercises 23–26 on page 307?
Answer:

Question 3.
How did you monitor and evaluate your progress in Exercise 66 on page 315?
Answer:

Study Skills: Forming a Weekly Study Group

  • Select students who are just as dedicated to doing well in the math class as you are.
  • ind a regular meeting place that has minimal distractions.
  • Compare schedules and plan at least one time a week to meet, allowing at least 1.5 hours for study time.
    Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.4 14

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.1–6.4 Quiz

Tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
f(x) = (4.25)x
Answer:

Question 2.
y = (\(\frac{3}{8}\))x
Answer:

Question 3.
y = e0.6x
Answer:

Question 4.
f(x) = 5e-2x
Answer:

Simplify the expression.
Question 5.
e8 • e4
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{15 e^{3}}{3 e}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
(5e4x)3
Answer:

Question 8.
elln 9
Answer:

Question 9.
log7 49x
Answer:

Question 10.
log3 81-2x
Answer:

Rewrite the expression in exponential or logarithmic form.
Question 11.
log4 1024 = 5
Answer:

Question 12.
log1/3 27 = −3
Answer:

Question 13.
74 = 2401
Answer:

Question 14.
4-2 = 0.0625
Answer:

Evaluate the logarithm. If necessary, use a calculator and round your answer to three decimal places.
Question 15.
log 45
Answer:

Question 16.
ln 1.4
Answer:

Question 17.
log2 32
Answer:

Graph the function and its inverse.
Question 18.
f(x) = (\(\frac{1}{9}\))x
Answer:

Question 19.
y = ln(x − 7)
Answer:

Question 20.
f(x) = log5 (x+ 1)
Answer:

The graph of g is a transformation of the graph of f. Write a rule for g.
Question 21.
f(x) = log3 x
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions q 1
Answer:

Question 22.
f(x) = 3x
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions q 2
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x)= log1/2 x
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions q 3
Answer:

Question 24.
You purchase an antique lamp for $150. The value of the lamp increases by 2.15% each year. Write an exponential model that gives the value y (in dollars) of the lamp t years after you purchased it.
Answer:

Question 25.
A local bank advertises two certificate of deposit (CD) accounts that you can use to save money and earn interest. The interest is compounded monthly for both accounts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions q 4
a. You deposit the minimum required amounts in each CD account. How much money is in each account at the end of its term? How much interest does each account earn? Justify your answers.
b. Describe the benefits and drawbacks of each account.
Answer:

Question 26.
The Richter scale is used for measuring the magnitude of an earthquake. The Richter magnitude R is given by R = 0.67 ln E + 1.17, where E is the energy (in kilowatt-hours) released by the earthquake. Graph the model. What is the Richter magnitude for an earthquake that releases 23,000 kilowatt-hours of energy?
Answer:

Lesson 6.5 Properties of Logarithms

Essential Question How can you use properties of exponents to derive properties of logarithms?
Let x = logb m and y = logb n.
The corresponding exponential forms of these two equations are
bx = m and by = n.

EXPLORATION 1

Product Property of Logarithms
Work with a partner. To derive the Product Property, multiply m and n to obtain mn =bxby = bx+y.
The corresponding logarithmic form of mn = bx+y is logb mn = x + y. So,

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 1

EXPLORATION 2

Quotient Property of Logarithms
Work with a partner. To derive the Quotient Property, divide m by n to obtain
\(\frac{m}{n}=\frac{b^{x}}{b^{y}}\) = bx-y.
The corresponding logarithmic form of \(\frac{m}{n}\) = bx-y is logb \(\frac{m}{n}\) = x − y. So,
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 2

EXPLORATION 3

Power Property of Logarithms
Work with a partner. To derive the Power Property, substitute bx for m in the expression logb mn, as follows.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you use properties of exponents to derive properties of logarithms?
Answer:

Question 5.
Use the properties of logarithms that you derived in Explorations 1–3 to evaluate each logarithmic expression.
a. log4 163
b. log3 81-3
c. ln e2 + ln e5
d. 2 ln e6 − ln e5
e. log5 75 − log5 3
f. log4 2 + log4 32
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Use log6 5 ≈ 0.898 and log6 8 ≈ 1.161 to evaluate the logarithm.
Question 1.
log6 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
log6 40
Answer:

Question 3.
log6 64
Answer:

Question 4.
log6 125
Answer:

Expand the logarithmic expression.
Question 5.
log6 3x4
Answer:

Question 6.
ln \(\frac{5}{12x}\)
Answer:

Condense the logarithmic expression.
Question 7.
log x − log 9
Answer:

Question 8.
ln 4 + 3 ln 3 − ln 12
Answer:

Use the change-of-base formula to evaluate the logarithm.
Question 9.
log5 8
Answer:

Question 10.
log8 14
Answer:

Question 11.
log26 9
Answer:

Question 12.
log12 30
Answer:

Question 13.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, the artist turns up the volume so that the intensity of the sound triples. By how many decibels does the loudness increase?
Answer:

Properties of Logarithms 6.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
To condense the expression log3 2x + log3 y, you need to use the __________ Property of Logarithms.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe two ways to evaluate log7 12 using a calculator.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, use log7 4 ≈ 0.712 and log7 12 ≈ 1.277 to evaluate the logarithm.
Question 3.
log7 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 3

Question 4.
log7 48
Answer:

Question 5.
log7 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 5

Question 6.
log7 64
Answer:

Question 7.
log7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 7

Question 8.
log7 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, match the expression with the logarithm that has the same value. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 9
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 11

In Exercises 13–20, expand the logarithmic expression.
Question 13.
log3 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 13

Question 14.
log8 3x
Answer:

Question 15.
log 10x5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 15

Question 16.
ln 3x4
Answer:

Question 17.
ln \(\frac{x}{3 y}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 17

Question 18.
ln \(\frac{6 x^{2}}{y^{4}}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
log7 5\(\sqrt{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 19

Question 20.
log5 \(\sqrt[3]{x^{2} y}\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in expanding the logarithmic expression.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 6
Answer:

In Exercises 23–30, condense the logarithmic expression.
Question 23.
log4 7 − log4 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 23

Question 24.
ln 12 − ln 4
Answer:

Question 25.
6 ln x+ 4 ln y
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 25

Question 26.
2 log x+ log 11
ans;

Question 27.
log5 4 + \(\frac{1}{3}\) log5 x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 27

Question 28.
6 ln 2 − 4 ln y
Answer:

Question 29.
5 ln 2 + 7 ln x + 4 ln y
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 29

Question 30.
log3 4 + 2 log3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + log3 x
Answer:

Question 31.
REASONING
Which of the following is not equivalent to log3 \(\frac{y^{4}}{3 x}\)? Justify your answer.
A. 4 log5 y − log5 3x
B. 4 log5 y − log5 3 + log5 x
C. 4 log5 y− log5 3 − log5 x
D. log5 y4 − log5 3 − log5 x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 31

Question 32.
REASONING
Which of the following equations is correct? Justify your answer.
A. log7 x + 2 log7 y = log7 (x + y2)
B. 9 log x − 2 log y = log \(\frac{x^{9}}{y^{2}}\)
C. 5 log4 x + 7 log2 y = log6x5y7
D. log9x − 5 log9 y = log9 \(\frac{x}{5 y}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 33–40, use the change-of-base formula to evaluate the logarithm.
Question 33.
log4 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 33

Question 34.
log5 13
Answer:

Question 35.
log9 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 35

Question 36.
log8 22
Answer:

Question 37.
log6 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 37

Question 38.
log2 28
Answer:

Question 39.
log7 \(\frac{3}{16}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 39

Question 40.
log3 \(\frac{9}{40}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims you can use the change-of-base formula to graph y = log3x using a graphing calculator. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph to determine the value of \(\frac{\log 8}{\log 2}\).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 7
Answer:

MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS In Exercises 43 and 44, use the function L(I ) given in Example 6.
Question 43.
The blue whale can produce sound with an intensity that is 1 million times greater than the intensity of the loudest sound a human can make. Find the difference in the decibel levels of the sounds made by a blue whale and a human.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 43

Question 44.
The intensity of the sound of a certain television advertisement is 10 times greater than the intensity of the television program. By how many decibels does the loudness increase?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 9
Answer:

Question 45.
REWRITING A FORMULA
Under certain conditions, the wind speed s (in knots) at an altitude of h meters above a grassy plain can be modeled by the function s(h) = 2 ln 100h.
a. By what amount does the wind speed increase when the altitude doubles?
b. Show that the given function can be written in terms of common logarithms as
s(h) = \(\frac{2}{\log e}\)(log h+ 2).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Determine whether the formula
logb (M + N) = logb M + logbN
is true for all positive, real values of M, N, and b(with b≠ 1). Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 47.
USING STRUCTURE
Use the properties of exponents to prove the change-of-base formula. (Hint: Let x= logb a, y = logb c, and z = logb a.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 47

Question 48.
CRITICAL THINKING
Describe three ways to transform the graph of f(x) = log x to obtain the graph of g(x) = log 100x − 1. Justify your answers.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the inequality by graphing.
Question 49.
x2 − 4 > 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 49

Question 50.
2(x − 6)2 − 5 ≥ 37
Answer:

Question 51.
x2 + 13x + 42 < 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 51

Question 52.
−x2 − 4x + 6 ≤ −6
Answer:

Solve the equation by graphing the related system of equations.
Question 53.
4x2 − 3x − 6 = −x2 + 5x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 53

Question 54.
−(x + 3)(x − 2) = x2 − 6x
Answer:

Question 55.
2x2 − 4x − 5 = −(x + 3)2 + 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.5 a 55

Question 56.
−(x + 7)2 + 5 = (x + 10)2 − 3
Answer:

Lesson 6.6 Solving Exponential and Logarithmic Equations

Essential Question How can you solve exponential and logarithmic equations?

EXPLORATION 1

Solving Exponential and Logarithmic Equations
Work with a partner. Match each equation with the graph of its related system of equations. Explain your reasoning. Then use the graph to solve the equation.
a. ex = 2
b. ln x = −1
c. 2x = 3-x
d. log4x = 1
e. log5 x = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
f. 4x = 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 1

EXPLORATION 2

Solving Exponential and Logarithmic Equations
Work with a partner. Look back at the equations in Explorations 1(a) and 1(b). Suppose you want a more accurate way to solve the equations than using a graphical approach.
a. Show how you could use a numerical approach by creating a table. For instance, you might use a spreadsheet to solve the equations.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 2
b. Show how you could use an analytical approach. For instance, you might try solving the equations by using the inverse properties of exponents and logarithms.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you solve exponential and logarithmic equations?
Answer:

Question 4.
Solve each equation using any method. Explain your choice of method.
a. 16x = 2
b. 2x = 42x+1
c. 2x = 3x+1
d. log x = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
e. ln x = 2
f. log3 x = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation.
Question 1.
2x = 5
Answer:

Question 2.
79x = 15
Answer:

Question 3.
4e-0.3x − 7 = 13
Answer:

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
In Example 2, how long will it take to cool the stew to 100ºF when the room temperature is 75ºF?
Answer:

Solve the equation. Check for extraneous solutions.
Question 5.
ln(7x − 4) = ln(2x + 11)
Answer:

Question 6.
log2(x − 6) = 5
Answer:

Question 7.
log 5x + log(x − 1) = 2
Answer:

Question 8.
log4 (x + 12) + log4 x = 3
Answer:

Solve the inequality.
Question 9.
ex < 2
Answer:

Question 10.
102x-6 > 3
Answer:

Question 11.
log x + 9 < 45 Answer: Question 12. 2 ln x − 1 > 4
Answer:

Solving Exponential and Logarithmic Equations 6.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The equation 3x-1 = 34 is an example of a(n) ___________ equation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Compare the methods for solving exponential and logarithmic equations.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
When do logarithmic equations have extraneous solutions?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 3

Question 4.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
If b is a positive real number other than 1, then bx = by if and only if _________
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–16, solve the equation.
Question 5.
73x+5 = 71-x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 5

Question 6.
e2x = e3x-1
Answer:

Question 7.
5x-3 = 25x-5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 7

Question 8.
62x-6 = 363x-5
Answer:

Question 9.
3x = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 9

Question 10.
5x = 33
Answer:

Question 11.
495x+2 = (\(\frac{1}{7}\))11-x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 11

Question 12.
5125x-1 = (\(\frac{1}{8}\))-4-x
Answer:

Question 13.
75x = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 13

Question 14.
116x = 38
Answer:

Question 15.
3e4x+9 = 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 15

Question 16.
2e2x − 7 = 5
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The length ℓ(in centimeters) of a scalloped hammerhead shark can be modeled by the function ℓ = 266 − 219-0.05t
where t is the age (in years) of the shark. How old is a shark that is 175 centimeters long?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
One hundred grams of radium are stored in a container. The amount R(in grams) of radium present after t years can be modeled by R= 100e−0.00043t. After how many years will only 5 grams of radium be present?
Answer:

In Exercises 19 and 20, use Newton’s Law of Cooling to solve the problem.
Question 19.
You are driving on a hot day when your car overheats and stops running. The car overheats at 280°F and can be driven again at 230°F. When it is 80°F outside, the cooling rate of the car is r = 0.0058. How long do you have to wait until you can continue driving?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 19

Question 20.
You cook a turkey until the internal temperature reaches 180°F. The turkey is placed on the table until the internal temperature reaches 100°F and it can be carved. When the room temperature is 72°F, the cooling rate of the turkey is r = 0.067. How long do you have to wait until you can carve the turkey?
Answer:

In Exercises 21–32, solve the equation.
Question 21.
ln(4x − 7) = ln(x + 11)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 21

Question 22.
ln(2x − 4) = ln(x + 6)
Answer:

Question 23.
log2(3x − 4) = log2 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 23

Question 24.
log(7x + 3) = log 38
Answer:

Question 25.
log2(4x + 8) = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 25

Question 26.
log3(2x + 1) = 2
Answer:

Question 27.
log7(4x + 9) = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 27

Question 28.
log5(5x + 10) = 4
Answer:

Question 29.
log(12x − 9) = log 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 29

Question 30.
log6(5x + 9) = log6 6x
Answer:

Question 31.
log2(x2 − x − 6) = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 31

Question 32.
log3(x2 + 9x + 27) = 2
Answer:

In Exercises 33–40, solve the equation. Check for extraneous solutions.
Question 33.
log2 x + log2 (x − 2) = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 33

Question 34.
log6 3x + log6 (x − 1) = 3
Answer:

Question 35.
ln x + ln(x + 3) = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 35

Question 36.
ln x + ln(x − 2) = 5
Answer:

Question 37.
log3 3x2 + log3 3 = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 37

Question 38.
log4 (−x) + log4 (x + 10) = 2
Answer:

Question 39.
log3(x − 9) + log3(x − 3) = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 39

Question 40.
log5 (x + 4) + log5 (x + 1) = 2
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 41 and 42, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.
Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 6
Answer:

Question 43.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You deposit $100 in an account that pays 6% annual interest. How long will it take for the balance to reach $1000 for each frequency of compounding?
a. annual
b. quarterly
c. daily
d. continuously
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 43.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 43.2

Question 44.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The apparent magnitude of a star is a measure of the brightness of the star as it appears to observers on Earth. The apparent magnitude M of the dimmest star that can be seen with a telescope is M = 5 log D+ 2, where D is the diameter (in millimeters) of the telescope’s objective lens. What is the diameter of the objective lens of a telescope that can reveal stars with a magnitude of 12?
Answer:

Question 45.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Approximate the solution of each equation using the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 45

Question 46.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend states that a logarithmic equation cannot have a negative solution because logarithmic functions are not defined for negative numbers. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Answer:

In Exercises 47–54, solve the inequality.
Question 47.
9x > 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 47

Question 48.
4x ≤ 36
Answer:

Question 49.
ln x ≥ 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 49

Question 50.
log4 x< 4
Answer:

Question 51.
34x-5 < 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 51

Question 52.
e3x+4 > 11
Answer:

Question 53.
−3 log5 x + 6 ≤ 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 53

Question 54.
−4 log5 x − 5 ≥ 3
Answer:

Question 55.
COMPARING METHODS
Solve log5 x< 2 algebraically and graphically. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 55

Question 56.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You deposit $1000 in an account that pays 3.5% annual interest compounded monthly. When is your balance at least $1200? $3500?
Answer:

Question 57.
PROBLEM SOLVING
An investment that earns a rate of return r doubles in value in t years, where t = \(\frac{\ln 2}{\ln (1+r)}\) and r is expressed as a decimal. What rates of return will double the value of an investment in less than 10 years?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 57

Question 58.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your family purchases a new car for $20,000. Its value decreases by 15% each year. During what interval does the car’s value exceed $10,000?
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 59–62, use a graphing calculator to solve the equation.
Question 59.
ln 2x = 3-x+2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 59

Question 60.
log x = 7-x
Answer:

Question 61.
log x = 3x-3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 61

Question 62.
ln 2x = ex-3
Answer:

Question 63.
REWRITING A FORMULA
A biologist can estimate the age of an African elephant by measuring the length of its footprint and using the equation ℓ = 45 − 25.7e−0.09a, where ℓis the length (in centimeters) of the footprint and a is the age (in years).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 8
a. Rewrite the equation, solving for a in terms of ℓ.
b. Use the equation in part (a) to find the ages of the elephants whose footprints are shown.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 63

Question 64.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph to solve the inequality 4 ln x + 6 > 9. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 9
Answer:

Question 65.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an exponential equation that has a solution of x = 4. Then write a logarithmic equation that has a solution of x = −3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 65

Question 66.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Give examples of logarithmic or exponential equations that have one solution, two solutions, and no solutions.
Answer:

CRITICAL THINKING In Exercises 67–72, solve the equation.
Question 67.
2x+3 = 53x-1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 67

Question 68.
103x-8 = 25-x
Answer:

Question 69.
log3 (x − 6) = log9 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 69

Question 70.
log4 x = log8 4x
Answer:

Question 71.
22x − 12 • 2x + 32 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 71

Question 72.
52x + 20 • 5x − 125 = 0
Answer:

Question 73.
WRITING
In Exercises 67–70, you solved exponential and logarithmic equations with different bases. Describe general methods for solving such equations.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 73

Question 74.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When X-rays of a fixed wavelength strike a material x centimeters thick, the intensity I(x) of the X-rays transmitted through the material is given by I(x) = I0e−μx, where I0 is the initial intensity and μ is a value that depends on the type of material and the wavelength of the X-rays. The table shows the values of μ for various materials and X-rays of medium wavelength.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 10
a. Find the thickness of aluminum shielding that reduces the intensity of X-rays to 30% of their initial intensity. (Hint: Find the value of x for which I(x) = 0.3I0.)
b. Repeat part (a) for the copper shielding.
c. Repeat part (a) for the lead shielding.
d. Your dentist puts a lead apron on you before taking X-rays of your teeth to protect you from harmful radiation. Based on your results from parts (a)–(c), explain why lead is a better material to use than aluminum or copper.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.
Question 75.
(1, −2); m = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 75

Question 76.
(3, 2); m = −2
Answer:

Question 77.
(3, −8); m = − \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 77

Question 78.
(2, 5); m = 2
Answer:

Use finite differences to determine the degree of the polynomial function that fits the data. Then use technology to find the polynomial function.
Question 79.
(−3, −50), (−2, −13), (−1, 0), (0, 1), (1, 2), (2, 15), (3, 52), (4, 125)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 79

Question 80.
(−3, 139), (−2, 32), (−1, 1), (0, −2), (1, −1), (2, 4), (3, 37), (4, 146)
Answer:

Question 81.
(−3, −327), (−2, −84), (−1, −17), (0, −6), (1, −3), (2, −32), (3, −189), (4, −642)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.6 a 81

Lesson 6.7 Modeling with Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Essential Question How can you recognize polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic models?

EXPLORATION 1

Recognizing Different Types of Models
Work with a partner. Match each type of model with the appropriate scatter plot. Use a regression program to find a model that fits the scatter plot.
a. linear (positive slope)
b. linear (negative slope)
c. quadratic
d. cubic
e. exponential
f. logarithmic
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 1

EXPLORATION 2

Exploring Gaussian and Logistic Models
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 2
Work with a partner. Two common types of functions that are related to exponential functions are given. Use a graphing calculator to graph each function. Then determine the domain, range, intercept, and asymptote(s) of the function.
a. Gaussian Function: f(x) = e−x2
b. Logistic Function: f(x) = \(\frac{1}{1+e^{-x}}\)

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you recognize polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic models?
Answer:

Question4 .
Use the Internet or some other reference to find real-life data that can be modeled using one of the types given in Exploration 1. Create a table and a scatter plot of the data. Then use a regression program to find a model that fits the data.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Determine the type of function represented by the table. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 3
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 4
Answer:

Write an exponential function y = abx whose graph passes through the given points.
Question 3.
(2, 12), (3, 24)
Answer:

Question 4.
(1, 2), (3, 32)
Answer:

Question 5.
(2, 16), (5, 2)
Answer:

Question 6.
WHAT IF?
Repeat Examples 3 and 4 using the sales data from another store.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 5
Answer:

Question 7.
Use a graphing calculator to find an exponential model for the data in Monitoring Progress Question 6.
Answer:

Question 8.
Use a graphing calculator to find a logarithmic model of the form p = a + b ln h for the data in Example 6. Explain why the result is an error message.
Answer:

Modeling with Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Given a set of more than two data pairs (x, y), you can decide whether a(n) __________ function fits the data well by making a scatter plot of the points (x, ln y).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Given a table of values, explain how you can determine whether an exponential function is a good model for a set of data pairs (x, y).
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, determine the type of function represented by the table. Explain your reasoning.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 7
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 9
Answer:

In Exercises 7–16, write an exponential function y = abx whose graph passes through the given points.
Question 7.
(1, 3), (2, 12)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 7

Question 8.
(2, 24), (3, 144)
Answer:

Question 9.
(3, 1), (5, 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 9

Question 10.
(3, 27), (5, 243)
Answer:

Question 11.
(1, 2), (3, 50)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 11

Question 12.
(1, 40), (3, 640)
Answer:

Question 13.
(−1, 10), (4, 0.31)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 13

Question 14.
(2, 6.4), (5, 409.6)
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 11
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 17 and 18, describe and correct the error in determining the type of function represented by the data.
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 13
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A store sells motorized scooters. The table shows the numbers y of scooters sold during the xth year that the store has been open. Write a function that models the data.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 19

Question 20.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the numbers y of visits to a website during the xth month. Write a function that models the data. Then use your model to predict the number of visits after 1 year.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 15
Answer:

In Exercises 21–24, determine whether the data show an exponential relationship. Then write a function that models the data.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 17
Answer:

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 19
Answer:

Question 25.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Your visual near point is the closest point at which your eyes can see an object distinctly. The diagram shows the near point y (in centimeters) at age x (in years). Create a scatter plot of the data pairs (x, ln y) to show that an exponential model should be a good fit for the original data pairs (x, y). Then write an exponential model for the original data.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 25.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 25.2

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Use the data from Exercise 19. Create a scatter plot of the data pairs (x, ln y) to show that an exponential model should be a good fit for the original data pairs (x, y). Then write an exponential model for the original data.
Answer:

In Exercises 27–30, create a scatter plot of the points (x, ln y) to determine whether an exponential model fits the data. If so, find an exponential model for the data.
Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 27.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 27.2

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 22
Answer:

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 24
Answer:

Question 31.
USING TOOLS
Use a graphing calculator to find an exponential model for the data in Exercise 19. Then use the model to predict the number of motorized scooters sold in the tenth year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 31

Question 32.
USING TOOLS
A doctor measures an astronaut’s pulse rate y (in beats per minute) at various times x(in minutes) after the astronaut has finished exercising. The results are shown in the table. Use a graphing calculator to find an exponential model for the data. Then use the model to predict the astronaut’s pulse rate after 16 minutes.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 25
Answer:

Question 33.
USING TOOLS
An object at a temperature of 160°C is removed from a furnace and placed in a room at 20°C. The table shows the temperatures d (in degrees Celsius) at selected times t (in hours) after the object was removed from the furnace. Use a graphing calculator to find a logarithmic model of the form t = a +b ln d that represents the data. Estimate how long it takes for the object to cool to 50°C.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 26
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 33

Question 34.
USING TOOLS
The f-stops on a camera control the amount of light that enters the camera. Let s be a measure of the amount of light that strikes the film and let f be the f-stop. The table shows several f-stops on a 35-millimeter camera. Use a graphing calculator to find a logarithmic model of the form s = a + b ln f that represents the data. Estimate the amount of light that strikes the film when f = 5.657.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 27
Answer:

Question 35.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The table shows the average weight (in kilograms) of an Atlantic cod that is x years old from the Gulf of Maine.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 28
a. Show that an exponential model fits the data. Then find an exponential model for the data.
b. By what percent does the weight of an Atlantic cod increase each year in this period of time? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows a set of data points (x, ln y). Do the data pairs (x, y) fit an exponential pattern? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 29
Answer:

Question 37.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says it is possible to find a logarithmic model of the form d = a + b ln t for the data in Exercise 33. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 37

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is it possible to write y as an exponential function of x? Explain your reasoning. (Assume p is positive.)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 30
Answer:

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
You plant a sunflower seedling in your garden. The height h (in centimeters) of the seedling after t weeks can be modeled by the logistic function
h(t) = \(\frac{256}{1+13 e^{-0.65 t}}\)
a. Find the time it takes the sunflower seedling to reach a height of 200 centimeters.
b. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Interpret the meaning of the asymptote in the context of this situation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 39

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Tell whether x and y are in a proportional relationship. Explain your reasoning.
Question 40.
y = \(\frac{x}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
y = 3x − 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 41

Question 42.
y = \(\frac{5}{x}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
y = −2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 43

Identify the focus, directrix, and axis of symmetry of the parabola. Then graph the equation.
Question 44.
x = \(\frac{1}{8}\)y2
Answer:

Question 45.
y = 4x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 45

Question 46.
x2 = 3y
Answer:

Question 47.
y2 = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 a 47

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Performance Task: Measuring Natural Disasters

6.5–6.7 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
exponential equations, p. 334
logarithmic equations, p. 335

Core Concepts
Section 6.5
Properties of Logarithms, p. 328
Change-of-Base Formula, p. 329

Section 6.6
Property of Equality for Exponential Equations, p. 334
Property of Equality for Logarithmic Equations, p. 335

Section 6.7
Classifying Data, p. 342
Writing Exponential Functions, p. 343
Using Exponential and Logarithmic Regression, p. 345

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
Explain how you used properties of logarithms to rewrite the function in part (b) of Exercise 45 on page 332.
Answer:

Question 2.
How can you use cases to analyze the argument given in Exercise 46 on page 339?
Answer:

Performance Task Measuring Natural Disasters
In 2005, an earthquake measuring 4.1 on the Richter scale barely shook the city of Ocotillo, California, leaving virtually no damage. But in 1906, an earthquake with an estimated 8.2 on the same scale devastated the city of San Francisco. Does twice the measurement on the Richter scale mean twice the intensity of the earthquake?
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 6.7 31

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Chapter Review

6.1 Exponential Growth and Decay Functions (pp. 295–302)

Tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent increase or decrease. Then graph the function.
Question 1.
f (x) = (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x
Answer:

Question 2.
y = 5x
Answer:

Question 3.
f(x) = (0.2)x
Answer:

Question 4.
You deposit $1500 in an account that pays 7% annual interest. Find the balance after 2 years when the interest is compounded daily.
Answer:

6.2 The Natural Base e (pp. 303–308)

Simplify the expression.
Question 5.
e4 • e11
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{20 e^{3}}{10 e^{6}}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
(−3e-5x)2
Answer:

Tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Then graph the function.
Question 8.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)ex
Answer:

Question 9.
y = 6e-x
Answer:

Question 10.
y = 3e-0.75x
Answer:

6.3 Logarithms and Logarithmic Functions (pp. 309–316)

Evaluate the logarithm.
Question 11.
log2 8
Answer:

Question 12.
log6 \(\frac{1}{36}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
log2 1
Answer:

Find the inverse of the function.
Question 14.
f(x) = 8x
Answer:

Question 15.
y = ln(x − 4)
Answer:

Question 16.
y = log(x+ 9)
Answer:

Question 17.
Graph y = log1/5 x.
Answer:

6.4 Transformations of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions (pp. 317–324)

Describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then graph each function.
Question 18.
f(x) = e-x, g(x) = -5x − 8
Answer:

Question 19.
f(x) = log4 x, g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)log4 (x + 5)
Answer:

Write a rule for g.
Question 20.
Let the graph of g be a vertical stretch by a factor of 3, followed by a translation 6 units left and 3 units up of the graph of f(x) = ex.
Answer:

Question 21.
Let the graph of g be a translation 2 units down, followed by a reflection in the y-axis of the graph of f(x) = log x.
Answer:

6.5 Properties of Logarithms (pp. 327–332)

Expand or condense the logarithmic expression.
Question 22.
log8 3xy
Answer:

Question 23.
log 10x3y
Answer:

Question 24.
ln \(\frac{3 y}{x^{5}}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
3 log7 4 + log7 6
Answer:

Question 26.
log2 12 − 2 log2 x
Answer:

Question 27.
2 ln x + 5 ln 2 − ln 8
Answer:

Use the change-of-base formula to evaluate the logarithm.
Question 28.
log2 10
Answer:

Question 29.
log7 9
Answer:

Question 30.
log23 42
Answer:

6.6 Solving Exponential and Logarithmic Equations (pp. 333–340)

Solve the equation. Check for extraneous solutions.
Question 31.
5x = 8
Answer:

Question 32.
log3 (2x − 5) = 2
Answer:

Question 33.
ln x + ln(x + 2) = 3
Answer:

Solve the inequality.
Question 34.
6x > 12
Answer:

Question 35.
ln x ≤ 9
Answer:

Question 36.
e4x-2 ≥ 16
Answer:

6.7 Modeling with Exponential and Logarithmic Functions (pp. 341–348)

Write an exponential model for the data pairs (x, y).
Question 37.
(3, 8), (5, 2)
Answer:

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions cr 38
Answer:

Question 39.
A shoe store sells a new type of basketball shoe. The table shows the pairs sold s over time t (in weeks). Use a graphing calculator to find a logarithmic model of the form s = a +b ln t that represents the data. Estimate how many pairs of shoes are sold after 6 weeks.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions cr 39
Answer:

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Chapter Test

Graph the equation. State the domain, range, and asymptote.
Question 1.
y = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x
Answer:

Question 2.
y = log1/5 x
Answer:

Question 3.
y = 4e-2x
Answer:

Describe the transformation of f represented by g. Then write a rule for g.
Question 4.
f(x) = log x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ct 4
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = ex
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ct 5
Answer:

Question 6.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\))x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ct 6
Answer:

Evaluate the logarithm. Use log3 4 ≈ 1.262 and log3 13 ≈ 2.335, if necessary.
Question 7.
log2 52
Answer:

Question 8.
log3 \(\frac{13}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
log3 16
Answer:

Question 10.
log3 8 + log3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
Describe the similarities and differences in solving the equations 45x-2 = 16 and log4(10x + 6) = 1. Then solve each equation.
Answer:

Question 12.
Without calculating, determine whether log511, \(\frac{\log 11}{\log 5}\), and \(\frac{\ln 11}{\ln 5}\) are equivalent expressions. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 13.
The amount y of oil collected by a petroleum company drilling on the U.S. continental shelf can be modeled by y = 12.263 ln x − 45.381, where y is measured in billions of barrels and x is the number of wells drilled. About how many barrels of oil would you expect to collect after drilling 1000 wells? Find the inverse function and describe the information you obtain from finding the inverse.
Answer:

Question 14.
The percent L of surface light that filters down through bodies of water can be modeled by the exponential function L(x) = 100ekx, where k is a measure of the murkiness of the water and x is the depth (in meters) below the surface.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ct 14
a. A recreational submersible is traveling in clear water with a k-value of about −0.02. Write a function that gives the percent of surface light that filters down through clear water as a function of depth.
b. Tell whether your function in part (a) represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Explain your reasoning.
c. Estimate the percent of surface light available at a depth of 40 meters.
Answer:

Question 15.
The table shows the values y (in dollars) of a new snowmobile after x years of ownership. Describe three different ways to find an exponential model that represents the data. Then write and use a model to find the year when the snowmobile is worth $2500.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ct 15
Answer:

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Select every value of b for the equation y = bx that could result in the graph shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ca 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Your friend claims more interest is earned when an account pays interest compounded continuously than when it pays interest compounded daily. Do you agree with your friend? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 3.
You are designing a rectangular picnic cooler with a length four times its width and height twice its width. The cooler has insulation that is 1 inch thick on each of the four sides and 2 inches thick on the top and bottom.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ca 3
a. Let x represent the width of the cooler. Write a polynomial function T that gives the volume of the rectangular prism formed by the outer surfaces of the cooler.
b.Write a polynomial function C for the volume of the inside of the cooler.
c. Let I be a polynomial function that represents the volume of the insulation. How is I related to T and C?
d. Write I in standard form. What is the volume of the insulation when the width of the cooler is 8 inches?
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the solution to the logarithmic inequality −4 log2 x ≥ −20?
A. x ≤ 32
B. 0 ≤ x ≤ 32
C. 0 < x ≤ 32
D. x ≥ 32
Answer:

Question 5.
Describe the transformation of f(x) = log2 x represented by the graph of g.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ca 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Let f(x) = 2x3 − 4x2 + 8x− 1, g(x) = 2x − 3x4 − 6x3+ 5, and h(x) = −7 + x2 + x. Order the following functions from least degree to greatest degree.
A. (f + g)(x)
B. (hg)(x)
C. (h − f)(x)
D. (fh)(x)
Answer:

Question 7.
Write an exponential model that represents each data set. Compare the two models.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ca 7
Answer:

Question 8.
Choose a method to solve each quadratic equation. Explain your choice of method.
a. x2 + 4x = 10
b. x2 = −12
c. 4(x − 1)2 = 6x + 2
d. xx − 3x − 18 = 0
Answer:

Question 9.
At the annual pumpkin-tossing contest, contestants compete to see whose catapult will send pumpkins the longest distance. The table shows the horizontal distances y (in feet) a pumpkin travels when launched at different angles x (in degrees). Create a scatter plot of the data. Do the data show a linear, quadratic, or exponential relationship? Use technology to find a model for the data. Find the angle(s) at which a launched pumpkin travels 500 feet.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 6 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ca 9
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors: Before knowing the numerical expressions, Grade 6 students must be familiar with composite numbers, factor pairs, and prime numbers. Refer to the concept of vocabulary terms, subtracting and adding the fractions, mixed fractions in the below sections.

Know the various terms like what is exponent, perfect square, power, composite numbers, prime numbers with the help of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors. You can also get all the answers to the questions which are available in the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors pdf format. Scroll to the below sections to check example problems, answer PDFs, etc.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors

BIM 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expression and Factors Answer key helps you in easy and quick learning. Download Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors pdf to kickstart your preparation. Get the solutions for all the questions in this article. There are various topics included in numerical expressions like Least Common Multiple, Prime Factorisation, Powers and Exponents, Order of Operations, Greatest Common Factor, Exponents and Powers. Click on the below links and prepare for the exam as per the topics.

Performance Task

Lesson 1: Powers and Exponents

Lesson 2: Order of Operations

Lesson 3: Prime Factorization

Lesson 4: Greatest Common Factor

Lesson 5: Least Common Multiple

Chapter: 1 – Numerical Expressions and Factors

Numerical Expressions and Factors Steam Video/Performance Task

Filling Piñatas

Common factors can be used to make identical groups of objects. Can you think of any situations in which you would want to separate objects into equal groups? Are there any common factors that may be more useful than others? Can you think of any other ways to use common factors?
watch the STEAM Video “Filling Piñatas.” Then answer the following questions. The table below shows the numbers of party favors that Alex and Enid use to make piñatas.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 1.1

Question 1.
When finding the number of identical piñatas that can be made, why is it helpful for Alex and Enid to list the factors of each number given in the table?

Answer: By using the list of the factors of all the numbers Alex and Enid can make identical groups of the objects.

Question 2.
You want to create 6 identical piñatas. How can you change the numbers of party favors in the table to make this happen? Can you do this without changing the total number of party favors?

Answer: You can change the number of party favors to create 6 identical pinatas.
There are 100 Mints. So divide it into two identical groups.
Change the number of mints to 50. And add 50 to new identical pinatas.

Performance Task

Setting the Table

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be asked to plan a fundraising event with the items below.
72 chairs
48 balloons
24 flowers
36 candles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 2
You will find the greatest number of identical tables that can be prepared, and what will be in each centerpiece. When making arrangements for a party, should a party planner always use the greatest number of identical tables possible? Explain why or why not.

Answer:
72 chairs = 2 × 36
= 2 × 2 × 18
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 9
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3
2, 2, 2, 3, 3
Therefore, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, and 72 are the factors of 72.
48 balloons = 2 × 24
= 2 × 2 × 12
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 6
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
The positive Integer factors of 48 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24 and 48.
The factors of number 24 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24.
The factors of number 36 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, and 36
The greatest number of identical tables possible are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12.

Numerical Expressions and Factors Getting Ready for Chapter 1

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. In Exercises 1–3, use the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 3

  1. Cross out the multiples of 2 that are greater than 2. Do the same for 3, 5, and 7.
  2. The numbers that are not crossed out are called prime numbers. The numbers that are crossed out are called composite numbers. In your own words, describe the characteristics of prime numbers and composite numbers.
  3. MODELING REAL LIFE Work with a partner. Cicadas are insects that live underground and emerge from the ground after x or x + 4 years. Is it possible that both x and x +4 are prime? Give some examples.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-1-Numerical-Numerical-Expressions-and-Factors-3
The numbers that are not crossed are 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47, 53, 59,61, 67, 71, 73, 79, 83, 89, 97.
These are not multiples of any numbers. So, the above numbers are the prime numbers.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 4

Answer:
i. First, we solve any operations inside of parentheses or brackets. Second, we solve any exponents. Third, we solve all multiplication and division from left to right. Fourth, we solve all addition and subtraction from left to right.
ii. “Factors” are numbers we can multiply together to get another number. When we find the factors of two or more numbers, and then find some factors are the same, then they are the “common factors”.
iii. A common multiple is a whole number that is a shared multiple of each set of numbers. The multiples that are common to two or more numbers are called the common multiples of those numbers. The smallest positive number is a multiple of two or more numbers.

Lesson 1.1 Powers and Exponents

Exploration 1
Writing Expressions Using Exponents
Work with a partner. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 5

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-1-Numerical-Numerical-Expressions-and-Factors-5
i. In your own words, describe what the two numbers in the expression 35 mean.

Answer: 35 means the number 3 repeats 5 times.
3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 243

EXPLORATION 2
Using a Calculator to Find a Pattern

Work with a partner. Copy the diagram. Use a calculator to find each value. Write one digit of the value in each box. Describe the pattern in the digits of the values.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 6

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-1-Numerical-Numerical-Expressions-and-Factors-6

1.1 Lesson

A power is a product of repeated factors. The base of a power is the repeated factor. The exponent of a power indicates the number of times the base is used as a factor.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 7
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 8

Try It
Write the product as a power.
Question 1.
2 × 2 × 2

Answer: 2³  = 8
Two cubed or three to the two. Here 2 is repeated three times.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 13

Answer: 46656 = 66

Six to the six. Here 6 is repeated six times.

Question 3.
15 × 15 × 15 × 15

Answer: 56025 = 154

15 to the power 4. Here 15 is repeated four times.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 14

Answer: 1280000000 = 207

20 to the power 7. Here 20 is repeated seven times.

Try It
Find the value of the power.

Question 5.
63

Answer: 6 × 6 × 6 = 216
The value of the power 63 is 216.

Question 6.
92

Answer: 9 × 9 = 81
The value of the power 92 is 81

Question 7.
34

Answer: 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
The value of the power 34 is 81.

Question 8.
182

Answer: 18 × 18
The value of the power 182 is 324.

Try It
Determine whether the number is a perfect square.

Question 9.
25

Answer: 5²
Yes, 25 is the perfect square.
A perfect square is a number, from a given number system, that can be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Question 10.
2

Answer: 2 is not a perfect square. 2 cannot be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Question 11.
99

Answer: 99 is not a perfect square. 99 cannot be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Question 12.
36

Answer: 6²
36 is a perfect square
A perfect square is a number, from a given number system, that can be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
FINDING VALUES OF POWERS
Find the value of the power.

Question 13.
82

Answer: 8 × 8 = 64
The value of the power 82 is 64.

Question 14.
35

Answer: 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 243
The value of the power 35 is 243.

Question 15.
113

Answer: 11 × 11 × 11 = 1331
The value of the power 113 is 1331.

Question 16.
VOCABULARY
How are exponents and powers different?

Answer:
An expression that represents repeated multiplication of the same factor is called a power. The number 5 is called the base, and the number 2 is called the exponent. The exponent corresponds to the number of times the base is used as a factor.

Question 17.
VOCABULARY
Is 10 a perfect square? Is 100 a perfect square? Explain.

Answer: 10 is not a perfect square.
A perfect square is a number that is generated by multiplying two equal integers by each other.
100 is a perfect square. Because 10 × 10 = 100.

Question 18.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which one does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 15

Answer:
24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 16
32 = 3 × 3 = 9
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 3 × 4
5.5.5 = 125
The 3rd option does not belong to the other three expressions.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 19.
A square solar panel has an area of 16 square feet. Write the area as a power. Then find the side lengths of the panel.

Answer: 4 feet

Explanation:
Given that,
A square solar panel has an area of 16 square feet.
A = s × s
16 = s²
4² = s²
s = 4
Thus the side length of the panel is 4 feet.

Question 20.
The four-square court shown is a square made up of four identical smaller squares. What is the area of the court?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 16

Answer:
Given,
The four-square court shown is a square made up of four identical smaller squares.
The side of each square is 6 feet.
6 + 6 = 12 feet
The area of the court is 12 ft × 12 ft
A = 144 square feet
Thus the area of the court is 144 square feet.

Question 21.
DIG DEEPER!
Each face of a number cube is a square with a side length of 16 millimeters. What is the total area of all of the faces of the number cube?

Answer:
Given that,
Each face of a number cube is a square with a side length of 16 millimeters.
Area of the cube = 6 a²
A = 6 × 16 × 16
A = 1536 sq. mm

Powers and Exponents Practice 1.1

Review & Refresh

Multiply.

Question 1.
150 × 2

Answer: 300

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 150 and 2.
First multiply 2 with ones place 2 × 0 = 0
Next multiply with tens place 2 × 50 = 100
Next multiply with hundreds place 2 × 100 = 200
200 + 100 = 300

Question 2.
175 × 8

Answer: 1400

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 175 and 8.
First, multiply 2 with ones place 8 × 5 = 40
Next multiply with tens place 8 × 70= 560
Next multiply with hundreds place 8 × 100 = 800
800 + 560 + 40 = 1400

Question 3.
123 × 3

Answer: 369

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 123 and 3.
First multiply 2 with ones place 3 × 3 = 9
Next multiply with tens place 3 × 20 = 60
Next multiply with hundreds place 3 ×100 = 300
300 + 60 + 9 = 369

Question 4.
151 × 9

Answer: 1359

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 151 and 9.
First multiply 2 with ones place 9 × 1 = 9
Next multiply with tens place 9 × 50 = 450
Next multiply with hundreds place 9 × 100 = 900
900 + 450 + 9 = 1359

Write the sentence as a numerical expression.

Question 5.
Add 5 and 8, then multiply by 4.

Answer: The numerical expression for the above sentence is 5 + 8 × 4

Question 6.
Subtract 7 from 11, then divide by 2.

Answer: The numerical expression for the above sentence is 11 – 7 ÷ 2
Round the number to the indicated place value.

Question 7.
4.03785 to the tenths

Answer: The number 4.03785 nearest to the tenths is 4.0

Question 8.
12.89503 to the hundredths

Answer: The number 12.89503 nearest to the hundredths is 12.90

Complete the sentence.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 17

Answer: 3

Explanation:
(1/10) × 30 = 30/10 = 3
The product of 1/10 and 30 is 3.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 18

Answer: 20

Explanation:
(4/5) × 25 = 4 × 5 = 20
The product of 4/5 and 25 is 20.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING EXPRESSIONS USING EXPONENTS
Copy and complete the table. (See Exploration 1, p. 3.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 19

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-1-Numerical-Numerical-Expressions-and-Factors-19
WRITING EXPRESSIONS AS POWERS
Write the product as a power.

Question 15.
9 × 9

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 9²

Question 16.
13 × 13

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 13²

Question 17.
15 × 15 × 15

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 15³

Question 18.
2.2.2.2.2

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 25

Question 19.
14 × 14 × 14

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 14³

Question 20.
8.8.8.8

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 84

Question 21.
11 × 11 × 11 × 11 × 11

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 115

Question 22.
7.7.7.7.7.7

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 76

Question 23.
16.16.16.16

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 164

Question 24.
43 × 43 × 43 × 43 × 43

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 435

Question 25.
167 × 167 × 167

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 167³

Question 26.
245.245.245.245

Answer: The exponential form of the given expression is 2454

FINDING VALUES OF POWERS
Find the value of the power.

Question 27.
52

Answer: The value of the powers 52 is 5 × 5 = 25

Question 28.
43

Answer: The value of the powers 43 is 4 × 4 × 4 = 64

Question 29.
62

Answer: The value of the powers 62 is 6 × 6 = 36

Question 30.
17

Answer: The value of the powers 17 is 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 = 1

Question 31.
03

Answer: The value of the powers 03 is 0 × 0 × 0 = 0

Question 32.
84

Answer: The value of the powers 84 is 8 × 8 × 8 × 8 = 4096

Question 33.
24

Answer: The value of the powers 24 is 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 64

Question 34.
122

Answer: The value of the powers 122 is 12 × 12 = 144

Question 35.
73

Answer: The value of the powers 73 is 7 × 7 × 7 = 343

Question 36.
54

Answer: The value of the powers 54 is 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 625

Question 37.
25

Answer: The value of the powers 25 is 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 32

Question 38.
142

Answer: The value of the powers 142 is 14 × 14 = 196

USING TOOLS
Use a calculator to find the value of the power.

Question 39.
76

Answer: 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 = 117649

Question 40.
48

Answer: 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 = 256

Question 41.
124

Answer: 12 × 12 × 12 × 12 = 20736

Question 42.
175

Answer: 17 × 17 × 17 × 17 × 17 = 1419857

Question 43.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the value of 83. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 20

Answer: Your friend is incorrect
83 is nothing but 8 repeats 3 times.
83 = 8 × 8 × 8 = 512

IDENTIFYING PERFECT SQUARES
Determine whether the number is a perfect square.

Question 44.
8

Answer: 8 is not the perfect square. 8 cannot be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Question 45.
4

Answer: 4 is a perfect square.
A perfect square is a number, from a given number system, that can be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Question 46.
81

Answer: 81 perfect square
A perfect square is a number, from a given number system, that can be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Question 47.
44

Answer: 44 is not the perfect square. 44 cannot be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system

Question 48.
49

Answer: 49 is a perfect square
A perfect square is a number, from a given number system, that can be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Question 49.
125

Answer: 125 is not the perfect square. 125 cannot be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system

Question 50.
150

Answer: 150 is not the perfect square. 150 cannot be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system

Question 51.
144

Answer: 144 is the perfect square
A perfect square is a number, from a given number system, that can be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system.

Question 52.
MODELING REAL LIFE
On each square centimeter of a person’s skin, there are about 392 bacteria. How many bacteria does this expression represent?

Answer:
Given,
On each square centimeter of a person’s skin, there are about 392 bacteria.
392  = 39 × 39 = 1521 centimeters
Thus the bacteria represents 1521 centimeters.

Question 53.
REPEATED REASONING
The smallest figurine in a gift shop is 2 inches tall. The height of each figurine is twice the height of the previous figurine. What is the height of the tallest figurine?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 21

Answer:
Given that,
The smallest figurine in a gift shop is 2 inches tall. The height of each figurine is twice the height of the previous figurine.
The second figurine is twice that of the first figurine = 2 × 2 = 4 inches
The third figurine is twice that of the second figurine = 4 × 4 = 16 inches
The fourth figurine is twice that of the third figurine = 16 × 16 = 256 inches
Thus the height of the tallest figurine is 256 inches.

Question 54.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A square painting measures 2 meters on each side. What is the area of the painting in square centimeters?

Answer:
Given that,
A square painting measures 2 meters on each side.
Area of the square = s × s
A = 2 m × 2 m = 4 sq. meters
Thus the area of the painting in square centimeters is 4.

Question 55.
NUMBER SENSE
Write three powers that have values greater than 120 and less than 130.

Answer:
11² = 11(11) = 121; this is between 120 and 130.
5³ = 5(5)(5) = 25(5) = 125; this is between 120 and 130.
2⁷ = 2(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2) = 4(2)(2)(2)(2)(2) = 8(2)(2)(2)(2) = 16(2)(2)(2) = 32(2)(2) = 64(2) = 128; this is between 120 and 130.

Question 56.
DIG DEEPER!
A landscaper has 125 tiles to build a square patio. The patio must have an area of at least 80 square feet.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 22
a. What are the possible arrangements for the patio?

Answer:
Given that a square patio of at least 80 square feet is to be built from 125 tiles of length 12 inches or 1 foot.
Since there are 125 tiles and the patio has a shape of a square of at least 80 square feet, then the possible dimensions of the patio are
9 ft × 9 ft = 81 ft
10 ft × 10 ft = 100 ft, and
11 ft × 11 ft = 121 ft.

b. How many tiles are not used in each arrangement?

Answer:
For a patio of dimensions, 9ft by 9ft, the number of tiles that will not be used is given by 125 – 81 = 44
For a patio of dimensions, 10ft by 10ft, the number of tiles that will not be used is given by 125 – 100 = 25
For a patio of dimensions, 11ft by 11ft, the number of tiles that will not be used is given by 125 – 121 = 4

Question 57.
PATTERNS
Copy and complete the table. Describe what happens to the value of the power as the exponent decreases. Use this pattern to find the value of 40.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 23

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-1-Numerical-Numerical-Expressions-and-Factors-23
40 = 1
Thus the value of 40 is 1.

Question 58.
REPEATED REASONING
How many blocks do you need to add to Square 6 to get Square 7? to Square 9 to get Square 10? to Square 19 to get Square 20? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 24

Answer:
You need to add 14 blocks to get square 7. The square 7 contains 7 × 7 = 49 blocks
You need to add 32 blocks to get square 9. The square 9 contains 9 × 9 = 81 blocks
You need to add 19 blocks to get square 10. The square 10 contains 10 × 10 = 100 blocks
You need to add 261 blocks to get square 19. The square 19 contains 19 × 19 = 361 blocks
You need to add 39 blocks to get square 20. The square 20 contains 20 × 20 = 400 blocks

Lesson 1.2 Order of Operations

Order of Operations

EXPLORATION 1
Comparing Different Orders

Work with a partner. Find the value of each expression by using different orders of operations. Are your answers the same?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 25

Answer:
The answers for all the expressions are not the same. The values of each expression will change if you change the order of operations.
a. 3 + 2 × 2
5 × 2 = 10
Multiply, then add
3 + 2 × 2
3 + 4 = 7
b. Subtract then multiply
18 – 3 × 3
15 × 3 = 45
Multiply, then subtract
18 – 3 × 3
18 – 9 = 9
c. Multiply, then subtract
8 × 8 – 2
64 – 2 = 62
Subtract, then Multiply
8 × 8 – 2
8 × 6 = 48
d. Multiply, then add
6 × 6 + 2
36 + 2 = 38
Add, then multiply
6 × 6 + 2
6 × 8 = 48

EXPLORATION 2
Determining Order of Operations
Work with a partner.
a. Scientific calculators use a standard order of operations when evaluating expressions. Why is a standard order of operations needed?

Answer: The order of operations is a rule that tells you the right order in which to solve different parts of a math problem. The order of operations is important because it guarantees that people can all read and solve a problem in the same way.

b. Use a scientific calculator to evaluate each expression in Exploration 1. Enter each expression exactly as written. For each expression, which order of operations is correct?

Answer:
a. 3 + 2 × 2  – Multiply, then add
b. 18 – 3 × 3 – Multiply, then subtract
c. 8 × 8 – 2 – Multiply, then subtract
d. 6 × 6 + 2 – Multiply, then add

c. What order of operations should be used to evaluate 3 + 22, 18 − 32, 82 − 2, and 62 + 2?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 26

Answer:
Solve the expressions by using the calculator.
a. 3 + 2 × 2
3 + 4 = 7
b. 18 – 3 × 3
18 – 9 = 9
c. 8 × 8 – 2
64 – 2 = 62
d. 6 × 6 + 2
36 + 2 = 38
d. Do 18 ÷ 3.3 and 18 ÷ 32 have the same value? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 27

Answer: No

Explanation:
18 ÷ 3.3
(18 ÷ 3) × 3
6 × 3 = 18
18 ÷ 32  = 2
By using the calculator you can find the difference.
e. How does evaluating powers fit into the order of operations?

Answer:
When an expression has parentheses and powers, evaluate it in the following order: contents of parentheses, powers from left to right, multiplication and division from left to right, and addition and subtraction from left to right.

1.2 Lesson

A numerical expression is an expression that contains numbers and operations. To evaluate, or find the value of, a numerical expression, use a set of rules called the order of operations.
Key Idea
order of operations

  1. Perform operations in grouping symbols.
  2. Evaluate numbers with exponents.
  3. Multiply and divide from left to right.
  4. Add and subtract from left to right.

Try It
a. Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
7.5 + 3

Answer: 56

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
7(5 + 3) = 7 × 8
= 56

Question 2.
(28 – 20) ÷ 4

Answer: 2

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
28 – 20 = 8
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Question 3.
[6 + (15 – 10)] × 5

Answer: 55

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
[6 + (15 – 10)] × 5
[6 + 5] × 5
11 × 5 = 55

Try It
Evaluate the expression.

Question 4.
6 + 24 – 1

Answer: 21

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
6 + 24 – 1
6 + (16 – 1)
6 + 15 = 21
6 + 24 – 1 = 21

Question 5.
4.32 + 18 – 9

Answer: 45

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
4.32 + (18 – 9)
4.32 + 9
4 × 9 + 9
36 + 9 = 45

Question 6.
16 + (52 – 7) ÷ 3

Answer:

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
16 + (52 – 7) ÷ 3
16 + (25 – 7) ÷ 3
16 + (18) ÷ 3
16 + (18 ÷ 3)
16 + 6 = 22

Thee symbols × and . are used to indicate multiplication. You can also use parentheses to indicate multiplication. For example, 3(2 +7) is the same as 3 × (2 + 7).

Try It
Evaluate the expression.

Question 7.
50 + 6(12 ÷ 4) – 82

Answer: 4

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
50 + 6(12 ÷ 4) – 82
50 + 6(3) – 82
50 + 18 – 82
50 + 18 – 64
68 – 64
4

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 28

Answer: 24

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
5² – 1/5 (10 – 5)
5² – 1/5 (5)
5² – 1
25 – 1
24

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 29

Answer:

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
8(2+5) = 8 × 7
(8 × 7)/7 = 8

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression.

Question 10.
7 + 2.4

Answer: 15

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
7 + 2 × 4 = 7 + 8 = 15

Question 11.
8 ÷ 4 × 2

Answer: 4

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
8 ÷ 4 = 2
2 × 2 = 4

Question 12.
3(5 + 1) ÷ 32

Answer: 2

Explanation:
You have to evaluate the expression from left to right.
3(5 + 1) ÷ 32
3 × 6 ÷ 32
18 ÷ 9 =2

Question 13.
WRITING
Why does 12 − 8 ÷ 2 = 2?

Answer:
12 − 8 ÷ 2
4 ÷ 2 = 2

Question 14.
REASONING
Describe the steps in evaluating the expression 8 ÷ (6 − 4) + 32.

Answer:
8 ÷ (6 − 4) + 32
8 ÷ 2 + 32
4 + 9 = 13

Question 15.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 30

Answer: (52 – 8) × 2 does not belong to the other three. Because the order of operations and expressions are different for the fourth option.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
A square plot of land has side lengths of 40 meters. An archaeologist divides the land into 64 equal parts. What is the area of each part?

Answer:
Given that,
A square plot of land has side lengths of 40 meters.
An archaeologist divides the land into 64 equal parts.
Side of the square field = 40m
Area of the square field = s × s
A = 40m × 40m
A = 1600 sq.m
Area of each part of the square = 1600/64 = 25 sq.m

Question 17.
A glass block window is made of two different-sized glass squares. The window has side lengths of 40 inches. The large glass squares have side lengths of 10 inches. Find the total area of the small glass squares.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 31

Answer:
Given,
A glass block window is made of two different-sized glass squares.
The window has side lengths of 40 inches. The large glass squares have side lengths of 10 inches.
40 × 10 = 400

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
A square vegetable garden has side lengths of 12 feet. You plant flowers in the center portion as shown. You divide the remaining space into 4 equal sections and plant tomatoes, onions, zucchini, and peppers. What is the area of the onion section?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 32

Answer:
A square vegetable garden has side lengths of 12 feet.
You plant flowers in the center portion of the garden, a square that has side lengths of 4 feet.
You divide the remaining space into 4 equal sections and plant tomatoes, onions, zucchini, and peppers.
Given that,
→ side of the square vegetable garden is = 12 feet.
So,
→ Area of square vegetable garden = (side)² = (12)² = 144 feet².
Now, given that, inside this area, there is a square of side 4 feet reserved for flowers.
So,
→ The area of the flower section = (side)² = (4)² = 16 feet².
Therefore,
→ The rest of the garden that is intended for vegetables is = The total garden area – The flower section area = 144 – 16 = 128 feet².
Now, this remaining area is to be divided into four equal sections.
So,
→ The area of the onion section = (1/4) of remaining area = (1/4) × 128 = 32 feet².

Order of Operations Practice 1.2

Review & Refresh

Write the product as a power.

Question 1.
11 × 11 × 11 × 11

Answer: The exponent for the product 11 × 11 × 11 × 11 is 114

Question 2.
13 × 13 × 13 × 13 × 13

Answer: The exponent for the product 13 × 13 × 13 × 13 × 13 is 135
Find the missing dimension of the rectangular prism.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 33

Answer:
Given that,
l = 6 in.
b = 4 in.
h = ?
v = 192 cu. in
Volume of the rectangular prism = lbh
192 = 6 × 4 × h
h = 192/24
h = 8
Thus the height of the rectangular prism is 8 inches.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 34

Answer:
Given that,
h = 9m
b = 3m
v = 135 cu. m
l = ?
The volume of the rectangular prism = lbh
135 = l × 3 × 9
135 = l × 27
l = 5m

Tell whether the number is prime or composite.

Question 5.
9

Answer: Composite Number
A natural number greater than 1 that is not prime is called a composite number.

Question 6.
11

Answer: Prime Number
A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that is not a product of two smaller natural numbers.

Question 7.
23

Answer: Prime Number
A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that is not a product of two smaller natural numbers.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING DIFFERENT ORDERS
Find the value of the expression by using different orders of operations. Are your answers the same? (See Exploration 1, p. 9.)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 35

Answer:
4 + 6 × 6
10 × 6 = 60
4 + 6 × 6
4 + 36 = 40

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 36

Answer:
5 × 5 – 3
5 × 2 = 10
5 × 5 – 3
25 – 3 = 22

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression.

Question 10.
5 + 18 ÷ 6

Answer: 8

Explanation:
First, divide then divide.
5 + 3 = 8

Question 11.
(11 – 3) ÷ 2 + 1

Answer:

Explanation:
First, subtract and divide.
(11 – 3) ÷ 2 + 1
8 ÷ 2 + 1
4 + 1 = 5

Question 12.
45 ÷ 9 × 2

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The first divide then multiply.
45 ÷ 9 × 2
5 × 2 = 10

Question 13.
62 – 3.4

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Multiply then subtract
62 – 3.4
36 – 12
24

Question 14.
42 ÷ (15 – 23)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Subtract then divide.
42 ÷ (15 – 8)
42 ÷ 7
6

Question 15.
42.2 + 8.7

Answer: 88

Explanation:
Multiply then add
42.2 + 8.7
16 × 2 + 56
32 + 56 = 88

Question 16.
(52 – 2) × 15 + 4

Answer: 27

Explanation:
(52 – 2) × 15 + 4
(25 – 2) × 1 + 4
Add, subtract then multiply
23 + 4 = 27

Question 17.
4 + 2 × 32 – 9

Answer: 13

Explanation:
4 + 2 × 32 – 9
4 + 18 – 9
4 + 9 = 13

Question 18.
8 ÷ 2 × 3 + 42 ÷ 4

Answer: 16

Explanation:
8 ÷ 2 × 3 + 42 ÷ 4
(4 × 3) + (16 ÷ 4)
12 + 4
16

Question 19.
32 + 12 ÷ (6 – 3) × 8

Answer: 41

Explanation:
32 + 12 ÷ (6 – 3) × 8
9 + (12 ÷ (6 – 3)) × 8
9 + (12 ÷ 3) × 8
9 + 4 × 8
9 + 32
41

Question 20.
(10 + 4) ÷ (26 – 19)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Add, subtract then divide
(10 + 4) ÷ (26 – 19)
14 ÷ 7
2

Question 21.
(52 – 4).2 – 18

Answer: 24

Explanation:
((52 – 4).2) – 18
((25 – 4) × 2) – 18
(21 × 2) – 18
42 – 18
24

Question 22.
2 × [(16 – 8) × 2]

Answer: 32

Explanation:
2 × [(16 – 8) × 2]
2 × [8 × 2]
2 × 16
32

Question 23.
12 + 8 × 33 – 24

Answer: 204

Explanation:
12 + 8 × 33 – 24
12 + (8 × 27) – 24
12 + 216 – 24
12 + 192 = 204

Question 24.
62 ÷ [(2 + 4) × 23]

Answer: 48

Explanation:
62 ÷ [(2 + 4) × 23]
36 ÷ [(2 + 4) × 23]
36 ÷ 6 × 8
6 × 8
48

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates the expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 37

Answer: Your friend is incorrect.
9 + 3 × 3²
9 + (27)
36

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 38

Answer:
19 – 6 + 12
13 + 12
25

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You need to read 20 poems in 5 days for an English project. Each poem is 2 pages long. Evaluate the expression 20 × 2 ÷ 5 to find how many pages you need to read each day.

Answer:
Given,
You need to read 20 poems in 5 days for an English project. Each poem is 2 pages long.
20 × 2 ÷ 5
40 ÷ 5 = 8
Thus you need to read 8 pages each day.

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression.

Question 28.
12 – 2(7 – 4)

Answer:
12 -(2 × (7 – 4))
12 – (2 × 3)
12 – 6 = 6

Question 29.
4(3 + 5) – 3(6 -2)

Answer:
4(3 + 5) – 3(6 -2)
4 × 8 – 3 × 4
32 – 12
20

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 39

Answer:
6 + 1/4 (12 -8)
6 + 1/4(4)
6 + 1
7

Question 31.
92 – 8(6 + 2)

Answer:
81 – (8(6 + 2))
81 – (8 × 8)
81 – 64
17

Question 32.
4(3 – 1)3 + 7(6) – 52

Answer:
4(3 – 1)3 + 7(6) – 52
4(2)3 + 7(6) – 52
4 × 8 + 42 – 25
32 + 42 – 25 = 49

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 40

Answer:
8[(1 1/6 + 5/6) ÷ 4]
[8[7/6 + 5/6] ÷ 4]
8[12/6] ÷ 4
8[2 ÷ 4]
8(1/2)
4

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 41

Answer:
49 – 2((11-3)/8)
49 – 2 (8/8)
49 – 2
47

Question 35.
8(7.3 + 3.7 – 8) ÷ 2

Answer:
8(7.3 + 3.7 – 8) ÷ 2
(8(7.3 + 3.7 – 8)) ÷ 2
8 (11 – 8) ÷ 2
8 × 3 ÷ 2
24 ÷ 2
12

Question 36.
24(5.2 – 3.2) ÷ 4

Answer:
24(5.2 – 3.2) ÷ 4
16 (5.2 – 3.2) ÷ 4
16 (2) ÷ 4
32 ÷ 4
8

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 42

Answer:
36(3+5)/4
36 × 8/4
36 × 2
72

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 43

Answer:
(144 – 24 + 1)/121
121/121
1

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 44

Answer:
26 ÷ 2 + 5 = 18
18/6 = 3

Question 40.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Before a show, there are 8 people in a theater. Five groups of 4 people enter, and then three groups of 2 people leave. Evaluate the expression 8 + 5(4) − 3(2) to find how many people are in the theater.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 45

Answer:
Given,
Before a show, there are 8 people in a theater. Five groups of 4 people enter, and then three groups of 2 people leave.
8 + (5 × 4) – (3 × 2)
8 + 20 – 6
28 – 6
22

Question 41.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The front door of a house is painted white and blue. Each window is a square with a side length of 7 inches. What is the area of the door that is painted blue?

Answer:
Given,
The front door of a house is painted white and blue. Each window is a square with a side length of 7 inches.
Area of the square = s × s
A = 7 in × 7 in
A = 49 sq. inches
Therefore the area of the door that is painted blue is 49 sq. inches.

Question 42.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You buy 6 notebooks, 10 folders, 1 pack of pencils, and 1 lunch box for school. After using a $10 gift card, how much do you owe? Explain how you solved the problem.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 46

Answer:
Given,
You buy 6 notebooks, 10 folders, 1 pack of pencils, and 1 lunch box for school.
Cost of 1 notebook = $2
6 notebooks = 6 × $2 = $12
Cost of 1 folder = $1
10 folders = 10 × $1 = $10
Cost of 1 pack of pencils = $3
Cost of 1 lunch box = $8
So the total cost is $11 + $10 + $3 + $8 = $31
You used $10 gift card.
$31 – $10 = $21
Thus you ow $21.

Question 43.
OPEN-ENDED
Use all four operations and at least one exponent to write an expression that has a value of 100.

Answer: You need to use +, -, ×, ÷  operations to write the expressions that have the value of 100.
(34 – 1) × 3 + 3² ÷ 9 = 100

Question 44.

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 47

REPEATED REASONING
A Petri dish contains 35 cells. Every day, each cell in the Petri dish divides into 2 cells in a process called mitosis. How many cells are there after 14 days? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Given,
A Petri dish contains 35 cells. Every day, each cell in the Petri dish divides into 2 cells in a process called mitosis
35 ÷ 2 = 17.5
1 day = 0.5 + 0.5 cells
14 days = 14 × 1 = 14 cells
17.5 – 14 = 3.5
Thus there are 3.5 cells after 14 days.

Question 45.
REASONING
Two groups collect litter along the side of a road. It takes each group 5 minutes to clean up a 200-yard section. How long does it take both groups working together to clean up 2 miles? Explain how you solved the problem.

Answer:
Given,
Two groups collect litter along the side of a road. It takes each group 5 minutes to clean up a 200-yard section.
To convert 2 miles to yards, you have to multiply 2 by 1760, because 1 mile equals to 1760 yards:
2 × 1760 = 3520 yards.
If you would like to know how long does it take to clean up 2 miles, you can calculate this using the following steps:
5 × 3520 = 200 × x
17600 = 200 × x /200
x = 17600 / 200
x = 88 minutes

Question 46.
NUMBER SENSE
Copy each statement. Insert +, −, ×, or ÷ symbols to make each statement true.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 48

Answer:
You can find the value by using the calculator by inserting the suitable operations.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-6th-Grade-Chapter-1-Numerical-Numerical-Expressions-and-Factors-48

Lesson 1.3 Prime Factorization

Prime Factorization

EXPLORATION 1
Rewriting Numbers as Products of Factors

Work with a partner. Two students use factor trees to write 108 as a product of factors, as shown below.

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 49
a. Without using 1 as a factor, can you write 108 as a product with more factors than each student used? Justify your answer. Math Practice
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 50

Answer: Yes you can find the factors by using the prime factorization.
108 = 2 × 54
= 2 × 2 × 27
= 2 × 2 × 3 × 9
= 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3

b. Use factor trees to write 80, 162, and 300 as products of as many factors as possible. Do not use 1 as a factor.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 50.1

Answer:
80 = 2 × 40
= 2 × 2 × 20
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 10
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5
162 = 2 × 81
= 2 × 3 × 27
= 2 × 3 × 3 × 9
= 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
300 = 2 × 150
= 2 × 2 × 75
= 2 × 2 × 3 × 25
= 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 5

c. Compare your results in parts (a) and (b) with other groups. For each number, identify the product with the greatest number of factors. What do these factors have in common?

Answer: 300 contains the greatest number of factors. (2, 2, 3, 5, 5)

1.3 Lesson

Because 2 is a factor of 10 and 2 . 5 =10, 5 is also a factor of 10. The pair 2, 5 is called a factor pair of 10.

Try It
List the factor pairs of the number.

Question 1.
18

Answer: The factor pairs of 18 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18

Explanation:
1 × 18 = 18
2 × 9 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
6 × 3 = 18
9 × 2 = 18
18 × 1 = 18

Question 2.
24

Answer: The factor pairs of 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24

Explanation:
1 × 24 = 24
2 × 12 = 24
3 × 8 = 24
4 × 6 = 24
6 × 4 = 24
8 × 3 = 24
12 × 2 = 24
24 × 1 = 24

Question 3.
51

Answer: The factor pairs of 1, 3, 17, 51

Explanation:
1 × 51 = 51
3 × 17 = 51
17 × 3 = 51
51 × 1 = 15

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
The woodwinds section of the marching band has 38 members. Which has more possible arrangements, the brass section or the woodwinds section? Explain.

Answer: Brass section. 38 has only two-factor pairs.
38 = 1 × 38
= 2 × 19

Key Idea

Prime Factorization
The prime factorization of a composite number is the number written as a product of its prime factors.
You can use factor pairs and a factor tree to help find the prime factorization of a number. The factor tree is complete when only prime factors appear in the product. A factor tree for 60 is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 51
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 52

Try It
Write the prime factorization of the number.

Question 5.
20

Answer:
The Prime Factorization is:
2 x 2 x 5
In Exponential Form:
2² x 51
CSV Format:
2, 2, 5

Question 6.
88

Answer:
88 = 2 × 44
= 2 × 2 × 22
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 11
The Prime Factorization is: 2 × 2 × 2 × 11

Question 7.
90

Answer:
90 = 2 × 45
= 2 × 3 × 15
= 2 × 3 × 3 × 5
The Prime Factorization is: 2 × 3 × 3 × 5

Question 8.
462

Answer:
= 2 × 231
= 2 × 3 × 77
= 2 × 3 × 7 × 11
The Prime Factorization is: 2 × 3 × 7 × 11

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING A PRIME FACTORIZATION
Write the prime factorization of the number.

Question 9.
14

Answer:
14 = 2 × 7
The Prime Factorization is: 2 × 7

Question 10.
86

Answer:
86 = 2 × 43
The Prime Factorization is: 2 × 43

Question 11.
40

Answer:
40 = 2 × 20
= 2 × 2 × 10
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 5
The Prime Factorization is: 2 × 2 × 2 × 5

Question 12.
516

Answer:
516 = 2 × 258
= 2 × 2 × 129
= 2 × 2 × 3 × 43
The Prime Factorization is: 2 × 2 × 3 × 43

Question 13.
WRITING
Explain the difference between prime numbers and composite numbers.

Answer:
A prime number is a number that has exactly two factors i.e. ‘1’ and the number itself. A composite number has more than two factors, which means apart from getting divided by number 1 and itself, it can also be divided by at least one integer or number.

Question 14.
STRUCTURE
Your friend lists the following factor pairs and concludes that there are 6 factor pairs of 12. Explain why your friend is incorrect.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 53

Answer: Your friend is incorrect. Because there are 5-factor pairs of 12.
The factor pairs of 12 are
1 × 12 =12
2 × 6 = 12
3 × 4 = 12
4 × 3 = 12
6 × 2 = 12

Question 15.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which factor pair does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 54

Answer:
2, 28 = 2 × 28 = 56
4, 14 = 4 × 14 = 56
6, 9 = 6 × 9 = 54
7, 8 = 7 × 56
By this we can say that 6, 9 does not belong to the other three expressions.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
A group of 20 friends plays a card game. The game can be played with 2 or more teams of equal size. Each team must have atleast 2 members. List the possible numbers and sizes of teams.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 55

Answer:
Given,
A group of 20 friends plays a card game. The game can be played with 2 or more teams of equal size. Each team must have at least 2 members.
20 = 1 × 20
2 × 10
4 × 5
5 × 4
10 × 2
Thus there are 5 possible numbers and size of teams.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 56
You arrange 150 chairs in rows for a school play. You want each row to have the same number of chairs. How many possible arrangements are there? Are all of the possible arrangements appropriate for the play? Explain.

Answer:
You arrange 150 chairs in rows for a school play. You want each row to have the same number of chairs.
150 = 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 25, 30, 50, 75, 150
Thus there are 12 possible arrangements appropriate for the play.

Question 18.
What is the least perfect square that is a factor of 4536? What is the greatest perfect square that is a factor of 4536?

Answer: least perfect square that is a factor of 4536

Explanation:
What is the last number of 4,536? It is this number: 4536. The answer is 6. Is 6 in the list of numbers that are never perfect squares (2, 3, 7 or 8)?
Answer: No, 6 is not in the list of numbers that are never perfect squares. Let’s continue to the next step.
Step 2:
We now need to obtain the digital root of the number. Here’s how you do it:
Split the number up and add each digit together:
4 + 5 + 3 + 6 = 18
If the answer is more than one digit, you would add each digit of the answer together again:
1 + 8 = 9
1 x 4,5362 x 2,2683 x 1,5124 x 1,1346 x 7567 x 6488 x 5679 x 50412 x 37814 x 32418 x 25221 x 21624 x 18927 x 16828 x 16236 x 12642 x 10854 x 8456 x 8163 x 72
We’re looking for a factor combination with equal numbers for X and Y (like 3×3) above. Notice there isn’t an equal factor combination, that when multiplied together, produce the number 4,536. That means 4,536 is NOT a perfect square.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
The prime factorization of a number is 24 × 34 × 54 × 72. Is the number a perfect square? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The prime factorization of a number is 24 × 34 × 54 × 72.
16 × 81 × 625 × 49 = 39690000
Yes, 39690000 is a perfect square.

Prime Factorization Practice 1.3

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
2 + 42(5 – 3)

Answer: 34

Explanation:
2 + 42(5 – 3)
2 + 42(2)
2 + 16(2) = 2 + 32 = 34

Question 2.
23 + 4 × 32

Answer: 44

Explanation:
23 + 4 × 32
8 + 4 × 9
8 + 36
44

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 57

Answer:

Explanation:
9 × 5 – 16(5/2 – 1/2)
9 × 5 – 16(4/2)
45 – 16(2)
45 – 32
13

Plot the points in a coordinate plane. Draw a line segment connecting the points.

Question 4.
(1, 1) and (4, 3)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 img_1

Question 5.
(2, 3) and (5, 9)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_2

Question 6.
(2, 5) and (4, 8)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_2

Use the Distributive Property to find the quotient. Justify your answer.

Question 7.
408 ÷ 4

Answer: 120
Write 408 as 204 and 204
204 ÷ 4 = 51
204 ÷ 4 = 51
51 + 51 = 102
408 ÷ 4 = 102

Question 8.
628 ÷ 2

Answer: 314
608 can be written as 314 and 314
314 ÷ 2 = 157
314 ÷ 2 = 157
157 + 157 = 314
628 ÷ 2 = 314

Question 9.
969 ÷ 3

Answer: 323
969 can be written as 900 and 69
900 ÷ 3 = 300
69 ÷ 3 = 23
300 + 23 = 323
969 ÷ 3 = 323

Classify the triangle in as many ways as possible.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 58

Answer: Acute
Acute angles measure less than 90 degrees. Right angles measure 90 degrees. Obtuse angles measure more than 90 degrees.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 59

Answer: Obtuse
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. However, A reflex angle measures more than 180 degrees but less than 360 degrees.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 60

Answer: Right angle
In geometry and trigonometry, a right angle is an angle of exactly 90° (degrees), corresponding to a quarter turn. If a ray is placed so that its endpoint is on a line and the adjacent angles are equal, then they are right angles.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

REWRITING A NUMBER
Write the number as a product of as many factors as possible. (See Exploration 1, p. 15.)

Question 13.
60

Answer: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60

The factors of 60 are:
1 × 60 = 60
2 × 30 = 60
3 × 20 = 60
4 × 15 = 60
5 × 12 = 60
6 × 10 = 60
10 × 6 = 60
12 × 5 = 60
15 × 4 = 60
20 × 3 = 60
30 × 2 = 60
60 × 1 = 60

Question 14.
63

Answer: The factors of 63 are 1, 3, 7, 9, 21, 63

The factors of 63 are:
1 × 63 = 63
3 × 21 = 63
7 × 9 = 63
9 × 7 = 63
21 × 3 = 63
63 × 1 = 63

Question 15.
120

Answer: The factors of 120 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 24, 30, 40, 60, 120

The factors of 120 are:
1 × 120 = 120
2 × 60 = 120
3 × 40 = 120
4 × 30 = 120
5 × 24 = 120
6 × 20 = 120
8 × 15 = 120
10 × 12 = 120
12 × 10 = 120
15 × 8 = 120
20 × 6 = 120
24 × 5 = 120
30 × 4 = 120
40 × 3 = 120
60 × 2 = 120
120 × 1 = 120

Question 16.
150

Answer: The factors of 150 are 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 25, 30, 50, 75, 150

The factors of 150 are:
1 × 150 = 150
2 × 75 = 150
3 × 50 = 150
5 × 30 = 150
6 × 25 = 150
10 × 15 = 150

FINDING FACTOR PAIRS
List the factor pairs of the number.

Question 17.
15

Answer: The factor pairs of 15 are (1, 15), (3, 5)
1 × 15 = 15
3 × 5 = 15
5 × 3 = 15
15 × 1 = 15

Question 18.
22

Answer: The factor pairs of 22 are (1, 22) (2, 11)
1 × 22 = 22
2 × 11 = 22
11 × 2 = 22
22 × 1 = 22

Question 19.
34

Answer: (1, 34) (2,17)

The factor pairs of 34 are
1 × 34 = 34
2 × 17 = 34
17 × 2 = 34
34 × 1 = 34

Question 20.
39

Answer: (1, 39) (3, 13)

The factor pairs of 39 are
1 × 39 = 39
3 × 13 = 39
13 × 3 = 39
39 × 1 = 39

Question 21.
45

Answer: (1, 45) (3, 15) (5, 9)

The factor pairs of 45 are
1 × 45 = 45
3 × 15 = 45
5 × 9 = 45

Question 22.
54

Answer: (1, 54) (2, 27) (3, 18) (6, 9)

The factor pairs of 54 are
1 × 54 = 54
2 × 27 = 54
3 × 18 = 54
6 × 9 = 54

Question 23.
59

Answer: (1, 59)
The factor pairs of 59 are
1 × 59 = 59
59 × 1 = 59

Question 24.
61

Answer: (1, 61)
The factor pairs of 61 are
1 × 61 = 61
61 × 1 = 61

Question 25.
100

Answer: (1, 100) (2, 50) (4, 25) (5, 20) (10, 10)
The factor pairs of 100 are
1 × 100 = 100
2 × 50 = 100
4 × 25 = 100
5 × 20 = 100
10 × 10 = 100

Question 26.
58

Answer: (1, 58) (2, 29)
The factor pairs of 58 are
1 × 58 = 58
2 × 29 = 58

Question 27.
25

Answer: (1, 25) (5, 5)
The factor pairs of 25 are
1 × 25 = 25
5 × 5 = 25

Question 28.
76

Answer: (1, 76) (2, 38) (4, 19)
The factor pairs of 76 are
1 × 76 = 76
2 × 38 = 76
4 × 19 = 76

Question 29.
52

Answer: (1, 52) (2, 26) (4, 13)
The factor pairs of 52 are
1 × 52 = 52
2 × 26 = 52
4 × 13 = 52

Question 30.
88

Answer: (1,88) (2,44) (4, 22) (8, 11)
The factor pairs of 88 are
1 × 88 = 88
2 × 44 = 88
4 × 22 = 88
8 × 11 = 88

Question 31.
71

Answer: (1,71)
The factor pairs of 71 are
1 × 71 = 71

Question 32.
91

Answer: (1, 91) (7, 13)
The factor pairs of 91 are
1 × 91 = 91
7 × 13 = 91

WRITING A PRIME FACTORIZATION
Write the prime factorization of the number.

Question 33.
16

Answer:
16 = 2 × 8
2 × 2 × 4
2 × 2 × 2 × 2

Question 34.
25

Answer:
25 = 5 × 5

Question 35.
30

Answer:
30 = 2 × 15
= 2 × 3 × 5

Question 36.
26

Answer:
26 = 2 × 13

Question 37.
84

Answer:
84 = 2 × 42
2 × 2 × 21
2 × 2 × 3 × 7

Question 38.
54

Answer:
54 = 2 × 27
2 × 3 × 9
2 × 3 × 3 × 3

Question 39.
65

Answer:
65 = 5 × 13

Question 40.
77

Answer:
77 = 7 × 11

Question 41.
46

Answer:
46 = 2 × 23

Question 42.
39

Answer:
39 = 3 × 13

Question 43.
99

Answer:
99 = 3 × 33
3 × 3 × 11

Question 44.
24

Answer:
24 = 2 × 12
2 × 2 × 6
2 × 2 × 2 × 3

Question 45.
315

Answer:
315 = 3 × 105
3 × 3 × 35
3 × 3 × 5 × 7

Question 46.
490

Answer:
490 = 2 × 245
2 × 5 × 49
2 × 5 × 7 × 7

Question 47.
140

Answer:
2 × 70
2 × 2 × 35
2 × 2 × 5 × 7

Question 48.
640

Answer:
640 = 2 × 320
2 × 2 × 160
2 × 2 × 2 × 80
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 40
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 20
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 10
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5

USING A PRIME FACTORIZATION
Find the number represented by the prime factorization.

Question 49.
22.32.5

Answer:
4 × 9 × 5 = 180
We have to find the prime factorization for 180.
180 = 2 × 90
2 × 2 × 45
2 × 2× 3 × 15
2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5

Question 50.
32.52.7

Answer:
9 × 25 × 7 = 1575
We have to find the prime factorization for 1575.
1575 = 3 × 525
3 × 3 × 175
3 × 3 × 5 × 35
3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 7

Question 51.
23.112.13

Answer:
8 × 11 × 13 = 1144
We have to find the prime factorization for 1144.
1144 = 2 × 572
2 × 2 × 286
2 × 2 × 2 × 143
2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 13

Question 52.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the prime factorization of 72. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 61

Answer:
72 = 2 × 36
2 × 2 × 18
2 × 2 × 2 × 9
2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3
Your friend is incorrect because you have to write the prime factorization for 9 also.
Thus the prime factorization for 72 is 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3

USING A PRIME FACTORIZATION
Find the greatest perfect square that is a factor of the number.

Question 53.
250

Answer:
A = Calculate the square root of the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 250. The factors of 250 are 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, 125, and 250. Furthermore, the greatest perfect square on this list is 25 and the square root of 25 is 5. Therefore, A equals 5.
B = Calculate 250 divided by the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 250. We determined above that the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 250 is 25. Furthermore, 250 divided by 25 is 10, therefore B equals 10.
Now we have A and B and can get our answer to 250 in its simplest radical form as follows:
√250 = A√B
√250 = 5√10

Question 54.
275

Answer:
A = Calculate the square root of the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 275. The factors of 275 are 1, 5, 11, 25, 55, and 275. Furthermore, the greatest perfect square on this list is 25 and the square root of 25 is 5. Therefore, A equals 5.
B = Calculate 275 divided by the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 275. We determined above that the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 275 is 25. Furthermore, 275 divided by 25 is 11, therefore B equals 11.
Now we have A and B and can get our answer to 275 in its simplest radical form as follows:
√275 = A√B
√275 = 5√11

Question 55.
392

Answer:
A = Calculate the square root of the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 392. The factors of 392 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28, 49, 56, 98, 196, and 392. Furthermore, the greatest perfect square on this list is 196 and the square root of 196 is 14. Therefore, A equals 14.
B = Calculate 392 divided by the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 392. We determined above that the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 392 is 196. Furthermore, 392 divided by 196 is 2, therefore B equals 2.
Now we have A and B and can get our answer to 392 in its simplest radical form as follows:
√392 = A√B
√392 = 14√2

Question 56.
338

Answer:
A = Calculate the square root of the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 338. The factors of 338 are 1, 2, 13, 26, 169, 338. Furthermore, the greatest perfect square on this list is 324 and the square root of 324 is 18. Therefore, A equals 18.
B = Calculate 338 divided by the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 338. We determined above that the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 338 is 324.
Now we have A and B and can get our answer to 338 in its simplest radical form as follows:
√338= A√B
√392 = 18√14

Question 57.
244

Answer:
Our first step would be to find out all the factors of 244
Since this is an even number, we divide 2 we get the factors as 244/2 = 122
Next, we again divide by 2 we get the factor as 122/2 = 61
We cannot go down any further since 61 is a prime number
Since we divided by 2, 2 is itself a factor.
Lastly, we divided by 2, twice; hence 2*2 = 4 is also a factor
The factors of 244 are 2,4,61 and 122
Out of 2,4,61 and 122, the only perfect square is 4
So, the greatest perfect square that is a factor of the number 244 should be 4
Therefore, the answer is: 4

Question 58.
650

Answer:
factor 650 and find the pairs
650=2×5×5×13
the pair is 5×5 which is 5² or 25
the greatest perfect square that is a factor of 650 is 25.

Question 59.
756

Answer:
A = Calculate the square root of the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 756. The factors of 756 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12, 14, 18, 21, 27, 28, 36, 42, 54, 63, 84, 108, 126, 189, 252, 378, and 756. Furthermore, the greatest perfect square on this list is 36 and the square root of 36 is 6. Therefore, A equals 6.
B = Calculate 756 divided by the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 756. We determined above that the greatest perfect square from the list of all factors of 756 is 36. Furthermore, 756 divided by 36 is 21, therefore B equals 21.
Now we have A and B and can get our answer to 756 in its simplest radical form as follows:
√756 = A√B
√756 = 6√21

Question 60.
1290

Answer:
There is no greatest perfect square that is a factor of 1290.
The factors of 1290 are 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, 43, 86, 129, 215, 258, 430, 645, 1290. There are no perfect squares as factors.

Question 61.
2205

Answer: No, the number 2,205 is not a perfect square.
The factors of 2205 are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 15, 21, 35, 45, 49, 63, 105, 147, 245, 315, 441, 735. There are no perfect squares as factors.

Question 62.
1890

Answer: 1890 is not the perfect square.
The factors of 1890 are 1, 3, 9, 27, 67, 201, 603, 1809. There are no perfect squares as factors.

Question 63.
495

Answer: 495 is not the perfect square.
The factors 495 are 1, 3, 5, 9, 11, 15, 33, 45, 55, 99, 165, 495. There are no perfect squares as factors.

Question 64.
4725

Answer: 4725 is not the perfect square.
The factors of 4725 are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 15, 21, 25, 27, 35, 45, 63, 75, 105, 135, 175, 189, 225, 315, 525, 675, 945, 1575, 4725. There are no perfect squares as factors.

Question 65.
VOCABULARY
A botanist separates plants into equal groups of 5 for an experiment. Is the total number of plants in the experiment prime or composite? Explain.

Answer: The total number of plants will be a composite.

Explanation:
She is separating them into equal groups of five. So the total number will be a multiple of 5. Five is a prime number. Multiples of prime numbers are composite numbers.

Question 66.
REASONING
A teacher divides 36 students into equal groups for a scavenger hunt. Each group should have at least 4 students but no more than 8 students. What are the possible group sizes?

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 62

Answer:
Given,
A teacher divides 36 students into equal groups for a scavenger hunt.
Each group should have at least 4 students but no more than 8 students.
The factors of 36 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9
So, there are 6 groups of 6, 9 groups of 4.

Question 67.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is 2 the only even prime number? Explain.

Answer:
The definition of a prime number is a positive integer that has exactly two distinct divisors. Since the divisors of 2 are 1 and 2, there are exactly two distinct divisors, so 2 is prime.

Question 68.
LOGIC
One table at a bake sale has 75 cookies. Another table has 60 cupcakes. Which table allows for more rectangular arrangements? Explain.

Answer:
Given,
One table at a bake sale has 75 cookies. Another table has 60 cupcakes.
75 = 3·5², so has 6 divisors. 6 rectangles are possible if you make the distinction between 1×75 and 75×1.
60 = 2²·3·5, so has 12 divisors. 12 rectangles are possible under the same conditions.

Question 69.
PERFECT NUMBERS
A perfect number is a number that equals the sum of its factors, not including itself. For example, the factors of 28 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, and 28. Because 1 + 2 + 4 + 7 + 14 = 28, 28 is a perfect number. What are the perfect numbers between 1 and 27?

Answer: Perfect number, a positive integer that is equal to the sum of its proper divisors. The smallest perfect number is 6, which is the sum of 1, 2, and 3. Other perfect numbers are 28, 496, and 8,128.

Question 70.
REPEATED REASONING
Choose any two perfect squares and find their product. Then multiply your answer by another perfect square. Continue this process. Are any of the products perfect squares? What can you conclude?

Answer:
2² × 3² = 4×9=36, which is a square number

Question 71.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The stage manager of a school play creates a rectangular stage that has whole number dimensions and an area of 42 square yards. String lights will outline the stage. What is the least number of yards of string lights needed to enclose the stage?

Answer:
Given that the stage manager of a school play creates a rectangular acting area of 42 square yards.
Let the length of the rectangular acting area be x, then the width is given by 42 / x.
The number of yards of string lights that the manager needs to enclose the area is given by the perimeter of the rectangular area.
Recall that the perimeter of a rectangle is given by
P = 2(length + width) = 2(x + 42/x) = 2x + 84/x
The perimeter is minimum when the differentiation of 2x + 84/x is equal to 0.
Therefore, the minimum number of yards of string lights the manager need to enclose in this area is given by
2x – 84/x = 0
2x² – 84 = 0
2x² = 84
x² = 84/2
x² = 42
x ≈ 6.48

Question 72.
DIG DEEPER!
Consider the rectangular prism shown. Using only whole number dimensions, how many different prisms are possible? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 63

Answer:
The volume of the rectangular prism is lbh
v = 40 cubic inches
Let the length be 5 inches
breadth be 2 inches
height be 4 inches
V = 5 × 2 × 4
V = 40 cu. inches

Lesson 1.4 Greatest Common Factor

A Venn diagram uses circles to describe relationships between two or more sets. The Venn diagram shows the factors of 12 and 15. Numbers that are factors of both 12 and 15 are represented by the overlap of the two circles.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 64

Answer: 1 and 3 are overlapped between the two circles.
So, 1 and 3 are the greatest common factors of 12 and 15.
The factors of 12 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
The factors of 15 are 1, 3, 5, 15.

EXPLORATION 1

Identifying Common Factors

Work with a partner. In parts (a) – (d), create a Venn diagram that represents the factors of each number and identify any common factors.
a. 36 and 48
b. 16 and 56
c. 30 and 75
d. 54 and 90
e. Look at the Venn diagrams in parts (a)–(d). Explain how to identify the greatest common factor of each pair of numbers. Then circle it in each diagram.

Answer:
a. Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_3

b. Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_4

c. Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_5

d. Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_6

e. 36 and 48 have the greatest common factors.

EXPLORATION 2

Using Prime Factors
Work with a partner
a. Each Venn diagram represents the prime factorizations of two numbers. Identify each pair of numbers. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 65

Answer:
i. Red 2 × 3 × 3 = 18
Green 3 × 3 × 3 = 27
GCF = 9
ii. Yellow – 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 = 180
Purple – 5 × 11 = 55
GCF = 5
b. Create a Venn diagram that represents the prime factorizations of 36 and 48.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_3
c. Repeat part(b) for the remaining number pairs in Exploration 1.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_4

d. STRUCTURE
Make a conjecture about the relationship between the greatest common factors you found in Exploration 1 and the numbers in the overlaps of the Venn diagrams you just created.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 66

Answer:
a.Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_3
The GCF between the two numbers 36 and 48 are 1,2,3,4,6,12

b.Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_4
The GCF between the two numbers 16 and 56 are 1,2,4,8
c. Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_5
The GCF between the two numbers 30 and 75 is 15.
d. Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_6

1.4 Lesson

Try It

Find the GCF of the numbers using lists of factors.

Question 1.
8, 36

Answer:
The factors of 8 are: 1, 2, 4, 8
The factors of 36 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36
Then the greatest common factor is 4.

Question 2.
18, 72

Answer:
The factors of 18 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
The factors of 72 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
Then the greatest common factor is 18.

Question 3.
14, 28, 49

Answer:
The factors of 14 are: 1, 2, 7, 14
The factors of 28 are: 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28
The factors of 49 are: 1, 7, 49
Then the greatest common factor is 7.

Another way to find the GCF of two or more numbers is by using prime factors. The GCF is the product of the common prime factors of the numbers.

Try It
Find the GCF of the numbers using prime factorizations.

Question 4.
20,45

Answer:
Find the prime factorization of 20
20 = 2 × 2 × 5
Find the prime factorization of 45
45 = 3 × 3 × 5
To find the GCF, multiply all the prime factors common to both numbers:
Therefore, GCF = 5

Question 5.
32,90

Answer:
Find the prime factorization of 32
32 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
Find the prime factorization of 90
90 = 2 × 3 × 3 × 5
To find the GCF, multiply all the prime factors common to both numbers:
Therefore, GCF = 2

Question 6.
45,75,120

Answer:
45= 1,3,5,9,15,45
75= 1,3,5,15,25,75
120=1,2,3,4,5,6,8,10,12,15,20,24,30,40,60,120
GCF is 15

Try It

Question 7.
Write a pair of numbers whose greatest common factor is 10.

Answer:
Let’s first find the greatest common factor (GCF) of two whole numbers. The GCF of two numbers is the greatest number that is a factor of both of the numbers. Take the numbers 50 and 30.
50 = 10 × 5
30 = 10 × 3
Their greatest common factor is 10. since 10 is the greatest factor that both numbers have in common.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING THE GCF
Find the GCF of the numbers.

Question 8.
16, 40

Answer:
The factors of 16 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
The factors of 40 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 9.
35, 63

Answer:
The factors of 35 are: 1, 5, 7, 35
The factors of 63 are: 1, 3, 7, 9, 21, 63
Then the greatest common factor is 7.

Question 10.
18, 72, 144

Answer:
The factors of 18 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
The factors of 72 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
The factors of 144 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 16, 18, 24, 36, 48, 72, 144
Then the greatest common factor is 18.

Question 11.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
Which number is not a factor of 10? Explain.
A. 1
B. 2
C. 4
D. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 10 are: 1, 2, 5, 10
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 12.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 66.1

Answer:
The Greatest Common Factor of 24 and 32 is 8
The Greatest Common Divisor of 24 and 32 is 4
The Greatest Common Prime Factor of 24 and 32 is 8
The product of common prime factors of 24 and 32 is 8.
The Greatest Common Divisor of 24 and 32 are different from others.

Self – Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
You use 30 sandwiches and 42 granola bars to make identical picnic baskets. You make the greatest number of picnic baskets with no food left over. How many sandwiches and how many granola bars are in each basket?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 67

Answer: 5 sandwiches and 7 granola in each basket

Explanation:
Given
Represent Sandwiches with S and Granola with G
S = 30
G = 42
To do this, we simply need to determine the ratio of S to G
S:G = 30:42
S:G = 5:7

Question 14.
You fill bags with cookies to give to your friends. You bake 45 chocolate chip cookies, 30 peanut butter cookies, and 15 oatmeal cookies. You want identical groups of cookies in each bag with no cookies left over. What is the greatest number of bags you can make?

Answer: 15 bags

Explanation:
Given,
You fill bags with cookies to give to your friends. You bake 45 chocolate chip cookies, 30 peanut butter cookies, and 15 oatmeal cookies.
You want identical groups of cookies in each bag with no cookies leftover.
45 chocolate chip cookies
30 peanut butter cookies
15 oatmeal cookies
So, the GCF is 15.

Greatest Common Factor Practice 1.4

Review & Refresh

List the factor pairs of the number.

Question 1.
20

Answer: The factor pairs of 20 are (1, 20) (4,5) (2,10)

Explanation:
1 × 20 = 20
4 × 5 = 20
2 × 10 = 20

Question 2.
16

Answer: The factor pairs of 16 are (1,16), (2, 8) (4,4)

Explanation:
1 × 16 = 16
2 × 8 = 16
4 × 4 = 16

Question 3.
56

Answer: The factor pairs of 56 are (1,56) (7,8) (28,2) (14,4)

Explanation:
1 × 56 = 56
7 × 8 = 56
28 × 2 = 56
14 × 4 = 56

Question 4.
87

Answer: The factor pairs of 87 are (1,87) (3,29)

Explanation:
1 × 87 = 87
3 × 29 = 87

Tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true.

Question 5.
A rectangle is a rhombus.

Answer: sometimes

No, because all four sides of a rectangle don’t have to be equal. However, the sets of rectangles and rhombuses do intersect, and their intersection is the set of square all squares are both a rectangle and a rhombus.

Question 6.
A rhombus is a square.

Answer: true

A square is a special case of a rhombus because it has four equal-length sides and goes above and beyond that to also have four right angles. Every square you see will be a rhombus, but not every rhombus you meet will be a square.

Question 7.
A square is a rectangle.

Answer: not always

A square also fits the definition of a rectangle.

Question 8.
A trapezoid is a parallelogram.

Answer: never true

A trapezoid has one pair of parallel sides and a parallelogram has two pairs of parallel sides. So a parallelogram is also a trapezoid.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A VENN DIAGRAM
Use a Venn diagram to find the greatest common factor of the numbers. (See Exploration 1, p. 21.)

Question 9.
12,30

Answer: 6

Big-ideas-math-answers-grade-6-chapter-1-img-3

Question 10.
32,54

Answer: 2
Big-ideas-math-grade-6-chapter-1-answer-key-img-4

Question 11.
24,108

Answer: 12

BIM 6th Grade Chapter 1 Answer Key Numerical Expressions and Factors img_5

FINDING THE GCF
Find the GCF of the numbers using lists of factors.

Question 12.
6, 15

Answer: GCF is 3

Explanation:
The factors of 6 are: 1,2,3,6
The factors of 15 are: 1,3,5,15
The common Factors in 6 and 15 is 3.
Thus the greatest common factor is 3.

Question 13.
14, 84

Answer: GCF is 14

Explanation:
The factors of 14 are: 1,2,7,14
The factors of 84 are: 1,2,3,4,6,7,12,14,21,28,42 84
The greatest common factor is 14.

Question 14.
45, 108

Answer: GCF is 9

Explanation:
The factors of 45 are: 1,3,5,9,15,45
The factors of 108 are: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,27,36,54,108
The greatest common factor is 9.

Question 15.
39, 65

Answer: GCF is 13

Explanation:
The factors of 39 are: 1,3,13,39
The factors of 65 are: 1,5,13,65
Thus the greatest common factor is 13.

Question 16.
51, 85

Answer: GCF is 17

Explanation:
The factors of 51 are: 1,3,17,51
The factors of 1,5,17,85
Thus the greatest common factor is 17

Question 17.
40, 63

Answer: GCF is 1

Explanation:
The factors of 40 are: 1,2,4,5,8,10,20,40
The factors of 63 are: 1,3,7,9,21,63
Thus the greatest common factor is 1.

Question 18.
12, 48

Answer: GCF is 12

Explanation:
The factors of 12 are: 1,2,3,4,6,12
The factors of 48 are: 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,16,24,48
Thus the greatest common factor is 12.

Question 19.
24, 52

Answer: GCF is 4

Explanation:
The factors of 24 are: 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,24
The factors of 1,2,4,13,36,52
Thus the greatest common factor is 4.

Question 20.
30, 58

Answer: GCF is 2

Explanation:
The factors of 30 are: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,30
The factors of 58 are: 1,2,29,58
Thus the greatest common factor is 2.

FINDING THE GCF
Find the GCF of the numbers using prime factorizations.

Question 21.
45, 60

Answer:
The prime factorization of 45 is 3 x 3 x 5
The prime factorization 60 is 2 x 2 x 3 x 5
GCF of 45, 60 is 3 × 5 = 15

Question 22.
27, 63

Answer: 9
The prime factorization of 27 is 3 x 3 x 3
The prime factorization of 63 is 3 x 3 x 7
Thus GCF of 27, 63 is 9

Question 23.
36, 81

Answer: 9
The prime factorization of 36 is 2 x 2 x 3 x 3
The prime factorization of 81 is 3 x 3 x 3 x 3
Thus the GCF of 36, 81 is 9.

Question 24.
72, 84

Answer: 12
The prime factorization of 72 is 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3
The prime factorization of 84 is 2 x 2 x 3 x 7
Thus the GCF of 72, 84 is 12.

Question 25.
61, 73

Answer: 1
The prime factorization of 61 is 1 × 61
The prime factorization 73 is 1 × 73
Thus the GCF of 61, 73 is 1

Question 26.
38, 95

Answer: 19
The prime factorization of 38 is 2 x 19
The prime factorization of 95 is 5 x 19
Thus the GCF of 38, 95 is 19

Question 27.
60, 75

Answer: 15
The prime factorization of 60 is 2 x 2 x 3 x 5
The prime factorization of 75 is 3 x 5 x 5
Thus the GCF of 60, 75 is 15.

Question 28.
42, 60

Answer: 6
The prime factorization 42 is 2 × 3 × 7
The prime factorization 60 is 2 × 2 × 3 × 5
Thus the GCF of 42, 60 is 6

Question 29.
42, 63

Answer: 21
The prime factorization of 42 is 2 × 3 × 7
The prime factorization of 63 is 3 × 3 ×7 
Thus the GCF of 42, 63 is 21

Question 30.
24, 96

Answer: 24
The prime factorization of 24 is 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
The prime factorization of 96 is 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3
Thus the GCF of 24, 96 is 24.

Question 31.
189, 200

Answer: 24
The prime factorization of 189 is 3 x 3 x 3 x 7
The prime factorization of 200 is 2 x 2 x 2 x 5 x 5
Thus the GCF of 189, 200 is 24.

Question 32.
90, 108

Answer: 18
The prime factorization of 90 is 2 x 3 x 3 x 5
The prime factorization of 108 is 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 3
Thus the GCF of 90, 108 is 18.

OPEN-ENDED
Write a pair of numbers with the indicated GCF.

Question 33.
5

Answer: 10, 15
The factors of 10 are: 1,2,5,10
The factors of 15 are: 1,3,5,15
Thus 10, 15 are pairs of numbers with the indicated GCF 5.

Question 34.
12

Answer: 72, 84
The factors of 72 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
The factors of 84 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 12, 14, 21, 28, 42, 84
Then the greatest common factor is 12.

Question 35.
37

Answer: 37,74
The factors of 37 are: 1,37
The factors of 74 are: 1,2,37,74
Thus 37,74 are pairs of numbers with the indicated GCF 37.

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A teacher is making identical activity packets using 92 crayons and 23 sheets of paper. What is the greatest number of packets the teacher can make with no items left over?

Answer: 23 packets

Explanation:
Factor both numbers:
1. 92=2·46=2·2·23;
2. 23 is a prime number.
Then the greatest common factor GCF (92, 23)=23.
This means that teacher can make 23 packets, each of them will contain 4 crayons and 1 sheet.

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You are making balloon arrangements for a birthday party. There are 16 white balloons and 24 red balloons. Each arrangement must be identical. What is the greatest number of arrangements you can make using every balloon?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 67.1

Answer:
This is a GCF problem. To find the GCF, list the factors.
24
1×24, 2×12, 4×6, 8×3 …
16
1×16, 2×8, 4×4, …
The greatest common factor is 8 because it is the greatest factor of both numbers.
so 8 arrangements, 2 white balloons and 3 red balloons each.
Because- 8 is the number of groups, and 8×3 =24 so 3 reds, and 2 whites because 8×2=16

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the GCF of the two numbers. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 68

Answer:
No, your friend is incorrect.
42 = 2 × 3 × 7
154 = 2 × 7 × 11
Thus the GCF is 14.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 69

Answer: Yes your friend is correct.
Thus the GCF of 36 and 60 is 12.

FINDING THE GCF
Find the GCF of the numbers.

Question 40.
35, 56, 63

Answer: GCF is 7

Explanation:
The factors of 35 are: 1,5,7,35
The factors of 56 are: 1,2,4,7,8,14,28,56
The factors of 63 are: 1,3,7,9,21,63
Thus the greatest common factor is 7.

Question 41.
30, 60, 78

Answer: GCF is 6

Explanation:
The factors of 30 are: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,30
The factors of 60 are: 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,12,15,20,30,60
The factors of 78 are: 1,2,3,6,13,26,39,78
Thus the greatest common factor is 6.

Question 42.
42, 70, 84

Answer: GCF is 14

The factors of 42 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42
The factors of 70 are: 1, 2, 5, 7, 10, 14, 35, 70
The factors of 84 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 12, 14, 21, 28, 42, 84
Then the greatest common factor is 14.

Question 43.
40, 55, 72

Answer: GCF is 1

The factors of 40 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40
The factors of 55 are: 1, 5, 11, 55
The factors of 72 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
Then the greatest common factor is 1.

Question 44.
18, 54, 90

Answer: GCF is 18

The factors of 18 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
The factors of 54 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18, 27, 54
The factors of 90 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 15, 18, 30, 45, 90
Then the greatest common factor is 18.

Question 45.
16, 48, 88

Answer: GCF is 8

The factors of 16 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
The factors of 48 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48
The factors of 88 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 11, 22, 44, 88
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 46.
52, 78, 104

Answer: GCF is 26

The factors of 52 are: 1, 2, 4, 13, 26, 52
The factors of 78 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 13, 26, 39, 78
The factors of 104 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 13, 26, 52, 104
Then the greatest common factor is 26.

Question 47.
96, 120, 156

Answer: GCF is 12

The factors of 96 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 96
The factors of 120 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 24, 30, 40, 60, 120
The factors of 156 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13, 26, 39, 52, 78, 156
Then the greatest common factor is 12.

Question 48.
280, 300, 380

Answer: GCF is 20

The factors of 280 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 14, 20, 28, 35, 40, 56, 70, 140, 280
The factors of 300 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 300
The factors of 380 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 19, 20, 38, 76, 95, 190, 380
Then the greatest common factor is 20.

Question 49.
OPEN-ENDED
Write three numbers that have a GCF of 16. What method did you use to find your answer?

Answer: 16, 32, 48

The factors of 16 are: 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
The factors of 32 are : 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
The factors of 48 are: 3 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2

CRITICAL THINKING
Tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.

Question 50.
The GCF of two even numbers is 2.

Answer: Always

Explanation:
Example:
The factors of 14 are: 1, 2, 7, 14
The factors of 16 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
Then the greatest common factor is 2.

Question 51.
The GCF of two prime numbers is 1.

Answer: Always

Explanation:
Example:
The factors of 3 are: 1, 3
The factors of 5 are: 1, 5
Then the greatest common factor is 1.

Question 52.
When one number is a multiple of another, the GCF of the numbers is the greater of the numbers.

Answer:
When one number is a multiple of another, the GCF of the numbers is the greater of the numbers. This is never true since the GCF is a factor of both numbers. So the GCF is the smaller of the two numbers.

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A science museum makes gift bags for students using 168 magnets, 48 robot figurines, and 24 packs of freeze-dried ice cream. What is the greatest number of gift bags that can be made using all of the items? How many of each item are in each gift bag?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 70

Answer:
The greatest common factor of 24, 48, and 168 is 24, so 24 gift bags can be made. Each will have 1/24 of the number of gift items of each type that are available.
In each bag are
1/24 × 168 magnets = 7 magnets
1/24 × 48 robot figurines = 2 robot figurines
1/24 × 24 packs of ice cream = 1 pack of ice cream

Question 54.
VENN DIAGRAM
Consider the numbers 252, 270, and 300.
a. Create a Venn diagram using the prime factors of the numbers.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors img_6
b. Use the Venn diagram to find the GCF of 252, 270, and 300.

Answer:
The factors of 252 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12, 14, 18, 21, 28, 36, 42, 63, 84, 126, 252
The factors of 270 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 15, 18, 27, 30, 45, 54, 90, 135, 270
The factors of 300 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 300
Then the greatest common factor is 6.
c. What is the GCF of 252 and 270? 252 and 300? 270 and 300? Explain how you found your answers.

Answer:
The factors of 252 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12, 14, 18, 21, 28, 36, 42, 63, 84, 126, 252
The factors of 270 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 15, 18, 27, 30, 45, 54, 90, 135, 270
The GCF of 252 and 270 is 18.
252 and 300:
The factors of 252 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12, 14, 18, 21, 28, 36, 42, 63, 84, 126, 252
The factors of 300 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 300
Then the greatest common factor is 12.
270 and 300:
The factors of 270 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 15, 18, 27, 30, 45, 54, 90, 135, 270
The factors of 300 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 300
Then the greatest common factor is 30.

Question 55.
REASONING
You are making fruit baskets using 54 apples, 36 oranges, and 73 bananas.
a. Explain why you cannot make identical fruit baskets without leftover fruit.

Answer: 73 is a prime number. It can only be divided by 1 and by itself.
b. What is the greatest number of identical fruit baskets you can make with the least amount of fruit left over? Explain how you found your answer.

Answer:
The GCF of the three numbers:
54 36 73
1×54 1×36 1×73
2×27 2×18
3×18 3×12
6×9 4×9
6×6
GCF of 54, 36, and 73 is 1
GCF of 54 and 36 is 18
If we divide 54 apples into 18 baskets, we have 3 apples in each basket
If we divide 36 oranges into 18 baskets, we have 2 oranges in each basket
If we divide 73 bananas into 18 baskets, we have 4 bananas in each basket + one banana left over.
So the greatest number of identical fruit baskets we can make with the least amount of fruit left over is 18 baskets

Question 56.
DIG DEEPER!
Two rectangular, adjacent rooms share a wall. One-foot-by-one-foot tiles cover the floor of each room. Describe how the greatest possible length of the adjoining wall is related to the total number of tiles in each room. Draw a diagram that represents one possibility.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 71

Answer:
Consider two adjacent rectangular rooms having Length=L, and, Breadth = B
Now Suppose the wall which is in between two rooms has a height or length =H.
The breadth of wall = B [ if the wall doesn’t exceed the breadth of the room]
Considering two rooms to be identical,
Area of each room= L × B square unit
Area of each tile = 1×1=1 square unit
Number of tiles required= L B ÷ 1= LB tiles( product of length and breadth of the room is the number of tiles required)
Suppose if,LB= N
B= N/LArea of the wall(W) = B×H= B H square unit
B =W/H
Equating (1) and (2)
N/L = W/ H
H = WL/N
H = WL/LB
H = W/B
H = Area of wall/Breadth of room or wall

Lesson 1.5 Least Common Multiple

EXPLORATION 1
Identifying Common Multiples

Work with a partner. In parts (a)–(d), create a Venn diagram that represents the first several multiples of each number and identify any common multiples.
a. 8 and 12
b. 4 and 14
c. 10 and 15
d. 20 and 35
e. Look at the Venn diagrams in parts (a)–(d). Explain how to identify the least common multiple of each pair of numbers. Then circle it in each diagram.

Answer:
a. BIM Grade 6 Chapter 1 Answer Key img_7
b. Big Ideas math 6th grade answers chapter 1 img_8
c.Big Ideas math 6th grade answers chapter 1 img_9

d. Big Ideas math 6th grade answers chapter 1 img_10

EXPLORATION 2
Using Prime Factors
Work with a partner.
a. Create a Venn diagram that represents the prime factorizations of 8 and 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 72

Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Chapter 1 Answer Key img_7
b. Repeat part (a) for the remaining number pairs in Exploration 1.

Answer:
Big Ideas math 6th grade answers chapter 1 img_8
c. STRUCTURE
Make a conjecture about the relationship between the least common multiples you found in Exploration 1 and the numbers in the Venn diagrams you just created.

Answer:
The numbers which are overlapped are the least common multiples of the numbers.
d. The Venn diagram shows the prime factors of two numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 73
Use the diagram to complete the following tasks.

  • Identify the two numbers.
  • Find the greatest common factor.
  • Find the least common multiple

Answer:

  • 120, 180
  • The factors of 120 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 24, 30, 40, 60, 120The factors of 180 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 15, 18, 20, 30, 36, 45, 60, 90, 180Then the greatest common factor is 60.
  • Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
    Multiples of 120:
    120, 240, 360, 480, 600
    Multiples of 180:
    180, 360, 540, 720
    Therefore,
    LCM(120, 180) = 360

1.5 Lesson

Try It

Find the LCM of the numbers using lists of multiples.

Question 1.
3, 8

Answer: 24
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 3:
3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30
Multiples of 8:
8, 16, 24, 32, 40
Therefore,
LCM(3, 8) = 24

Question 2.
9, 12

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 9:
9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60
Therefore,
LCM(9, 12) = 36

Question 3.
6, 10

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 6:
6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Multiples of 10:
10, 20, 30, 40, 50
Therefore,
LCM(6, 10) = 30

Try It
Find the LCM of the numbers using prime factorizations.

Question 4.
14, 18

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 14 is:
2 x 7
Prime Factorization of 18 is:
2 x 3 x 3
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 3, 3, 7
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 3 x 3 x 7 = 126
LCM(14, 18) = 126

Question 5.
28, 36

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 28 is:
2 x 2 x 7
Prime Factorization of 36 is:
2 x 2 x 3 x 3
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 2, 3, 3, 7
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 7 = 252
LCM = 252
Therefore,
LCM(28, 36) = 252

Question 6.
24, 90

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 24 is:
2 x 2 x 2 x 3
Prime Factorization of 90 is:
2 x 3 x 3 x 5
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 5
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 = 360
LCM = 360
Therefore,
LCM(24, 90) = 360

Try It

Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 7.
2, 5, 8

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 2:
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44
Multiples of 5:
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50
Multiples of 8:
8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56
Therefore,
LCM(2, 5, 8) = 40

Question 8.
6, 10, 12

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 6:
6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72
Multiples of 10:
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84
Therefore,
LCM(6, 10, 12) = 60

Question 9.
Write three numbers that have a least common multiple of 100.

Answer: 1, 10, 100

Explanation:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 1:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102
Multiples of 10:
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120
Multiples of 100:
100, 200, 300
Therefore,
LCM(1, 10, 100) = 100

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING THE LCM
Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 10.
6, 9

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 6:
6, 12, 18, 24, 30
Multiples of 9:
9, 18, 27, 36
Therefore,
LCM(6, 9) = 18

Question 11.
30, 40

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 30:
30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180
Multiples of 40:
40, 80, 120, 160, 200
Therefore,
LCM(30, 40) = 120

Question 12.
5, 11

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 5:
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65
Multiples of 11:
11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77
Therefore,
LCM(5, 11) = 55

Question 13.
Reasoning
Write two numbers such that 18 and 30 are multiples of the numbers. Justify your answer.

Answer: 3, 6

Explanation:
Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30
Multiples of 6: 6,12,18,24,30,36,42,48
Thus 18 and 30 are the multiples of 3 and 6.

Question 14.
REASONING
You need to find the LCM of 13 and 14. Would you rather list their multiples or use their prime factorizations? Explain.

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 13 shows:
13 is prime = 13
Prime Factorization of 14 is:
2 x 7
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 7, 13
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 7 x 13 = 182
In exponential form:
LCM = 2 x 7 x 13 = 182
LCM = 182
Therefore,
LCM(13, 14) = 182

Question 15.
CHOOSE TOOLS
A student writes the prime factorizations of 8 and 12 in a table as shown. She claims she can use the table to find the greatest common factor and the least common multiple of 8 and 12. How is this possible?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 74
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 75

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-1-Numerical-Numerical-Expressions-and-Factors-74
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 2, 2, 3
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 = 24
The least common multiple of 8 and 12 is 24.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
A geyser erupts every fourth day. Another geyser erupts every sixth day. Today both geysers erupted. In how many days will both geysers erupt on the same day again?

Answer:
Given,
A geyser erupts every fourth day. Another geyser erupts every sixth day. Today both geysers erupted.
The geyser erupts on the same day after 12 days.

Question 18.
A water park has two large buckets that slowly fill with water. One bucket dumps water every 12 minutes. The other bucket dumps water every 10 minutes. Five minutes ago, both buckets dumped water. When will both buckets dump water at the same time again?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 76

Answer:
Given,
A water park has two large buckets that slowly fill with water.
One bucket dumps water every 12 minutes.
The other bucket dumps water every 10 minutes.
Five minutes ago, both buckets dumped water.
Both buckets will dump again at the same time in 60 minutes (1 hour.)

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
You purchase disposable plates, cups, and forks for a cookout. Plates are sold in packages of 24, cups in packages of 32, and forks in packages of 48. What are the least numbers of packages you should buy in order to have the same number of plates, cups, and forks?

Answer:
Given,
You purchase disposable plates, cups, and forks for a cookout. Plates are sold in packages of 24, cups in packages of 32, and forks in packages of 48.
We solve this question using the Lowest Common Multiple (LCM) method/
Step 1
We list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is referred to as the lowest common multiple.
Plates are sold in packages of 24
Cups in packages of 32
Forks in packages of 48
Multiples of 24:
24, 48, 72, 96, 120, 144
Multiples of 32:
32, 64, 96, 128, 160
Multiples of 48:
48, 96, 144, 192
Therefore,
LCM(24, 32, 48) = 96
Hence, the least numbers of packages you should buy in order to have the same number of plates, cups, and forks is 96 packages

Least Common Multiple Practice 1.5

Review & Refresh

Find the GCF of the numbers.

Question 1.
18, 42

Answer:
The factors of 18 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
The factors of 42 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42
Then the greatest common factor is 6.

Question 2.
72, 96

Answer:
The factors of 72 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
The factors of 96 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 96
Then the greatest common factor is 24.

Question 3.
38, 76, 114

Answer:
The factors of 38 are: 1, 2, 19, 38
The factors of 76 are: 1, 2, 4, 19, 38, 76
The factors of 114 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 19, 38, 57, 114
Then the greatest common factor is 38.

Divide.

Question 4.
900 ÷ 6

Answer: 150

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 900 and 6.
900/6 = 150
It means 6 divides 900 150 times.
Thus the quotient is 150.

Question 5.
1944 ÷ 9

Answer: 216

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 1944 and 9
1944/9 = 216
It means that 9 divides 1944 216 times.
Thus the quotient is 216

Question 6.
672 ÷ 12

Answer: 56

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 672 and 12.
672/12 = 56
It means 12 divides 672 56 times.
Thus the quotient is 56.

Write an ordered pair that corresponds to the point.

Question 7.
Point A

Answer: (2,4)
By seeing the below graph we can find the ordered pairs.
2 lies on the x-axis and 4 lies on the y-axis.
So, the ordered pairs to the point A is (2,4)

Question 8.
Point B

Answer: (3,1)
By seeing the below graph we can find the ordered pairs.
3 lies on the x-axis and 1 lies on the y-axis.
So, the ordered pairs to the point A is (3,1)

Question 9.
Point C

Answer: (4,7)
By seeing the below graph we can find the ordered pairs.
4 lies on the x-axis and 7 lies on the y-axis.
So, the ordered pairs to the point A is (4,7)

Question 10.
Point D

Answer: (9,6)
By seeing the below graph we can find the ordered pairs.
9 lies on the x-axis and 6 lies on the y-axis.
So, the ordered pairs to the point A is (9,6)

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 77

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A VENN DIAGRAM
Use a Venn diagram to find the least common multiple of the numbers. (See Exploration 1, p. 27.)

Question 11.
3, 7

Answer: 21

Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 img_10

Question 12.
6, 8

Answer: 24

Big Ideas Math 6th Grade Answers Chapter 1 img_11

Question 13.
4, 5

Answer:
Big Ideas Math 6th Grade Answers Chapter 1 img_12

FINDING THE LCM
Find the LCM of the numbers using lists of multiples.

Question 14.
1, 5

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 1:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Multiples of 5:
5, 10, 15
Therefore,
LCM(1, 5) = 5

Question 15.
2, 6

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 2:
2, 4, 6, 8, 10
Multiples of 6:
6, 12, 18
Therefore,
LCM(2, 6) = 6

Question 16.
2, 3

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 2:
2, 4, 6, 8, 10
Multiples of 3:
3, 6, 9, 12
Therefore,
LCM(2, 3) = 6

Question 17.
2, 9

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 2:
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22
Multiples of 9:
9, 18, 27, 36
Therefore,
LCM(2, 9) = 18

Question 18.
3, 4

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 3:
3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18
Multiples of 4:
4, 8, 12, 16, 20
Therefore,
LCM(3, 4) = 12

Question 19.
8, 9

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 8:
8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88
Multiples of 9:
9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54, 63, 72, 81, 90
Therefore,
LCM(8, 9) = 72

Question 20.
5, 8

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 5:
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50
Multiples of 8:
8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56
Therefore,
LCM(5, 8) = 40

Question 21.
11, 12

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 11:
11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77, 88, 99, 110, 121, 132, 143, 154
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120, 132, 144, 156
Therefore,
LCM(11, 12) = 132

Question 22.
12, 18

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60
Multiples of 18:
18, 36, 54, 72
Therefore,
LCM(12, 18) = 36

FINDING THE LCM
Find the LCM of the numbers using prime factorizations.

Question 23.
7, 12

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 7 shows:
7 is prime
Prime Factorization of 12 is:
2 x 2 x 3
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 2, 3, 7
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 7 = 84
LCM = 84
Therefore,
LCM(7, 12) = 84

Question 24.
5, 9 4

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 4 is:
2 x 2
Prime Factorization of 5 shows:
5 is prime
Prime Factorization of 9 is:
3 x 3
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 2, 3, 3, 5
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 = 180
LCM = 180
Therefore,
LCM(4, 5, 9) = 180

Question 25.
4, 11

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 4 is:
2 x 2
Prime Factorization of 11 shows:
11 is prime
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 2, 11
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 11 = 44
LCM = 44
Therefore,
LCM(4, 11) = 44

Question 26.
9, 10

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 9 is:
3 x 3
Prime Factorization of 10 is:
2 x 5
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 3, 3, 5
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 = 90
LCM = 90
Therefore,
LCM(9, 10) = 90

Question 27.
12, 27

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 12 is:
2 x 2 x 3
Prime Factorization of 27 is:
3 x 3 x 3
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 2, 3, 3, 3
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 3 = 108
LCM = 108
Therefore,
LCM(12, 27) = 108

Question 28.
18, 45

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 18 is:
2 x 3 x 3
Prime Factorization of 45 is:
3 x 3 x 5
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 3, 3, 5
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 = 90
LCM = 90
Therefore,
LCM(18, 45) = 90

Question 29.
22, 23

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 22 is:
2 x 11
Prime Factorization of 23 shows:
23 is prime
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 11, 23
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 11 x 23 = 506
LCM = 506
Therefore,
LCM(22, 23) = 506

Question 30.
36, 60

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 36 is:
2 x 2 x 3 x 3
Prime Factorization of 60 is:
2 x 2 x 3 x 5
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 2, 3, 3, 5
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 = 180
LCM = 180
Therefore,
LCM(36, 60) = 180

Question 31.
35, 50

Answer:
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 35 is:
5 x 7
Prime Factorization of 50 is:
2 x 5 x 5
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 5, 5, 7
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 5 x 5 x 7 = 350
LCM = 350
Therefore,
LCM(35, 50) = 350

Question 32.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the LCM of 6 and 9. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 78

Answer: No friend is incorrect.
List all prime factors for each number.
Prime Factorization of 6 is:
2 x 3
Prime Factorization of 9 is:
3 x 3
For each prime factor, find where it occurs most often as a factor and write it that many times in a new list.
The new superset list is
2, 3, 3
Multiply these factors together to find the LCM.
LCM = 2 x 3 x 3 = 18
LCM = 18
Therefore,
LCM(6, 9) = 18

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have diving lessons every fifth day and swimming lessons every third day. Today you have both lessons. In how many days will you have both lessons on the same day again?

Answer:
After 15 days
diving is on 0 , 5 , 10 , 15 , 20 , … days
swimming is on 0 , 3, 6 , 9, 12 , 15 , 18 , … days
Thus the next will be in 15 days

Question 34.
REASONING
Which model represents an LCM that is different from the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 79

Answer: The number line B is different from the other three number lines.

FINDING THE LCM
Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 35.
2, 3, 7

Answer:
LCM(2,3) = (2 × 3) / GCF(2,3)
= (2 × 3) / 1
= 6 / 1
= 6
LCM(6,7) = (6 × 7) / GCF(6,7)
= (6 × 7) / 1
= 42 / 1
= 42
Therefore,
LCM(2, 3, 7) = 42

Question 36.
3, 5, 11

Answer:
LCM(3,5) = (3 × 5) / GCF(3,5)
= (3 × 5) / 1
= 15 / 1
= 15
LCM(15,11) = (15 × 11) / GCF(15,11)
= (15 × 11) / 1
= 165 / 1
= 165
Therefore,
LCM(3, 5, 11) = 165

Question 37.
4, 9, 12

Answer:
LCM(4,9) = (4 × 9) / GCF(4,9)
= (4 × 9) / 1
= 36 / 1
= 36
LCM(36,12) = (36 × 12) / GCF(36,12)
= (36 × 12) / 12
= 432 / 12
= 36
Therefore,
LCM(4, 9, 12) = 36

Question 38.
6, 8, 15

Answer:
LCM(6,8) = (6 × 8) / GCF(6,8)
= (6 × 8) / 2
= 48 / 2
= 24
LCM(24,15) = (24 × 15) / GCF(24,15)
= (24 × 15) / 3
= 360 / 3
= 120
Therefore,
LCM(6, 8, 15) = 120

Question 39.
7, 18, 21

Answer:
LCM(7,18) = (7 × 18) / GCF(7,18)
= (7 × 18) / 1
= 126 / 1
= 126
LCM(126,21) = (126 × 21) / GCF(126,21)
= (126 × 21) / 21
= 2646 / 21
= 126
Therefore,
LCM(7, 18, 21) = 126

Question 40.
9, 10, 28

Answer:
LCM(9,10) = (9 × 10) / GCF(9,10)
= (9 × 10) / 1
= 90 / 1
= 90
LCM(90,28) = (90 × 28) / GCF(90,28)
= (90 × 28) / 2
= 2520 / 2
= 1260
Therefore,
LCM(9, 10, 28) = 1260

Question 41.
PROBLEM SOLVING
At Union Station, you notice that three subway lines just arrived at the same time. How long must you wait until all three lines arrive at Union Station at the same time again?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 80

Answer: 60 minutes

Explanation:
The complete question in the attached figure
Step 1
Find the least common multiple (LCM) of the three numbers
List the prime factors of each number
10 = 2 × 5
12 = 2 × 2 × 3
15 = 3 × 5
Multiply each factor the greatest number of times it occurs in any of the numbers to find out the LCM
The LCM is equal to
4 × 3 × 5 = 60
Thus You must wait 60 minutes for all three lines to arrive at Union Station at the same time again.

Question 42.
DIG DEEPER!
A radio station gives away $15 to every 15th caller, $25 to every 25th caller, and a free concert ticket to every 100th caller. When will the station first give away all three prizes to one caller? When this happens, how much money and how many tickets are given away?

Answer:
Given,
Radio Station gives :
1st prize: $15 to 15th caller
2nd prize: $25 to 25th caller
3rd prize: free concert tickets to 100th caller
So, in order to get all three prizes the caller must be 15th, 25th, and 100th caller at the same time. But to find when the radio station will give first all three prizes we calculate L.C.M. of ( 15, 25, 100 ) that is 300
Hence, the station first gives away all three prizes to the 300th caller.

Question 43.
LOGIC
You and a friend are running on treadmills. You run 0.5 mile every 3 minutes, and your friend runs 2 miles every 14 minutes. You both start and stop running at the same time and run a whole number of miles. What are the least possible numbers of miles you and your friend can run?

Answer:
If you run 0.5 miles every 3 minutes then you run 1 mile every 6 minutes.
If your friend runs 2 miles every 14 minutes then your friend runs 1 mile every 7 minutes.
You will both then both run a whole number of minutes for a time that is a multiple of 6 and 7.
The least common multiple of 6 and 7 is 42 so the least possible time you and your friend could run for and both run a whole number of miles is then 42 minutes.
Since you run 1 mile every 6 minutes, in 42 minutes you will run 42/6=7 miles.
Since your friend runs 1 mile every 7 minutes, in 42 minutes your friend will run 42/7=6 miles.

Question 44.
VENN DIAGRAM
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 81
Refer to the Venn diagram.
a. Copy and complete the Venn diagram.
b. What is the LCM of 16, 24, and 40?
c. What is the LCM of 16 and 40? 24 and 40? 16 and 24? Explain how you found your answers.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-6-Chapter-1-Numerical-Numerical-Expressions-and-Factors-81
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
LCM of 16, 40:
Multiples of 16:
16, 32, 48, 64, 80, 96, 112
Multiples of 40:
40, 80, 120, 160
Therefore,
LCM(16, 40) = 80
LCM of 24, 40:
Multiples of 24:
24, 48, 72, 96, 120, 144, 168
Multiples of 40:
40, 80, 120, 160, 200
Therefore,
LCM(24, 40) = 120
LCM of 16, 24:
Multiples of 16:
16, 32, 48, 64, 80
Multiples of 24:
24, 48, 72, 96
Therefore,
LCM(16, 24) = 48

CRITICAL THINKING
Tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.

Question 45.
The LCM of two different prime numbers is their product.

Answer: Always true

Example:
3 × 5 = 15

Question 46.
The LCM of a set of numbers is equal to one of the numbers in the set.

Answer:
The LCM of a set of numbers is equal to one of the numbers in the set. Always Sometimes Never true. Question 909193: The LCM of a set of numbers is equal to one of the numbers in the set. This is sometimes true.

Question 47.
The GCF of two different numbers is the LCM of the numbers.

Answer:
Another way to find the LCM of two numbers is to divide their product by their greatest common factor ( GCF ). Example 2: Find the least common multiple of 18 and 20. The common factors are 2 and 3 .

Numerical Expressions and Factors Connecting Concepts

Getting Ready for Chapter Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
A sports team gives away shirts at the stadium. There are 60 large shirts, 1.6 times as many small shirts as large shirts, and 1.5 times as many medium shirts as small shirts. The team wants to divide the shirts into identical groups to be distributed throughout the stadium. What is the greatest number of groups that can be formed using every shirt?

Understand the Problem
You know the number of large shirts and two relationships among the numbers of small, medium, and large shirts. You are asked to find the greatest number of identical groups that can be formed using every shirt.
Make a plan
Break the problem into parts. First use multiplication to find the number of each size shirt. Then find the GCF of these numbers.
Solve and Check
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
Given,
A sports team gives away shirts at the stadium.
There are 60 large shirts, 1.6 times as many small shirts as large shirts, and 1.5 times as many medium shirts as small shirts. The team wants to divide the shirts into identical groups to be distributed throughout the stadium.
60 × 1.6 = 96
60 × 1.5 = 90
The factors of 90 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 15, 18, 30, 45, 90
The factors of 96 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 96
Then the greatest common factor is 6.

Question 2.
An escape artist fills the tank shown with water. Find the number of cubic feet of water needed to fill the tank. Then find the number of cubic yards of water that are needed to fill the tank. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 75.1

Answer:
Given,
An escape artist fills the tank shown with water.
side = 6 ft
We know that
The volume of the cube = s³
V = 6ft × 6ft × 6ft
V = 216 cubic ft.

Performance Task

Setting the Table

At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM video called “Filling Piñatas.” You are now ready to complete the performance task for this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 82

Answer:
Factors of 50 – 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, and 50
Factors of 12 – 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
Factors of 16 – 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
The factors of number 24 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24.
The factors of 100 are 1,2,4,5,10,20,25,50 and 100.

Numerical Expressions and Factors Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 83

Graphic Organizers

You can use an Information Frame to organize and remember concepts. Here is an example of an Information Frame for the vocabulary term power.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 84

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 85

  1. perfect square
  2. numerical expression
  3. order of operations
  4. prime factorization
  5. greatest common factor (GCF)
  6. least common multiple (LCM)

Answer:
1. A perfect square is a number, from a given number system, that can be expressed as the square of a number from the same number system. Examples of Numbers that are Perfect Squares. 25 is a perfect square.
2. A numerical expression is a mathematical sentence involving only numbers and one or more operation symbols. Examples of operation symbols are the ones for addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division.
3. Order of operations refers to which operations should be performed in what order, but it’s just convention.
4. “Prime Factorization” is finding which prime numbers multiply together to make the original number.
5. Greatest Common Factor. The highest number that divides exactly into two or more numbers.
6. Least Common Multiple. The smallest positive number that is a multiple of two or more numbers.

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 86

1.1 Powers and Exponents (pp. 3-8)

Write the product as a power.

Question 1.
3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3

Answer: The product of 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 is 36

Question 2.
5 × 5 × 5

Answer: The product of 5 × 5 × 5 is 53

Question 3.
17 . 17 . 17 . 17 . 17

Answer: The product of 17 . 17 . 17 . 17 . 17 is 175

Question 4.
33

Answer: 3 × 3 × 3

Question 5.
26

Answer: 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2

Question 6.
44

Answer: 4 × 4 × 4 × 4

Question 7.
Write a power that has a value greater than 23 and less than 33.

Answer: The power that has a value greater than 23 and less than 33 is 4²

Question 8.
Without evaluating, determine whether 25 or 42 is greater. Explain.

Answer: 25 > 42

Explanation:
The exponent with the highest number will be greater.

Question 9.
The bases on a softball field are square. What is the area of each base?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 87
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 88

Answer:
Given,
The bases on a softball field are square.
s = 15 inches
We know that,
Area of the square = s × s
A = 15 × 15
A = 225 sq. in
Thus the area of each base is 225 sq. in.

1.2 Order of Operations (pp. 9–14)

Evaluate the expression.

Question 10.
3 × 6 – 12 ÷ 6

Answer: 16

Explanation:
You have to evaluate from left to right.
(3 × 6) – (12 ÷ 6)
18 – 2 = 16

Question 11.
30 ÷ (14 – 22) × 5

Answer: 15

Explanation:
You have to evaluate from left to right.
30 ÷ (14 – 4) × 5
30 ÷ 10 × 5
3 × 5 = 15

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 89

Answer: 15

Explanation:
You have to evaluate from left to right.
2.3 + 3.7 = 6
5(6)/2 = 30/2 = 15

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 90

Answer: 37

Explanation:
You have to evaluate from left to right.
7² + 5 = 49 + 5 = 54
1/2 × 54 = 27
4³ – 27 = 64 – 27 = 37

Question 14.
20 (32 – 4) ÷ 50

Answer: 2

Explanation:
You have to evaluate from left to right.
(32 – 4) = 9 – 4 = 5
20 × 5 ÷ 50
100 ÷ 50 = 2

Question 15.
5 + 3(42 – 2) ÷ 6

Answer: 12

Explanation:
You have to evaluate from left to right.
(42 – 2) = 16 – 2 = 14
5 + 3(14) ÷ 6
5 + 42 ÷ 6
5 + 7 = 12

Question 16.
Use grouping symbols and at least one exponent to write a numerical expression that has a value of 80.

Answer: 6 + (9² – 7) = 80

1.3 Prime Factorization (pp. 15–20)

List the factor pairs of the number.

Question 17.
28

Answer: The factor pairs of the number 28 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28

Explanation:
28 = 1 × 28
2 × 14
4 × 7
7 × 4
14 × 2
28 × 1

Question 18.
44

Answer: The factor pairs of the number 44 are 1, 2, 4, 11, 44.

Explanation:
44 = 1 × 44
2 × 22
4 × 11
11 × 4
44 × 1

Question 19.
96

Answer: The factor pairs of the number 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48, 96

Explanation:
1 and 96 are a factor pair of 96 since 1 x 96= 96
2 and 48 are a factor pair of 96 since 2 x 48= 96
3 and 32 are a factor pair of 96 since 3 x 32= 96
4 and 24 are a factor pair of 96 since 4 x 24= 96
6 and 16 are a factor pair of 96 since 6 x 16= 96
8 and 12 are a factor pair of 96 since 8 x 12= 96
12 and 8 are a factor pair of 96 since 12 x 8= 96
16 and 6 are a factor pair of 96 since 16 x 6= 96
24 and 4 are a factor pair of 96 since 24 x 4= 96
32 and 3 are a factor pair of 96 since 32 x 3= 96
48 and 2 are a factor pair of 96 since 48 x 2= 96
96 and 1 are a factor pair of 96 since 96 x 1= 96

Question 20.
There are 36 graduated cylinders to put away on a shelf after science class. The shelf can fit a maximum of 20 cylinders across and 4 cylinders deep. The teacher wants each row to have the same number of cylinders. List the possible arrangements of the graduated cylinders on the shelf.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 91

Answer:
Given,
There are 36 graduated cylinders to put away on a shelf after science class.
The shelf can fit a maximum of 20 cylinders across and 4 cylinders deep.
The teacher wants each row to have the same number of cylinders.
There are three possible arrangements of the graduated cylinders on the shelf.
1. 4 rows of 9 graduated cylinders
2. 3 rows of 12 graduated cylinders.
3. 2 rows of 18 graduated cylinders.

Write the prime factorization of the number.

Question 21.
42

Answer: The prime factorization of the number 42 is 2 × 3 × 7

Explanation:
42 = 2 × 21
= 2 × 3 × 7

Question 22.
50

Answer: The prime factorization of the number  2 × 5 × 5

Explanation:
50 = 2 × 25
= 2 × 5 × 5

Question 23.
66

Answer: The prime factorization of the number 2 × 3 × 11

Explanation:
66 = 2 × 33
= 2 × 3 × 11

1.4 Greatest Common Factor (pp. 21–26)

Find the GCF of the numbers using lists of factors.

Question 24.
27, 45

Answer: GCF is 9

Explanation:
The factors of 27 are: 1, 3, 9, 27
The factors of 45 are: 1, 3, 5, 9, 15, 45
Then the greatest common factor is 9.

Question 25.
30, 48

Answer: GCF is 6

Explanation:
The factors of 30 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30
The factors of 48 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48
Then the greatest common factor is 6.

Question 26.
28, 48

Answer: GCF is 4

Explanation:
The factors of 28 are: 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28
The factors of 48 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48
Then the greatest common factor is 4.

Find the GCF of the numbers using prime factorizations.

Question 27.
24, 80

Answer:
The prime factorization is the product of the circled primes. So the prime factorization of 24 is 24 = 2 · 2 · 2 · 3 = 2³ . 3
The prime factorization is the product of the circled primes. So the prime factorization of 80 is 80 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 5 = 2² . 2² . 5

Question 28.
52, 68

Answer:
The prime factorization is the product of the circled primes. So the prime factorization of 52 is 2 x 2 x 13 = 2² . 13
The prime factorization is the product of the circled primes. So the prime factorization of 68 is 2 × 2 × 17 = 2². 17

Question 29.
32, 56

Answer:
The prime factorization is the product of the circled primes. So the prime factorization of 32 is 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 = 25
The prime factorization is the product of the circled primes. So the prime factorization of 56 is 2 x 2 x 2 x 7 = 2³ . 7

Question 30.
Write a pair of numbers that have a GCF of 20.

Answer: The prime factors of 20 are 2 x 2 x 5. The GCF of 20 is 5.

Question 31.
What is the greatest number of friends you can invite to an arcade using the coupon such that the tokens and slices of pizza are equally split between you and your friends with none left over? How many slices of pizza and tokens will each person receive?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 92

Answer: (n/4)-1

Explanation:
Total slices = n
Total number of people =4
Each people may be eat = n/4 slices
Here Harris eats 1 slice fewer
Then Harris eats (n/4)-1 slices

1.5 Least Common Multiple (pp. 27–32)

Find the LCM of the numbers using lists of multiples.

Question 32.
4, 14

Answer: 28

Explanation:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 4:
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36
Multiples of 14:
14, 28, 42, 56
Therefore,
LCM(4, 14) = 28

Question 33.
6, 20

Answer: 60

Explanation:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 6:
6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60.
Multiples of 20:
20, 40, 60, 80, 100
The LCM of 6, 20 is 60

Question 34.
12, 28

Answer: 84

Explanation:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96
Multiples of 28:
28, 56, 84, 112, 140, 168, 196
LCM of 12, 28 is 84

Find the LCM of the numbers using prime factorizations.

Question 35.
6, 45

Answer:
Prime Factorisation of 6: 2 × 3
Prime Factorisation of 45: 3 × 3 × 5
LCM is 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 = 60

Question 36.
10, 12

Answer: 60
Prime factorization of 10: 2 × 5
Prime factorization of 12: 2 × 2 × 3
LCM is 5 × 2 × 2 × 3 = 60

Question 37.
18, 27

Answer:
Prime factorization of 18: 2 × 3 × 3
Prime factorization of 27: 3 × 3 × 3
LCM is 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 54

Question 38.
Find the LCM of 8, 12, and 18.

Answer: 72
Prime Factorisation of 8: 2 × 2 × 2
Prime Factorisation of 12: 2 × 2 × 3
Prime factorization of 18: 2 × 3 × 3
LCM = 72

Question 39.
Write a pair of numbers that have an LCM of 84.

Answer: 84 and 12

Explanation:
The LCM of 84 and 12 is 84.
Prime factorization of 12: 2 × 2 × 3
Prime factorization of 84: 2 × 2 × 3 × 7
The Least Common Multiple is 2 × 2 × 3 × 7 = 84

Question 40.
Write three numbers that have an LCM of 45.

Answer: 3, 15, 45

Explanation:
The prime factorization of 15: 3 × 5
The prime factorization of 45: 3 × 3 × 5
The LCM of 3, 15, 45 is 45.

Question 41.
You water your roses every sixth day and your hydrangeas every fifth day. Today you water both plants. In how many days will you water both plants on the same day again?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 93

Answer: 30

Explanation:
Given,
You water your roses every sixth day and your hydrangeas every fifth day. Today you water both plants.
6 × 5 = 30
You water both plants for 30 days on the same day again.

Question 42.
Hamburgers are sold in packages of 20, while buns are sold in packages of 12. What are the least numbers of packages you should buy in order to have the same number of hamburgers and buns?

Answer:
Given,
Hamburgers are sold in packages of 20, while buns are sold in packages of 12.
At least 5 packages of buns and 3 packages of hamburgers.
20×3=60
12×5=60
So that is how you get the answer by seeing if they have any integers in common.

Question 43.
A science museum is giving away a magnetic liquid kit to every 50th guest and a plasma ball to every 35th guest until someone receives both prizes.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 94
a. Which numbered guest will receive both a magnetic liquid kit and a plasma ball?

Answer:
A magnetic liquid kit prize every 50 guests and a plasma ball every 35 guests.
1.Guest 50th
2.Guest 100th
3.Guest 150th
4.Guest 200th
5.Guest 250th
6.Guest 300th
7.Guest 350th
8.Guest 400th and so on, in case no coincidence would happen.

b. How many people will receive a plasma ball?

Answer:
1.Guest 35th
2.Guest 70th
3.Guest 105th
4.Guest 140th
5.Guest 175th
6.Guest 210th
7.Guest 245th
8.Guest 280th
9.Guest 315th
10.Guest 350th.
As you can see, Guest 350th will be the first one to receive both prizes, and including him or her, a total of ten guests will receive the plasma ball until that moment. There wasn’t any coincidence before Guest 350th.

Numerical Expressions and Factors Practice Test

Question 1.
Find the value of 23.

Answer:
23 can be written as 2 × 2 × 2 = 8
Thus the value of 23 is 8.

Question 2.
Evaluate Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 95

Answer:
5 + 4(12 – 2) = 5 + 4(10) = 5 + 40
(5 + 40)/3² = 45/9 = 5
Thus the value of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 95is 5.

Question 3.
Write 264.264.264 as a power

Answer: 264.264.264 can be written as 264³

Question 4.
List the factor pairs of 66.

Answer: The factor pairs of 66 are (1,66) (2, 33) (6, 11)
66 = 1 × 66
66 = 2 × 33
66 = 6 × 11

Question 5.
Write the prime factorization of 56.

Answer:
56 = 2 × 28
= 2 × 2 × 14
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 7
Thus the prime factorization of 56 is 2 × 2 × 2 × 7

Find the GCF of the numbers.

Question 6.
24, 54

Answer: GCF is 6

The factors of 24 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
The factors of 54 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18, 27, 54
Then the greatest common factor is 6.

Question 7.
16, 32, 72

Answer: GCF is 8

The factors of 16 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
The factors of 32 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32
The factors of 72 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 8.
52, 65

Answer: GCF is 13

The factors of 52 are: 1, 2, 4, 13, 26, 52
The factors of 65 are: 1, 5, 13, 65
Then the greatest common factor is 13.

Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 9.
9, 24

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 9:
9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54, 63, 72, 81, 90
Multiples of 24:
24, 48, 72, 96, 120
Therefore,
LCM(9, 24) = 72

Question 10.
26, 39

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 26:
26, 52, 78, 104, 130
Multiples of 39:
39, 78, 117, 156
Therefore,
LCM(26, 39) = 78

Question 11.
6, 12, 14

Answer:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 6:
6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72, 78, 84, 90, 96
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108
Multiples of 14:
14, 28, 42, 56, 70, 84, 98, 112
Therefore,
LCM(6, 12, 14) = 84

Question 12.
You have 16 yellow beads, 20 red beads, and 24 orange beads to make identical bracelets. What is the greatest number of bracelets that you can make using all of the beads?

Answer:
To find how many identical bracelets you can make, you need to find a common denominator.
In this case, all three numbers; 16, 20, and 24, can be divided by four.
So you now know you can have four bracelets.
Then you take your numbers of each color beads and divide them by four so you know how many of each color will be on the bracelets.
In the end, you have four bracelets, each with 4 yellow beads, 5 red beads and 6 orange beads

Question 13.
A bag contains equal numbers of green marbles and blue marbles. You can divide all of the green marbles into groups of 12 and all the blue marbles into groups of 16. What is the least number of each color of marble that can be in the bag?

Answer:
Given,
A bag contains equal numbers of green marbles and blue marbles.
You can divide all of the green marbles into groups of 12 and all the blue marbles into groups of 16.
To solve this problem, we need to find for the LCM of each number. That is:
12: 12, 24, 36, 48, 60
16: 16, 32, 48, 64, 80
So we can see that the LCM is 48.
Therefore the least number of each color of marble must be 48.

Question 14.
The ages of the members of a family are 65, 58, 27, 25, 5, and 2 years old. What is the total admission price for the family to visit the zoo?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 96

Answer:
The ages of the members of a family are 65, 58, 27, 25, 5, and 2 years old.
We can find the total admission price for the family to visit the zoo by following the above table.
$10 + $12 + $27 + $12 + $8 + $8 = $77

Question 15.
A competition awards prizes for fourth, third, second, and first place. The fourth place winner receives $5. Each place above that receives a prize that is five times the amount of the previous prize. How much prize money is awarded?

Answer:
A competition awards prizes for fourth, third, second, and first place. The fourth place winner receives $5. Each place above that receives a prize that is five times the amount of the previous prize.
Each place above that receives a prize that is five times the amount of the previous prize
So we can say that;
Pn = 5 ×  P(n+1)
Where n ⇒ Number Place
Pn = Price received by Number place
Substituting the values of n as 3,2,1 to find the price of third second first place winner.
P3 = 5 ×  P(3+1) = 5 × P4 = 5 × 5 = 25
P2 = 5 ×  P(2+1) = 5 × P3 = 5 × 25 = 125
P1 = 5 ×  P(1+1) = 5 × P2 = 5 × 125 = 625
Now We will find the Total Prize money awarded.
Total Prize money awarded = 625 + 125 + 25 + 5 = 780
Hence A total of $780 price money was awarded.

Question 16.
You buy tealight candles and mints as party favors for a baby shower. The tealight candles come in packs of 12 for $3.50. The mints come in packs of 50 for $6.25. What is the least amount of money you can spend to buy the same number of candles and mints?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 96.1

Answer: The least amount of money it can be spent is $125.

Explanation:
First, we write the prime factorization of each number:
12= 2·2·3
15= 2·5·5
Then, we search for each different factor which appears the greater number of times. The factor 2 appears in both factorizations so the least common multiple is:
LCM= 2·2·3·5·5=300
Hence, the total quantity of packs of each thing is:
Candles: 300÷12=25
Mints: 300÷50=6
The least amount of money it can be spent is:
T=25×$3.50 + 6×$6.25= $87.5 + $37.5= $125

Numerical Expressions and Factors Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Find the value of 8 × 135?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 96.2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 97

Answer: Multiply the two numbers 8 and 135
8 × 135 = 1080

Question 2.
Which number is equivalent to the expression blow?
3.23 – 8 ÷ 4

Answer: 22

Explanation:
Given the expression 3.23 – 8 ÷ 4
3 × 8 -(8÷4)
24 – (2)
24 – 2 = 22

Question 3.
The top of an end table is a square with a side length of 16 inches. What is the area of the tabletop?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 98

Answer: I

Explanation:
Given that
The top of an end table is a square with a side length of 16 inches.
Area of the square = s × s
A = 16 × 16
A = 256 in²
Thus the correct answer is option I.

Question 4.
You are filling baskets using 18 green eggs, 36 red eggs, and 54 blue eggs. What is the greatest number of baskets that you can fill so that the baskets are identical and there are no eggs left over?
A. 3
B. 6
C. 9
D. 18

Answer: D

Explanation:
Given,
You are filling baskets using 18 green eggs, 36 red eggs, and 54 blue eggs.
18/n = 36/n = 54/n
Factors of 18 are 2,3,6,9,18
Factors of 36 are 2,3,4,6,9,12,18.
Factors of 54 are 2,3,6,9,18,27,54.
The common multiples of 18,36 and 54 are 2,3,6,9,18.
Thus the greatest among them is 18.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
What is the value of 23.32.5?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 99

Answer:
23.32.5
2³ = 8
3² = 9
8 × 9 × 5 = 360

Question 6.
You hang the two strands of decorative lights shown below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 100
Both strands just changed color. After how many seconds will the strands change color at the same time again?
F. 3 seconds
G. 30 seconds
H. 90 seconds
I. 270 seconds

Answer: 3 seconds

Explanation:

Strand I: Changes between red and blue every 15 seconds
Strand II: Changes between green and gold every 18 seconds
18 – 15 = 3 seconds
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 7.
Point P is plotted in the coordinate plane below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 101
What are the coordinates of Point P ?
A. (5, 3)
B. (4, 3)
C. (3, 5)
D. (3, 4)

Answer: C
By seeing the above graph we can find the coordinates of point p.
The X-axis is on 3 and Y-axis is on 5.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 8.
What is the prime factorization of 1100?
F. 2 × 5 × 11
G. 22 × 52 × 11
H. 4 × 52 × 11
I. 22 × 5 × 55

Answer: G
Prime factorization of 1100: 2 × 550
2 × 2 × 275
2 × 2 × 5 × 55
2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 11
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 9.
What is the least common multiple of 3, 8, and 10?
A. 24
B. 30
C. 80
D. 120

Answer: D

Multiples of 3:
3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, 42, 45, 48, 51, 54, 57, 60, 63, 66, 69, 72, 75, 78, 81, 84, 87, 90, 93, 96, 99, 102, 105, 108, 111, 114, 117, 120, 123, 126
Multiples of 8:
8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96, 104, 112, 120, 128, 136
Multiples of 10:
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140.
The common multiple among the three is 120.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 10.
What is the area of the shaded region of the figure below?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 102

Answer:
The above figure is square.
s = 4 yd
Area of the square = s × s
A = 4 yd × 4 yd
A = 16 sq. yd
The area of the outer box.
s = 9 yd
Area of the square = s × s
A = 9 yd × 9 yd
A = 81 sq. yd
The area of the shaded region is 81 – 16 = 65 sq. yd
Thus the correct answer is option G.

Question 11.
Which expression represents a prime factorization?
A. 4 × 4 × 7
B. 22 × 21 × 23
C. 34 × 5 × 7
D. 5 × 5 × 9 × 11

Answer: B

Prime factorization:
22 × 21 × 23
2, 21, 23 is a prime number.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 12.
Find the greatest common factor for each pair of numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors 103
What can you conclude about the greatest common factor of 10, 15, and 21? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The factors of 10 are: 1, 2, 5, 10
The factors of 15 are: 1, 3, 5, 15
The factors of 21 are: 1, 3, 7, 21
Then the greatest common factor is 1.

Final Words:
I wish that the details prevailed in this article regarding Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Numerical Expressions and Factors Answer Key is helpful for all the students and also teachers. Make use of the solutions and score good marks in the exams. Best Of Luck!!

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3

Seeking help regarding the concepts of Big Ideas Geometry Answer Key Ch 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines? If so, don’t bother as you will get a complete idea through our BIM Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Answer Key. Make the most out of these preparation resources and stand out from the rest of the crowd. All the Questions prevailing here in Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 adhere and meets the Common Core Curriculum Standards. You will find Solutions to all the BIM Book Geometry Ch 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Concepts aligned as per the BIM Textbooks.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Solving the concepts from the Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Ch 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Answers on a regular basis boosts the problem-solving ability in you. Embedded mathematical practices, exercises provided make it easy for you to understand the concepts quite quickly. Begin your preparation right away and clear the exams with utmost confidence. Simply click on the below available and learn the respective topics in no time.

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the slope of the line.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 1
Answer:
From the given coordinate plane,
Let the given points are:
A (-1, 2), and B (3, -1)
Compare the given points with
A (x1, y1), B (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{-1 – 2}{3 + 1}\)
= \(\frac{-3}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given line is: \(\frac{-3}{4}\)

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 2
Answer:
From the given coordinate plane,
Let the given points are:
A (-2, 2), and B (-3, -1)
Compare the given points with
A (x1, y1), B (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{-1 – 2}{-3 + 2}\)
= \(\frac{-3}{-1}\)
= 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given line is: 3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3
Answer:
From the given coordinate plane,
Let the given points are:
A (-3, -2), and B (1, -2)
Compare the given points with
A (x1, y1), B (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{-2 + 2}{3 + 1}\)
= \(\frac{0}{4}\)
= 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given line is: 0

Write an equation of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.

Question 4.
(6, 1); m = – 3
Answer:
The given point is: (6, 1)
The slope of the given line is: m = -3
We know that,
The equation of a line is:
y = mx + b
Where,
m is the slope
b is the y-intercept
So,
y = -3x + b ——–(1)
To find the value of b,
Substitute the given point in eq. (1)
So,
1 = -3 (6) + b
1 = -18 + b
1 + 18 = b
b = 19
Hence,
The equation of the line along with y-intercept is:
y = -3x + 19

Question 5.
(-3, 8); m = – 2
Answer:
The given point is: (-3, 8)
The slope of the given line is: m = -2
We know that,
The equation of a line is:
y = mx + b
Where,
m is the slope
b is the y-intercept
So,
y = -2x + b ——–(1)
To find the value of b,
Substitute the given point in eq. (1)
So,
8 = -2 (-3) + b
8 = 6 + b
8 – 6 = b
b = 2
Hence,
The equation of the line along with y-intercept is:
y = -2x + 2

Question 6.
(- 1, 5); m = 4
Answer:
The given point is: (-1, 5)
The slope of the given line is: m = 4
We know that,
The equation of a line is:
y = mx + b
Where,
m is the slope
b is the y-intercept
So,
y = 4x + b ——–(1)
To find the value of b,
Substitute the given point in eq. (1)
So,
5 = 4 (-1) + b
5 = -4 + b
5 + 4 = b
b = 9
Hence,
The equation of the line along with y-intercept is:
y = 4x + 9

Question 7.
(2, – 4); m = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
The given point is: (2, -4)
The slope of the given line is: m = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
The equation of a line is:
y = mx + b
Where,
m is the slope
b is the y-intercept
So,
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + b ——–(1)
To find the value of b,
Substitute the given point in eq. (1)
So,
-4 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (2) + b
-4 = 1 + b
-4 – 1 = b
b = -5
Hence,
The equation of the line along with y-intercept is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 5

Question 8.
(- 8, – 5); m = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
The given point is: (-8, -5)
The slope of the given line is: m = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)
We know that,
The equation of a line is:
y = mx + b
Where,
m is the slope
b is the y-intercept
So,
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + b ——–(1)
To find the value of b,
Substitute the given point in eq. (1)
So,
-5 = –\(\frac{1}{4}\) (-8) + b
-5 = 2 + b
-5 – 2 = b
b = -7
Hence,
The equation of the line along with y-intercept is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 7

Question 9.
(0, 9); m = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
The given point is: (0, 9)
The slope of the given line is: m = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
We know that,
The equation of a line is:
y = mx + b
Where,
m is the slope
b is the y-intercept
So,
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + b ——–(1)
To find the value of b,
Substitute the given point in eq. (1)
So,
9 = \(\frac{2}{3}\) (0) + b
9 = 0 + b
9 – 0 = b
b = 9
Hence,
The equation of the line along with y-intercept is:
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 9

Question 10.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Why does a horizontal line have a slope of 0, but a vertical line has an undefined slope?
Answer:
We know that,
Slope of the line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
We know that,
For a horizontal line,
The coordinates of y are the same. i.e.,
y1 = y2 = y3  ………
For a vertical line,
The coordinates of x are the same. i.e.,
x1 = x2 = x3 …….
So,
The slope of the horizontal line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y2}{x2 – x1}\)
We know that,
Any fraction that contains 0 in the numerator has its value equal to 0
So,
The slope of horizontal line (m) = 0
The slope of vertical line (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
We know that,
Any fraction that contains 0 in the denominator has its value undefined
So,
The slope of the vertical line (m) = Undefined

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Mathematical Practices

Use a graphing calculator to graph the pair of lines. Use a square viewing window. Classify the lines as parallel, perpendicular, coincident, or non-perpendicular intersecting lines. Justify your answer.

Question 1.
x + 2y = 2
2x – y = 4
Answer:
The given pair of lines are:
x + 2y = 2
2x – y = 4
Hence,
The representation of the given pair of lines in the coordinate plane is:

We know that,
For a pair of lines to be perpendicular, the product of the slopes i.e., the product of the slope of the first line and the slope of the second line will be equal to -1
So,
By comparing the given pair of lines with
y = mx + b
We get
The slope of first line (m1) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
The slope of second line (m2) = 2
So,
m1 ×m2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 2
= -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given pair of lines are perpendicular lines

Question 2.
x + 2y = 2
2x + 4y = 4
Answer:
The give pair of lines are:
x + 2y = 2
2x + 4y = 4
Hence,
The representation of the given pair of lines in the coordinate plane is:

We know that,
For a pair of lines to be coincident, the pair of lines have the same slope and the same y-intercept
So,
By comparing the given pair of lines with
y = mx + b
We get
m1 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\), b1 = 1
m2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\), b2 = 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given pair of lines are coincident lines

Question 3.
x + 2y = 2
x + 2y = – 2
Answer:
The given pair of lines are:
x + 2y = 2
x + 2y = -2
Hence,
The representation of the given pair of lines in the coordinate plane is:

We know that,
For a pair of lines to be parallel, the pair of lines have the same slope but different y-intercepts
So,
By comparing the given pair of lines with
y = mx + b
We get
m1 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\), b1 = 1
m2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\), b2 = -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given pair of lines are parallel lines

Question 4.
x – 2y = 2
x – y = – 4
Answer:
The given pair of lines are:
x – 2y = 2
x – y = -4
Hence,
The representation of the given pair of lines in the coordinate plane is:

We know that,
For a pair of lines to be non-perpendicular, the product of the slopes i.e., the product of the slope of the first line and the slope of the second line will not be equal to -1
So,
By comparing the given pair of lines with
y = mx + b
We get
The slope of first line (m1) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The slope of second line (m2) = 1
So,
m1 ×m2  = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given pair of lines are non-perpendicular lines

3.1 Pairs of Lines and Angles

Exploration 1

Points of intersection

work with a partner: Write the number of points of intersection of each pair of coplanar lines.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 4
Answer:
The given coplanar lines are:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 4
a. The points of intersection of parallel lines:
We know that,
The “Parallel lines” have the same slope but have different y-intercepts
So,
We can say that any parallel line do not intersect at any point
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of points of intersection of parallel lines is: 0

a. The points of intersection of intersecting lines:
We know that,
The “Intersecting lines” have a common point to intersect
So,
We can say that any intersecting line do intersect at 1 point
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of points of intersection of intersecting lines is: 1

c. The points of intersection of coincident lines:
We know that,
The “Coincident lines” may be intersecting or parallel
So,
We can say that any coincident line do not intersect at any point or intersect at 1 point
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of points of intersection of coincident lines is: 0 or 1

Exploration 2

Classifying Pairs of Lines

Work with a partner: The figure shows a right rectangular prism. All its angles are right angles. Classify each of the following pairs of lines as parallel, intersecting, coincident, or skew. Justify your answers. (Two lines are skew lines when they do not intersect and are not coplanar.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 5
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 6
Answer:
The given rectangular prism is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 5
We know that,
The “Parallel lines” are the lines that do not intersect with each other and present in the same plane
The “Intersecting lines” are the lines that intersect with each other and in the same plane
The “Coincident lines” are the lines that lie on one another and in the same plane
The “Skew lines” are the lines that do not present in the same plane and do not intersect
Hence,
The completed table of the nature of the given pair of lines is:

Exploration 3

Identifying Pairs of Angles

Work with a partner: In the figure, two parallel lines are intersected by a third line called a transversal.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 7
a. Identify all the pairs of vertical angles. Explain your reasoning.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to understand and use stated assumptions, definitions, and previously established results.
Answer:
We know that,
The angles that are opposite to each other when two lines cross are called “Vertical angles”
Hence, from the given figure,
We can conclude that the vertical angles are:
∠1 and ∠3; ∠2 and ∠4; ∠5 and ∠7; ∠6 and ∠8

b. Identify all the linear pairs of angles. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
We know that,
A “Linear pair” is a pair of adjacent angles formed when two lines intersect
Hence, from the given figure,
We can conclude that the linear pair of angles is:
∠1 and ∠2; ∠4 and ∠3; ∠5 and ∠6; ∠8 and ∠7

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What does it mean when two lines are parallel, intersecting, coincident, or skew?
Answer:
The two lines are “Parallel” when they do not intersect each other and are coplanar
The two lines are “Intersecting” when they intersect each other and are coplanar
The two lines are “Coincident” when they lie on each other and are coplanar
The two lines are “Skew” when they do not intersect each other and are not coplanar

Question 5.
In Exploration 2. find more pairs of lines that are different from those given. Classify the pairs of lines as parallel, intersecting, coincident, or skew. Justify your answers.
Answer:
The given rectangular prism of Exploration 2 is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 5
The pair of lines that are different from the given pair of lines in Exploration 2 are:
a. \(\overline{C D}\) and \(\overline{A E}\)
b. \(\overline{D H}\) and \(\overline{F G}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
a. \(\overline{C D}\) and \(\overline{A E}\) are “Skew lines” because they are not intersecting and are non coplanar
b. \(\overline{D H}\) and \(\overline{F G}\) are “Skew lines” because they are not intersecting and are non coplanar

Lesson 3.1 Pairs of Lines and Angles

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Look at the diagram in Example 1. Name the line(s) through point F that appear skew to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 8.
Answer:
From Example 1,
We can observe that
The line that passes through point F that appear skew to \(\overline{E H}\) is: \(\overline{F C}\)

Question 2.
In Example 2, can you use the Perpendicular Postulate to show that Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 9 is not perpendicular to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 10? Explain why or why not.
Answer:
Perpendicular Postulate:
According to this Postulate,
If there is a line and a point not on the line, then there is exactly one line through the point perpendicular to the given line
Now,
In Example 2,
We can observe that \(\overline{A C}\) is not perpendicular to \(\overline{B F}\) because according to the perpendicular Postulate, \(\overline{A C}\) will be a straight line but it is not a straight line when we observe Example 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can use “Perpendicular Postulate” to show that \(\overline{A C}\) is not perpendicular to \(\overline{B F}\)

Classify the pair of numbered angles.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 11
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 11
We know that,
The angles that have the same corner are called “Adjacent angles”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ∠1 and ∠5 are the adjacent angles

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 12
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 12
We know that,
The angles that have the opposite corners are called “Vertical angles”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ∠2 and ∠7 are the “Vertical angles”

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 13
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 13
We know that,
The angles that have the opposite corners are called “Vertical angles”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ∠4 and ∠5 are the “Vertical angles”

Exercise 3.1 Pairs of Lines and Angles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Two lines that do not intersect and are also not parallel are ________ lines.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE did DOESN’T BELONG?
Which angle pair does not belong with the other three? Explain our reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 14
∠2 and ∠3
∠4 and ∠5
∠1 and ∠8
∠2 and∠7
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 14
We know that,
The angles that have the common side are called “Adjacent angles”
The angles that are opposite to each other when 2 lines cross are called “Vertical angles”
So,
∠2 and ∠3 are vertical angles
∠4 and ∠5 are adjacent angles
∠1 and ∠8 are vertical angles
∠2 and ∠7 are vertical angles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ∠4 and ∠5 angle-pair do not belong with the other three

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, think of each segment in the diagram as part of a line. All the angles are right angles. Which line(s) or plane(s) contain point B and appear to fit the description?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 15
Question 3.
line(s) parallel to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 16.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 3

Question 4.
line(s) PerPendicular to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 17.
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that are a straight angle with the given line and are coplanar is called “Perpendicular lines”
So,
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the line that is perpendicular to \(\overline{C D}\) is: \(\overline{A D}\) and \(\overline{C B}\)

Question 5.
line(s) skew to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 5

Question 6.
plane(s) parallel to plane CDH
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that the plane parallel to plane CDH is: Plane BAE

In Exercises 7-10, Use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 19

Question 7.
Name a pair of parallel lines.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 7

Question 8.
Name a pair of perpendicular lines.
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that have an angle of 90° with each other are called “Perpendicular lines”
Hence,
From the figure,
We can conclude that \(\overline{N P}\) and \(\overline{P O}\) are perpendicular lines

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 21
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that have an angle of 90° with each other are called “Perpendicular lines”
Hence,
From the figure,
We can conclude that \(\overline{P R}\) and \(\overline{P O}\) are not perpendicular lines

In Exercises 11-14, identify all pairs of angles of the given type.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 22
Question 11.
corresponding
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 11

Question 12.
alternate interior
Answer:
We know that,
“Alternate Interior angles” are a pair of angles on the inner side of each of those two lines but on opposite sides of the transversal.
Hence,
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the alternate interior angles are: ∠4 and ∠5; ∠3 and ∠6

Question 13.
alternate exterior
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 13

Question 14.
consecutive interior
Answer:
We know that,
The pair of angles on one side of the transversal and inside the two lines are called the “Consecutive interior angles”.
Hence,
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the consecutive interior angles are: ∠3 and ∠5; ∠4 and ∠6

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 15-18, classify the angle pair as corresponding. alternate interior, alternate exterior, or consecutive interior angles.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 23

Question 15.
∠5 and ∠1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 15

Question 16.
∠11 and ∠13
Answer:
We know that,
The pair of angles on one side of the transversal and inside the two lines are called the “Consecutive interior angles”.
Hence,
From the given figure,
We can conclude that ∠11 and ∠13 are the “Consecutive interior angles”

Question 17.
∠6 and ∠13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 17

Question 18.
∠2 and ∠11
Answer:
We know that,
“Vertical Angles” are the angles opposite each other when two lines cross
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that ∠2 and ∠11 are the “Vertical angles”

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 19 and 20. describe and correct the error in the conditional statement about lines.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 25
Answer:
We know that,
The “Perpendicular Postulate” states that if there is a line and a point not on the line, then there is exactly one line through the point perpendicular to the given line.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is not correct

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Use the photo to decide whether the statement is true or false. Explain Your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 26
a. The plane containing the floor of the treehouse is parallel to the ground.
b. The lines containing the railings of the staircase, such as Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 27, are skew to all lines in the plane containing the ground.
c. All the lines containing the balusters. such as Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 28, are perpendicular to the plane containing the floor of the treehouse.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 21

Question 22.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
If two lines are intersected by a third line, is the third line necessarily a transversal? Justify your answer with a diagram.
Answer:
No, the third line does not necessarily be a transversal

Explanation:
We know that,
“Parallel lines” do not intersect each other
“Perpendicular lines” intersect at each other at right angles
The third intersecting line can intersect at the same point that the two lines have intersected as shown below:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the third line does not need to be a transversal

Question 23.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Two lines are cut by a transversal. Is it possible for all eight angles formed to have the same measure? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 23

Question 24.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Think of each segment in the figure as part of a line.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 29
a. Which lines are parallel to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 30?
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that do not intersect to each other and are coplanar are called “Parallel lines”
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that the line parallel to \(\overline{N Q}\) is: \(\overline{M P}\)

b. Which lines intersect Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 30?
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that are coplanar and any two lines that have a common point are called “Intersecting lines”
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that the lines that intersect \(\overline{N Q}\) are: \(\overline{N K}\), \(\overline{N M}\), and \(\overline{Q P}\)

c. Which lines are skew to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 30?
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that do not intersect or not parallel and non-coplanar are called “Skew lines”
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that \(\overline{K L}\), \(\overline{L M}\), and \(\overline{L S}\)

d. Should you have named all the lines on the cube in parts (a)-(c) except \(\overline{N Q}\)? Explain.
Answer:
No, we did not name all the lines on the cube in parts (a) – (c) except \(\overline{N Q}\)

In exercises 25-28. copy and complete the statement. List all possible correct answers.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 31

Question 25.
∠BCG and __________ are corresponding angles.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 25

Question 26.
∠BCG and __________ are consecutive interior angles.
Answer:
We know that,
When two lines are cut by a transversal, the pair of angles on one side of the transversal and inside the two lines are called the “Consecutive interior angles”
Hence,
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the consecutive interior angles of ∠BCG are: ∠FCA and ∠BCA

Question 27.
∠FCJ and __________ are alternate interior angles.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 27

Question 28.
∠FCA and __________ are alternate exterior angles.
Answer:
“Alternate exterior angles” are the pair of angles that lie on the outer side of the two parallel lines but on either side of the transversal line
Hence,
From the above figure,
We can conclude that ∠FCA and ∠JCB are alternate exterior angles

Question 29.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims the uneven parallel bars in gymnastics are not really Parallel. She says one is higher than the other. so they cannot be on the same plane. Is she correct? Explain.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 29

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use the diagram to find the measure of all the angles.

Question 30.
m∠1 = 76°
Answer:
We know that,
The sum of the adjacent angles is: 180°
The vertical angles are congruent i.e., the angle measures of the vertical angles are equal
Now,
From the figure,
The adjacent angles are: ∠1 and ∠2; ∠2 and ∠3; ∠3 and ∠4; and ∠4 and ∠1
The vertical angles are: ∠1 and ∠3; ∠2 and ∠4
Now,
∠1 + ∠2 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – ∠1
= 180° – 76°
= 104°
So,
∠3 = 76° and ∠4 = 104°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that,
∠1 = 76°, ∠2 = 104°, ∠3 = 76°, and ∠4 = 104°

Question 31.
m∠2 = 159°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.1 a 31

3.2 Parallel Lines and Transversals

Exploration 1

Exploring parallel Lines

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to draw two parallel lines. Draw a third line that intersects both parallel lines. Find the measures of the eight angles that are formed. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 34
Answer:
By using the dynamic geometry,
The representation of the given coordinate plane along with parallel lines is:

Hence, from the coordinate plane,
We can observe that,
∠3 = 53.7° and ∠4 = 53.7°
We know that,
The angle measures of the vertical angles are congruent
So,
∠1 = 53.7° and ∠5 = 53.7°
We know that,
In the parallel lines,
All the angle measures are equal
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = ∠2 = ∠3 = ∠4 = ∠5 = ∠6 = ∠7 = 53.7°

Exploration 2

Writing conjectures

Work with a partner. Use the results of Exploration 1 to write conjectures about the following pairs of angles formed by two parallel lines and a transversal.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to communicate precisely with others.
a. corresponding angles
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 35
Answer:
We know that,
When two lines are crossed by another line (which is called the Transversal), the angles in matching corners are called “Corresponding angles”
Hence, from the given figure,
We can conclude that
The corresponding angles are: ∠ and ∠5; ∠4 and ∠8

b. alternate interior angles
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 36
Answer:
We know that,
“Alternate Interior Angles” are a pair of angles on the inner side of each of those two lines but on opposite sides of the transversal.
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that
The alternate interior angles are: ∠3 and ∠5; ∠2 and ∠8

c. alternate exterior angles
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 37
Answer:
We know that,
“Alternate exterior angles” are the pair of angles that lie on the outer side of the two parallel lines but on either side of the transversal line.
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that
The alternate exterior angles are: ∠1 and ∠7; ∠6 and ∠4

d. consecutive interior angles
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 38
Answer:
We know that,
When two lines are cut by a transversal, the pair of angles on one side of the transversal and inside the two lines are called the “Consecutive interior angles”
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that
The consecutive interior angles are: ∠2 and ∠5; ∠3 and ∠8

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
When two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, which of the resulting pairs of angles are congruent?
Answer:
If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then the pairs of “Corresponding angles” are congruent.
If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then the pairs of “Alternate interior angles” are congruent.
If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then the pairs of “Alternate exterior angles” are congruent.

Question 4.
In Exploration 2. m∠1 = 80°. Find the other angle measures.
Answer:
It is given that
In Exploration 2,
∠1 = 80°
We know that,
Exploration 2 comes from Exploration 1
From Exploration 1,
We can say that all the angle measures are equal in Exploration 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = ∠2 = ∠3 = ∠4 = ∠5 = ∠6 = ∠7 = ∠8 = 80°

Lesson 3.2 Parallel Lines and Transversals

Monitoring Progress

Use the diagram
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 39

Question 1.
Given m∠1 = 105°, find m∠4, m∠5, and m∠8. Tell which theorem you use in each case.
Answer:
It is given that ∠1 = 105°
Now,
We have to find ∠4, ∠5, and ∠8
Now,
To find ∠4:
Verticle angle theorem:
Vertical Angles Theorem states that vertical angles, angles that are opposite each other and formed by two intersecting straight lines, are congruent
So,
∠1 = ∠4
Hence,
∠4 = 105°

To find ∠5:
Alternate Interior angles theorem:
The Alternate Interior Angles Theorem states that, when two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, the resulting alternate interior angles are congruent
So,
∠4 = ∠5
Hence,
∠5 = 105°

To find ∠8:
Verticle angle theorem:
Vertical Angles Theorem states that vertical angles, angles that are opposite each other and formed by two intersecting straight lines, are congruent
So,
∠5 = ∠8
Hence,
∠8 = 105°

Question 2.
Given m∠3 = 68° and m∠8 = (2x + 4)°, what is the value of x? Show your steps.
Answer:
It is given that
∠3 = 68° and ∠8 = (2x + 4)°
From the given figure,
We can observe that ∠3 and ∠8 are consecutive exterior angles.
So,
According to the consecutive exterior angles theorem,
If parallel lines are cut by a transversal line, then consecutive exterior angles are supplementary.
So,
∠3 + ∠8 = 180°
68° + (2x + 4)° = 180°
2x + 72° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 72°
2x° = 108°
x = \(\frac{108}{2}\)
x = 54°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 54°

Question 3.
In the proof in Example 4, if you use the third statement before the second statement. could you still prove the theorem? Explain.
Answer:
In Example 4, the given theorem is “Alternate interior angle theorem”
If you even interchange the second and third statements, you could still prove the theorem as the second line before interchange is not necessary
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that if you use the third statement before the second statement, you could still prove the theorem

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5. yellow light leaves a drop at an angle of m∠2 = 41°. What is m∠1? How do you know?
Answer:
In Example 5,
If we observe ∠1 and ∠2, then they are alternate interior angles
Now,
According to Alternate interior angle theorem,
∠1 = ∠2
It is given that,
∠2 = 41°
So,
∠1 = 41°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = 41°

Exercise 3.2 Parallel Lines and Transversals

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
How are the Alternate Interior Angles Theorem (Theorem 3.2) and the Alternate Exterior
Angles Theorem (Theorem 3.3) alike? How are they different?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE did DOESN’T BELONG?
Which pair of angle measures does not belong with the other three? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 40
m∠1 and m∠3
m∠2 and m∠4
m∠2 and m∠3
m∠1 and m∠5
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 40
From the given figure,
∠1 and ∠3 are the vertical angles
∠2 and ∠4 are the alternate interior angles
∠2 and ∠3 are the consecutive interior angles
∠1 and ∠5 are the alternate exterior angles
So,
From the above,
We can observe that all the angles except ∠1 and ∠3 are the interior and exterior angles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ∠1 and ∠3 pair does not belong with the other three

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, find m∠1 and m∠2. Tell which theorem you use in each case.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 41
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 42
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 42
From the given figure,
We can observe that,
∠1 = ∠2 (By using the Vertical Angles theorem)
∠2 = 150° (By using the Alternate exterior angles theorem)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = ∠2 = 150°

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 44
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 44
From the given figure,
We can observe that,
∠1 + ∠2 = 180° (By using the consecutive interior angles theorem)
∠2 = 140° (By using the Vertical angles theorem)
So,
∠1 = 180° – 140°
∠1 = 40°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = 40° and ∠2 = 140°

In Exercises 7-10. find the value of x. Show your steps.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 45
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 46
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 46
From the given figure,
We can observe that
72° + (7x + 24)° = 180° (By using the Consecutive interior angles theory)
(7x + 24)° = 180° – 72°
(7x + 24)° = 108°
7x° = 108° – 24°
7x° = 84°
x° = \(\frac{84}{7}\)
x° = 12°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 12°

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 47
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 48
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 48
From the given figure,
We can observe that
(8x + 6)° = 118° (By using the Vertical Angles theorem)
8x° = 118° – 6°
8x° = 112°
x° = \(\frac{112}{8}\)
x° = 14°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 14°

In Exercises 11 and 12. find m∠1, m∠2, and m∠3. Explain our reasoning.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 50
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 50
From the given figure,
We can observe that
∠3 + 133° = 180° (By using the Consecutive Interior angles theorem)
∠3 = 180° – 133°
∠3 = 47°
Now,
We can observe that
∠2 + ∠3 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – ∠3
∠2 = 180° – 47°
∠2 = 133°
Now,
We can observe that
∠1 = ∠2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = ∠2 = 133° and ∠3 = 47°

Question 13.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in the students reasoning
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 13

Question 14.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the diagram
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 52
a. Name two pairs of congruent angles when \(\overline{A D}\) and \(\overline{B C}\) are parallel? Explain your reasoning?
Answer:
Let the congruent angle be ∠P
So,
From the figure,
We can observe that the pair of angle when \(\overline{A D}\) and \(\overline{B C}\) are parallel is: ∠APB and ∠DPB

b. Name two pairs of supplementary angles when \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{D C}\) are parallel. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
From the given figure,
The two pairs of supplementary angles when \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{D C}\) are parallel is: ∠ACD and ∠BDC

PROVING A THEOREM
In Exercises 15 and 16, prove the theorem.

Question 15.
Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem (Thm. 3.3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 15

Question 16.
Consecutive Interior Angles Theorem (Thm. 3.4)
Answer:
Statement of consecutive Interior angles theorem:
If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then the pairs of consecutive interior angles formed are supplementary
Proof:

Question 17.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
A group of campers ties up their food between two parallel trees, as shown. The rope is pulled taut. forming a straight line. Find m∠2. Explain our reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 53
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 17

Question 18.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You are designing a box like the one shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 54
a. The measure of ∠1 is 70°. Find m∠2 and m∠3.
b. Explain why ∠ABC is a straight angle.
c. If m∠1 is 60°, will ∠ABC still he a straight angle? Will the opening of the box be more steep or less steep? Explain.
Answer:

Question 19.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is it possible for consecutive interior angles to be congruent? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 19

Question 20.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
The postulates and theorems in this book represent Euclidean geometry. In spherical geometry, all points are points on the surface of a sphere. A line is a circle on the sphere whose diameter is equal to the diameter of the sphere. In spherical geometry, is it possible that a transversal intersects two parallel lines? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
We know that,
According to Euclidean geometry,
For a parallel line, there will be no intersecting point
But, In spherical geometry, even though there is some resemblance between circles and lines, there is no possibility to form parallel lines as the lines will intersect at least at 1 point on the circle which is called a tangent
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that it is not possible that a transversal intersects two parallel lines

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 21 and 22, write and solve a system of linear equations to find the values of x and y.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 55
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 56
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 56
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given pairs of angles are consecutive interior angles
So,
2y° + 4x° = 180°
(2x + 12)° + (y + 6)° = 180°
2x° + y° + 18° = 180°
2x° + y° = 180° – 18°
2x° + y° = 162°———(1)
4x° + 2y° = 180°——–(2)
Solve eq. (1) and eq. (2) to get the values of x and y
2x° = 18°
x° = \(\frac{18}{2}\)
x° = 9°
Now,
y° = 162° – 2 (9°)
y° = 162° – 18°
y° = 144°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of x and y are: 9° and 14° respectively

Question 23.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
During a game of pool. your friend claims to be able to make the shot Shown in the diagram by hitting the cue ball so that m∠1 = 25°. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 23

Question 24.
REASONING
In diagram. ∠4 ≅∠5 and \(\overline{S E}\) bisects ∠RSF. Find m∠1. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 58
Answer:
It is given that ∠4 ≅∠5 and \(\overline{S E}\) bisects ∠RSF
So,
∠FSE = ∠ESR
From ΔESR,
We know that,
The sum of the angle measures of a triangle is: 180°
So,
∠3 + ∠4 + ∠5 = 180°
So,
∠3 = 60° (Since ∠4 ≅ ∠5 and the triangle is not a right triangle)
From the given figure,
We can observe that,
∠1 = ∠3 (By using the Corresponding angles theorem)
So,
∠1 = 60°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that ∠1 = 60°

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the converse of the conditional statement. Decide whether it is true or false.

Question 25.
If two angles are vertical angles. then they are congruent.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 25

Question 26.
If you go to the zoo, then you will see a tiger.
Answer:
The given statement is:
If you go to the zoo, then you will see a tiger
The converse of the given statement is:
If you will see a tiger, then you go to the zoo———-> False

Question 27.
If two angles form a linear pair. then they are supplementary.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.2 a 27

Question 28.
If it is warm outside, then we will go to the park.
Answer:
The given statement is:
If it is warm outside, then we will go to the park
The converse of the given statement is:
If you will go to the park, then it is warm outside —————-> False

3.3 Proofs with Parallel Lines

Exploration 1

Exploring Converses

Work with a partner: Write the converse of each conditional statement. Draw a diagram to represent the converse. Determine whether the converse is true. Justify your conclusion.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to make conjectures and build a logical progression of statements to explore the truth of your conjectures.

a. Corresponding Angles Theorem (Theorem 3.1): If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then the pairs of corresponding angles are congruent.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 59
Converse:
If the pairs of corresponding angles are

congruent, then the two parallel lines are

cut by a transversal.

Answer:
The Converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem:
The Converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem says that if two lines and a transversal form congruent corresponding angles, then the lines are parallel.
So,
When we compare the converses we obtained from the given statement and the actual converse,
We can conclude that both converses are the same
Hence,
We can conclude that the converse we obtained from the given statement is true
Now,
Proof of Converse of Corresponding Angles Theorem:
Consider the 2 lines L1 and L2 intersected by a transversal line L3 creating 2 corresponding angles 1 and 2 which are congruent
We want to prove L1 and L2 are parallel and we will prove this by using “Proof of Contradiction”
Now,
According to Contradiction,
Assume L1 is not parallel to L2
Then, according to the parallel line axiom, there is a different line than L2 that passes through the intersection point of L2 and L3 (point A in the drawing), which is parallel to L1.
Let’s draw that line, and call it P. Let’s also call the angle formed by the traversal line and this new line angle 3, and we see that if we add some other angle, call it angle 4, to it, it will be the same as angle 2.
Now,
P || L1
So,
∠1 ≅ ∠3,
as corresponding angles formed by a transversal of parallel lines, and so,
m∠1=m∠3
This contradicts what was given,  that angles 1 and 2 are congruent.
This contradiction means our assumption (“L1 is not parallel to L2) is false, and so L1 must be parallel to L2.
The representation of the Converse of Corresponding Angles Theorem is:

b. Alternate Interior Angles Theorem (Theorem 3.2): If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then the pairs of alternate interior angles are congruent.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 60
Converse:
If the pairs of alternate interior angles are

congruent, then the two parallel lines are

cut by a transversal.

Answer:
The converse of the Alternate Interior angles Theorem:
The “Converse of the Alternate Interior Angles Theorem” states that if two lines are cut by a transversal and the alternate interior angles are congruent, then the lines are parallel
So,
When we compare the actual converse and the converse according to the given statement,
we can conclude that the converse we obtained from the given statement is false

c. Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem (Theorem 3.3): If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then the pairs of alternate exterior angles are congruent.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 61
Converse:
If the pairs of alternate exterior angles

are congruent, then the two parallel

lines are cut by a transversal. 

Answer:
The Converse of the alternate exterior angles Theorem:
The “Converse of the Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem” states that if alternate exterior angles of two lines crossed by a transversal are congruent, then the two lines are parallel.
So,
When we compare the converses we obtained from the given statement and the actual converse,
We can conclude that both converses are the same
Hence,
We can conclude that the converse we obtained from the given statement is true
Now,
Proof of Alternate exterior angles Theorem:
Given: ∠1 ≅ ∠2
Prove: l || m
The flow proof for the Converse of Alternate exterior angles Theorem is:

The representation of the Converse of the Exterior angles Theorem is:

d. Consecutive Interior Angles Theorem (Theorem 3.4): If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal. then the pairs of consecutive interior angles are supplementary.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 62
Converse:
If the pairs of consecutive interior angles

are supplementary, then the two parallel lines

are cut by a transversal

Answer:
The Converse of the Consecutive Interior angles Theorem:
The “Converse of the consecutive Interior angles Theorem” states that if the consecutive interior angles on the same side of a transversal line intersecting two lines are supplementary, then the two lines are parallel.
So,
When we compare the converses we obtained from the given statement and the actual converse,
We can conclude that both converses are the same
Hence,
We can conclude that the converse we obtained from the given statement is true
Now,
Proof of the Converse of the Consecutive Interior angles Theorem:
a.  m∠5 + m∠4 = 180° //From the given statement
b.  m∠1 + m∠4 = 180° // Linear pair of angles are supplementary
c. m∠5=m∠1 // (1), (2), transitive property of equality
d.  AB||CD // Converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem
The representation of the Converse of the Consecutive Interior angles Theorem is:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
For which of the theorems involving parallel lines and transversals is the converse true?
Answer:
From Exploration 1,
The theorems involving parallel lines and transversals that the converse is true are:
a. Corresponding Angles Theorem
b. Alternate Exterior angles Theorem
c. Consecutive Interior angles Theorem

Question 3.
In Exploration 1, explain how you would prove any of the theorems that you found to be true.
Answer:
For the proofs of the theorems that you found to be true, refer to Exploration 1

Lesson 3.3 Proofs with Parallel Lines

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Is there enough information in the diagram to conclude that m || n? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 63
Answer:
Yes, there is enough information in the diagram to conclude m || n.

Explanation:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 63
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given angles are the consecutive exterior angles
Now,
We have to prove that m || n
So,
We will use “Converse of Consecutive Exterior angles Theorem” to prove m || n
Proof of the Converse of the Consecutive Exterior angles Theorem:
a.  m∠1 + m∠8 = 180° //From the given statement
b.  m∠1 + m∠4 = 180° // Linear pair of angles are supplementary
c. m∠5=m∠1 // (1), (2), transitive property of equality
d.  AB||CD // Converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem
The representation of the Converse of the Consecutive Interior angles Theorem is:

Question 2.
Explain why the Corresponding Angles Converse is the converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem (Theorem 3.1).
Answer:
Corresponding Angles Theorem:
The “Corresponding Angles Postulate” states that, when two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, the resulting corresponding angles are congruent
Converse:
When the corresponding angles are congruent, the two parallel lines are cut by a transversal
Now,
The Converse of Corresponding Angles Theorem:
If the corresponding angles formed are congruent, then two lines l and m are cut by a transversal.
So,
When we observe the Converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem we obtained and the actual definition, both are the same
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the Corresponding Angles Converse is the converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem

Question 3.
If you use the diagram below to prove the Alternate Exterior Angles Converse. what Given and Prove statements would you use?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 64
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 64
It is given that the given angles are the alternate exterior angles
Now,
Alternate Exterior angle Theorem:
If two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then the pairs of alternate exterior angles are congruent
The Converse of the Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem:
The “Converse of the Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem” states that if alternate exterior angles of two lines crossed by a transversal are congruent, then the two lines are parallel.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
For the Converse of the alternate exterior angles Theorem,
The given statement is: ∠1 ≅ 8
To prove: l || k

Question 4.
Copy and complete the following paragraph proof of the Alternate Interior Angles Converse using the diagram in Example 2.

It is given that ∠4 ≅∠5. By the _______ . ∠1 ≅ ∠4. Then by the Transitive Property of Congruence (Theorem 2.2), _______ . So, by the _______ , g || h.
Answer:
The completed proof of the Alternate Interior Angles Converse using the diagram in Example 2 is:
It is given that ∠4 ≅∠5.
By the Vertical Angles Congruence Theorem (Theorem 2.6). ∠1 ≅ ∠4.
Then by the Transitive Property of Congruence (Theorem 2.2), ∠1 ≅∠5.
So, by the Corresponding Angles Converse, g || h.

Question 5.
Each step is parallel to the step immediately above it. The bottom step is parallel to the ground. Explain why the top step is parallel t0 the ground.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 65
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that not any step is intersecting at each other
In the same way, when we observe the floor from any step,
We can say that they are also parallel
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the  top step is also parallel to the ground since they do not intersect each other at any point

Question 6.
In the diagram below. p || q and q || r. Find m∠8. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 66
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 66
From the figure,
We can observe that the given angles are the consecutive exterior angles
We know that,
According to the Consecutive Exterior angles Theorem,
∠8 + 115° = 180°
∠8 = 180° – 115°
∠8 = 65°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠8 = 65°

Exercise 3.3 Proofs with Parallel Lines

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Two lines are cut by a transversal. Which angle pairs must be congruent for the lines to be parallel?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Use the theorems from Section 3.2 and the converses of those theorems in this section to write three biconditional statements about parallel lines and transversals.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-8. find the value of x that makes m || n. Explain your reasoning.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 67
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 68
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 68
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given angles are the corresponding angles
Now,
According to Corresponding Angles Theorem,
(2x + 15)° = 135°
2x° = 135° – 15°
2x° = 120°
x° = \(\frac{120}{2}\)
x° = 60°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 60°

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 69
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 70
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 70
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given angles are the corresponding angles
Now,
According to Corresponding Angles Theorem,
(180 – x)° = x°
180° = x°  + x°
2x° = 180°
x° = \(\frac{180}{2}\)
x° = 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 90°

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 72
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 72
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given angles are the corresponding angles
Now,
According to Corresponding Angles Theorem,
(2x + 20)° = 3x°
20° = 3x°  – 2x°
x° = 20°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 20°

In Exercises 9 and 10, use a compass and straightedge to construct a line through point P that is parallel to line m.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 74
Answer:
Let A and B be two points on line m.
Draw \(\overline{A P}\) and construct an angle ∠1 on n at P so that ∠PAB and ∠1 are corresponding angles
Hence,
The representation of the complete figure is:

PROVING A THEOREM
In Exercises 11 and 12. prove the theorem.
Question 11.
Alternate Exterior Angles Converse (Theorem 3.7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 11

Question 12.
Consecutive Interior Angles Converse (Theorem 3.8)
Answer:
Proof of the Converse of the Consecutive Interior angles Theorem:
Given: m∠5 + m∠4 = 180°
Prove: AB || CD

Now,
a.  m∠5 + m∠4 = 180° //From the given statement
b.  m∠1 + m∠4 = 180° // Linear pair of angles are supplementary
c. m∠5=m∠1 // (1), (2), transitive property of equality
d.  AB||CD // Converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem

In Exercises 13-18. decide whether there is enough information to prove that m || n. If so, state the theorem you would use.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 76
Answer:
Yes, there is enough information to prove m || n
The theorem we can use to prove that m || n is: Alternate Exterior angles Converse theorem

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 78
Answer:
No, there is no enough information to prove m || n

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 80
Answer:
Yes, there is enough information to prove m || n
The theorem we can use to prove that m || n is: Alternate Exterior angles Converse theorem

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 19 and 20, describe and correct the error in the reasoning.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 82
Answer:
The given figure shows that angles 1 and 2 are Consecutive Interior angles
It also shows that a and b are cut by a transversal and they have the same length
So,
From the converse of the Consecutive Interior angles Theorem,
We can conclude that a || b

In Exercises 21-24. are Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 83 and Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 84 parallel? Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 86
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 86
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The sum of the given angle measures is: 180°
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given angles are consecutive exterior angles
So,
From the Consecutive Exterior angles Converse,
We can conclude that AC || DF

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 88
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 88
From the given figure,
We can observe that the sum of the angle measures of all the pairs i.e., (115 + 65)°, (115 + 65)°, and (65 + 65)° is not 180°
Since,
The sum of the angle measures are not supplementary, according to the Consecutive Exterior Angles Converse,
AC is not parallel to DF

Question 25.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The map shows part of Denser, Colorado, Use the markings on the map. Are the numbered streets parallel to one another? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 25

Question 26.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Each rung of the ladder is parallel to the rung directly above it. Explain why the top rung is parallel to the bottom rung.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 90
Answer:
When we observe the ladder,
The rungs are not intersecting at any point i.e., they have different points
We know that,
The parallel lines do not have any intersecting points
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the top rung is parallel to the bottom rung

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The diagram of the control bar of the kite shows the angles formed between the Control bar and the kite lines. How do you know that n is parallel to m?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 27

Question 28.
REASONING
Use the diagram. Which rays are parallel? Which rays are not parallel? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 92
Answer:

Question 29.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
Use the diagram. Which theorems allow you to conclude that m || n? Select all that apply. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 93
(A) Corresponding Angles Converse (Thm 3.5)
(B) Alternate Interior Angles Converse (Thm 3.6)
(C) Alternate Exterior Angles Converse (Thm 3.7)
(D) Consecutive Interior Angles Converse (Thm 3.8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 29

Question 30.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
One way to build stairs is to attach triangular blocks to angled support, as shown. The sides of the angled support are parallel. If the support makes a 32° angle with the floor, what must m∠1 so the top of the step will be parallel to the floor? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 94
Answer:
It is given that the sides of the angled support are parallel and the support makes a 32° angle with the floor
So,
To make the top of the step where ∠1 is present to be parallel to the floor, the angles must be “Alternate Interior angles”
We know that,
The “Alternate Interior angles” are congruent
So,
∠1 = 32°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = 32°

Question 31.
ABSTRACT REASONING
In the diagram, how many angles must be given to determine whether j || k? Give four examples that would allow you to conclude that j || k using the theorems from this lesson.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 31

Question 32.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Draw a diagram of at least two lines cut by at least one transversal. Mark your diagram so that it cannot be proven that any lines are parallel. Then explain how your diagram would need to change in order to prove that lines are parallel.
Answer:
The diagram that represents the figure that it can not be proven that any lines are parallel is:

From the above,
The diagram can be changed by the transformation of transversals into parallel lines and a parallel line into transversal
Hence,
The diagram that represents the figure that it can be proven that the lines are parallel is:

PROOF
In Exercises 33-36, write a proof.

Question 33.
Given m∠1 = 115°, m∠2 = 65°
Prove m||n
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 96
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 33

Question 34.
Given ∠1 and ∠3 are supplementary.
Prove m||n
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 97
Answer:
Given: ∠1 and ∠3 are supplementary
Prove: m || n
Hence,

Question 35.
Given ∠1 ≅ ∠2, ∠3 ≅ ∠4
Prove \(\overline{A B} \| \overline{C D}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 98
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 35

Question 36.
Given a||b, ∠2 ≅ ∠3
Prove c||d
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 99
Answer:
Given: a || b, ∠2 ≅ ∠3
Prove: c || d
Hence,

Question 37.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your classmate decided that Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 100 based on the diagram. Is your classmate correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 101
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Are the markings on the diagram enough to conclude that any lines are parallel? If so. which ones? If not, what other information is needed?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 102
Answer:
The given diagram is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 102
From the given diagram,
We can observe that
∠1 and ∠4; ∠2 and ∠3 are the pairs of corresponding angles
We know that,
According to the Converse of the Corresponding angles Theorem,
If the corresponding angles are congruent, then the two lines that cut by a transversal are parallel lines
Hence,
We can conclude that p and q; r and s are the pairs of parallel lines

Question 39.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use these steps to prove the Transitive Property of Parallel Lines Theorem
a. Cops the diagram with the Transitive Property of Parallel Lines Theorem on page 141.
b. Write the Given and Prove statements.
c. Use the properties of angles formed by parallel lines cut by a transversal to prove the theorem.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 39

Question 40.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Use the diagram
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 103
a. Find the value of x that makes p || q.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that when p || q,
The angles are: (2x + 2)° and (x + 56)°
We can observe that the given angles are corresponding angles
Hence,
(2x + 2)° = (x + 56)°
2x – x = 56° – 2°
x° = 54°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x when p || q is: 54°

b. Find the value of y that makes r || s.
Answer:
We can observe that when r || s,
The angles are (y + 7)° and (3y – 17)°
We can observe that the given angles are corresponding angles
Hence,
(y + 7)° = (3y – 17)°
y – 3y = -17° – 7°
-2y° = -24°
y = \(\frac{24}{2}\)
y = 12°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of y when r || s is: 12°

c. Can r be parallel to s and can p, be parallel to q at the same time? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No, p ||q and r ||s will not be possible at the same time because when p || q, r, and s can act as transversal and when r || s, p, and q can act as transversal

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency
Use the Distance Formula to find the distance between the two points.

Question 41.
(1, 3) and (- 2, 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 41

Question 42.
(- 3, 7) and (8, – 6)
Answer:
The given points are:
(-3, 7), and (8, -6)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
We know that,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
d = \(\sqrt{(8 + 3)² + (7 + 6)²}\)
d = \(\sqrt{(11)² + (13)²}\)
d = \(\sqrt{290}\)
d = 17.02
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between the given 2 points is: 17.02

Question 43.
(5, – 4) and (0, 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.3 a 43

Question 44.
(13, 1) and (9, – 4)
Answer:
The given points are:
(13, 1), and (9, -4)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
We know that,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
d = \(\sqrt{(13 – 9)² + (1 + 4)²}\)
d = \(\sqrt{(4)² + (5)²}\)
d = \(\sqrt{41}\)
d = 6.40
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between the given 2 points is: 6.40

3.1 – 3.3 Study Skills: Analyzing Your Errors

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Draw the portion of the diagram that you used to answer Exercise 26 on page 130.
Answer:
The portion of the diagram that you used to answer Exercise 26 on page 130 is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 31

Question 2.
In Exercise 40 on page 144. explain how you started solving the problem and why you started that way.
Answer:
In Exercise 40 on page 144,
You started solving the problem by considering the 2 lines parallel and two lines as transversals
So,
If p and q are the parallel lines, then r and s are the transversals
If r and s are the parallel lines, then p and q are the transversals

3.1 – 3.3 Quiz

Think of each segment in the diagram as part of a line. Which lines(s) or plane(s) contain point G and appear to fit the description?

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 104

Question 1.
line(s) parallel to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 105.
Answer:
The line parallel to \(\overline{E F}\) is: \(\overline{D H}\)

Question 2.
line(s) perpendicular to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 105.
Answer:
The lines perpendicular to \(\overline{E F}\) are: \(\overline{F B}\) and \(\overline{F G}\)

Question 3.
line(s) skew to Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 105.
Answer:
The lines skew to \(\overline{E F}\) are: \(\overline{C D}\), \(\overline{C G}\), and \(\overline{A E}\)

Question 4.
plane(s) parallel to plane ADE
Answer:
The plane parallel to plane ADE is: Plane GCB

Identify all pairs of angles of the given type.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 106

Question 5.
consecutive interior
Answer:
We know that,
When two lines are cut by a transversal, the pair of angles on one side of the transversal and inside the two lines are called the consecutive interior angles.
Hence, from the given figure,
We can conclude that the consecutive interior angles are: 3 and 5; 4 and 6

Question 6.
alternate interior
Answer:
We know that,
Alternate Interior Angles are a pair of angles on the inner side of each of those two lines but on opposite sides of the transversal.
Hence, from the given figure,
We can conclude that the alternate interior angles are: 3 and 6; 4 and 5

Question 7.
corresponding
Answer:
We know that,
When two lines are crossed by another line (which is called the Transversal), the angles in matching corners are called corresponding angles.
Hence, from the given figure,
We can conclude that the corresponding angles are: 1 and 5; 3 and 7; 2 and 4; 6 and 8

Question 8.
alternate exterior
Answer:
Alternate exterior angles are the pair of angles that lie on the outer side of the two parallel lines but on either side of the transversal line
Hence, from the above figure,
We can conclude that the alternate exterior angles are: 1 and 8; 7 and 2

Find m∠1 and m∠2. Tell which theorem you use in each case.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 107
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 107
From the given figure,
By using the linear pair theorem,
∠1 + 138° = 180°
∠1 = 180° – 138°
∠1 = 42°
Now,
By using the Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem,
∠1 = ∠2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = ∠2 = 42°

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 108
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 108
From the given figure,
We can observe that
By using the Vertical Angles Theorem,
∠2 = 123°
Now,
By using the vertical Angles Theorem,
∠1 = ∠2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = ∠2 = 123°

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 109
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 109
From the given figure,
By using the linear pair theorem,
∠1 + 57° = 180°
∠1 = 180° – 57°
∠1 = 123°
Now,
By using the consecutive interior angles theorem,
∠1 + ∠2 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – 123°
∠2 = 57°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠1 = 123° and ∠2 = 57°

Decide whether there is enough information to prove that m || n. If so, state the theorem you would use.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 110
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 110
We know that,
By using the “Consecutive Interior angles Converse”,
If the angle measure of the angles is a supplementary angle, then the lines cut by a transversal are parallel
Now,
69° + 111° = 180°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that m || n by using the Consecutive Interior angles Theorem

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 111
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 111
We know that,
By using the Corresponding Angles Theorem,
If the corresponding angles are congruent, then the lines cut by a transversal are parallel
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that m || n by using the Corresponding Angles Theorem

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 112
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 112
From the given figure,
It is given that l || m and l || n,
So,
We know that,
By using the parallel lines property,
If a || b and b || c, then a || c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that m || n

Question 15.
Cellular phones use bars like the ones shown to indicate how much signal strength a phone receives from the nearest service tower. Each bar is parallel to the bar directly next to it.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 113
a. Explain why the tallest bar is parallel to the shortest bar.
Answer:
From the given bars,
We can observe that there is no intersection between any bars
If we represent the bars in the coordinate plane, we can observe that the number of intersection points between any bar is: 0
We know that,
The number of intersection points for parallel lines is: 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the tallest bar is parallel to the shortest bar

b. Imagine that the left side of each bar extends infinitely as a line.
If m∠1 = 58°, then what is m∠2?
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that ∠1 and ∠2 are the consecutive interior angles
We know that,
The sum of the angle measure between 2 consecutive interior angles is: 180°
So,
∠1 + ∠ 2 = 180°
It is given that ∠1 = 58°
So,
∠2 = 180° – 58°
∠2 = 122°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
∠2 = 122°

Question 16.
The diagram shows lines formed on a tennis court.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 114
a. Identify two pairs of parallel lines so that each pair is in a different plane.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that there are a total of 5 lines.
Hence,
The two pairs of parallel lines so that each pair is in a different plane are: q and p; k and m

b. Identify two pairs of perpendicular lines.
Answer:
Fro the given figure,
We can observe that there are 2 perpendicular lines
Hence, from the above,
The two pairs of perpendicular lines are l and n

c. Identify two pairs of skew line
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that there are 2 pairs of skew lines
Hence,
The 2 pair of skew lines are: q and p; l and m

d. Prove that ∠1 ≅ ∠2.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that ∠1 and ∠2 are the alternate exterior angles
We know that,
According to the Alternate Exterior angles Theorem,
If the line cut by a transversal is parallel, then the corresponding angles are congruent
Hence,
According to the above theorem,
We can conclude that ∠1 ≅ ∠2

3.4 Proofs with Perpendicular Lines

Exploration 1

Writing Conjectures

Work with a partner: Fold a piece of pair in half twice. Label points on the two creases. as shown.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 115
a. Write a conjecture about \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{C D}\). Justify your conjecture.
Answer:
The conjecture about \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{c D}\) is:
If two lines intersect to form a linear pair of congruent angles, then the lines are perpendicular.

b. Write a conjecture about \(\overline{A O}\) and \(\overline{O B}\) Justify your conjecture.
Answer:
The conjecture about \(\overline{A O}\) and \(\overline{O B}\) is:
In a plane, if two lines are perpendicular to the same line, then they are parallel to each other.

Exploration 2

Exploring a segment Bisector

Work with a partner: Fold and crease a piece of paper. as shown. Label the ends of the crease as A and B.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 116
a. Fold the paper again so that point A coincides with point B. Crease the paper on that fold.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 116

b. Unfold the paper and examine the four angles formed by the two creases. What can you conclude about the four angles?
Answer:
When we unfold the paper and examine the four angles formed by the two creases, we can conclude that the four angles formed are the right angles i.e., 90°

Exploration 3

Writing a conjecture

Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 117
a. Draw \(\overline{A B}\), as shown.
b. Draw an arc with center A on each side of AB. Using the same compass selling, draw an arc with center B on each side \(\overline{A B}\). Label the intersections of arcs C and D.
c. Draw \(\overline{C D}\). Label its intersection with \(\overline{A B}\) as O. Write a conjecture about the resulting diagram. Justify your conjecture.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to make conjectures and build a logical progression of statements to explore the truth of your conjectures.
Answer:
The resultant diagram is:

From the above diagram,
We can conclude that
The angles formed at all the intersection points are: 90°
The lengths of the line segments are equal i.e., AO = OB and CO = OD

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What conjectures can you make about perpendicular lines?
Answer:
The conjectures about perpendicular lines are:
a. If two lines intersect to form a linear pair of congruent angles, then the lines are perpendicular.
b. In a plane, if a transversal is perpendicular to one of two parallel lines, then it is perpendicular to the other line. c. In a plane, if two lines are perpendicular to the same line, then they are parallel to each other.

Question 5.
In Exploration 3. find AO and OB when AB = 4 units.
Answer:
From Exploration 2,
We can observe that,
AB = AO + OB
AO = OB
It is given that
AB = 4 units
Hence,
The values of AO and OB are: 2 units

Lesson 3.4 Proofs with Perpendicular Lines

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Find the distance from point E to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 118
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 119
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 119
It is given that E is ⊥ to \(\overline{F H}\)
So,
To find the distance between E and \(\overline{F H}\), we need to find the distance between E and G i.e., EG
Now,
From the coordinate plane,
E (-4, -3), G (1, 2)
Compare the given points with
E (x1, y1), G (x2, y2)
So,
EG = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
EG = \(\sqrt{(1 + 4)² + (2 + 3)²}\)
EG = \(\sqrt{(5)² + (5)²}\)
EG = \(\sqrt{50}\)
EG = 7.07
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point E to \(\overline{F H}\) is: 7.07

Question 2.
Prove the Perpendicular Transversal Theorem using the diagram in Example 2 and the Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem (Theorem 3.3).
Answer:
Perpendicular transversal theorem:
In a plane, if a line is perpendicular to one of the two parallel lines, then it is perpendicular to the other line also

Proof:
Given: k || l, t ⊥ k
Prove: t ⊥ l

Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem:
The Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem states that, when two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, the resulting alternate exterior angles are congruent

Proof:
Given: k || l
Prove: ∠1 ≅ ∠7 and ∠4 ≅ ∠6
Since k || l, by the Corresponding Angles Postulate,
∠1 ≅ ∠5
Also, by the Vertical Angles Theorem,
∠5 ≅ ∠7
Then, by the Transitive Property of Congruence,
∠1 ≅ ∠7
You can prove that 4 and 6 are congruent using the same method.

Use the lines marked in the photo.

Question 3.
Is b || a? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
From the given figure,
There is not any intersection between a and b
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that b || a

Question 4.
Is b ⊥ c? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that the angle between b and c is 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that b is perpendicular to c

Exercise 3.4 Proofs with Perpendicular Lines

Vocabulary and core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The perpendicular bisector of a segment is the line that passes through the _______________ of the segment at a _______________ angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 120
Find the distance from point X to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 121
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 120
To find the distance from point X to \(\overline{W Z}\),
We have to find the distance between X and Y i.e., XY
Now,
The given points are:
X (-3, 3), Y (3, 1)
Compare the given points with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
XY = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
XY = \(\sqrt{(3 + 3)² + (3 – 1)²}\)
XY = \(\sqrt{(6)² + (2)²}\)
XY = 6.32
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point X to \(\overline{W Z}\) is: 6.32

Find XZ
Answer:
The given points are:
X (-3, 3), Z (4, 4)
Compare the given points with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
XZ = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
XZ = \(\sqrt{(4 + 3)² + (3 – 4)²}\)
XZ = \(\sqrt{(7)² + (1)²}\)
XZ = 7.07
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of XZ is: 7.07

Find the length of \(\overline{X Y}\)
Answer:
The given points are:
X (-3, 3), Y (3, 1)
Compare the given points with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
XY = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
XY = \(\sqrt{(3 + 3)² + (3 – 1)²}\)
XY = \(\sqrt{(6)² + (2)²}\)
XY = 6.32
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of XY is: 6.32

Find the distance from line l to point X.
Answer:
To find the distance from line l to point X,
We have to find the distance between X and Y i.e., XY
Now,
The given points are:
X (-3, 3), Y (3, 1)
Compare the given points with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
XY = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
XY = \(\sqrt{(3 + 3)² + (3 – 1)²}\)
XY = \(\sqrt{(6)² + (2)²}\)
XY = 6.32
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from line l to point X is: 6.32

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4. find the distance from point A to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 122.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 123
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 124
Answer:
To find the distance from point A to \(\overline{X Z}\),
We have to find the distance between A and Y i.e., AY
Now,
The given points are:
X (3, 3), Y (2, -1.5)
Compare the given points with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
Now,
XY = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
XY = \(\sqrt{(3 + 1.5)² + (3 – 2)²}\)
XY = \(\sqrt{(4.5)² + (1)²}\)
XY = 4.60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point A to \(\overline{X Z}\) is: 4.60

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 5-8, trace line m and point P. Then use a compass and straightedge to construct a line perpendicular to line m through point P.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 126
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 126
Now,
Using P as the center, draw two arcs intersecting with line m.
Label the intersections as points X and Y.
Using X and Y as centers and an appropriate radius, draw arcs that intersect.
Label the intersection as Z. Draw \(\overline{P Z}\)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 127
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 7

Question 8.
Math
Answer:
The given figure is:
Math
Now,
Using P as the center and any radius, draw arcs intersecting m and label those intersections as X and Y.
Using X as the center, open the compass so that it is greater than half of XP and draw an arc.
Using Y as the center and retaining the same compass setting, draw an arc that intersects with the first
Label the point of intersection as Z. Draw \(\overline{P Z}\)

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 9 and 10, trace \(\overline{A B}\). Then use a compass and straightedge to construct the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{A B}\)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 129
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 130
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 130
Now,
Using a compass setting greater than half of AB, draw two arcs using A and B as centers
Connect the points of intersection of the arcs with a straight line

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 11 and 12, describe and correct the error in the statement about the diagram.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 132
Answer:
We know that,
According to the Perpendicular Transversal theorem,
The distance from the perpendicular to the line is given as the distance between the point and the non-perpendicular line
So,
From the given figure,
The distance from point C to AB is the distance between point C and A i.e., AC
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point C to AB is: 12 cm

PROVING A THEOREM 
In Exercises 13 and 14, prove the theorem.
Question 13.
Linear Pair Perpendicular Theorem (Thm. 3. 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 13

Question 14.
Lines Perpendicular to a Transversal Theorem (Thm. 3.12)
Answer:
In a plane, if a line is perpendicular to one of the two parallel lines, then it is perpendicular to the other line also

Proof:
Given: k || l, t ⊥ k
Prove: t ⊥ l

PROOF
In Exercises 15 and 16, use the diagram to write a proof of the statement.

Question 15.
If two intersecting lines are perpendicular. then they intersect to form four right angles.
Given a ⊥ b
Prove ∠1, ∠2, ∠3, and ∠4 are right angles.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 133
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 15.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 15.2

Question 16.
If two sides of two adjacent acute angles are perpendicular, then the angles are complementary.
Given \(\overrightarrow{B A}\) ⊥\(\vec{B}\)C
Prove ∠1 and ∠2 are complementary
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 134
Answer:

In Exercises 17-22, determine which lines, if any, must be parallel. Explain your reasoning.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 135
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 136
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 136
From the given figure,
We can observe that a is perpendicular to both the lines b and c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
By using the Perpendicular transversal theorem,
a is both perpendicular to b and c and b is parallel to c

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 139
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 140
Answer:
The given figure is;
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 140
From the given figure,
We can observe that
a is perpendicular to d and b is perpendicular to c
For parallel lines, we can’t say anything
Hence, from the above,
By using the Perpendicular transversal theorem,
a is perpendicular to d and b isperpendicular to c

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 141
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 142
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 142
From the given figure,
We can observe that
w ⊥ v and w⊥ y
So,
We can say that w and v are parallel lines by “Perpendicular Transversal Theorem”
We can observe that
z ⊥ x and w ⊥ z
So,
We can say that w and x are parallel lines by “Perpendicular Transversal theorem”

Question 23.
USING STRUCTURE
Find all the unknown angle measures in the diagram. Justify your answer for cacti angle measure.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 143
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 23

Question 24.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that because you can find the distance from a point to a line, you should be able to find the distance between any two lines. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No, your friend is not correct

Explanation:
It is given that your friend claims that because you can find the distance from a point to a line, you should be able to find the distance between any two lines
Now,
This can be proven by following the below steps:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend is not correct

Question 25.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the value of x when a ⊥ b and b || c.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
You are trying to cross a stream from point A. Which point should you jump to in order to jump the shortest distance? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 145
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
Point A is perpendicular to Point C
We know that,
According to Perpendicular Transversal Theorem,
The distance between the perpendicular points is the shortest
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that in order to jump the shortest distance, you have to jump to point C from point A

Question 27.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
In which of the following diagrams is \(\overline{A C}\) || \(\overline{B D}\) and \(\overline{A C}\) ⊥ \(\overline{C D}\)? Select all that apply.
(A) Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 146
(B) Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 147
(C) Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 148
(D) Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 149
(E) Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 27

Question 28.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
The postulates and theorems in this book represent Euclidean geometry. In spherical geometry, all points are points on the surface of a sphere. A line is a circle on the sphere whose diameter is equal to the diameter of the sphere. In spherical geometry. how many right angles are formed by two perpendicular lines? Justify your answer.
Answer:
It is given that in spherical geometry, all points are points on the surface of a sphere. A line is a circle on the sphere whose diameter is equal to the diameter of the sphere.
We know that,
In Euclidean geometry, the two perpendicular lines form 4 right angles whereas, In spherical geometry, the two perpendicular lines form 8 right angles according to the “Parallel lines Postulate” in spherical geometry.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 8 right angles are formed by two perpendicular lines in spherical geometry

Question 29.
CONSTRUCTION
Construct a square of side length AB
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 151
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 29

Question 30.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The painted line segments that brain the path of a crosswalk are usually perpendicular to the crosswalk. Sketch what the segments in the photo would look like if they were perpendicular to the crosswalk. Which type of line segment requires less paint? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 152
Answer:

Question 31.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Two lines, a and b, are perpendicular to line c. Line d is parallel to line c. The distance between lines a and b is x meters. The distance between lines c and d is y meters. What shape is formed by the intersections of the four lines?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 31

Question 32.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the distance between the lines with the equations y = \(\frac{3}{2}\) + 4 and – 3x + 2y = – 1.
Answer:
The given equations are:
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\) + 4 and -3x + 2y = -1
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\) + 4 and y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Compare the given equations with
y = mx + c
So,
m1 = m2 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
c1 = 4
c2= –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
The distance between the two parallel lines is:
d = | c1 – c2 |
So,
The distance between the given 2 parallel lines = | c1 – c2 |
= | 4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) |
= \(\frac{9}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between the given lines is: \(\frac{7}{2}\)

Question 33.
WRITING
Describe how you would find the distance from a point to a plane. Can you find the distance from a line to a plane? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 33

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the ratio.

Question 34.
\(\frac{6-(-4)}{8-3}\)
Answer:
The given expression is:
\(\frac{6 – (-4)}{8 – 3}\)
= \(\frac{6 + 4}{8 – 3}\)
= \(\frac{10}{5}\)
= 2
Hence,f rom the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given expression is: 2

Question 35.
\(\frac{3-5}{4-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 35

Question 36.
\(\frac{8-(-3)}{7-(-2)}\)
Answer:
The given expression is:
\(\frac{8 – (-3)}{7 – (-2)}\)
= \(\frac{8 + 3}{7 + 2}\)
= \(\frac{11}{9}\)
Hence,f rom the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given expression is: \(\frac{11}{9}\)

Question 37.
\(\frac{13-4}{2-(-1)}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 37

Identify the slope and the y-intercept of the line.

Question 38.
y = 3x + 9
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 3x + 9 ——-(1)
Compare the above equation with
y = mx + c
Where,
m is the slope
c is the y-intercept
By comparing eq. (1) with the y = mx + c,
m = 3 and c = 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope is: 3
The y-intercept is: 9

Question 39.
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 39

Question 40.
y = \(\frac{1}{6}\)x – 8
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{6}\)x – 8
Compare the above equation with
y = mx + c
So,
m = \(\frac{1}{6}\) and c = -8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope is: \(\frac{1}{6}\)
The y-intercept is: -8

Question 41.
y = – 8x – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.4 a 41

3.5 Equations of Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Exploration 1

Writing Equations of Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Work with a partner: Write an equation of the line that is parallel or perpendicular to the given line and passes through the given point. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answer. What is the relationship between the slopes?
a.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 153
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 153
We know that,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given lines are parallel lines
Now,
The equation for another line is:
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + c
Substitute (0, 2) in the above equation
So,
2 = 0 + c
c = 2
So,
The equation for another parallel line is:
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 2
When we compare the given equation with the obtained equation,
We can observe that the slopes are the same and the y-intercepts are different
We know that,
The lines that have the same slope and different y-intercepts are “Parallel lines”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the parallel lines are:
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – 1
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 2

b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 154
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 154
We know that,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given lines are perpendicular lines
The equation for another line is:
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + c
We know that,
The slope of perpendicular lines is: -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
\(\frac{3}{2}\) . m2 = -1
So,
m2 = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
So,
y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + c
Substitute (0, 1) in the above equation
So,
1 = 0 + c
c = 1
So,
The equation for another perpendicular line is:
y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 1
When we compare the given equation with the obtained equation,
We can observe that the product of the slopes are -1 and the y-intercepts are different
We know that,
The lines that have the slopes product -1 and different y-intercepts are “Perpendicular lines”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perpendicular lines are:
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – 1
y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 1

c.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 155
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 155
We know that,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given lines are parallel lines
Now,
The equation for another line is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
Substitute (2, -2) in the above equation
So,
-2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (2) + c
-2 = 1 + c
c = 2 – 1
c = -3
So,
The equation for another parallel line is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 3
When we compare the given equation with the obtained equation,
We can observe that the slopes are the same and the y-intercepts are different
We know that,
The lines that have the same slope and different y-intercepts are “Parallel lines”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the parallel lines are:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 3

d.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 156
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 156
We know that,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given lines are perpendicular lines
The equation for another line is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
We know that,
The slope of perpendicular lines is: -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
\(\frac{1}{2}\) . m2 = -1
So,
m2 = -2
So,
y = -2x + c
Substitute (2, -3) in the above equation
So,
-3 = -2 (2) + c
-3 = -4 + c
c = 4 – 3
c = 1
So,
The equation for another perpendicular line is:
y = -2x + 1
When we compare the given equation with the obtained equation,
We can observe that the product of the slopes are -1 and the y-intercepts are different
We know that,
The lines that have the slopes product -1 and different y-intercepts are “Perpendicular lines”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perpendicular lines are:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
y = -2x + 1

e.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 157
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 157
We know that,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given lines are parallel lines
Now,
The equation for another line is:
y = -2x + c
Substitute (0, -2) in the above equation
So,
-2 = 0 + c
c = -2
So,
The equation for another parallel line is:
y = -2x – 2
When we compare the given equation with the obtained equation,
We can observe that the slopes are the same and the y-intercepts are different
We know that,
The lines that have the same slope and different y-intercepts are “Parallel lines”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the parallel lines are:
y = -2x + 2
y = -2x – 2

f.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 158
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 158
We know that,
From the given figure,
We can observe that the given lines are perpendicular lines
The equation for another line is:
y = -2x + c
We know that,
The slope of perpendicular lines is: -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
-2 . m2 = -1
So,
m2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
Substitute (4, 0) in the above equation
So,
0 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (4) + c
0 = 2 + c
c = 0 – 2
c = -2
So,
The equation for another perpendicular line is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 2
When we compare the given equation with the obtained equation,
We can observe that the product of the slopes are -1 and the y-intercepts are different
We know that,
The lines that have the slopes product -1 and different y-intercepts are “Perpendicular lines”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perpendicular lines are:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 2
y = -2x + 2

Exploration 2

Writing Equations of Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Work with a partner: Write the equations of the parallel or perpendicular lines. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers.

a.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 159
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 159
From the given graph,
We can observe that
The given lines are the parallel lines
Now,
The coordinates of the line of the first equation are: (-1.5, 0), and (0, 3)
The coordinates of the line of the second equation are: (1, 0), and (0, -2)
Compare the given coordinates with
A (x1, y1), and B (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
Now,
The slope of the line of the first equation is:
m = \(\frac{3 – 0}{0 + 1.5}\)
m = \(\frac{3}{1.5}\)
m = 2
Now,
We know that,
The standard linear equation is:
y = mx + c
So,
y = 2x + c
We know that,
For parallel lines,
The slopes are the same but the y-intercepts are different
Hence,
The given parallel line equations are:
y = 2x + c1
y = 2x + c2

b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 160
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 160
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The given lines are perpendicular lines
So,
The coordinates of the line of the first equation are: (0, -3), and (-1.5, 0)
The coordinates of the line of the second equation are: (-4, 0), and (0, 2)
Compare the given coordinates with
A (x1, y1), and B (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
Now,
The slope of the line of the first equation is:
m = \(\frac{0 + 3}{0 – 1.5}\)
m = \(\frac{3}{-1.5}\)
m = \(\frac{-30}{15}\)
m = -2
Now,
We know that,
The standard linear equation is:
y = mx + c
So,
y = -2x + c
We know that,
For perpediclar lines,
The product of the slopes is -1 and the y-intercepts are different
So,
m1 × m2 = -1
-2 × m2 = -1
m2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence,
The given perpendicular line equations are:
y = -2x + c1
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you write an equation of a line that is parallel or perpendicular to a given line and passes through a given point?
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
To be proficient in math, you need to analyze relationships mathematically to draw conclusions.
Answer:
We know that,
The standard form of a linear equation is:
y = mx + c
Now,
For parallel lines,
We know that,
The slopes are the same and the y-intercepts are different
So,
To find the y-intercept of the equation that is parallel to the given equation, substitute the given point and find the value of c
Now,
For perpendicular lines,
we know that,
The product of the slopes is -1
So,
The slope of the equation that is perpendicular to the given equation is: –\(\frac{1}{m}\)
To find the y-intercept of the equation that is perpendicular to the given equation, substitute the given point and find the value of c

Question 4.
Write an equation of the line that is (a) parallel and (b) perpendicular to the line y = 3x + 2 and passes through the point (1, -2).
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 3x + 2
The given point is: (1, -2)
a) Parallel line equation:
We know that,
The slope of the parallel equations are the same
So,
The slope of the equation that is parallel t the given equation is: 3
Now,
The equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = 3x + c
Substitute (1, -2) in the above equation
So,
-2 = 3 (1) + c
-2 – 3 = c
c = -5
Hence,
The equation of the line that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = 3x – 5
b) Perpendicular line equation:
We know that,
The product of the slope of the perpendicular equations is: -1
So,
m1 m2 = -1
3m2 = -1
So,
m2 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
So,
The slope of the equation that is parallel t the given equation is: –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Now,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + c
Substitute (1, -2) in the above equation
So,
-2 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\) (-2) + c
-2 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = c
c = –\(\frac{8}{3}\)
Hence,
The equation of the line that is perpendicular to the given equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x –\(\frac{8}{3}\)

Lesson 3.5 Equations of Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Monitoring Progress

Find the coordinates of point P along the directed line segment AB so that AP to PB is the given ratio.

Question 1.
A(1, 3), B(8, 4); 4 to 1
Answer:
The given coordinates are: A (1, 3), and B (8, 4)
Compare the given points with
A (x1, y1), and B (x2, y2)
It is given that
AP : PB = 4 : 1
So,
We have to divide AB into 5 parts
Now,
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of AB = \(\frac{4 – 3}{8 – 1}\)
Slope of AB = \(\frac{1}{7}\)
Now,
To find the coordinates of P, add slope to AP and PB
So,
P = (4 + (4 / 5) × 7, 1 + (4 / 5) × 1)
P = (22.4, 1.8)
Hence, from he above,
We can conclude that
The coordinates of P are (22.4, 1.8)

Question 2.
A(- 2, 1), B(4, 5); 3 to 7
Answer:
The given coordinates are: A (-2, 1), and B (4, 5)
Compare the given points with
A (x1, y1), and B (x2, y2)
It is given that
AP : PB = 3 : 7
So,
We have to divide AB into 10 parts
Now,
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of AB = \(\frac{5 – 1}{4 + 2}\)
Slope of AB = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
Slope of AB = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Now,
To find the coordinates of P, add slope to AP and PB
So,
P = (3 + (\(\frac{3}{10}\) × 3), 7 + (\(\frac{3}{10}\) × 2))
P = (3.9, 7.6)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The coordinates of P are (3.9, 7.6)

Question 3.
Determine which of the lines are parallel and which of the lines are perpendicular.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 161
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 161
From the given figure,
The coordinates of line a are: (0, 2), and (-2, -2)
The coordinates of line b are: (2, 3), and (0, -1)
The coordinates of line c are: (4, 2), and (3, -1)
The coordinates of line d are: (-3, 0), and (0, -1)
Now,
Compare the given coordinates with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
So,
The slope of line a (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-2 – 2}{-2 – 0}\)
= \(\frac{-4}{-2}\)
= 2

The slope of line b (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-1 – 3}{0 – 2}\)
= \(\frac{-4}{-2}\)
= 2

The slope of line c (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-1 – 2}{3 – 4}\)
= \(\frac{-3}{-1}\)
= 3

The slope of line d (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-1 – 0}{0 + 3}\)
= \(\frac{-1}{3}\)
= –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
We know that,
The parallel lines have the same slopes
The perpendicular lines have the product of slopes equal to -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Linea and Line b are parallel lines
Line c and Line d are perpendicular lines

Question 4.
Write an equation of the line that passes through the point (1, 5) and is
(a) parallel to the line y = 3x – 5 and
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 3x – 5
The given point is: (1, 5)
We know that,
The parallel lines have the same slope
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
So,
The slope of the parallel line that passes through (1, 5) is: 3
So,
The equation of the parallel line that passes through (1, 5) is
y = 3x + c
To find the value of c, substitute (1, 5) in the above equation
So,
5 = 3 (1) + c
c = 5 – 3
c = 2
Hence,
The equation of the parallel line that passes through (1, 5) is:
y = 3x + 2

(b) perpendicular to the line y = 3x – 5.
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 3x – 5
The given point is: (1, 5)
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
Now,
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
So,
m = 3
Now,
The slope of the perpendicular line that passes through (1, 5) is:
m1m2 = -1
3m2 = -1
m2 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Now,
The equation of the perpendicular line that passes through (1, 5) is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + c
To find the value of c, substitute (1, 5) in the above equation
So,
5 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\) + c
c = 5 + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c = \(\frac{16}{3}\)
Hence,
The equation of the perpendicular line that passes through (1, 5) is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + \(\frac{16}{3}\)

Question 5.
How do you know that the lines x = 4 and y = 2 are perpendiculars?
Answer:
The given lines are:
x = 4 and y = 2
We know that,
The line x = 4 is a vertical line that has the right angle i.e., 90°
The line y = 4 is a horizontal line that have the straight angle i.e., 0°
So,
The angle at the intersection of the 2 lines = 90° – 0° = 90°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the lines x = 4 and y = 2 are perpendicular lines

Question 6.
Find the distance from the point (6, 4) to the line y = x + 4.
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = x + 4
Compare the given equation with
ax + by + c = 0
So,
x – y + 4 = 0
So,
a = 1, and b = -1
The given point is: (6, 4)
We know that,
The distance from the point (x, y) to the line ax + by + c = 0 is:
d = | ax + by + c| /\(\sqrt{a² + b²}\)
d = | x – y + 4 | / \(\sqrt{1² + (-1)²}\)
d = | x – y + 4 | / \(\sqrt{2}\)}
Substitute (6, 4) in the above equation
So,
d = | 6 – 4 + 4 |/ \(\sqrt{2}\)}
d = 3√2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from the given point to the given line is: 3√2

Question 7.
Find the distance from the point (- 1, 6) to the line y = – 2x.
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -2x
Compare the given equation with
ax + by + c = 0
So,
2x + y = 0
So,
a = 2, and b = 1
The given point is: (-1, 6)
We know that,
The distance from the point (x, y) to the line ax + by + c = 0 is:
d = | ax + by + c| /\(\sqrt{a² + b²}\)
d = | 2x + y | / \(\sqrt{2² + (1)²}\)
d = | 2x + y | / \(\sqrt{5}\)}
Substitute (-1, 6) in the above equation
So,
d = | -2 + 6 |/ \(\sqrt{5}\)
d = \(\frac{4}{√5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from the given point to the given line is: \(\frac{4}{√5}\)

Exercise 3.5 Equations of Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A _________ line segment AB is a segment that represents moving from point A to point B.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
How are the slopes of perpendicular lines related?
Answer:
We know that,
The “Perpendicular lines” are lines that intersect at right angles.
If you multiply the slopes of two perpendicular lines in the plane, you get −1 i.e., the slopes of perpendicular lines are opposite reciprocals

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6. find the coordinates of point P along the directed line segment AB so that AP to PB is the given ratio.

Question 3.
A(8, 0), B(3, – 2); 1 to 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 3

Question 4.
A(- 2, – 4), B(6, 1); 3 to 2
Answer:
The given coordinates are: A (-2, -4), and B (6, 1)
Compare the given points with
A (x1, y1), and B (x2, y2)
It is given that
AP : PB = 3 : 2
So,
We have to divide AB into 5 parts
Now,
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of AB = \(\frac{1 + 4}{6 + 2}\)
Slope of AB = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Now,
To find the coordinates of P, add slope to AP and PB
So,
P = (3 + (3 / 5) × 8, 2 + (3 / 5) × 5)
P = (7.8, 5)
Hence, from he above,
We can conclude that
The coordinates of P are (7.8, 5)

Question 5.
A(1, 6), B(- 2, – 3); 5 to 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 5

Question 6.
A(- 3, 2), B(5, – 4); 2 to 6
Answer:
The given coordinates are: A (-3, 2), and B (5, -4)
Compare the given points with
A (x1, y1), and B (x2, y2)
It is given that
AP : PB = 2 : 6
So,
We have to divide AB into 8 parts
Now,
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of AB = \(\frac{-4 – 2}{5 + 3}\)
Slope of AB = \(\frac{-6}{8}\)
Now,
To find the coordinates of P, add slope to AP and PB
So,
P = (2 + (2 / 8) × 8, 6 + (2 / 8) × (-6))
P = (4, 4.5)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The coordinates of P are (4, 4.5)

In Exercises 7 and 8, determine which of the lines are parallel and which of the lines are perpendicular.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 162
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 163
Answer:

The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 163
From the given figure,
The coordinates of line a are: (2, 2), and (-2, 3)
The coordinates of line b are: (3, -2), and (-3, 0)
The coordinates of line c are: (2, 4), and (0, -2)
The coordinates of line d are: (0, 6), and (-2, 0)
Now,
Compare the given coordinates with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
So,
The slope of line a (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{3 – 2}{-2 – 2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{-4}\)
= –\(\frac{1}{4}\)

The slope of line b (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{0 + 2}{-3 – 3}\)
= \(\frac{2}{-6}\)
= –\(\frac{1}{3}\)

The slope of line c (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-4 – 2}{0 – 2}\)
= \(\frac{-6}{-2}\)
= 3

The slope of line d (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{6 – 0}{0 + 2}\)
= \(\frac{6}{2}\)
= 3
We know that,
The parallel lines have the same slopes
The perpendicular lines have the product of slopes equal to -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Line c and Line d are parallel lines
Line b and Line c are perpendicular lines

In Exercises 9 – 12, tell whether the lines through the given points are parallel, perpendicular, or neither. justify your answer.

Question 9.
Line 1: (1, 0), (7, 4)
Line 2: (7, 0), (3, 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 9

Question 10.
Line 1: (- 3, 1), (- 7, – 2)
Line 2: (2, – 1), (8, 4)
Answer:
The coordinates of line 1 are: (-3, 1), (-7, -2)
The coordinates of line 2 are: (2, -1), (8, 4)
Compare the given coordinates with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of line 1 = \(\frac{-2 – 1}{-7 + 3}\)
= \(\frac{-3}{-4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Slope of line 2 = \(\frac{4 + 1}{8 – 2}\)
= \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Hence,
By comparing the slopes,
We can conclude that the given lines are neither parallel nor perpendicular

Question 11.
Line 1: (- 9, 3), (- 5, 7)
Line 2: (- 11, 6), (- 7, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 11

Question 12.
Line 1: (10, 5), (- 8, 9)
Line 2: (2, – 4), (11, – 6)
Answer:
The coordinates of line 1 are: (10, 5), (-8, 9)
The coordinates of line 2 are: (2, -4), (11, -6)
Compare the given coordinates with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of line 1 = \(\frac{9 – 5}{-8 – 10}\)
= \(\frac{4}{-18}\)
= –\(\frac{2}{9}\)
Slope of line 2 = \(\frac{4 – 6}{11 – 2}\)
= \(\frac{-2}{9}\)
= –\(\frac{2}{9}\)
Hence,
By comparing the slopes,
We can conclude that the given lines are parallel

In Exercises 13 – 16. write an equation of the line passing through point P that ¡s parallel to the given line. Graph the equations of the lines to check that they are parallel.

Question 13.
P(0, – 1), y = – 2x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 13

Question 14.
P(3, 8), y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)(x + 4)
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\) (x + 4)
The given point is: P (3, 8)
So,
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Now,
We know that,
The slopes are equal fot the parallel lines
So,
The equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + c
Substitute P (3, 8) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
8 = \(\frac{1}{5}\) (3) + c
c = 8 – \(\frac{3}{5}\)
c = \(\frac{37}{5}\)
Hence,
The parallel line equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + \(\frac{37}{5}\)
The representation of the parallel lines in the coordinate plane is:

Question 15.
P(- 2, 6), x = – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 15

Question 16.
P(4, 0), – x + 2y = 12
Answer:
The given equation is:
-x + 2y = 12
The given point is: P (4, 0)
So,
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 6
Now,
We know that,
The slopes are equal fot the parallel lines
So,
The equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
Substitute P (4, 0) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
0 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (4) + c
c = 2 – 0
c = 2
Hence,
The parallel line equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
The representation of the parallel lines in the coordinate plane is:

In Exercises 17 – 20. write an equation of the line passing through point P that is perpendicular to the given line. Graph the equations of the lines to check that they are perpendicular.

Question 17.
P(0, 0), y = – 9x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 17

Question 18.
P(4, – 6)y = – 3
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -3
The given point is: P (4, -6)
We know that,
The line that is perpendicular to y=n is:
x = n
So,
The line that is perpendicular to the given equation is:
x = n
Substitute P (4, -6) in the above equation
So,
x = 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The equation that is perpendicular to y = -3 is:
x = 4
The representation of the perpendicular lines in the coordinate plane is:

Question 19.
P(2, 3), y – 4 = – 2(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 19.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 19.2

Question 20.
P(- 8, 0), 3x – 5y = 6
Answer:
The given equation is:
3x – 5y = 6
The given point is: P (-8, 0)
Now,
5y = 3x – 6
y = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x – \(\frac{6}{5}\)
We know that,
The product of the slopes of perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + c
Substitute P(-8, 0) in the above equation
0 = –\(\frac{5}{3}\) ( -8) + c
c = \(\frac{40}{3}\)
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given equation is:
y = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + \(\frac{40}{3}\)
The representation of the perpendicular lines in the coordinate plane is:

In Exercises 21 – 24, find the distance from point A to the given line.

Question 21.
A(- 1, 7), y = 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 21.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 21.2

Question 22.
A(- 9, – 3), y = x – 6
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = x – 6 ——-(1)
The given point is: A (-9, -3)
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
1 (m2) = -3
m2 = -1
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -x + c
Substitute A (-9, -3) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
-3 = 9 + c
c = -9 – 3
c = -12
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -x – 12 ——(2)
Now,
We have to find the point of intersection
So,
Eq. (1) = Eq. (2)
x – 6 = -x – 12
x + x = -12 + 6
2x = -6
x = \(\frac{-6}{2}\)
x = -3
So,
y = x – 6
y = -3 – 6
y = -9
So,
The point of intersection = (-3, -9)
Now,
The points are: (-9, -3), (-3, -9)
So,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(9 – 3)² + (9 – 3)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(6)² + (6)²}\)
= 8.48
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point A to the given line is: 8.48

Question 23.
A(15, – 21), 5x + 2y = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 23.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 23.2

Question 24.
A(- \(\frac{1}{4}\), 5), – x + 2y = 14
Answer:
The given equation is:
-x + 2y = 14
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 7 ——-(1)
The given point is: A (-\(\frac{1}{4}\), 5)
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
\(\frac{1}{2}\) (m2) = -1
m2 = -2
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -2x + c
Substitute A (-\(\frac{1}{4}\), 5) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
5 = -2 (-\(\frac{1}{4}\)) + c
c = 5 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c = \(\frac{9}{2}\)
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -2x + \(\frac{9}{2}\) ——(2)
Now,
We have to find the point of intersection
So,
Eq. (1) = Eq. (2)
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 7 = -2x + \(\frac{9}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2x = -7 + 9/2
\(\frac{5}{2}\)x = –\(\frac{5}{2}\)
x = -1
So,
y = -2x + 3
y = -2 (-1) + \(\frac{9}{2}\)
y = \(\frac{13}{2}\)
So,
The point of intersection = (-1, \(\frac{13}{2}\))
Now,
The points are: (-\(\frac{1}{4}\), 5), (-1, \(\frac{13}{2}\))
So,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(3 / 2)² + (3 / 4)²}\)
= 1.67
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point A to the given line is: 1.67

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in determining whether the lines are parallel. perpendicular, or neither.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 164
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing an equation of the line that passes through the point (3, 4) and is parallel to the line y = 2x + 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 165
Answer:
The given equation of the line is:
y = 2x + 1
The given point is: (3, 4)
We know that,
The slopes of the parallel lines are the same
Now,
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
So,
m = 2
So,
The slope of the line that is aprallle to the given line equation is:
m = 2
So,
The equation of the line that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = 2x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (3, 4) in the above equation
So,
4 = 2 (3) + c
4 – 6 = c
c = -2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation of the line that is parallel to the given line is:
y = 2x – 2

In Exercises 27-30. find the midpoint of \(\overline{P Q}\). Then write
an equation of the line that passes through the midpoint and is perpendicular to \(\overline{P Q}\). This line is called the perpendicular bisector.

Question 27.
P( – 4, 3), Q(4, – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 27

Question 28.
P(- 5, – 5), Q(3, 3)
Answer:
The given points are: P (-5, -5), Q (3, 3)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
The midpoint of PQ = (\(\frac{x1 + x2}{2}\), \(\frac{y1 + y2}{2}\))
= (\(\frac{-5 + 3}{2}\), \(\frac{-5 + 3}{2}\))
= (\(\frac{-2}{2}\), \(\frac{-2}{2}\))
= (-1, -1)
Now,
The slope of PQ = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{3 + 5}{3 + 5}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 1
Now,
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
So,
m2 = -1
We know that,
The equation of the perpendicular line that passes through the midpoint of PQ is:
y = -x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (-1, -1) in the above equation
So,
-1 = -1 + c
c = 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation of the line that is perpendicular bisector is:
y = -x

Question 29.
P(0, 2), Q(6, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 29

Question 30.
P(- 7, 0), Q(1, 8)
Answer:
The given points are: P (-7, 0), Q (1, 8)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
The midpoint of PQ = (\(\frac{x1 + x2}{2}\), \(\frac{y1 + y2}{2}\))
= (\(\frac{8 + 0}{2}\), \(\frac{-7 + 1}{2}\))
= (\(\frac{8}{2}\), \(\frac{-6}{2}\))
= (4, -3)
Now,
The slope of PQ = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{8 – 0}{1 + 7}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 1
Now,
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
So,
m2 = -1
We know that,
The equation of the perpendicular line that passes through the midpoint of PQ is:
y = -x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (4, -3) in the above equation
So,
-3 = -4 + c
c = -3 + 4
c = 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation of the line that is perpendicular bisector is:
y = -x + 1

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Your school lies directly between your house and the movie theater. The distance from your house to the school is one-fourth of the distance from the school to the movie theater. What point on the graph represents your school?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 166
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 31

Question 32.
REASONING
Is quadrilateral QRST a parallelogram? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 167
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 167
From the above figure,
The coordinates of the quadrilateral QRST is:
Q (2, 6), R (6, 4), S (5, 1), and T (1, 3)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
Now,
We know that,
If both pairs of opposite sides of a quadrilateral are parallel, then it is a parallelogram
So,
If the slopes of the opposite sides of the quadrilateral are equal, then it is called as “Parallelogram”
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of QR = \(\frac{4 – 6}{6 – 2}\)
Slope of QR = \(\frac{-2}{4}\)
Slope of QR = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Slope of RS = \(\frac{1 – 4}{5 – 6}\)
Slope of RS = \(\frac{-3}{-1}\)
Slope of RS = 3

Slope of ST = \(\frac{3 – 1}{1 – 5}\)
Slope of ST = \(\frac{2}{-4}\)
Slope of ST = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Slope of TQ = \(\frac{3 – 6}{1 – 2}\)
Slope of TQ = \(\frac{-3}{-1}\)
Slope of TQ = 3
Now,
From the slopes,
We can observe that the slopes of the opposite sides are equal i.e., the opposite sides are parallel
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the quadrilateral QRST is a parallelogram

Question 33.

REASONING
A triangle has vertices L(0, 6), M(5, 8). and N(4, – 1), Is the triangle a right triangle? Explain ‘your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A new road is being constructed parallel to the train tracks through points V. An equation of the line representing the train tracks is y = 2x. Find an equation of the line representing the new road.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 168
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 168
It is given that a new road is being constructed parallel to the train tracks through points V. An equation of the line representing the train tracks is y = 2x.
So,
From the figure,
V = (-2, 3)
We know that,
The slopes of the parallel lines are the same
So,
By comparing the given equation with
y = mx + c
We get,
m = 2
So,
The equation of the line that is parallel to the line that represents the train tracks is:
y = 2x + c
Now,
To find the value of c,
Substitute (-2, 3) in the above equation
So,
3 = 2 (-2) + x
3 + 4 = c
c = 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation of the line that is parallel to the line representing railway tracks is:
y = 2x + 7

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A bike path is being constructed perpendicular to Washington Boulevard through point P(2, 2). An equation of the line representing Washington Boulevard is y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x. Find an equation of the line representing the bike path.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 169
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 35

Question 36.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
A gazebo is being built near a nature trail. An equation of the line representing the nature trail is y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 4. Each unit in the coordinate plane corresponds to 10 feet. Approximately how far is the gazebo from the nature trail?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 170
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 170
It is given that a gazebo is being built near a nature trail. An equation of the line representing the nature trail is y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 4. Each unit in the coordinate plane corresponds to 10 feet
So,
It can be observed that
1 unit either in the x-plane or y-plane = 10 feet
So,
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 4
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\) (10) – 4
y = \(\frac{10 – 12}{3}\)
y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
We know that,
The distance won’t be in negative value,
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
y = 0.66 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance of the gazebo from the nature trail is: 0.66 feet

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING
The slope of line l is greater than 0 and less than 1. Write an inequality for the slope of a line perpendicular to l. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Determine whether quadrilateral JKLM is a square. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 171
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 171
From the given figure,
The coordinates of a quadrilateral are:
J (0 0), K (0, n), L (n, n), M (n, 0)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
Slope of JK = \(\frac{n – 0}{0 – 0}\)
= Undefined
Slope of KL = \(\frac{n – n}{n – 0}\)
= 0
Slope of LM = \(\frac{0 – n}{n – n}\)
= Undefined
Slope of MJ = \(\frac{0 – 0}{n – 0}\)
= 0
We know that,
For a square,
The slopes of perpendicular lines are undefined and 0 respectively
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that quadrilateral JKLM is a square

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
Suppose point P divides the directed line segment XY So that the ratio 0f XP to PY is 3 to 5. Describe the point that divides the directed line segment YX so that the ratio of YP Lo PX is 5 to 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 39

Question 40.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your classmate claims that no two nonvertical parallel lines can have the same y-intercept. Is your classmate correct? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, your classmate is correct

Explanation:
It is given that your classmate claims that no two nonvertical parallel lines can have the same y-intercept
We know that,
The parallel lines have the same slope but have different y-intercepts and do not intersect
The intersecting lines intersect each other and have different slopes and have the same y-intercept
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the claim of your classmate is correct

Question 41.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Solve each system of equations algebraically. Make a conjecture about what the solution(s) can tell you about whether the lines intersect. are parallel, or are the same line.
a. y = 4x + 9
4x – y = 1
b. 3y + 4x = 16
2x – y = 18
c. y = – 5x + 6
10x + 2y = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 41.2

Question 42.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Find a formula for the distance from the point (x0, Y0) to the line ax + by = 0. Verify your formula using a point and a line.
Answer:





MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 43 and 44, find a value for k based on the given description.

Question 43.
The line through (- 1, k) and (- 7, – 2) is parallel to the line y = x + 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 43

Question 44.
The line through (k, 2) and (7, 0) is perpendicular to the line y = x – \(\frac{28}{5}\).
Answer:
The given points are: (k, 2), and (7, 0)
The given line that is perpendicular to the given points is:
y = x – \(\frac{28}{5}\)
Now,
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
So,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
m = \(\frac{0 – 2}{7 – k}\)
m = \(\frac{-2}{7 – k}\)
Now,
The slope that is perpendicular to the given line is:
m = -1 [ Since we know that m1m2 = -1]
So,
-1 = \(\frac{-2}{7 – k}\)
k – 7 = -2
k = -2 + 7
k = 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of k is: 5

Question 45.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Make a conjecture about how to find the coordinates of a point that lies beyond point B along \(\vec{A}\)B. Use an example to support your conjecture.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 45

Question 46.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
What is the distance between the lines y = 2x and y = 2x + 5? Verify your answer.
Answer:
The given lines are:
y = 2x and y = 2x + 5
Compare the given equations with
y = mx + c
Now,
To find the distance between the two lines, we have to find the intersection point of the line
So,
The intersection of the line is the y-intercept
So,
From y = 2x + 5,
The intersection point is: (0, 5)
Now,
For the intersection point of y = 2x,
Find the perpendicular line of y = 2x and find the intersection point of the two lines
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
2m2 = -1
m2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
The perpendicular equation of y = 2x is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
To find the value of c in the above equation, substitue (0, 5) in the above equation
So,
5 = c
c = 5
So,
The perpendicular line equation of y = 2x is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 5
Now,
For the intersection point,
2x = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 5
2x + \(\frac{1}{2}\)x = 5
\(\frac{5}{2}\)x = 5
x = 2
So,
y = 2x
= 2 (2)
= 4
So,
The intersection point of y = 2x is: (2, 4)
Now,
The points are: (0, 5), and (2, 4)
Compare the given points with (x1, y1), and (x2, y2)
So,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(4 – 5)² + (2 – 0)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{1 + 4}\)
= 2.23
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between the lines y = 2x and y = 2x + 5 is: 2.23

PROVING A THEOREM
In Exercises 47 and 48, use the slopes of lines to write a paragraph proof of the theorem.

Question 47.
Lines Perpendicular to a Transversal Theorem (Theorem 3.12): In a plane. if two lines are perpendicular to the same line. then they are parallel to each other.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 47

Question 48.
Transitive Property of Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorem 3.9),/+: If two lines are parallel to the same line, then they are parallel to each other.
Answer:
The given statement is:
If two lines are parallel to the same line, then they are parallel to each other
Proof:
Let the two parallel lines be E and F and the plane they lie be plane x
Let the two parallel lines that are parallel to the same line be G
Hence,
According to the Transitive Property of parallel lines,
If line E is parallel to line F and line F is parallel to line G, then line E is parallel to line G.

Question 49.
PROOF
Prove the statement: If two lines are vertical. then they are parallel.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 49

Question 50.
PROOF
Prove the statement: If two lines are horizontal, then they are parallel.
Answer:
The given statement is:
If two lines are horizontal, then they are parallel
Proof:
If two lines x and y are horizontal lines and they are cut by a vertical transversal z, then
x ⊥ z and y ⊥ z
Hence,
x || y is proved by the Lines parallel to Transversal Theorem

Question 51.
PROOF
Prove that horizontal lines are perpendicular to vertical lines.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 51

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Plot the point in a coordinate plane.

Question 52.
A(3, 6)
Answer:
The given point is: A(3, 6)
The representation of the given point in the coordinate plane is:

Question 53.
B(0, – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 53

Question 54.
C(5, 0)
Answer:
The given point is: C (5, 0)
The representation of the given point in the coordinate plane is:

Question 55.
D( – 1, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 55

Copy and complete the table.

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 172
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 172
From the above table,
The given equation is:
y = x + 9
Hence,
The completed table is:

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 173
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 3.5 a 57

3.4 – 3.5 Performance Task: Navajo Rugs

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Compare the effectiveness of the argument in Exercise 24 on page 153 with the argument “You can find the distance between any two parallel lines” What flaw(s) exist in the argument(s)? Does either argument use correct reasoning? Explain.
Answer:
From the argument in Exercise 24 on page 153,
We can say that
The claim of your friend is not correct
We know that,
If we want to find the distance from the point to a given line, we need the perpendicular distance of a point and a line
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can not find the distance between any two parallel lines if a point and a line is given to find the distance

Question 2.
Look back at your construction of a square in Exercise 29 on page 154. How would your
construction change if you were to construct a rectangle?
Answer:
From the construction of a square in Exercise 29 on page 154,
We can observe that the length of all the line segments are equal
Now,
If you were to construct a rectangle,
We have to keep the lengths of the length of the rectangles the same and the widths of the rectangle also the same

Question 3.
In Exercise 31 on page 161, a classmate tells you that our answer is incorrect because you should have divided the segment into four congruent pieces. Respond to your classmates’ argument by justifying your original answer.
Answer:
In Exercise 31 on page 161, from the coordinate plane,
We can observe that we divided the total distance into the four congruent segments or pieces
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the argument of your friend that the answer is incorrect is not correct

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Chapter Review

3.1 Pairs of Lines and Angles

Think of each segment in the figure as part of a line. Which line(s) or plane(s) appear to fit the description?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 174
Question 1.
line(s) perpendicular to Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 175
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that are at 90° are “Perpendicular lines”
Hence,
From the above figure,
The lines perpendicular to \(\overline{Q R}\) are: \(\overline{R M}\) and \(\overline{Q L}\)

Question 2.
line(s) parallel to Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 175
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that do not have any intersection points are called “Parallel lines”
Hence,
From the above figure,
The line parallel to \(\overline{Q R}\) is: \(\overline {L M}\)

Question 3.
line(s) skew to Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 175
Answer:
We know that,
The lines that do not intersect and are not parallel and are not coplanar are “Skew lines”
Hence,
From the above figure,
The lines skew to \(\overline{Q R}\) are: \(\overline{J N}\), \(\overline{J K}\), \(\overline{K L}\), and \(\overline{L M}\)

Question 4.
plane(s) parallel to plane LMQ
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the plane parallel to plane LMQ is: Plane JKL

3.2 Parallel Lines and Transversals

Find the values of x and y.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 176
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 176
From the given figure,
We can observe that x and 35° are the corresponding angles
We know that,
By using the Corresponding Angles Theorem,
x = 35°
Now,
We can observe that 35° and y are the consecutive interior angles
So,
35° + y = 180°
y = 180° – 35°
y = 145°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = 35° and y° = 145°

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 177
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 177
From the given figure,
We can observe that 48° and y are the consecutive interior angles and y and (5x – 17)° are the corresponding angles
So,
By using the Consecutive Interior Angles Theorem,
48° + y° = 180°
y° = 180° – 48°
y° = 132°
Now,
By using the corresponding angles theorem,
y° = (5x – 17)°
132° = (5x – 17)°
5x = 132° + 17°
5x = 149°
x = \(\frac{149}{5}\)
x° = 29.8°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = 29.8° and y° = 132°

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 178
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 178
From the above figure,
We can observe that
2x° and 2y° are the alternate exterior angles
2y° and 58° are the alternate interior angles
So,
2x° = 2y° = 58°
So,
x° = y° =29°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = y° = 29°

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 179
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 179
From the given figure,
We can observe that
(5y – 21)° and 116° are the corresponding angles
So,
(5y – 21)° = 116°
5y° = 116° + 21°
5y° = 137°
y° = \(\frac{137}{5}\)
y° = 27.4°
Now,
We can observe that
(5y – 21)° ad (6x + 32)° are the alternate interior angles
So,
(5y – 21)° = (6x + 32)°
5 (28)° – 21° = (6x + 32)°
140 – 21 – 32 = 6x°
6x° = 140° – 53°
6x = 87°
x = \(\frac{87}{6}\)
x° = 14.5°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = 14.5° and y° = 27.4°

3.3 Proofs with Parallel Lines

Find the value of x that makes m || n.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 180
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 180
We know that,
m || n is true only when x and 73° are the consecutive interior angles according to the “Converse of Consecutive Interior angles Theorem”
Now,
It is given that m || n
So,
x + 73° = 180°
x = 180° – 73°
x = 107°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 107°

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 181
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 181
We know that,
m || n is true only when 147° and (x + 14)° are the corresponding angles by using the “Converse of the Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem”
Now,
It is given that m || n
So,
(x + 14)°= 147°
x° = 147° – 14°
x° = 133°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 133°

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 182
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 182
m || n is true only when 3x° and (2x + 20)° are the corresponding angles by using the “Converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem”
Now,
It is given that m || n
So,
(2x + 20)°= 3x°
3x° – 2x° = 20°
x° = 20°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 20°

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 183
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 183
We know that,
m || n is true only when (7x – 11)° and (4x + 58)° are the alternate interior angles by the “Convesre of the Consecutive Interior Angles Theorem”
Now,
It is given that m || n
So,
(7x – 11)° = (4x + 58)°
7x° – 4x° = 58° + 11°
3x° = 69°
x° = \(\frac{69}{3}\)
x° = 23°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: 23°

3.4 Proofs with Perpendicular Lines

Determine which lines, if any, must be parallel. Explain your reasoning.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 184
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 184
From the given figure,
We can observe that
x ⊥ z and y ⊥ z
We know that,
According to the Perpendicular Transversal Theorem,
In a plane, if a line is perpendicular to one of two parallel lines, then it is perpendicular to the other line also.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that x and y are parallel lines

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 185
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 185
From the given figure,
We can observe that
w ⊥ y and z ⊥ x
We can also observe that w and z is not both ⊥ to x and y
We know that,
According to the Perpendicular Transversal Theorem,
In a plane, if a line is perpendicular to one of two parallel lines, then it is perpendicular to the other line also.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are not any parallel lines in the given figure

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 186
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 186
From the given figure,
We can observe that
m ⊥ a, n ⊥ a, l ⊥ b, and n ⊥ b
We know that,
According to the Perpendicular Transversal Theorem,
In a plane, if a line is perpendicular to one of two parallel lines, then it is perpendicular to the other line also.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that m and n are parallel lines

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 187
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 187
From the given figure,
We can observe that
a ⊥ n, b ⊥ n, and c ⊥ m
We know that,
According to the Perpendicular Transversal Theorem,
In a plane, if a line is perpendicular to one of two parallel lines, then it is perpendicular to the other line also.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are not any parallel lines in the given figure

3.5 Equations of Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Write an equation of the line passing through the given point that is parallel to the given line.

Question 17.
A(3, – 4),y = – x + 8
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -x + 8
The given point is: A (3, -4)
So,
y = -x + 8
Now,
We know that,
The slopes are equal fot the parallel lines
So,
The equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = -x + c
Substitute A (3, -4) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
-4 = -3 + c
c = -4 + 3
c = -1
Hence,
The parallel line equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = -x – 1

Question 18.
A(- 6, 5), y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 7
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 7
The given point is: A (-6, 5)
So,
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 7
Now,
We know that,
The slopes are equal fot the parallel lines
So,
The equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
Substitute A (-6, 5) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
5 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (-6) + c
c = 5 + 3
c = 8
Hence,
The parallel line equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 8

Question 19.
A(2, 0), y = 3x – 5
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 3x – 5
The given point is: A (2, 0)
So,
y = 3x – 5
Now,
We know that,
The slopes are equal for the parallel lines
So,
The equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = 3x + c
Substitute A (2, 0) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
0 = 3 (2) + c
c = 6 – 0
c = 6
Hence,
The parallel line equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = 3x – 6

Question 20.
A(3, – 1), y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 10
Answer:
The given point is: A (3, -1)
The given equation is:,
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 10
Now,
We know that,
The slopes are equal fot the parallel lines
So,
The equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + c
Substitute A (3, -1) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
-1 = \(\frac{1}{3}\) (3) + c
c = -1 – 1
c = -2
Hence,
The parallel line equation that is parallel to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 2

Write an equation of the line passing through the given point that is perpendicular to the given line.

Question 21.
A(6, – 1), y = – 2x + 8
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -2x + 8
The given point is:A (6, -1)
Now,
y = -2x + 8
We know that,
The product of the slopes of perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
Substitute A (6, -1) in the above equation
-1 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 6) + c
c = -1 – 3
c = -4
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 4

Question 22.
A(0, 3), y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 6
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 6
The given point is: A (0, 3)
Now,
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 6
We know that,
The product of the slopes of perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m = 2
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = 2x + c
Substitute A (0, 3) in the above equation
3 = 2 ( 0) + c
c = 3
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given equation is:
y = 2x + 3

Question 23.
A(8, 2),y = 4x – 7
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 4x – 7
The given point is: A (8, 2)
Now,
y = 4x – 7
We know that,
The product of the slopes of perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + c
Substitute A (8, 2) in the above equation
2 = –\(\frac{1}{4}\) (8) + c
c = 2 + 2
c = 4
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 4

Question 24.
A(-1, 5), y = \(\frac{1}{7}\)x + 4
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{7}\)x + 4
The given point is: A (-1, 5)
Now,
y = \(\frac{1}{7}\)x + 4
We know that,
The product of the slopes of perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m = -7
So,
the equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -7x + c
Substitute A (-1, 5) in the above equation
5 = -7 ( -1) + c
c = 5 – 7
c = -2
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given equation is:
y = -7x – 2

Find the distance front point A to the given line.

Question 25.
A(2, – 1), y = – x + 4
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -x + 4 ——-(1)
The given point is: A (2, -1)
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
(-1) (m2) = -1
m2 = 1
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = x + c
Substitute A (2, -1) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
-1 = 2 + c
c = -1 – 2
c = -3
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = x – 3 ——(2)
Now,
We have to find the point of intersection
So,
Eq. (1) = Eq. (2)
-x + 4 = x – 3
-x – x = -3 – 4
2x = 7
x = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
So,
y = x – 3
y = \(\frac{7}{2}\) – 3
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
The point of intersection = (\(\frac{7}{2}\), \(\frac{1}{2}\))
Now,
The points are: (2, -1), (\(\frac{7}{2}\), \(\frac{1}{2}\))
So,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(3 / 2)² + (3 / 2)²}\)
= 2.12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point A to the given line is: 2.12

Question 26.
A(- 2, 3), y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1 ——-(1)
The given point is: A (-2, 3)
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
(\(\frac{1}{2}\)) (m2) = -1
m2 = -2
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -2x + c
Substitute A (-2, 3) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
3 = -2 (-2) + c
c = 3 – 4
c = -1
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -2x – 1 ——(2)
Now,
We have to find the point of intersection
So,
Eq. (1) = Eq. (2)
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1 = -2x – 1
\(\frac{5}{2}\)x = 2
x = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
So,
y = -2x – 1
y = –\(\frac{8}{5}\) – 1
y = –\(\frac{13}{5}\)
So,
The point of intersection = (\(\frac{4}{5}\), –\(\frac{13}{5}\))
Now,
The points are: (-2, 3), (\(\frac{4}{5}\), –\(\frac{13}{5}\))
So,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{31.36 + 7.84}\)
= 6.26
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point A to the given line is: 6.26

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Test

Find the values of x and y. State which theorem(s) you used.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 188
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 188
From the given figure,
We can observe that
x and 61° are the vertical angles
61° and y° are the alternate interior angles
We know that,
According to the “Alternate Interior Angles theorem”, the alternate interior angles are congruent
According to the “Vertical Angles Theorem”, the vertical angles are congruent
Hence,
x° = y° = 61°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 189
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 189
From the given figure,
We can observe that
8x° and 96° are the alternate interior angles
(11y + 19)° and 96° are the corresponding angles
We know that,
According to the “Alternate Interior Angles Theorem”, the alternate interior angles are congruent
According to the “Corresponding Angles Theorem”, the corresponding angles are congruent
So,
8x° = 96°
x° = \(\frac{96}{8}\)
x° = 12°
Now,
(11y + 19)° = 96°
11y° = 96° – 19°
11y° = 77°
y° = \(\frac{77}{11}\)
y° = 7°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = 12° and y° = 7°

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 190
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 190
From the given figure,
We can observe that
42° and 6(2y – 3)° are the consecutive interior angles
42° and (8x + 2)° are the vertical angles
We know that,
According to the “Consecutive Interior Angles Theorem”, the sum of the consecutive interior angles is 180°
According to the “Vertical Angles Theorem”, the vertical angles are congruent
So,
42° + 6 (2y – 3)° = 180°
6 (2y°) –  6(3)° = 180° – 42°
12y° – 18° = 138°
12y° = 138° + 18°
12y° = 156°
y° = \(\frac{156}{12}\)
y° = 13°
Now,
42° = (8x + 2)°
8x° = 42° – 2°
x° = 40°
x° = \(\frac{40}{8}\)
x° = 5°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = 5° and y° = 13°

Find the distance from point A to the given line.

Question 4.
A(3, 4), y = – x
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -x ——-(1)
The given point is: A (3, 4)
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
(-1) (m2) = -1
m2 = 1
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
x = c
Substitute A (3, 4) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
c = 3
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
x = 3 ——(2)
Now,
We have to find the point of intersection
So,
Eq. (1) = Eq. (2)
-x = x – 3
-x – x = -3
2x = 3
x = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
So,
y = -x
y = –\(\frac{3}{2}\)
So,
The point of intersection = (\(\frac{3}{2}\), –\(\frac{3}{2}\))
Now,
The points are: (3, 4), (\(\frac{3}{2}\), –\(\frac{3}{2}\))
So,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{30.25 + 2.25}\)
= 5.70
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point A to the given line is: 5.70

Question 5.
A(- 3, 7), y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 2
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 2 ——-(1)
The given point is: A (-3, 7)
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
(\(\frac{1}{3}\)) (m2) = -1
m2 = -3
So,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -3x + c
Substitute A (-3, 7) in the above equation to find the value of c
So,
7 = -3 (-3) + c
c = 7 – 9
c = -2
Hence,
The equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = -3x – 2 ——(2)
Now,
We have to find the point of intersection
So,
Eq. (1) = Eq. (2)
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 2 = -3x – 2
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 3x = -2 + 2
x = 0
So,
y = -3x – 2
y = -3 (0) – 2
y = -2
So,
The point of intersection = (0, -2)
Now,
The points are: (-3, 7), (0, -2)
So,
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(-2 – 7)² + (0 + 3)²}\)
= 9.48
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance from point A to the given line is: 9.48

Find the value of x that makes m || n.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 191
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 191
From the given figure,
We can observe that
x° and 97° are the corresponding angles
We know that,
According to the “Converse of the Corresponding Angles Theorem”, m || n is true only when the corresponding angles are congruent
It is given that m || n
So,
x° = 97°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = 97°

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 192
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 192
From the given figure,
We can observe that
8x° and (4x + 24)° are the alternate exterior angles
We know that,
According to the “Converse of the Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem”, m || n is true only when the alternate exterior angles are congruent
It is given that m || n
So,
8x° = (4x + 24)°
8x° – 4x° = 24°
4x° = 24°
x° = \(\frac{24}{4}\)
x° = 6°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = 6°

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 193
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 193
From the given figure,
We can observe that
(11x + 33)° and (6x – 6)° are the interior angles
We know that,
According to the “Converse of the Interior Angles Theory”, m || n is true only when the sum of the interior angles are supplementary
It is given that m || n
So,
(11x + 33)°+(6x – 6)° = 180°
17x° + 27° = 180°
17x° = 180° – 27°
x° = –\(\frac{153}{17}\)
x° = 9°
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
x° = 9°

Write an equation of the line that passes through the given point and is
(a) parallel to and
(b) perpendicular to the given line.

Question 9.
(- 5, 2), y = 2x – 3
Answer:
The given equation is:
y= 2x – 3
The given point is: (-5, 2)
a) Parallel to the given line:
We know that,
The slopes of the parallel lines are the same
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
So,
The equation of the line that is parallel to the given line is:
y = 2x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (-5, 2) in the above equation
So,
2 = 2 (-5) + c
2 + 10 = c
c = 12
Hence,
The equation of the line that is parallel to the given line equation is:
y = 2x + 12
b) Perpendicular to the given line:
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1 m2 = -1
2m2 = -1
m2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
The equation of the line that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (-5, 2) in the given equation
2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\) (-5) + c
c = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence,
The equation of the line that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 10.
(- 1, – 9), y = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 4
Answer:
The given equation is:
y= –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 4
The given point is: (-1, -9)
a) Parallel to the given line:
We know that,
The slopes of the parallel lines are the same
Compare the given equation with
y = mx + c
So,
The equation of the line that is parallel to the given line is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (-1, -9) in the above equation
So,
-9 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\) (-1) + c
c = \(\frac{26}{3}\)
Hence,
The equation of the line that is parallel to the given line equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + \(\frac{26}{3}\)
b) Perpendicular to the given line:
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1 m2 = -1
–\(\frac{1}{3}\)m2 = -1
m2 = 3
So,
The equation of the line that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = 3x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (-1, -9) in the given equation
-9 = 3 (-1) + c
c = -6
Hence,
The equation of the line that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = 3x – 6

Question 11.
A student says. “Because j ⊥ K, j ⊥ l’ What missing information is the student assuming from the diagram? Which theorem is the student trying to use?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 194
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 194
It is given that a student claimed that j ⊥ K, j ⊥ l
We know that,
According to the “Perpendicular Transversal Theorem”,
In a plane, if a line is perpendicular to one of two parallel lines, then it is perpendicular to the other line also.
So,
From the above definition,
The missing information the student assuming from the diagram is:
The line l is also perpendicular to the line j
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the theorem student trying to use is the “Perpendicular Transversal Theorem”

Question 12.
You and your family are visiting some attractions while on vacation. You and your mom visit the shopping mall while your dad and your sister visit the aquarium. You decide to meet at the intersection of lines q and p. Each unit in the coordinate plane corresponds to 50 yards.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 195
Answer:
You and your family are visiting some attractions while on vacation. You and your mom visit the shopping mall while your dad and your sister visit the aquarium. You decide to meet at the intersection of lines q and p. Each unit in the coordinate plane corresponds to 50 yards.

a. Find an equation of line q.
Answer:
From the figure,
The coordinates of line q are:
(50, 500), (200, 50)
Compare the given points with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{50 – 500}{200 – 50}\)
= \(\frac{-450}{150}\)
= –\(\frac{45}{15}\)
= -3
Now,
We know that,
The standard form of the equation is:
y – y1 = m (x – x1)
So,
y – 500 = -3 (x -50)
y – 500 = -3x + 150
y = -3x + 150 + 500
y = -3x + 650
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The equation of line q is:
y = -3x + 650

b. Find an equation of line p.
Answer:
From the figure,
The coordinates of line p are:
(50, 175), (500, 325)
Compare the given points with
(x1, y1), (x2, y2)
We know that,
Slope (m) = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{325 –  175}{500 – 50}\)
= \(\frac{15}{45}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Now,
We know that,
The standard form of the equation is:
y – y1 = m (x – x1)
So,
y – 175 = \(\frac{1}{3}\) (x -50)
3 (y – 175) = x – 50
3y – 525 = x – 50
3y = x – 50 + 525
3y = x + 475
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + \(\frac{475}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The equation of line p is:
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + \(\frac{475}{3}\)

c. What are the coordinates of the meeting point?
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclue that
The coordinates of the meeting point are: (150. 200)

d. What is the distance from the meeting point to the subway?
Answer:
From the given figure,
The coordinates of the meeting point are: (150, 200)
The coordinates of the subway are: (500, 300)
Now,
The distance between the meeting point and the subway is:
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
d = \(\sqrt{(300 – 200)² + (500 – 150)²}\)
d = 364.5 yards
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance between the meeting point and the subway is: 364.5 yards

Question 13.
Identify an example on the puzzle cube of each description. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 196
a. a pair of skew lines
Answer:
We know that,
The “Skew lines” are the lines that are non-intersecting, non-parallel and non-coplanar
Hence,
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the pair of skew lines are:
\(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{G H}\)

b. a pair of perpendicular lines
Answer:
We know that,
The “Perpendicular lines” are the lines that are intersected at the right angles
Hence,
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the pair of perpendicular lines are:
\(\overline{I J}\) and \(\overline{C D}\)

c. a pair of paralIeI lines
Answer:
We know that,
The “parallel lines” are the lines that do not have any intersection point
Hence,
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the pair of parallel lines are:
\(\overline{C D}\) and \(\overline{E F}\)

d. a pair of congruent corresponding angles
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclude that
∠1 and ∠3 are the corresponding angles

e. a pair of congruent alternate interior angles
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclude that
∠2 and ∠3 are the congruent alternate interior angles

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Use the steps in the construction to explain how you know that\(\overline{C D}\) is the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{A B}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 198
Answer:
Step 1:
Draw a line segment of any length and name that line segment as AB
Step 2:
Draw an arc by using a compass with above half of the length of AB by taking the center at A above AB
Step 3:
Draw another arc by using a compass with above half of the length of AB by taking the center at B above AB
Step 4:
Repeat steps 3 and 4 below AB
Step 5:
Draw a line segment CD by joining the arcs above and below AB
Step 6:
Measure the lengths of the midpoint of AB i.e., AD and DB.
By measuring their lengths, we can prove that CD is the perpendicular bisector of AB

Question 2.
The equation of a line is x + 2y = 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 199
a. Use the numbers and symbols to create the equation of a line in slope-intercept form
that passes through the point (4, – 5) and is parallel to the given line.
Answer:
The given line equation is:
x + 2y = 10
The given point is: (4, -5)
Now,
The given equation in the slope-intercept form is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 5
We know that,
The slopes of the parallel lines are the same
So,
The equation of the line that is parallel to the given line equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (4, -5) in the above equation
So,
-5 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\) (4) + c
c = -5 + 2
c = -3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the line that is parallel to the given line equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 3

b. Use the numbers and symbols to create the equation of a line in slope-intercept form
that passes through the point (2, – 1) and is perpendicular to the given line.
Answer:
The given line equation is:
x + 2y = 10
The given point is: (4, -5)
Now,
The given equation in the slope-intercept form is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 5
We know that,
The product of the slopes of the perpendicular lines is equal to -1
So,
m1m2 = -1
–\(\frac{1}{2}\) (m2) = -1
m2 = 2
So,
The equation of the line that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = 2x + c
To find the value of c,
Substitute (4, -5) in the above equation
So,
-5 = 2 (4) + c
-5 – 8 = c
c = -13
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that a line equation that is perpendicular to the given line equation is:
y = 2x – 13

Question 3.
Classify each pair of angles whose measurements are given.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 200
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 200
From the given figure,
We can conclude that 44° and 136° are the adjacent angles

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 201
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 201
From the given figure,
We can conclude that 18° and 23° are the adjacent angles

c.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 202
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 202
From the given figure,
We can conclude that 75° and 75° are alternate interior angles

d.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 203
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 203
From the given figure,
We can conclude that 42° and 48° are the vertical angles

Question 4.
Your school is installing new turf on the football held. A coordinate plane has been superimposed on a diagram of the football field where 1 unit = 20 feet.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 204
a. What is the length of the field?
Answer:
It is given that a coordinate plane has been superimposed on a diagram of the football field where 1 unit is 20 feet.
So,
From the given figure,
The length of the field = | 20 – 340 |
= 320 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of the field is: 320 feet

b. What is the perimeter of the field?
Answer:
From the figure,
The width of the field is: 140 feet
From the figure,
We can observe that the figure is in the form of a rectangle
We know that,
The perimeter of the field = 2 ( Length + Width)
= 2 (320 + 140)
= 2 (460)
= 920 feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perimeter of the field is: 920 feet

c. Turf costs $2.69 per square foot. Your school has a $1,50,000 budget. Does the school have enough money to purchase new turf for the entire field?
Answer:
We know that,
The area of the field = Length × Width
So,
The area of the field = 320 × 140
= 44,800 square feet
it is given that the turf costs $2.69 per square foot
So,
The total cost of the turf = 44,800 × 2.69
= $1,20,512
It is given that your school has a budget of $1,50,000 but we only need $1,20,512
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the school have enough money to purchase new turf for the entire field

Question 5.
Enter a statement or reason in each blank to complete the two-column proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 205
Given ∠1 ≅∠3
Prove ∠2 ≅∠4

Answer:
The given table is:

Hence,
The completed table is:

Question 6.
Your friend claims that lines m and n are parallel. Do you support your friend’s claim? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 206
Answer:
Yes, I support my friend’s claim

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 206
From the given figure,
We can observe that 141° and 39° are the consecutive interior angles
We know that,
According to the consecutive Interior Angles Theorem,
If the sum of the angles of the consecutive interior angles is 180°, then the two lines that are cut by a transversal are parallel
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the claim of your friend can be supported

Question 7.
Which of the following is true when Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 207 are skew?
(A) Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 207 are parallel.
(B) Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 207 intersect
(C) Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 207 are perpendicular
(D) A, B, and C are noncollinear.
Answer:
We know that,
The “Skew lines” are the lines that are not parallel, non-intersect, and non-coplanar
Hene, from the given options,
We can conclude that option D) is correct because parallel and perpendicular lines have to be lie in the same plane

Question 8.
Select the angle that makes the statement true.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 208
∠1    ∠2    ∠3    ∠4    ∠5     ∠6     ∠7     ∠8
a. ∠4 ≅ ________ b the Alternate Interior Angles Theorem (Thm. 3.2).
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclude that
By using the Alternate interior angles Theorem,
∠4 ≅ ∠5

b. ∠2 ≅ ________ by the Corresponding Angles Theorem (Thm. 3. 1)
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclude that
By using the Corresponding angles Theorem,
∠2 ≅ ∠6

c. ∠1 ≅ ________ by the Alternate Exterior Angles Theorem (Thm. 3.3).
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclude that
By using the Alternate exterior angles Theorem,
∠1 ≅ ∠8

d. m∠6 + m ________ = 180° by the Consecutive Interior Angles Theorem (Thm. 3.4).
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclude that
By using the Consecutive interior angles Theorem,
∠6 + ∠4 = 180°

Question 9.
You and your friend walk to school together every day. You meet at the halfway point between your houses first and then walk to school. Each unit in the coordinate plane corresponds to 50 yards.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 3 Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 209
Answer:
It is given that you and your friend walk to school together every day. You meet at the halfway point between your houses first and then walk to school. Each unit in the coordinate plane corresponds to 50 yards.
a. What are the coordinates of the midpoint of the line segment joining the two houses?
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can conclude that the midpoint of the line segment joining the two houses is:
M = (150, 250)

b. What is the distance that the two of you walk together?
Answer:
From the given figure,
We can observe that
The coordinates of the school = (400, 300)
The coordinates of the midpoint of the line segment joining the two houses = (150, 250)
It is given that the two friends walk together from the midpoint of the houses to the school
Now,
We know that,
The distance that the two of you walk together is:
d = \(\sqrt{(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{(250 – 300)² + (150 – 400)²}\)
= \(\sqrt{2500 + 62,500}\)
= 255 yards
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance that the two of the friends walk together is: 255 yards

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions Pdf of all exercises along with extra practice sections, quizzes, chapter tests, cumulative assessment, etc. are provided here. Students who are searching for the perfect study guide to enhance their math skills can refer to this Big ideas math algebra 1 ch 8 answer key.

Graphing quadratic functions concepts can be pretty easy by solving from the Big ideas math book answers of Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions. The main aim of providing this Ch 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers is to offer quality education to the students and support them to grow high & become pro in math concepts.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Answer Key Ch 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions

By using the BIM Textbook Solutions Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions, you can solve all questions at the time of homework & assignments. Here is the list of topic-wise Big Ideas math Algebra 1 ch 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions Answer Key that helps you learn and understand every single concept of algebra 1 maths.

BigIdeasMath Algebra 1 Graphing Quadratic Functions Chapter 8 Exercise questions and answers are prepared by subject experts based on the Common Core Standards. So, students can easily solve all exercise questions, Questions from Practice Test, Chapter Test, Cumulative Practice, Performance Test, etc. covered in BIM Algebra 1 Ch 8 Answer key

Graphing Quadratic Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Graph the linear equation.

Question 1.
y = 2x – 3
Answer:

Question 2.
y = -3x + 4
Answer:

Question 3.
y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 2
Answer:

Question 4.
y = x + 5
Answer:

Evaluate the expression when x = −2.
Question 5.
5x2 – 9
Answer:

Question 6.
3x2 + x – 2
Answer:

Question 7.
-x2 + 4x + 1
Answer:

Question 8.
x2 + 8x + 5
Answer:

Question 9.
-2x2 – 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 10.
-4x2 + 2x – 6
Answer:

Question 11.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Complete the table. Find a pattern in the differences of consecutive y-values. Use the pattern to write an expression for y when x = 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 1
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students try special cases of the original problem to gain insight into its solution.

Monitoring Progress

Graph the quadratic function. Then describe its graph.
Question 1.
y = -x2
Answer:

Question 2.
y = 2x2
Answer:

Question 3.
f(x) = 2x2 + 1
Answer:

Question 4.
f(x) = 2x2 – 1
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 6.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) x2 – 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 7.
y = -2(x + 1)2 + 1
Answer:

Question 8.
y = -2(x – 1)2 + 1
Answer:

Question 9.
How are the graphs in Monitoring Progress Questions 1-8 similar? How are they different?
Answer:

Lesson 8.1 Graphing f(x) = ax2

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a quadratic function of the form f(x) = ax2?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing Quadratic Functions
Work with a partner. Graph each quadratic function. Compare each graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a quadratic function of the form f(x) = ax2?
Answer:

Question 3.
How does the value of a affect the graph of f(x) = ax2? Consider 0 < a < 1, a> 1, -1 < a < 0, and a < -1. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 2
Answer:

Question 4.
The figure shows the graph of a quadratic function of the form y = ax2. Which of the intervals in Question 3 describes the value of a? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Identify characteristics of the quadratic function and its graph.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 4
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 5
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 3.
g(x) = 5x2
Answer:

Question 4.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2
Answer:

Question 5.
n(x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x2
Answer:

Question 6.
p(x) = -3x2
Answer:

Question 7.
q(x) = -0.1x2
Answer:

Question 8.
g(x) = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x2
Answer:

Question 9.
The cross section of a spotlight can be modeled by the graph of y = 0.5x2, where x and y are measured in inches and -2 ≤ x ≤ 2. Find the width and depth of the spotlight.
Answer:

Graphing f(x) = ax2 8.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is the U-shaped graph of a quadratic function called?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
When does the graph of a quadratic function open up? open down?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, identify characteristics of the quadratic function and its graph.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 7
Answer:

In Exercises 5–12, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 5.
g(x) = 6x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 5

Question 6.
b(x) = 2.5x2
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 7

Question 8.
j(x) = 0.75x2
Answer:

Question 9.
m(x) = -2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 9

Question 10.
q(x) = –\(\frac{9}{2}\)x2
Answer:

Question 11.
k(x) = -0.2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 11

Question 12.
p(x) = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x2
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of y = −4x2.
Question 13.
y = 4x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 13

Question 14.
y = -0.4x2
Answer:

Question 15.
y = -0.04x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 15

Question 16.
y = -0.004x2
Answer:

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing and comparing y = x2 and y = 0.5x2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The arch support of a bridge can be modeled by y = -0.0012x2, where x and y are measured in feet. Find the height and width of the arch.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 9
Answer:

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The breaking strength z (in pounds) of a manila rope can be modeled by z = 8900d2, where d is the diameter (in inches) of the rope.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 10
a. Describe the domain and range of the function.
b. Graph the function using the domain in part (a).
c. A manila rope has four times the breaking strength of another manila rope. Does the stronger rope have four times the diameter? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Describe the possible values of a.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 11
Answer:

ANALYZING GRAPHS In Exercises 21–23, use the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 12
Question 21.
When is each function increasing?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 21

Question 22.
When is each function decreasing?
Answer:

Question 23.
Which function could include the point (-2, 3)? Find the value of a when the graph passes through (-2, 3).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 23

Question 24.
REASONING
Is the x-intercept of the graph of y = x2 always 0? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 25.
REASONING
A parabola opens up and passes through (-4, 2) and (6, -3). How do you know that (-4, 2) is not the vertex?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 25

ABSTRACT REASONING In Exercises 26–29, determine whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
Question 26.
The graph of f(x) = x2 is narrower than the graph of g(x) = x2 when a > 0.
Answer:

Question 27.
The graph of f(x) = x2 is narrower than the graph of g(x) = x2 when |a| > 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 27

Question 28.
The graph of f(x) = x2 is wider than the graph of g(x) = x2 when 0 < |a| < 1.
Answer:

Question 29.
The graph of f(x) = x2 is wider than the graph of g(x) = dx2 when |a | > |d| .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Draw the isosceles triangle shown. Divide each leg into eight congruent segments. Connect the highest point of one leg with the lowest point of the other leg. Then connect the second highest point of one leg to the second lowest point of the other leg. Continue this process. Write a quadratic equation whose graph models the shape that appears.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 13
Answer:

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The diagram shows the parabolic cross section of a swirling glass of water, where x and y are measured in centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 14
a. About how wide is the mouth of the glass?
b. Your friend claims that the rotational speed of the water would have to increase for the cross section to be modeled by y = 0.1x2. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 31

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression when n = 3 and x = −2.
Question 32.
n2 + 5
Answer:

Question 33.
3x2 – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 33

Question 34.
-4n2 + 11
Answer:

Question 35.
n + 2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 35

Lesson 8.2 Graphing f(x) = ax2 + c

Essential Question How does the value of c affect the graph of f(x) = -ax2 + c?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing y = ax2 + c
Work with a partner. Sketch the graphs of the functions in the same coordinate plane. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 1

EXPLORATION 2

Finding x-Intercepts of Graphs
Work with a partner. Graph each function. Find the x-intercepts of the graph. Explain how you found the x-intercepts.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How does the value of c affect the graph of f(x) = ax2 + c?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers to Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 3
Answer:

Question 5.
The figure shows the graph of a quadratic function of the form y = ax2 + c. Describe possible values of a and c. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 1.
g(x) = x2 – 5
Answer:

Question 2.
h(x) = x2 + 3
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 3.
g(x) = 2x2 – 5
Answer:

Question 4.
h(x) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 + 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Let f(x) = 3x2 – 1 and g(x) = f (x) + 3.
a. Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g. Then graph f and g in the same coordinate plane.
b. Write an equation that represents g in terms of x.
Answer:

Question 6.
Explain why only nonnegative values of t are used in Example 4.
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
The egg is dropped from a height of 100 feet. After how many seconds does the egg hit the ground?
Answer:

Graphing f(x) = ax2 + c 8.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
State the vertex and axis of symmetry of the graph of y = ax2 + c.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
How does the graph of y = ax2 + c compare to the graph of y = ax2?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 3.
g(x) = x2 + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 3

Question 4.
h(x) = x2 + 8
Answer:

Question 5.
p(x) = x2 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 5

Question 6.
q(x) = x2 – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 7.
g(x) = -x2 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 7

Question 8.
h(x) = -x2 – 7
Answer:

Question 9.
s(x) = 2x2 – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 9

Question 10.
t(x) = -3x2 + 1
Answer:

Question 11.
p(x) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 11

Question 12.
q(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 6
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g. Then graph f and g in the same coordinate plane. Write an equation that represents g in terms of x.
Question 13.
f(x) = 3x2 + 4
g(x) = f(x) + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 13

Question 14.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 1
g(x) = f(x) – 4
Answer:

Question 15.
f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 – 6
g(x) = f(x) – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 15

Question 16.
f(x) = 4x2 – 5
g(x) = f(x) + 7
Answer:

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in comparing the graphs.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 17

Question 18.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing and comparing f(x) = x2 and g(x) = x2 – 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 6
Answer:

In Exercises 19–26, find the zeros of the function.
Question 19.
y = x2 – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 19

Question 20.
y = x2 – 36
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) = -x2 + 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = -x2 + 49
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = 4x2 – 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 23

Question 24.
f(x) = 3x2 – 27
Answer:

Question 25.
f(x) = -12x2 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 25

Question 26.
f(x) = -8x2 + 98
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A water balloon is dropped from a height of 144 feet.
a. After how many seconds does the water balloon hit the ground?
b. Suppose the initial height is adjusted by k feet. How does this affect part (a)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function y = -16x2 + 36 represents the height y (in feet) of an apple x seconds after falling from a tree. Find and interpret the x- and y-intercepts.
Answer:

In Exercises 29–32, sketch a parabola with the given characteristics.
Question 29.
The parabola opens up, and the vertex is (0, 3).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 29

Question 30.
The vertex is (0, 4), and one of the x-intercepts is 2.
Answer:

Question 31.
The related function is increasing when x < 0, and the zeros are -1 and 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 31

Question 32.
The highest point on the parabola is (0, -5).
Answer:

Question 33.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You and your friend both drop a ball at the same time. The function h(x) = -16x2 + 256 represents the height (in feet) of your ball after x seconds. The function g(x) = -16x2 + 300 represents the height (in feet) of your friend’s ball after x seconds.
a. Write the function T(x) = h(x) – g(x). What does T(x) represent?
b. When your ball hits the ground, what is the height of your friend’s ball? Use a graph to justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 33

Question 34.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that in the equation y = ax2 + c, the vertex changes when the value of a changes. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The area A (in square feet) of a square patio is represented by A = x2, where x is the length of one side of the patio. You add 48 square feet to the patio, resulting in a total area of 192 square feet. What are the dimensions of the original patio? Use a graph to justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 35.2

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph of f(x) = ax2 + c is shown. Points A and B are the same distance from the vertex of the graph of f. Which point is closer to the vertex of the graph of f as c increases?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 7
Answer:

Question 37.
REASONING
Describe two algebraic methods you can use to find the zeros of the function f(t) = -16t2 + 400. Check your answer by graphing.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 37

Question 38.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The paths of water from three different garden waterfalls are given below. Each function gives the height h (in feet) and the horizontal distance d (in feet) of the water.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 8
Waterfall 1 h = -3.1d2 + 4.8
Waterfall 2 h = -3.5d2 + 1.9
Waterfall 3 h = -1.1d2 + 1.6
a. Which waterfall drops water from the highest point?
b. Which waterfall follows the narrowest path?
c. Which waterfall sends water the farthest?
Answer:

Question 39.
WRITING EQUATIONS
Two acorns fall to the ground from an oak tree. One falls 45 feet, while the other falls 32 feet.
a. For each acorn, write an equation that represents the height h (in feet) as a function of the time t (in seconds).
b. Describe how the graphs of the two equations are related.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
One of two classic problems in calculus is to find the area under a curve. Approximate the area of the region bounded by the parabola and the x-axis. Show your work.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 9
Answer:

Question 41.
CRITICAL THINKING
A cross section of the parabolic surface of the antenna shown can be modeled by y = 0.012x2, where x and y are measured in feet. The antenna is moved up so that the outer edges of the dish are 25 feet above x-axis. Where is the vertex of the cross section located? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 41

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression when a = 4 and b = −3.
Question 42.
\(\frac{a}{4b}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
–\(\frac{b}{2a}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 43

Question 44.
\(\frac{a-b}{3 a+b}\)
Answer:

Question 45.
–\(\frac{b+2 a}{a b}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 45

Lesson 8.3 Graphing f(x) = ax2 + bx + c

Essential Question How can you find the vertex of the graph of f(x) = ax2 + bx + c?

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing x-Intercepts with the Vertex
Work with a partner.
a. Sketch the graphs of y = 2x2 – 8x and y = 2x2 – 8x + 6.
b. What do you notice about the x-coordinate of the vertex of each graph?
c. Use the graph of y = 2x2 – 8x to find its x-intercepts. Verify your answer by solving 0 = 2x2 – 8x.
d. Compare the value of the x-coordinate of the vertex with the values of the x-intercepts.

EXPLORATION 2

Finding x-Intercepts
Work with a partner.
a. Solve 0 = ax2 + bx for x by factoring.
b. What are the x-intercepts of the graph of y = ax2 + bx?
c. Copy and complete the table to verify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 1

EXPLORATION 3

Deductive Reasoning
Work with a partner. Complete the following logical argument.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you find the vertex of the graph of f(x) = ax2 + bx + c?
Answer:

Question 5.
Without graphing, find the vertex of the graph of f(x) = x2 – 4x + 3. Check your result by graphing.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find (a) the axis of symmetry and (b) the vertex of the graph of the function.
Question 1.
f(x) = 3x2 – 2x
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = x2 + 6x + 5
Answer:

Question 3.
h(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 7x – 4
Answer:

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 4.
h(x) = 2x2 + 4x + 1
Answer:

Question 5.
k(x) = x2 – 8x + 7
Answer:

Question 6.
p(x) = -5x2 – 10x – 2
Answer:

Tell whether the function has a minimum value or a maximum value. Then find the value.
Question 7.
g(x) = 8x2 – 8x + 6
Answer:

Question 8.
h(x) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 + 3x + 1
Answer:

Question 9.
The cables between the two towers of the Tacoma Narrows Bridge in Washington form a parabola that can be modeled by y = 0.00016x2 – 0.46x + 507, where x and y are measured in feet. What is the height of the cable above the water at its lowest point?
Answer:

Question 10.
Which balloon is in the air longer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 11.
Which balloon reaches its maximum height faster? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Graphing f(x) = ax2 + bx + c 8.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Explain how you can tell whether a quadratic function has a maximum value or a minimum value without graphing the function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Consider the quadratic function f(x) = -2x2 + 8x + 24. Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, find the vertex, the axis of symmetry, and the y-intercept of the graph.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 5
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 7
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, find (a) the axis of symmetry and (b) the vertex of the graph of the function.
Question 7.
f(x) = 2x2 – 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 7

Question 8.
y = 3x2 + 2x
Answer:

Question 9.
y = -9x2 – 18x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 9

Question 10.
f(x) = -6x2 + 24x – 20
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x2 – 4x + 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 11

Question 12.
y = – \(\frac{3}{4}\) x2 + 9x – 18
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 13.
f(x) = 2x2 + 12x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 13

Question 14.
y = 4x2 + 24x + 13
Answer:

Question 15.
y = -8x2 – 16x – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 15

Question 16.
f(x) = -5x2 + 20x – 7
Answer:

Question 17.
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x2 – 6x + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 17.2

Question 18.
f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 3x – 4
Answer:

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the axis of symmetry of the graph of y = 3x2 – 12x + 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 19

Question 20.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing the function f(x) = -x2+ 4x + 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 9
Answer:

In Exercises 21–26, tell whether the function has a minimum value or a maximum value. Then find the value.
Question 21.
y = 3x2 – 18x + 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = -5x2 + 10x + 7
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = -4x2 + 4x – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 23

Question 24.
y = 2x2 – 10x + 13
Answer:

Question 25.
y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 11x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 25

Question 26.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x2 – 5x + 27
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function shown represents the height h (in feet) of a firework t seconds after it is launched. The firework explodes at its highest point.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 10
a. When does the firework explode?
b. At what height does the firework explode?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function h(t) = -16t2 + 16t represents the height (in feet) of a horse t seconds after it jumps during a steeplechase.
a. When does the horse reach its maximum height?
b. Can the horse clear a fence that is 3.5 feet tall? If so, by how much?
c. How long is the horse in the air?
Answer:

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The cable between two towers of a suspension bridge can be modeled by the function shown, where x and y are measured in feet. The cable is at road level midway between the towers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 11
a. How far from each tower shown is the lowest point of the cable?
b. How high is the road above the water?
c. Describe the domain and range of the function shown.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 29

Question 30.
REASONING
Find the axis of symmetry of the graph of the equation y = ax2 + bx + c when b = 0. Can you find the axis of symmetry when a = 0? Explain.
Answer:

Question 31.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
The vertex of a parabola is (3, -1). One point on the parabola is (6, 8). Find another point on the parabola. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 31

Question 32.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that it is possible to draw a parabola through any two points with different x-coordinates. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 33–36, use the minimum or maximum feature of a graphing calculator to approximate the vertex of the graph of the function.
Question 33.
y = 0.5x2 + \(\sqrt{2x}\) x – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 33

Question 34.
y = -6.2x2 + 4.8x – 1
Answer:

Question 35.
y = -πx2+ 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 35

Question 36.
y = 0.25x2 – 52/3x + 2
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The opening of one aircraft hangar is a parabolic arch that can be modeled by the equation y = -0.006x2+ 1.5x, where x and y are measured in feet. The opening of a second aircraft hangar is shown in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 12
a. Which aircraft hangar is taller?
b. Which aircraft hangar is wider?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
An office supply store sells about 80 graphing calculators per month for $120 each. For each $6 decrease in price, the store expects to sell eight more calculators. The revenue from calculator sales is given by the function R(n) = (unit price)(units sold), or R(n) = (120 – 6n)(80 + 8n), where n is the number of $6 price decreases.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 13
a. How much should the store charge to maximize monthly revenue?
b. Using a different revenue model, the store expects to sell five more calculators for each $4 decrease in price. Which revenue model results in a greater maximum monthly revenue? Explain.
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 39 and 40, (a) find the value of x that maximizes the area of the figure and (b) find the maximum area.
Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 39

Question 40
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 15
Answer:

Question 41.
WRITING
Compare the graph of g(x) = x2 + 4x + 1 with the graph of h(x) = x2 – 4x + 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 41.2

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
During an archery competition, an archer shoots an arrow. The arrow follows the parabolic path shown, where x and y are measured in meters.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 16
a. What is the initial height of the arrow?
b. Estimate the maximum height of the arrow.
c. How far does the arrow travel?
Answer:

Question 43.
USING TOOLS
The graph of a quadratic function passes through (3, 2), (4, 7), and (9, 2). Does the graph open up or down? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 43

Question 44.
REASONING
For a quadratic function f, what does f(-\(\frac{b}{2a}\)) represent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 45.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Write a function of the form y = ax2 + bx whose graph contains the points (1, 6) and (3, 6).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 45

Question 46.
CRITICAL THINKING
Parabolas A and B contain the points shown. Identify characteristics of each parabola, if possible. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 17
Answer:

Question 47.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
At a basketball game, an air cannon launches T-shirts into the crowd. The function y = – \(\frac{1}{8}\)x2 + 4x represents the path of a T-shirt. The function 3y = 2x – 14 represents the height of the bleachers. In both functions, y represents vertical height (in feet) and x represents horizontal distance (in feet). At what height does the T-shirt land in the bleachers?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
One of two classic problems in calculus is finding the slope of a tangent line to a curve. An example of a tangent line, which just touches the parabola at one point, is shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 18
Approximate the slope of the tangent line to the graph of y = x2 at the point (1, 1). Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The owners of a dog shelter want to enclose a rectangular play area on the side of their building. They have k feet of fencing. What is the maximum area of the outside enclosure in terms of k? (Hint: Find the y-coordinate of the vertex of the graph of the area function.)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 49

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Describe the transformation(s) from the graph of f(x) = |x| to the graph of the given function.
Question 50.
q(x) = |x + 6|
Answer:

Question 51.
h(x) = -0.5|x|
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 51

Question 52.
g(x) = |x – 2| + 5
Answer:

Question 53.
p(x) = 3|x + 1|
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 53

Graphing Quadratic Functions Study Skills: Learning Visually

8.1– 8.3 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 20

Core Concepts
Section 8.1
Characteristics of Quadratic Functions, p. 420
Graphing f(x) = ax2 When a > 0, p. 421
Graphing f (x) = ax2When a < 0, p. 421

Section 8.2
Graphing f(x) = ax2 + c, p. 426

Section 8.3
Graphing f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, p. 432
Maximum and Minimum Values, p. 433

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Explain your plan for solving Exercise 18 on page 423.
Answer:

Question 2.
How does graphing a function in Exercise 27 on page 429 help you answer the questions?
Answer:

Question 3.
What definition and characteristics of the graph of a quadratic function did you use to answer Exercise 44 on page 438?
Answer:

Study Skills: Learning Visually

  • Draw a picture of a word problem before writing a verbal model. You do not have to be an artist.
  • When making a review card for a word problem, include a picture. This will help you recall the information while taking a test.
  • Make sure your notes are visually neat for easy recall
    Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 21

Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 – 8.3 Quiz

Identify characteristics of the quadratic function and its graph.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions q 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions q 2
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 3.
h(x) = -x2
Answer:

Question 4.
p(x) = 2x2 + 2
Answer:

Question 5.
r(x) = 4x2 – 16
Answer:

Question 6.
b(x) = 8x2
Answer:

Question 7.
g(x) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x2
Answer:

Question 8.
m(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 4
Answer:

Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g. Then graph f and g in the same coordinate plane. Write an equation that represents g in terms of x.
Question 9.
f(x) = 2x2 + 1; g(x) = f(x) + 2
Answer:

Question 10.
f(x) = -3x2 + 12; g(x) = f(x) – 9
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 2; g(x) = f(x) – 6
Answer:

Question 12.
f(x) = 5x2 – 3; g(x) = f(x) + 1
Answer:

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 13.
f(x) = -4x2 – 4x + 7
Answer:

Question 14.
f(x) = 2x2 + 12x + 5
Answer:

Question 15.
y = x2 + 4x – 5
Answer:

Question 16.
y = -3x2 + 6x + 9
Answer:

Tell whether the function has a minimum value or a maximum value. Then find the value.
Question 17.
f(x) = 5x2 + 10x – 3
Answer:

Question 18.
f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 2x + 16
Answer:

Question 19.
y = -x2 + 4x + 12
Answer:

Question 20.
y = 2x2 + 8x + 3
Answer:

Question 21.
The distance y (in feet) that a coconut falls after t seconds is given by the function y = 16t2. Use a graph to determine how many seconds it takes for the coconut to fall 64 feet.
Answer:

Question 22.
The function y = -16t2 + 25 represents the height y (in feet) of a pinecone t seconds after falling from a tree.
a. After how many seconds does the pinecone hit the ground?
b. A second pinecone falls from a height of 36 feet. Which pinecone hits the ground in the least amount of time? Explain.
Answer:

Question 23.
The function shown models the height (in feet) of a softball t seconds after it is pitched in an underhand motion. Describe the domain and range. Find the maximum height of the softball.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions q 3
Answer:

Lesson 8.4 Graphing f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k

Essential Question How can you describe the graph of f(x) = a(x – h)2?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing y = a(x − h)2 When h > 0
Work with a partner. Sketch the graphs of the functions in the same coordinate plane. How does the value of h affect the graph of y = a(x – h)2?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 1

EXPLORATION 2

Graphing y = a(x − h)2 When h < 0
Work with a partner. Sketch the graphs of the functions in the same coordinate plane. How does the value of h affect the graph of y = a(x – h)2?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you describe the graph of f(x) = a(x – h)2?
Answer:

Question 4.
Without graphing, describe the graph of each function. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 3
a. y = (x – 3)2
b. y = (x + 3)2
c. y = -(x – 3)2
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.
Question 1.
f(x) = 5x
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = 2x
Answer:

Question 3.
h(x) = 2x2 + 3
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 4.
g(x) = 2(x + 5)2
Answer:

Question 5.
h(x) = -(x – 2)2
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 6.
g(x) = 3(x – 1)2 + 6
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 4)2 – 2
Answer:

Question 8.
Consider function g in Example 3. Graph f(x) = g(x) – 3
Answer:

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
The vertex is (3, 6). Write and graph a quadratic function that models the path.
Answer:

Graphing f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k 8.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Compare the graph of an even function with the graph of an odd function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 1

Question 2.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a quadratic function whose graph has a vertex of (1, 2).
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Describe the transformation from the graph of f(x) = ax2 to the graph of g(x) = a(x – h)2 + k.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which function does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.
Question 5.
f(x) = 4x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 5

Question 6.
g(x) = 3x2
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = 5x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 7

Question 8.
m(x) = 2x2 – 7x
Answer:

Question 9.
p(x) = -x2 + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 9

Question 10.
f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Answer:

Question 11.
n(x) = 2x2 – 7x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 11

Question 12.
r(x) = -6x2 + 5
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, determine whether the function represented by the graph is even, odd, or neither.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 6
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 8
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 10
Answer:

In Exercises 19–22, find the vertex and the axis of symmetry of the graph of the function.
Question 19.
f(x) = 3(x + 1)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 19

Question 20.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x – 6)2
Answer:

Question 21.
y = – \(\frac{1}{8}\)(x – 4)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 21

Question 22.
y = -5(x + 9)2
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 23.
g(x) = 2(x + 3)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 23.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 23.2

Question 24.
p(x) = 3(x – 1)2
Answer:

Question 25.
r(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x + 10)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 25.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 25.2

Question 26.
n(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x – 6)2
Answer:

Question 27.
d(x) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)(x – 5)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 27.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 27.2

Question 28.
q(x) = 6(x + 2)2
Answer:

Question 29.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in determining whether the function f(x) = x2 + 3 is even, odd, or neither.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 29.1

Question 30.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the vertex of the graph of the function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 12
Answer:

In Exercises 31–34, find the vertex and the axis of symmetry of the graph of the function.
Question 31.
y = -6(x + 4)2 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 31

Question 32.
f(x) = 3(x – 3)2 + 6
Answer:

Question 33.
f(x) = -4(x + 3)2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 33

Question 34.
y = -(x – 6)2 – 5
Answer:

In Exercises 35–38, match the function with its graph.
Question 35.
y = -(x + 1)2 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 35

Question 36.
y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 1)2 + 3
Answer:

Question 37.
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(x – 1)2 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 37

Question 38.
y = 2(x + 1)2 – 3
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 13

In Exercises 39–44, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 39.
h(x) = (x – 2)2 + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 39.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 39.2

Question 40.
g(x) = (x + 1)2 – 7
Answer:

Question 41.
r(x) = 4(x – 1)2 – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 41.2

Question 42.
n(x) = -(x + 4)2 + 2
Answer:

Question 43.
g(x) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)(x + 3)2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 43.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 43.2

Question 44.
r(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 2)2 – 4
Answer:

In Exercises 45–48, let f(x) = (x − 2)2 + 1. Match the function with its graph.
Question 45.
g(x) = f(x – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 45

Question 46.
r(x) = f(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 47.
h(x) = f(x) + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 47

Question 48.
p(x) = f(x) – 3
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 14

In Exercises 49–54, graph g.
Question 49.
f(x) = 2(x – 1)2 + 1; g(x) = f(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 49.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 49.2

Question 50.
f(x) = -(x + 1)2 + 2; g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)f(x)
Answer:

Question 51.
f(x) = -3(x + 5)2 – 6; g(x) = 2f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 51.2

Question 52.
f(x) = 5(x – 3)2 – 1; g(x) = (x) – 6
Answer:

Question 53.
f(x) = (x + 3)2 + 5; g(x) = f(x – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 53

Question 54.
f(x) = -2(x – 4)2 – 8; g(x) = -f(x)
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The height (in meters) of a bird diving to catch a fish is represented by h(t) = 5(t – 2.5)2, where t is the number of seconds after beginning the dive.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 15
a. Graph h.
b. Another bird’s dive is represented by r(t) = 2h(t). Graph r.
c. Compare the graphs. Which bird starts its dive from a greater height? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 55.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 55.2

Question 56.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A kicker punts a football. The height (in yards) of the football is represented by f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{9}\)(x – 30)2 + 25, where x is the horizontal distance (in yards) from the kicker’s goal line.
a. Graph f. Describe the domain and range.
b. On the next possession, the kicker punts the football. The height of the football is represented by g(x) = f (x + 5). Graph g. Describe the domain and range.
c. Compare the graphs. On which possession does the kicker punt closer to his goal line? Explain.
Answer:

In Exercises 57–62, write a quadratic function in vertex form whose graph has the given vertex and passes through the given point.
Question 57.
vertex: (1, 2); passes through (3, 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 57

Question 58.
vertex: (-3, 5); passes through (0, -14)
Answer:

Question 59.
vertex: (-2, -4); passes through (-1, -6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 59

Question 60.
vertex: (1, 8); passes through (3, 12)
Answer:

Question 61.
vertex: (5, -2); passes through (7, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 61

Question 62.
vertex: (-5, -1); passes through (-2, 2)
Answer:

Question 63.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A portion of a roller coaster track is in the shape of a parabola. Write and graph a quadratic function that models this portion of the roller coaster with a maximum height of 90 feet, represented by a vertex of (25, 90), passing through the point (50, 0).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 63.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 63.2

Question 64.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A flare is launched from a boat and travels in a parabolic path until reaching the water. Write and graph a quadratic function that models the path of the are with a maximum height of 300 meters, represented by a vertex of (59, 300), landing in the water at the point (119, 0).
Answer:

In Exercises 65–68, rewrite the quadratic function in vertex form.
Question 65.
y = 2x)2 – 8x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 65

Question 66.
y = 3x)2 + 6x – 1
Answer:

Question 67.
f(x) = -5x)2 + 10x + 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 67

Question 68.
f(x) = -x)2 + 4x + 2
Answer:

Question 69.
REASONING
Can a function be symmetric about the x-axis? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 69

Question 70.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph of a quadratic function is shown. Determine which symbols to use to complete the vertex form of the quadratic function. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 17
Answer:

In Exercises 71–74, describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of h. Write an equation that represents h in terms of x.
Question 71.
f(x) = -(x + 1))2 – 2
h(x) = f(x) + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 71

Question 72.
f(x) = 2(x – 1))2 + 1
h(x) = f(x – 5)
Answer:

Question 73.
f(x) = 4(x – 2))2 + 3
h(x) = 2f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 73

Question 74.
f(x) = -(x + 5))2 – 6
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)f(x)
Answer:

Question 75.
REASONING
The graph of y = x2 is translated 2 units right and 5 units down. Write an equation for the function in vertex form and in standard form. Describe advantages of writing the function in each form.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 75

Question 76.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Which of the following are true? Justify your answers.
a. Any constant multiple of an even function is even.
b. Any constant multiple of an odd function is odd.
c. The sum or difference of two even functions is even.
d. The sum or difference of two odd functions is odd.
e. The sum or difference of an even function and an odd function is odd.
Answer:

Question 77.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
A cross section of a birdbath can be modeled by y = \(\frac{1}{81}\)(x – 18)2 – 4, where x and y are measured in inches. The graph shows the cross section of another birdbath.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 18
a. Which birdbath is deeper? Explain.
b. Which birdbath is wider? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 77.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 77.2

Question 78.
REASONING
Compare the graphs of y = 2x2 + 8x +8 and y = x2 without graphing the functions. How can factoring help you compare the parabolas? Explain.
Answer:

Question 79.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says all absolute value functions are even because of their symmetry. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 79

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation.
Question 80.
x(x – 1) = 0
Answer:

Question 81.
(x + 3)(x – 8) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 81

Question 82.
(3x – 9)(4x + 12) = 0
Answer:

Lesson 8.5 Using Intercept Form

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q)?

EXPLORATION 1

Using Zeros to Write Functions
Work with a partner. Each graph represents a function of the form f(x) = (x – p)(x – q) or f(x) = -(x – p)(x – q). Write the function represented by each graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q)?
Answer:

Question 3.
Consider the graph of f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 2
a. Does changing the sign of a change the x-intercepts? Does changing the sign of a change the y-intercept? Explain your reasoning.
b. Does changing the value of p change the x-intercepts? Does changing the value of p change the y-intercept? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Graph the quadratic function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 1.
f(x) = (x + 2)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = -2(x – 4)(x + 1)
Answer:

Question 3.
h(x) = 4x2 – 36
Answer:

Find the zero(s) of the function.
Question 4.
f(x) = (x – 6)(x – 1)
Answer:

Question 5.
g(x) = 3x2 – 12x + 12
Answer:

Question 6.
h(x) = x(x2 – 1)
Answer:

Use zeros to graph the function.
Question 7.
f(x) = (x – 1)(x – 4)
Answer:

Question 8.
g(x) = x2 + x – 12
Answer:

Write a quadratic function in standard form whose graph satisfies the given condition(s).
Question 9.
x-intercepts: -1 and 1
Answer:

Question 10.
vertex: (8, 8) 11. passes through (0, 0), (10, 0), and (4, 12)
Answer:

Question 12.
passes through (-5, 0), (4, 0), and (3, -16)
Answer:

Use zeros to graph the function.
Question 13.
g(x) = (x – 1)(x – 3)(x + 3)
Answer:

Question 14.
h(x) = x3 – 6x2 + 5x
Answer:

Question 15.
The zeros of a cubic function are -3, -1, and 1. The graph of the function passes through the point (0, -3). Write the function.
Answer:

Using Intercept Form 8.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The values p and q are __________ of the graph of the function f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how to find the maximum value or minimum value of a quadratic function when the function is given in intercept form.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, find the x-intercepts and axis of symmetry of the graph of the function.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 4
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = -5(x + 7)(x – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 5

Question 6.
g(x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\) x(x + 8)
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, graph the quadratic function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 7.
f(x) = (x + 4)(x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 7

Question 8.
y = (x – 2)(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 9.
y = -(x + 6)(x – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 9

Question 10.
h(x) = -4(x – 7)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 11.
g(x) = 5(x + 1)(x + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 11

Question 12.
y = -2(x – 3)(x + 4)
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, graph the quadratic function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 13.
y = x2 – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 13

Question 14.
f(x) = x2 – 8x
Answer:

Question 15.
h(x) = -5x2 + 5x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 15.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 15.2

Question 16.
y = 3x2 – 48
Answer:

Question 17.
q(x) = x2 + 9x + 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 17.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 17.2

Question 18.
p(x) = x2 + 6x – 27
Answer:

Question 19.
y = 4x2 – 36x + 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 19.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 19.2

Question 20.
y = -2x2 – 4x + 30
Answer:

In Exercises 21–30, find the zero(s) of the function.
Question 21.
y = -2(x – 2)(x – 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(x + 5)(x – 1)
Answer:

Question 23.
g(x) = x2 + 5x – 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 23

Question 24.
y = x2 – 17x + 52
Answer:

Question 25.
y = 3x2 – 15x – 42
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 25

Question 26.
g(x) = -4x2 – 8x – 4
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = (x + 5)(x2 – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 27

Question 28.
h(x) = (x2 – 36)(x – 11)
Answer:

Question 29.
y = x3 – 49x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 29

Question 30.
y = x3 – x2 – 9x + 9
Answer:

In Exercises 31–36, match the function with its graph.
Question 31.
y = (x + 5)(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 31

Question 32.
y = (x + 5)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 33.
y = (x – 5)(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 33

Question 34.
y = (x – 5)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 35.
y = (x + 5)(x – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 35

Question 36.
y = (x + 3)(x – 3)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 5

In Exercises 37–42, use zeros to graph the function.
Question 37.
f(x) = (x + 2)(x – 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 37

Question 38.
g(x) = -3(x + 1)(x + 7)
Answer:

Question 39.
y = x2 – 11x + 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 39

Question 40.
y = x2 – x – 30
Answer:

Question 41.
y = -5x2 – 10x + 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 41

Question 42.
h(x) = 8x2 – 8
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 43 and 44, describe and correct the error in finding the zeros of the function.
Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 7
Answer:

In Exercises 45–56, write a quadratic function in standard form whose graph satisfies the given condition(s).
Question 45.
vertex: (7, -3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 45

Question 46.
vertex: (4, 8)
Answer:

Question 47.
x-intercepts: 1 and 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 47

Question 48.
x-intercepts: -2 and -5
Answer:

Question 49.
passes through (-4, 0), (3, 0), and (2, -18)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 49

Question 50.
passes through (-5, 0), (-1, 0), and (-4, 3)
Answer:

Question 51.
passes through (7, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 51

Question 52.
passes through (0, 0) and (6, 0)
Answer:

Question 53.
axis of symmetry: x = -5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 53

Question 54.
y increases as x increases when x < 4; y decreases as x increases when x > 4.
Answer:

Question 55.
range: y ≥ -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 55

Question 56.
range: y ≤ 10
Answer:

In Exercises 57–60, write the quadratic function represented by the graph.
Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 57

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 9
Answer:

Question 59.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 59

Question 60.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 11
Answer:

In Exercises 61–68, use zeros to graph the function.
Question 61.
y = 5x(x + 2)(x – 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 61

Question 62.
f(x) = -x(x + 9)(x + 3)
Answer:

Question 63.
h(x) = (x – 2)(x + 2)(x + 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 63

Question 64.
y = (x + 1)(x – 5)(x – 4)
Answer:

Question 65.
f(x) = 3x3 – 48x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 65

Question 66.
y = -2x3 + 20x2 – 50x
Answer:

Question 67.
y = -x3 – 16x2 – 28x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 67

Question 68.
g(x) = 6x3 + 30x2 – 36x
Answer:

In Exercises 69–72, write the cubic function represented by the graph.
Question 69.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 69

Question 70.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 13
Answer:

Question 71.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 71

Question 72.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 15
Answer:

In Exercises 73–76, write a cubic function whose graph satisfies the given condition(s).
Question 73.
x-intercepts: -2, 3, and 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 73

Question 74.
x-intercepts: -7, -5, and 0
Answer:

Question 75.
passes through (1, 0) and (7, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 75

Question 76.
passes through (0, 6)
Answer:

In Exercises 77–80, all the zeros of a function are given. Use the zeros and the other point given to write a quadratic or cubic function represented by the table.
Question 77.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 77

Question 78.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 17
Answer:

Question 79.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 79

Question 80.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 19
Answer:

In Exercises 81–84, sketch a parabola that satisfies the given conditions.
Question 81.
x-intercepts: -4 and 2; range: y ≥ -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 81

Question 82.
axis of symmetry: x = 6; passes through (4, 15)
Answer:

Question 83.
range: y ≤ 5; passes through (0, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 83

Question 84.
x-intercept: 6; y-intercept: 1; range: y ≥ -4
Answer:

Question 85.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Satellite dishes are shaped like parabolas to optimally receive signals. The cross section of a satellite dish can be modeled by the function shown, where x and y are measured in feet. The x-axis represents the top of the opening of the dish.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 20
a. How wide is the satellite dish?
b. How deep is the satellite dish?
c. Write a quadratic function in standard form that models the cross section of a satellite dish that is 6 feet wide and 1.5 feet deep.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 85.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 85.2

Question 86.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A professional basketball player’s shot is modeled by the function shown, where x and y are measured in feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 21
a. Does the player make the shot? Explain.
b. The basketball player releases another shot from the point (13, 0) and makes the shot. The shot also passes through the point (10, 1.4). Write a quadratic function in standard form that models the path of the shot.
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 87–90, match the function with its graph.
Question 87.
y = -x2 + 5x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 87

Question 88.
y = x2 – x – 12
Answer:

Question 89.
y = x3 – 2x2 – 8x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 89

Question 90.
y = x3 – 4x2 – 11x + 30
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 22

Question 91.
CRITICAL THINKING
Write a quadratic function represented by the table, if possible. If not, explain why.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 91

Question 92.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows the parabolic arch that supports the roof of a convention center, where x and y are measured in feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 24
a. The arch can be represented by a function of the form f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q). Estimate the values of p and q.
b. Estimate the width and height of the arch. Explain how you can use your height estimate to calculate a.
Answer:

ANALYZING EQUATIONS In Exercises 93 and 94,
(a) rewrite the quadratic function in intercept form and
(b) graph the function using any method. Explain the method you used.
Question 93.
f(x) = -3(x + 1)2 + 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 93.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 93.2

Question 94.
g(x) = 2(x – 1)2 – 2
Answer:

Question 95.
WRITING
Can a quadratic function with exactly one real zero be written in intercept form? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 95

Question 96.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that any quadratic function can be written in standard form and in vertex form. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 97.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Write the function represented by the graph in intercept form.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 97

Question 98.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Sketch the graph of each function. Explain your procedure.
a. f(x) = (x2 – 1)(x2 – 4)
b. g(x) = x(x2 – 1)(x2 – 4)
Answer:

Question 99.
REASONING
Let k be a constant. Find the zeros of the function f(x) = kx2 – k2x – 2k3 in terms of k.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 99

PROBLEM SOLVING In Exercises 100 and 101, write a system of two quadratic equations whose graphs intersect at the given points. Explain your reasoning.
Question 100.
(-4, 0) and (2, 0)
Answer:

Question 101.
(3, 6) and (7, 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 101.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 101.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

The scatter plot shows the amounts x (in grams) of fat and the numbers y of calories in 12 burgers at a fast-food restaurant.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 26
Question 102.
How many calories are in the burger that contains 12 grams of fat?
Answer:

Question 103.
How many grams of fat are in the burger that contains 600 calories?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 103

Question 104.
What tends to happen to the number of calories as the number of grams of fat increases?
Answer:

Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Question 105.
3, 11, 21, 33, 47, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 105

Question 106.
-2, -6, -18, -54, . . .
Answer:

Question 107.
26, 18, 10, 2, -6, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 107

Question 108.
4, 5, 9, 14, 23, . . .
Answer:

Lesson 8.6 Comparing Linear, Exponential, and Quadratic Functions

Essential Question How can you compare the growth rates of linear, exponential, and quadratic functions?

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing Speeds
Work with a partner. Three cars start traveling at the same time. The distance traveled in t minutes is y miles. Complete each table and sketch all three graphs in the same coordinate plane. Compare the speeds of the three cars. Which car has a constant speed? Which car is accelerating the most? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 1

EXPLORATION 2

Comparing Speeds
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 2
Work with a partner. Analyze the speeds of the three cars over the given time periods. The distance traveled in t minutes is y miles. Which car eventually overtakes the others?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you compare the growth rates of linear, exponential, and quadratic functions?
Answer:

Question 4.
Which function has a growth rate that is eventually much greater than the growth rates of the other two functions? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Plot the points. Tell whether the points appear to represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Question 1.
(-1, 5), (2, -1), (0, -1), (3, 5), (1, -3)
Answer:

Question 2.
(-1, 2), (-2, 8), (-3, 32), (0, \(\frac{1}{2}\)), (1, \(\frac{1}{8}\))
Answer:

Question 3.
(-3, 5), (0, -1), (2, -5), (-4, 7), (1, -3)
Answer:

Question 4.
Tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Then write the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Compare the websites in Example 4 by calculating and interpreting the average rates of change from Day 0 to Day 10.
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
Tinyville’s population increased by 8% each year. In what year were the populations about equal?
Answer:

Comparing Linear, Exponential, and Quadratic Functions 8.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Name three types of functions that you can use to model data. Describe the equation and graph of each type of function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
How can you decide whether to use a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function to model a data set?
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
Describe how to find the average rate of change of a function y = f(x) between x = a and x = b.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which graph does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 6
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–8, tell whether the points appear to represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 8
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 10
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, plot the points. Tell whether the points appear to represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Question 9.
(-2, -1), (-1, 0), (1, 2), (2, 3), (0, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 9

Question 10.
( 0, \(\frac{1}{4}\)), (1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 16), (-1, \(\frac{1}{16}\))
Answer:

Question 11.
(0, -3), (1, 0), (2, 9), (-2, 9), (-1, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 11

Question 12.
(-1, -3), (-3, 5), (0, -1), (1, 5), (2, 15)
Answer:

Question 13.
(-4, -4), (-2, -3.4), (0, -), (2, -2.6), (4, -2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 13

Question 14.
(0, 8), (-4, 0.25), (-3, 0.4), (-2, 1), (-1, 3)
Answer:

In Exercises 15–18, tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 12
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 14
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A student takes a subway to a public library. The table shows the distances d (in miles) the student travels in t minutes. Let the time t represent the independent variable. Tell whether the data can be modeled by a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 19

Question 20.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A store sells custom circular rugs. The table shows the costs c (in dollars) of rugs that have diameters of d feet. Let the diameter d represent the independent variable. Tell whether the data can be modeled by a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 16
Answer:

In Exercises 21–26, tell whether the data represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Then write the function.
Question 21.
(-2, 8), (-1, 0), (0, -4), (1, -4), (2, 0), (3, 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 21

Question 22.
(-3, 8), (-2, 4), (-1, 2), (0, 1), (1, 0.5)
Answer:

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 18
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 20
Answer:

Question 27.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in determining whether the table represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 27

Question 28.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing the function represented by the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 22
Answer:

Question 29.
REASONING
The table shows the numbers of people attending the first five football games at a high school.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 23
a. Plot the points. Let the game g represent the independent variable.
b. Can a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function represent this situation? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 29

Question 30.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the breathing rates y (in liters of air per minute) of a cyclist traveling at different speeds x (in miles per hour).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 24
a. Plot the points. Let the speed x represent the independent variable. Then determine the type of function that best represents this situation.
b. Write a function that models the data.
c. Find the breathing rate of a cyclist traveling 18 miles per hour. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

Question 31.
ANALYZING RATES OF CHANGE
The function f(t) = -16t2 + 48t + 3 represents the height (in feet) of a volleyball t seconds after it is hit into the air.
a. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 25
b. Plot the ordered pairs and draw a smooth curve through the points.
c. Describe where the function is increasing and decreasing.
d. Find the average rate of change for each 0.5-second interval in the table. What do you notice about the average rates of change when the function is increasing? decreasing?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 31.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 31.2

Question 32.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The population of Town A in 1970 was 3000. The population of Town A increased by 20% every decade. Let x represent the number of decades since 1970. The graph shows the population of Town B.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 26
a. Compare the populations of the towns by calculating and interpreting the average rates of change from 1990 to 2010.
b. Predict which town will have a greater population after 2020. Explain.
Answer:

Question 33.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Three organizations are collecting donations for a cause. Organization A begins with one donation, and the number of donations quadruples each hour. The table shows the numbers of donations collected by Organization B. The graph shows the numbers of donations collected by Organization C.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 27
a. What type of function represents the numbers of donations collected by Organization A? B? C?
b. Find the average rates of change of each function for each 1-hour interval from t = 0 to t = 6.
c. For which function does the average rate of change increase most quickly? What does this tell you about the numbers of donations collected by the three organizations?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 33.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 33.2

Question 34.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
The room expenses for two different resorts are shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 28
a. For what length of vacation does each resort cost about the same?
b. Suppose Blue Water Resort charges $1450 for the first three nights and $105 for each additional night. Would Sea Breeze Resort ever be more expensive than Blue Water Resort? Explain.
c. Suppose Sea Breeze Resort charges $1200 for the first three nights. The charge increases 10% for each additional night. Would Blue Water Resort ever be more expensive than Sea Breeze Resort? Explain.
Answer:

Question 35.
REASONING
Explain why the average rate of change of a linear function is constant and the average rate of change of a quadratic or exponential function is not constant.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Match each graph with its function. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 29
Answer:

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING
In the ordered pairs below, the y-values are given in terms of n. Tell whether the ordered pairs represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain.
(1, 3n – 1), (2, 10n + 2), (3, 26n),
(4, 51n – 7), (5, 85n – 19)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 37

Question 38.
USING STRUCTURE
Write a function that has constant second differences of 3.
Answer:

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is the graph of a set of points enough to determine whether the points represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Find four different patterns in the figure. Determine whether each pattern represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Write a model for each pattern.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 30
Answer:

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Function p is an exponential function and function q is a quadratic function. Your friend says that after about x = 3, function q will always have a greater y-value than function p. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 41

Question 42.
USING TOOLS
The table shows the amount a (in billions of dollars) United States residents spent on pets or pet-related products and services each year for a 5-year period. Let the year x represent the independent variable. Using technology, find a function that models the data. How did you choose the model? Predict how much residents will spend on pets or pet-related products and services in Year 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 32
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression.
Question 43.
\(\sqrt{121}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 43

Question 44.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 125 }\)
Answer:

Question 45.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 512 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 45

Question 46.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 243 }\)
Answer:

Find the product.
Question 47.
(x + 8)(x – 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 47

Question 48.
(4y + 2)(4y – 2)
Answer:

Question 49.
(3a – 5b)(3a + 5b)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 49

Question 50.
(-2r + 6s)(-2r – 6s)
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Performance Task: Asteroid Aim

8.4–8.6 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 33

Core Concepts
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 34

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How can you use technology to confirm your answer in Exercise 64 on page 448?
Answer:

Question 2.
How did you use the structure of the equation in Exercise 85 on page 457 to solve the problem?
Answer:

Question 3.
Describe why your answer makes sense considering the context of the data in Exercise 20 on page 466.
Answer:

Performance Task: Asteroid Aim

Apps take a long time to design and program. One app in development is a game in which players shoot lasers at asteroids. They score points based on the number of hits per shot. The designer wants your feedback. Do you think students will like the game and want to play it? What changes would improve it?
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 35
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Chapter Review

8.1 Graphing f(x) = ax2 (pp. 419–424)

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 1.
p(x) = 7x2
Answer:

Question 2.
q(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2
Answer:

Question 3.
g(x) = – \(\frac{3}{4}\)x2
Answer:

Question 4.
h(x) = -6x2
Answer:

Question 5.
Identify characteristics of the quadratic function and its graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions cr 1
Answer:

8.2 Graphing f(x) = ax2 + c (pp. 425–430)

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 6.
g(x) = x2 + 5
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = -x2 – 4
Answer:

Question 8.
m(x) = -2x2 + 6
Answer:

Question 9.
n(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2 – 5
Answer:

8.3 Graphing f(x) = ax2 + bx + c (pp. 431–438)

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 10.
y = x2 – 2x + 7
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = -3x2 + 3x – 4
Answer:

Question 12.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 6x + 10
Answer:

Question 13.
The function f(t) = -16t2 + 88t + 12 represents the height (in feet) of a pumpkin t seconds after it is launched from a catapult. When does the pumpkin reach its maximum height? What is the maximum height of the pumpkin?
Answer:

8.4 Graphing f(x) = a(x − h)2 + k    (pp. 441–448)

Determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.
Question 14.
w(x) = 5x
Answer:

Question 15.
r(x) = -8x
Answer:

Question 16.
h(x) = 3x2 – 2x
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 17.
h(x) = 2(x – 4)2
Answer:

Question 18.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 1)2 + 1
Answer:

Question 19.
q(x) = -(x + 4)2 + 7
Answer:

Question 20.
Consider the function g(x) = -3(x + 2)2 – 4. Graph h(x) = g(x = 1).
Answer:

Question 21.
Write a quadratic function whose graph has a vertex of (3, 2) and passes through the point (4, 7).
Answer:

8.5 Using Intercept Form (pp. 449–458)

Graph the quadratic function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 22.
y = (x – 4)(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = -3(x + 3)(x + 1)
Answer:

Question 24.
y = x2 – 8x + 15
Answer:

Use zeros to graph the function.
Question 25.
y = -2x2 + 6x + 8
Answer:

Question 26.
f(x) = x2 + x – 2
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = 2x2 – 18x
Answer:

Question 28.
Write a quadratic function in standard form whose graph passes through (4, 0) and (6, 0).
Answer:

8.6 Comparing Linear, Exponential, and Quadratic Functions (pp. 459−468)

Question 29.
Tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Then write the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions cr 2
Answer:

Question 30.
The balance y (in dollars) of your savings account after t years is represented by y = 200(1.1)t. The beginning balance of your friend’s account is $250, and the balance increases by $20 each year. (a) Compare the account balances by calculating and interpreting the average rates of change from t = 2 to t = 7. (b) Predict which account will have a greater balance after 10 years. Explain.
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Chapter Test

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 1.
h(x) = 2x2 – 3
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x2
Answer:

Question 3.
p(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 1)2 – 1
Answer:

Question 4.
Consider the graph of the function f.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ct 4
a. Find the domain, range, and zeros of the function.
b. Write the function f in standard form.
c. Compare the graph of f to the graph of g(x) = x2.
d. Graph h(x) = f (x – 6).
Answer:

Use zeros to graph the function. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 5.
f(x) = 2x2 – 8x + 8
Answer:

Question 6.
y = -(x + 5)(x – 1)
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = 16x2 – 4
Answer:

Tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain your reasoning. Then write the function.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ct 8
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ct 9
Answer:

Write a quadratic function in standard form whose graph satisfies the given conditions. Explain the process you used.
Question 10.
passes through (-8, 0), (-2, 0), and (-6, 4)
Answer:

Question 11.
passes through (0, 0), (10, 0), and (9, -27)
Answer:

Question 12.
is even and has a range of y ≥ 3
Answer:

Question 13.
passes through (4, 0) and (1, 9)
Answer:

Question 14.
The table shows the distances d (in miles) that Earth moves in its orbit around the Sun after t seconds. Let the time t be the independent variable. Tell whether the data can be modeled by a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain. Then write a function that models the data.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ct 14
Answer:

Question 15.
You are playing tennis with a friend. The path of the tennis ball after you return a serve can be modeled by the function y = -0.005x2 + 0.17x + 3, where x is the horizontal distance (in feet) from where you hit the ball and y is the height (in feet) of the ball.
a. What is the maximum height of the tennis ball?
b. You are standing 30 feet from the net, which is 3 feet high. Will the ball clear the net? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 16.
Find values of a, b, and c so that the function f(x) = ax2 + bx + c is (a) even, (b) odd, and (c) neither even nor odd.
Answer:

Question 17.
Consider the function f(x) = x2 + 4. Find the average rate of change from x = 0 to x = 1, from x = 1 to x = 2, and from x = 2 to x = 3. What do you notice about the average rates of change when the function is increasing?
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Which function is represented by the graph?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Find all numbers between 0 and 100 that are in the range of the function defined below.(HSF-IF.A.3)
f(1) = 1, f(2) = 1, f(n) = f(n – 1) + f(n – 2)
Answer:

Question 3.
The function f(t) = -16t2 + v0t + s0 represents the height (in feet) of a ball t seconds after it is thrown from an initial height s0 (in feet) with an initial vertical velocity v0 (in feet per second). The ball reaches its maximum height after \(\frac{7}{8}\) second when it is thrown with an initial vertical velocity of ______ feet per second.
Answer:

Question 4.
Classify each system of equations by the number of solutions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Your friend claims that quadratic functions can have two, one, or no real zeros. Do you support your friend’s claim? Use graphs to justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 6.
Which polynomial represents the area (in square feet) of the shaded region of the figure?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Consider the functions represented by the tables.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 7
a. Classify each function as linear, exponential, or quadratic.
b. Order the functions from least to greatest according to the average rates of change between x = 1 and x = 3.
Answer:

Question 8.
Complete each function using the symbols + or – , so that the graph of the quadratic function satisfies the given conditions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 8
Answer:

Question 9.
The graph shows the amounts y (in dollars) that a referee earns for refereeing x high school volleyball games.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 9
a. Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
b. Describe the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous?
c. Write a function that models the data.
d. Can the referee earn exactly $500? Explain.
Answer:

Question 10.
Which expressions are equivalent to (b-5)-4?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 10
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9

The students of elementary school can find the answer key for big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem-Solving on this page. By using the BIM Book 3rd Grade 9th Chapter Multiples and Problem Solving Answer Key you can complete your homework in time and also improve your math skills. Get a free step-by-step explanation for all the questions in Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade 9th Chapter Multiples and Problem Solving Key.

Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving

Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem-Solving Answers prevailing here will help students, teachers, and parents to clarify their doubts. Hit on the direct links mentioned below to get to know more details about each lesson. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving PDF for free of cost and start preparation.

The different lessons of Multiples and Problem Solving Chapter 9 are Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10, Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10, Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10, and Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division. Solve all the problems from BIM Book Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving to enhance your math skills.

Lesson – 1: Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Lesson – 2: Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Lesson – 3: Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Lesson – 4: Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division

Lesson – 5: Problem Solving: All Operations

Performance Task

Lesson 9.1 Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Explore and Grow

Show 5 jumps of 3. Write a multiplication equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 1
____ × _____ = _____

Answer: 5 × 3 = 15

Explanation:
The count starts from 0.
You have put 5 jumps of 3 on the number line.
Skip by 3 five times.
That means from 0 to 3, 3 to 6, 6 to 9, 9 to 12, 12 to 15.
5 × 3 = 15

Show 5 jumps of 30. Write a multiplication equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 2
____ × ____ = _____
Answer: 5 × 30 = 150

Explanation:

The count starts from 0.
You have put 5 jumps of 30 on the number line.
Skip by 30 five times.
That means from 0 to 30, 30 to 60, 60 to 90, 90 to 120, 120 to 150.
5 × 30 = 150

Structure
Compare the models. How are they the same? How are they different?
Answer: The Multiplication equation for both the models are the same but counts are different.

Think and Grow: Number Lines and Multiples of 10

Example
Find 3 × 50.
3 × 50 means 3 groups of 50.
Number of jumps: ______
Size of each jump: ______
Start at 0. Skip count by 50 three times.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 3

Answer: 3 × 50 = 150

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 3 jumps of 50.
The count starts at 0. Skip 50 three times.
Number of jumps = 3
Size of each jump = 50
3 × 50 = 150

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Find 8 × 20.
Number of jumps: ______
Size of each jump: ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 4
8 × 20 = _____
Answer: 160

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 8 jumps of 20.
The count starts at 0. Skip 20 eight times.
Number of jumps = 8
Size of each jump = 20
8 × 20 = 160

Question 2.
Find 4 × 30
Number of jumps: _______
Size of each jump: _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 5
4 × 30 = _____
Answer: 120

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 4 jumps of 30.
The count starts at 0. Skip 30 four times.
Number of jumps = 4
Size of each jump = 30
4 × 30 = 120

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
Find 2 × 60.
Number of jumps: _______
Size of each jump: _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 6
2 × 60 = _____
Answer: 120

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 2 jumps of 60.
The count starts at 0. Skip 60 two times.
Number of jumps = 2
Size of each jump = 60
2 × 60 = 120

Question 4.
Find 5 × 50
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 7
5 × 50 = _____
Answer: 250

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 5 jumps of 50.
The count starts at 0. Skip 50 five times.
Number of jumps = 5
Size of each jump = 50
5 × 50 = 250

Question 5.
Find 3 × 70.
3 × 70 = _____
Answer: 210

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 3 jumps of 70.
The count starts at 0. Skip 70 three times.
Number of jumps = 3
Size of each jump = 70
3 × 70 = 210

Question 6.
Find 30 × 6.
30 × 6 = _____
Answer: 180

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 6 jumps of 30.
The count starts at 0. Skip 30 six times.
Number of jumps = 6
Size of each jump = 30
30 × 6 = 180

Question 7.
Structure
Show 2 × 40 on one number line and 4 × 20 on the other. What is the same about the number lines? What is different?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 10
Answer: The model is the same on the number line. The counts are different and the number of jumps on the number line is different.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A section of an airplane has 20 rows of seats. Each row has 7 seats. Can the section seat more than 150 people? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 11
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 12
The section ______ seat more than 150 people.
Explain:

Answer:
Given that,
A section of an airplane has 20 rows of seats. Each row has 7 seats.
20 × 7 = 140 seats
Thus the section cannot seat more than 150 people.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
There are 9 rows of seats in an auditorium. Each row has 30 seats. Can the auditorium seat more than 250 people? Explain.
Answer:
Given that,
There are 9 rows of seats in an auditorium. Each row has 30 seats.
9 × 30 = 270 seats
270 – 250 = 20
Thus the auditorium seat more than 250 people.

Question 9.
A mechanic installs new tires on 20 cars and 20 pickup trucks. How many new tires does the mechanic install in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 13
Answer:
Given that,
A mechanic installs new tires on 20 cars and 20 pickup trucks.
20 × 4 = 80 cars
20 × 4 = 80 trucks
80 + 80 = 160 new tires
Thus the mechanic install 160 new tires.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton saves $5 each week for 20 weeks. How much more money does he need to buy a new bike that costs $130? If he continues to save the same amount each week, how many more weeks does he need to save to buy the bike? Explain.
Answer:
Given that,
Newton saves $5 each week for 20 weeks.
5 × 20 = $100
$130 – $100 = $30
Thus Newton need to save $30 to buy the bike.

Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10 Homework & Practice 9.1

Question 1.
Find 3 ×30.
Number of jumps: _______
Size of each jump: _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 14
3 × 30 =

Answer: 90

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 3 jumps of 30.
The count starts at 0. Skip 30 three times.
Number of jumps = 3
Size of each jump = 30
3 × 30 = 90

Question 2.
Find 7 × 60.
Number of jumps: _______
Size of each jump: _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 15
7 × 60 = _____
Answer: 420

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 7 jumps of 60.
The count starts at 0. Skip 60 seven times.
Number of jumps = 7
Size of each jump = 60
7 × 60 = 420

Question 3.
Find 4 × 40.
4 × 40 = ____
Answer: 160

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
4 × 40 = 4 × (20 + 20)
4 × 40 = (4 × 20) + (4 × 20)
4 × 40 = 80 + 80
4 × 40 = 160

Question 4.
Find 80 × 3.
80 × 3 = _____
Answer: 240

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the associative property.
80 × 3 = (8 × 10) × 3
80 × 3 = 8 × 3 × 10
80 × 3 = 24 × 10
80 × 3 = 240

Question 5.
Structure
Complete the number line. Then write the multiplication equation shown on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 18
____ × ____ = _____
Answer: 5 × 30 = 150
By using the number line you can write the multiplication equation.
30 + 30 + 30 + 30 + 30 = 150

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
A gymnasium has 9 rows of seats. Each row has 50 seats. Can the gymnasium seat more than 500 people? Explain.
Answer:
Given,
A gymnasium has 9 rows of seats. Each row has 50 seats.
9 × 50 = 450 seats
450 – 500 = -50 people
No the gymnasium cannot seat more than 500 people.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
Ten adults and 20 children fill their bike tires at a public pump. How many tires are filled in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 19
Answer:
Given that,
Ten adults and 20 children fill their bike tires at a public pump.
10 × 2 = 20
20 × 2 = 40
20 + 40 = 60
Thus 60 tires are filled in all.

Review & Refresh

Question 8.
There are 35 counters. The counters are in 7 equal rows. How many counters are in each row?
7 rows of _____
35 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 5

Explanation:
There are 35 counters.
The counters are in 7 equal rows.
35/7 = 5
7 rows of 5
35 ÷ 7 = 5
Thus there are 5 counters in each row.

Question 9.
You have 32 counters. You arrange them with 8 counters in each row. How many rows of counters do you make?
_____ rows of 8
32 ÷ 8 = ____
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given that,
You have 32 counters. You arrange them with 8 counters in each row.
32/8 = 4
Thus you can make 4 rows of 8.

Lesson 9.2 Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Explore and Grow

Use models to find each product. Draw your models.
4 × 6 = _____
4 × 60 = _____
Answer: 24, 240

i. Bigideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 img_1
Multiply the rows and columns
4 × 6 = 24
ii. Multiply the two numbers 4 and 60
4 × 60 = 240

Structure
Compare the models. How are they the same? How are they different?
Answer: The models for both the problem are the same but the columns are different.

Think and Grow: Place Value and Multiples of 10

Example
Find 4 × 70.
Step 1:
Make a quick sketch to model the product.
Think: 4 groups of 70, or 7 tens.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 1
4 × 70 = 4 × ____ tens
4 × 70 = ____ tens

Answer:
4 × 70 = 4 × 7 tens
4 × 70 = 28 tens

Step 2:
Regroup ____ tens
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 3
There are _____ hundreds and _____ tens.
So, 4 × 70 = _____.
Answer:
There are 2 hundred and 8 tens.
Now regroup tens.
There are 2 tens
So, group the tens.
2 tens are grouped and the remaining is 8.
4 × 70 = 280

Show and Grow

Make a quick sketch to find the product
Question 1.
3 × 80 = ______
Answer: 240
Big Ideas Math Answer grade 3 chapter 9 img_2
There are 2 hundred and 4 tens.

Question 2.
5 × 40 = _____
Answer: 200
BIM Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 img_3
5 × 40 = 20 tens
There are 2 hundred and 0 tens.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use place value to find the product.
Question 3.
3 × 90 = 3 × ____ tens
3 × 90 = ____ tens
3 × 90 = _____
Answer:
3 × 90 = 3 × 9 tens
3 × 90 = 27 tens
3 × 90 = 270

Question 4.
6 × 60 = 6 × ____ tens
6 × 60 = ____ tens
6 × 60 = _____
Answer:
6 × 60 = 6 × 6 tens
6 × 60 = 36 tens
6 × 60 = 360

Question 5.
2 × 70 = 2 × ____ tens
2 × 70 = ____ tens
2 × 70 = _____
Answer:
2 × 70 = 2 × 7 tens
2 × 70 = 14 tens
2 × 70 = 140

Question 6.
9 × 20 = 9 × ____ tens
9 × 20 = ____ tens
9 × 20 = _____
Answer:
9 × 20 = 9 × 2 tens
9 × 20 = 18 tens
9 × 20 = 180

Find the product
Question 7.
3 × 30 = ____
Answer: 90

Explanation:
3 × 30 = 3 × 3 tens
3 × 30 = 9 tens
3 × 30 = 90

Question 8.
6 × 80 = ____
Answer: 480

Explanation:
6 × 80 = 6 × 8 tens
6 × 80 = 48 tens
6 × 80 = 480

Question 9.
4 × 40 = _____
Answer: 160

Explanation:
4 × 40 = 4 × 4 tens
4 × 40 =  16 tens
4 × 40 = 160

Question 10.
7 × 50 = _____
Answer: 350

Explanation:
7 × 50 = 7 × 5 tens
7 × 50 = 35 tens
7 × 50 = 350

Question 11.
8 × 70 = _____
Answer: 560

Explanation:
8 × 70 = 8 × 7 tens
8 × 70 = 56 tens
8 × 70 = 560

Question 12.
5 × 90 = _____
Answer: 450

Explanation:
5 × 90 = 5 × 9 tens
5 × 90 = 45 tens
5 × 90 = 450

Question 13.
Reasoning
Explain why the product of 6 and 30 has 1 zero and the product of 4 and 50 has 2 zeros.
Answer:
6 × 30 = 180
4 × 50 = 200
4 and 50 has two zeros because it is multiplied by 50 If the number is multiplied by 5 or 10 you will get two zeros.

Question 14.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Descartes correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 4
Answer: Yes, Descartes is correct.
3 × 7 = 21
3 × 70 = 210
So the product of 3 and 70 is equal to the product of 3 and 7 with a 0 written after it.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Newton saves $30 each month for 6 months. Does he have enough money to buy the drone? Explain.
Newton _______ have enough money to buy the drone.$189
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 5
Answer:
Given that,
Newton saves $30 each month for 6 months.
6 × $30 = $180
The cost of the drone is $189.
180 – 189 = -9
Therefore Newton does not have enough money to buy the drone.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
Descartes saves $20 each month for 8 months. Does he have enough money to buy the remote control jeep? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 6
Answer:
Given that,
Descartes saves $20 each month for 8 months.
8 × $20 = $160
The cost of remote control jeep is $129
160 – 129 = $31
Thus Descartes has enough money to buy the remote control jeep.

Question 16.
You practice playing the guitar for 40 minutes every day. How many minutes do you practice in one week?
Answer:
Given that,
You practice playing the guitar for 40 minutes every day.
1 week = 7 days
7 × 40 = 280
Thus you practice 280 minutes in one week.

Question 17.
A box of snacks has 25 bags of pretzels and 25 bags of peanuts. How many bags are in 9 boxes?
Answer:
Given that,
A box of snacks has 25 bags of pretzels and 25 bags of peanuts.
25 + 25 = 50
50 × 9 = 450
Thus there are 450 bags in 9 boxes.

Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10 Homework & Practice 9.2

Make a quick sketch to find the product.
Question 1.
5 × 70 = _____
Answer: 350
Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 9 Answer Key img_4

Question 2.
3 × 60 = ____
Answer: 180
BIM Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiplies and problem solving img_5

Use place value to find the product
Question 3.
8 × 50 = 8 × ____ tens
8 × 50 = ____ tens
8 × 50 = _____
Answer:
8 × 50 = 8 × 5 tens
8 × 50 = 40 tens
8 × 50 = 400

Question 4.
7 × 60 = 7 × ____ tens
7 × 60 = ____ tens
7 × 60 = _____
Answer:
7 × 60 = 7 × 6 tens
7 × 60 = 42 tens
7 × 60 = 420

Find the product.
Question 5.
6 × 90 = _____
Answer: 540

Explanation:
6 × 90 = 6 × 9 tens
6 × 90 = 54 tens
6 × 90 = 540

Question 6.
8 × 30 = _____
Answer: 240

Explanation:
8 × 30 = 8 × 3 tens
8 × 30 = 24 tens
8 × 30 = 240

Question 7.
5 × 40 = _____
Answer: 200

Explanation:
5 × 40 = 5 × 4 tens
5 × 40 = 20 tens
5 × 40 = 200

Question 8.
Is Newton correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 7
Answer: Newton is incorrect

Explanation:
6 × 50 = 6 × 5 tens
6 × 50 = 30 tens
6 × 50 = 300
By this we can say that Newton is incorrect.

Question 9.
Structure
Write an equation for the quick sketch.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 8
Answer: 2 × 60 = 120
There are 1 group of tens and 2 are remaining.
So, 2 × 60 = 120

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
Descartes saves $50 each month for 5 months. Does he have enough money to buy the game system? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 9
Answer:
Given that,
Descartes saves $50 each month for 5 months.
5 × $50 = $250
The cost of the game system is $205.
$250 – $205 = $45
Thus Descartes has enough money to buy the game system.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A group of staff members packs coolers for a field trip. Each cooler has 15 peanut butter sandwiches and 15 turkey sandwiches. How many sandwiches are in 7 coolers?
Answer:
Given that,
A group of staff members packs coolers for a field trip.
Each cooler has 15 peanut butter sandwiches and 15 turkey sandwiches.
15 + 15 = 30
7 × 30 = 210
Thus there are 210 sandwiches in 7 coolers.

Review & Refresh

Question 12.
Round 282 to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred.
Nearest ten: ____
Nearest hundred: _____
Answer:
First, 282 rounded to the nearest ten is 280.
The number nearest hundred to 282 is 300.

Lesson 9.3 Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Explore and Grow

Use the colored rectangles to find 5 × 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 1
So, 5 × 30 = ______
Answer: 50 + 50 + 50 = 150

Explanation:
The multiplication equation for the yellow-colored rectangle is 5 × 10 = 50
The multiplication equation for the blue-colored rectangle is 5 × 10 = 50
The multiplication equation for the red-colored rectangle is 5 × 10 = 50
50 + 50 + 50 = 150

Reasoning
How does this model relate to the Distributive Property?
Answer:
Yes, you can relate the above equation to the distributive property.
5 × 30 = 5 × (10 + 20)
5 × 30 = (5 × 10) + (5 × 20)
5 × 30 = 50 + 100
5 × 30 = 150

Think and Grow: Properties and Multiples of 10

Example:
Find 6 × 20
One Way:
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 2
6 × 20 = 6 × (_____ × 10)
6 × 20 = (6 × ____) × 10
6 × 20 = ____ × 10
6 × 20 = ____
Rewrite 20 as _____ × 10
Associative Property of Multiplication

Answer:
Rewrite 20 as 2× 10
6 × 20 = 6 × (2 × 10)
6 × 20 = (6 × 2) × 10
6 × 20 = 12 × 10
6 × 20 = 120

Another Way:
Use the Distributive Property
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 3
6 × 20 = 6 × (10 × _____)
6 × 20 = (6 × 10) × (6 × ____)
6 × 20 = ____ + _____
6 × 20 = ____

Answer:
Rewrite 20 as 10 + 10
By using the Distributive Property we can find the product.
6 × 20 = 6 × (10 + 10)
6 × 20 = (6 × 10) × (6 × 10)
6 × 20 = 60 + 60
6 × 20 = 120

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to find 4 × 60.
4 × 60 = 4 × (_____ × 10)
4 × 60 = (4 × ____) × 10
4 × 60 = ____ × 10
4 × 60 = ____
Answer:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
4 × 60 = 4 × (6 × 10)
4 × 60 = (4 × 6) × 10
4 × 60 = 24 × 10
4 × 60 = 240
Thus the product of 4 × 60 = 240.

Question 2.
Use the Distributive Property to find 9 × 20.
9 × 20 = 9 × (10 × _____)
9 × 20 = (9 × 10) × (9 × ____)
9 × 20 = ____ + _____
9 × 20 = ____
Answer:
You have to find the product by using the Distributive Property of Multiplication.
9 × 20 = 9 × (10 + 10)
9 × 20 = (9 × 10) + (9 × 10)
9 × 20 = 90 + 90
9 × 20 = 180

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use properties to find the product
Question 3.
7 × 30 = _____
Answer: 210

Explanation:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
7 × 30 = 7 × (3 × 10)
7 × 30 = (7 × 3) × 10
7 × 30 = 21 × 10
7 × 30 = 210

Question 4.
5 × 80 = _____
Answer: 400

Explanation:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
5 × 80 = 5 × (8 × 10)
5 × 80 = (5 × 8) × 10
5 × 80 = 40 × 10
5 × 80 = 400

Question 5.
5 × 20 = _____
Answer: 100

Explanation:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
5 × 20 = 5 × (10 × 2)
5 × 20 = (5 × 2) × 10
5 × 20 = 10 × 10
5 × 20 = 100

Question 6.
3 × 90 = _____
Answer: 270

Explanation:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
3 × 90 = 3 × (9 × 10)
3 × 90 = (3 × 9) × 10
3 × 90 = 27 × 10
3 × 90 = 270

Find the missing factor.
Question 7.
8 × ____ = 320
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
8 × x = 320
x = 320/8
x = 40
Thus the missing factor is 40.

Question 8.
____ × 50 = 300
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
y × 50 = 300
y = 300/50
y = 6
Thus the missing factor is 6.

Question 9.
_____ × 30 = 270
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be z.
z × 30 = 270
z = 270/30
z = 9
Thus the missing factor is 9.

Question 10.
Number Sense
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to show why
4 × 20 = 8 × 10.
Answer:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
4 × 20 = 8 × 10
4 × (2 × 10) = 8 × 10
8 × 10 = 8 × 10
By this we can say that 4 × 20 = 8 × 10.

Question 11.
Open-Ended
Write three expressions equal to 240.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 4
Answer:
The three expressions equal to 240 is
240/3 = 80
2 × 40 | 2 × 40 | 2 × 40
80 + 80 + 80 = 240

Question 12.
Number Sense
Which equations show the Distributive Property?
2 × 20 = (2 × 10) + (2 × 10)
4 × (3 × 10) = (4 × 3) × 10
(7 × 10) + (7 × 10) = 7 × 20
Answer:
2 × 20 = (2 × 10) + (2 × 10) is the distributive property.
4 × (3 × 10) = (4 × 3) × 10 shows the associative property.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 8 tables in the classroom. There are 5 students at each table. Each student has 10 markers. How many markers do the students have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 5
There are ______ markers at each table.
The students have ______ markers in all.

Answer:
Given that,
There are 8 tables in the classroom.
There are 5 students at each table.
8 × 5 = 40
Each student has 10 markers.
40 × 10 = 400

Show and Grow

Question 13.
Your teacher buys 5 boxes of pens. Each box has 6 bundles of 10 pens. How many pens does your teacher buy in all?
Answer:
Given that,
Your teacher buys 5 boxes of pens. Each box has 6 bundles of 10 pens.
6 × 10 = 60
60 × 5 = 300 pens
Thus the teacher buy 300 pens.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton earns $30 each work shift. He wants to buy Descartes a cat tree. The tree costs $150. After how many work shifts can Newton buy the tree?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 6
Answer:
Given,
Newton earns $30 each work shift. He wants to buy Descartes a cat tree. The tree costs $150.
To find how many work shifts can Newton buy the tree, you need to divide the cost of the tree by newton’s earned amount.
150/30 = 5
After 5 work shifts, Newton can buy the tree.

Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10 Homework & Practice 9.3

Question 1.
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to find 6 × 70.
6 × 70 = 6 × (_____ × 10)
6 × 70 = (6 × ____) × 10
6 × 70 = ____ × 10
6 × 70 = ____
Answer:
6 × 70 = 6 × (7 × 10)
6 × 70 = (6 × 7) × 10
6 × 70 = 42 × 10
6 × 70 = 420

Question 2.
Use the Distributive Property to find 3 × 20.
3 × 20 = 3 × (10 × _____)
3 × 20 = (3 × 10) × (3 × ____)
3 × 20 = ____ + _____
3 × 20 = ____
Answer:
3 × 20 = 3 × (10 × 2)
3 × 20 = (3 × 10) × (1 × 2)
3 × 20 = 30 × 2
3 × 20 = 60

Use properties to find the product.
Question 3.
9 × 20 = _____
Answer: 180

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
9 × 20 = 9 × (10 + 10)
9 × 20 = (9 × 10) + (9 × 10)
9 × 20 = 90 + 90
9 × 20 = 180

Question 4.
5 × 30 = ____
Answer: 150

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the associative property.
5 × 30 = (5 × 3) × 10
5 × 30 = 15 × 10
5 × 30 = 150

Find the missing factor
Question 5.
____ × 60 = 180
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
x × 60 = 180
x = 180/60
x = 3
Thus the missing factor is 3.

Question 6.
6 × ____ = 240
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
6 × y = 240
y = 240/6
y = 40
Thus the missing factor is 40.

Question 7.
____ × 80 = 720
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be z.
z × 80 = 720
z = 720/80
z = 9
Thus the missing factor is 9.

Question 8.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend draws a model to find 4 × 20. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 7
4 × 10 = 40 4 × 10 = 40
40 + 40 = 80
So, 4 × 20 = 80
Answer: Yes your friend is correct.
There are 4 rows and 20 shaded blocks
4 × 20 = 80

Question 9.
Number Sense
How can you tell whether 7 × 40 or 8 × 70 is greater without finding the products?
Answer: We can find a greater number by seeing the numbers.
7 < 8
40 < 70
7 × 40 = 280
8 × 70 = 560
So, 7 × 40 < 8 × 70

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
There are 9 teams in a math competition. Each team has 6 students. Each student answers 10 questions. How many questions are answered in all?
Answer:
Given that,
There are 9 teams in a math competition. Each team has 6 students.
9 × 6 = 54 students
Each student answers 10 questions.
54 × 10 = 540
Thus the students answered 540 questions in all.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A soccer team earns $40 each week washing cars. The team wants to buy an inflatable field for $240. After how many weeks can the team buy the field?
Answer:
Given that,
A soccer team earns $40 each week washing cars.
The team wants to buy an inflatable field for $240.
240/40 = 6
It takes 6 weeks to buy the field.

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 8
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 3 and 18.
18/3 = 6
Thus the quotient is 6.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 9
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 4 and 32
32/4 = 8
Thus the quotient is 8.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 10
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 27 and 3
27/3 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 11
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 4 and 16.
16/4 = 4
Thus the quotient is 4.

Lesson 9.4 Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to solve the problem.
Descartes uses 72 blocks to build ships. He uses 9 blocks for each ship. Each ship has 2 fabric sails. How many sails does Descartes use?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 1
Descartes uses _____ fabric sails.
Answer:
Given that,
Descartes uses 72 blocks to build ships. He uses 9 blocks for each ship.
72/9 = 8
Each ship has 2 fabric sails.
8 × 2 = 16 sails
Therefore Descartes uses 16 fabric sails.

Structure
What equations did you use to solve? How can you write the equations using a letter to represent the number of fabric sails?
Answer:
I used the division and multiplication equation to solve the problem.
First, you have to divide the number of blocks by the number of blocks for each ship.
72/9 = 8
After that multiply the blocks by the number of fabric sails.
8 × 2 = 16

Think and Grow: Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Example
A box of 8 burritos costs $9. How much does it cost a group of friends to buy 40 burritos?
Understand the Problem

What do you need to find?
• A box has ______ burritos.
• The box costs _____.
• A group of friends wants to buy ______ burritos.

Answer:

• A box has 8 burritos.
• The box costs $9.
• A group of friends wants to buy 40 burritos.

What do you know?
• You need to find how much it _____ costs to buy.

Answer:
You can find the answer by using the above question.
• You need to find how much burritos cost to buy.

Make a Plan
How will you solve?
• Divide _____ by _____ to find how many _____ the group needs to buy.
• Then multiply the quotient by _____ to find the total cost.

Answer:

• Divide 40 by 8 to find how many burritos the group needs to buy.
• Then multiply the quotient by 9 to find the total cost.

Solve
Step 1:
How many boxes does the group need to buy?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 2

Step 2:
Use to find the total cost.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 3
It costs $ _____ for 40 burritos.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 2
First divide 40/8 = 5
b = 5
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 3
c = 5 × 9 = 45
Thus the total cost is $45.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
You make 9 shots in a basketball game. Each shot is worth 2 points. Your friend has the same number of points. All of her shots are worth 3 points. How many shots does your friend make?
Answer:
Given that,
You make 9 shots in a basketball game. Each shot is worth 2 points.
9 × 2 = 18 points
Your friend has the same number of points. All of her shots are worth 3 points.
18/3 = 6
Thus your friend needs to make 6 shots.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write equations to solve. Use letters to represent the unknown numbers. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 2.
You read 3 chapters. Each chapter has 8 pages. Your friend reads the same number of pages. All of her chapters have 6 pages. How many chapters does your friend read?
Answer:
Given that,
You read 3 chapters. Each chapter has 8 pages.
3 × 8 pages = 24 pages
Your friend reads the same number of pages. All of her chapters have 6 pages.
24/6 = 4
Thus your friend reads 4 pages.

Question 3.
There are 42 players in a basketball tournament. The players are divided into teams of 7 players. The teams are divided equally among 3 basketball courts. How many teams are at each basketball court?
Answer:
Given that,
There are 42 players in a basketball tournament. The players are divided into teams of 7 players.
42/7 = 6 teams
The teams are divided equally among 3 basketball courts.
6/3 = 3
Thus there are 3 teams at each basketball court.

Question 4.
You have 2 dream catcher kits. Each kit makes 4 dream catchers. You make all of the dream catchers and sell them for $9 each. How much money do you earn?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 4
Answer:
Given that,
You have 2 dream catcher kits. Each kit makes 4 dream catchers.
2 × 4 = 8 dream catchers
You make all of the dream catchers and sell them for $9 each.
8 × 9 = $72
Thus you earn $72.

Question 5.
A box of 4 test tubes costs $6. How much does it cost to buy 20 test tubes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 5
Answer:
Given that,
A box of 4 test tubes costs $6.
20/4 = 5
5 × $6 = $30
Thus it costs $30 to buy 20 test tubes.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 4 crates of milk bottles. Each crate holds 20 bottles. You hand out an equal number of bottles to 10 tables of students. How many bottles of milk does each table of students get?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 6
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
Each table of students gets _____ bottles of milk.

Answer:
Given that,
There are 4 crates of milk bottles. Each crate holds 20 bottles.
4 × 20 = 80 bottles
You hand out an equal number of bottles to 10 tables of students.
80/10 = 8
Therefore each table of students gets 8 bottles of milk.

Show and Grow

Question 6.
Six groups of hikers have 2 cases of water to share equally. Each case has 30 bottles of water. How many bottles of water does each group get?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 7
Answer:
Given,
Six groups of hikers have 2 cases of water to share equally. Each case has 30 bottles of water.
2 × 30 = 60 bottles of water
There are 6 groups so divide 60 by 6.
60/6 = 10
Thus each group gets 10 bottles of water.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton and Descartes decide to buy 2 pet toys that cost $20 each. Newton saves $5 each week. Descartes saves $3 each week. If they combine their money, how long does it take them to save enough money to buy the toys?
Answer:
Given that,
Newton and Descartes decide to buy 2 pet toys that cost $20 each.
2 × 20 = $40
Newton saves $5 each week. Descartes saves $3 each week.
5 + 3 = 8
40/8 = 5
Thus it takes 5 weeks to buy the toys.

Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division Homework & Practice 9.4

Write equations to solve. Use letters to represent the unknown numbers. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 1.
Your friend saves $5 each week for 8 weeks. He spends all of the money on 4 toys that each cost the same amount. How much does each toy cost?
Answer:
Given that,
Your friend saves $5 each week for 8 weeks.
He spends all of the money on 4 toys that each cost the same amount.
To find the cost of the toy we need to multiply your friend savings and the number of weeks.
8 × 5 = 40
Thus the cost of the toy is $40.

Question 2.
There are 3 trees. Each tree has 2 birdhouses. Each birdhouse has 4 birds. How many birds are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 8
Answer:
Given that,
There are 3 trees. Each tree has 2 birdhouses.
3 × 2 = 6 birdhouses
Each birdhouse has 4 birds.
6 × 4 = 24 birds
Therefore there are 24 birds in all.

Question 3.
There are 54 students at a field day who are divided equally into teams of 6 students. The teams are divided equally among 3 stations. How many teams are at each station?
Answer:
Given that,
There are 54 students at a field day who are divided equally into teams of 6 students.
54/6 = 9 teams
The teams are divided equally among 3 stations.
Again the teams are divided into 3 stations.
9/3 = 3
Thus there are 3 teams at each station.

Question 4.
Newton runs an equal number of miles 2 days each week. He runs 8 miles each week. One mile is equal to 4 laps around the track. Which equation can you use to find how many laps Newton runs each day?
r = 8 ÷ 4
r = 4 ÷ 4
r = 4 × 4
r = 2 × 4
Answer:
Given that,
Newton runs an equal number of miles 2 days each week. He runs 8 miles each week. One mile is equal to 4 laps around the track.
8/2 = 4
To find how many laps Newton runs each day you need to divide 4 by 4
r = 4 ÷ 4
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
Ten classrooms have 3 boxes of white boards to share equally. Each box has 30 white boards. How many white boards does each classroom get?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 9
Answer:
Given that,
Ten classrooms have 3 boxes of white boards to share equally.
Each box has 30 white boards.
1 box = 30 whiteboards
3 boxes = 3 × 30 = 90 white boards
Now divide the whiteboards by number of classrooms.
90/10 = 9
Thus each classroom gets 9 whiteboards.

Question 6.
DIP DEEPER!
Newton and Descartes decide to buy 2 amusement park tickets that cost $30 each. Newton saves $2 each week. Descartes saves $4 each week. If they combine their money, how long does it take them to save enough money to buy the tickets?
Answer:
Given that,
Newton and Descartes decide to buy 2 amusement park tickets that cost $30 each.
Newton saves $2 each week. Descartes saves $4 each week.
2 + 4 = 6
Now divide the ticket cost by their savings.
30/6 = 5
Therefore it takes 5 weeks to save enough money to buy the tickets.

Review & Refresh

Round to the nearest ten to estimate the difference
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 10
Answer:
58 round to the nearest ten is 60.
27 round to the nearest ten is 30.
60
-30
30
Thus the estimated difference is 30.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 11
Answer:
763 round to the nearest ten is 760.
415 round to the nearest ten is 420.
760
-420
340
Thus the estimated difference is 340.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 12
Answer:
686 round to the nearest ten is 690.
24 round to the nearest ten is 20.
690
-20
670
Thus the estimated difference is 670.

Lesson 9.5 Problem Solving: All Operations

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to solve the problem.
You are making 6 fruit baskets. Each basket has 3 pieces of fruit in it to start. You buy 18 bananas and divide them equally among the baskets. How many pieces of fruit are in each fruit basket now?
There are ______ pieces of fruit in each fruit basket now.
Answer:
Given that,
You are making 6 fruit baskets. Each basket has 3 pieces of fruit in it to start.
6 × 3 = 18
You buy 18 bananas and divide them equally among the baskets.
18/18 = 1
Thus there are 4 pieces of fruit in each fruit basket now.

Structure
How can you solve this problem using one equation?
Answer:
We can solve the above problem by using the multiplication equation.
First, you need to multiply the number of fruit baskets by the number of pieces of fruit.
After that divide the number of pieces by the number of bananas.

Think and Grow: One Equation with Two Operations

Example
Newton buys 3 DVDs for $4 each. He pays with a $20 bill. What is his change?
You can write one equation with two operations to solve this problem.
The equation is shown.
20 – 3 × 4 = c ← c is the amount of change.
When solving a problem with more than one type of operation, use the rules below.
• First, multiply or divide as you read the equation from left to right.
• Then add or subtract as you read the equation from left to right.
Step 1:
Multiply from left to right.
20 – 3 × 4 = c
20 – ____ = c

Step 2: Subtract from left to right.
20 – ____ = c
____ = c
His change is ____.

Answer:
Step 1:
Multiply from left to right.
20 – 3 × 4 = c
20 – 12 = c
Step 2: Subtract from left to right.
20 – 12 = c
8 = c
His change is 8.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
There are 8 tomato plants. You pick 9 tomatoes from each plant. You give away 35 of them. Use the equation 8 × 9 – 35 to find how many tomatoes you have left.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 1
Answer:
Given that,
There are 8 tomato plants. You pick 9 tomatoes from each plant.
8 × 9 = 72
You give away 35 of them.
We can find the number of tomatoes left by using the equation.
8 × 9 – 35
72 – 35 = 37
Thus 37 tomatoes are left.

Question 2.
A family buys 5 tickets for a musical. Each ticket costs $9. They spend $28 at the musical on snacks. Write and solve an equation to find how much they spend in all at the musical. Use to represent the total amount spent.
Answer:
Given that,
A family buys 5 tickets for a musical. Each ticket costs $9.
5 × $9 = $45
They spend $28 at the musical on snacks.
45 – 28 = 17
The equation to find how much they spend in all at the musical is 5 × 9 – 45

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write an equation to solve. Use a letter to represent the unknown number. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 3.
Newton buys 2 movie tickets. Each ticket costs $7. Descartes spends $23 at the movie on snacks. How much money do they spend in all at the movie?
Answer:
Given,
Newton buys 2 movie tickets. Each ticket costs $7.
2 × 7 = $14
Descartes spends $23 at the movie on snacks.
23 + 2 × 7
23 + 14 = $37

Question 4.
Newton has 28 cards. Descartes has 24 cards. Newton divides his cards into 4 equal stacks and gives Descartes one stack. How many cards does Descartes have now?
Answer:
Given,
Newton has 28 cards. Descartes has 24 cards. Newton divides his cards into 4 equal stacks and gives Descartes one stack.
28/4 = 7
Thus there are 7 cards in each stack.
24 + 7 = 31 cards
Therefore Descartes has 31 cards now.

Question 5.
There are 12 apps divided into 3 equal rows on a smart phone. One row of apps is removed. How many apps are left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 2
Answer:
Given that,
There are 12 apps divided into 3 equal rows on a smart phone.
12/3 = 4
There are 4 apps in each row
One row of apps is removed.
12 – 4 = 8
Thus 8 apps are left.

Question 6.
It costs $240 each week to rent a car. Newton has a coupon that saves him $10 each day he rents the car. How much will it cost him to rent the car for a week with the coupon?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 3
Answer:
Given that,
It costs $240 each week to rent a car. Newton has a coupon that saves him $10 each day he rents the car.
1 week – 7 days
1 day – $10
7 × 10 = $70
240 – 70 = $170

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says 24 – 6 ÷ 2 = 9. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
No, because you need to solve the equation from the left.
24 – (6 ÷ 2) = 24 – 12
= 12
Thus your friend is incorrect.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Newton has $135. He saves $20 each week for 8 weeks. How much money does he have now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 4
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
Newton now has _____.

Answer:
Given,
Newton has $135. He saves $20 each week for 8 weeks.
20 × 8 = 160
$135 + $160 = $295
Thus Newton now gas $295.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
Your teacher buys 3 packages of napkins for a class party. Each package has 50 napkins. The class uses 79 napkins. How many napkins are left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 5
Answer:
Given,
Your teacher buys 3 packages of napkins for a class party. Each package has 50 napkins.
1 pack – 50 napkins
3 packs – 3 × 50 = 150
The class uses 79 napkins.
150 – 79 = 71
Thus 71 napkins are left.

Question 9.
There are 60 seconds in one minute. It takes you 2 minutes and 16 seconds to run from your home to your friend’s home. How many seconds does it take you?
Answer:
Given,
There are 60 seconds in one minute. It takes you 2 minutes and 16 seconds to run from your home to your friend’s home.
1 min – 60 seconds
2 mins – 2 × 60 = 120 seconds
120 + 16 = 136 seconds
Thus it takes 136 seconds to run from your home to your friend’s home.

Question 10.
A store is selling comic books for $5 each. The store sells 33 superhero comic books and 57 science-fiction comic books. How much money does the store earn?
Answer:
Given,
A store is selling comic books for $5 each.
The store sells 33 superhero comic books and 57 science-fiction comic books.
33 + 57 = 90
5 × 90 = $450
Thus the store earn $450.

Problem Solving: All Operations Homework & Practice 9.5

Question 1.
There are 20 math problems divided into 4 equal columns on a worksheet. Your teacher has you cross out one column of problems. Use the equation 20 – 20 ÷ 4 = p to find how many problems are left.
Answer:
Given that,
There are 20 math problems divided into 4 equal columns on a worksheet. Your teacher has you cross out one column of problems.
20 – 20 ÷ 4 = p
20 – 5 = p
15 = p
Thus 15 problems are left.

Question 2.
Newton has 42 blocks. Descartes has 48 blocks. Newton divides his blocks into 6 equal groups and gives Descartes one group. How many blocks does Descartes have now? Use d to represent how many blocks Descartes has now.
Answer:
Given,
Newton has 42 blocks. Descartes has 48 blocks. Newton divides his blocks into 6 equal groups and gives Descartes one group.
42/6 = 7 blocks
48 + 7 = 55 blocks
Thus Descartes has 55 blocks now.

Question 3.
There are 6 palm trees. An islander gathers 8 coconuts from each tree. She gives away 19 of them. How many coconuts does she have now? Write an equation to solve. Use a letter to represent the unknown number. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 6
Answer:
Given,
There are 6 palm trees. An islander gathers 8 coconuts from each tree. She gives away 19 of them.
6 × 8 – 19 = p
48 – 19 = p
29 = p
Thus the unknown number is 29.

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the number that makes 5 × ____ – 15 = 5 true. Explain.
Answer:
5 × ____ – 15 = 5
5 × p – 15 = 5
p – 15 = 5/5
p – 15 = 1
p = 1 + 15
p = 16
Thus the value of the number is 16.

Question 5.
Number Sense
Which equations are true?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 7
Answer:
3 + 5 × 2 = 13
Solve from left to right.
3 + 10 = 13
13 = 13 (true)
20 – 10 × 2 = 20
20 – 20 = 0 (false)
36 ÷ 6 + 3 = 4
36 ÷ 9 = 4
4 = 4 (true)
26 – 8 ÷ 2 = 22
26 – 4 = 22
22 = 22 (true)

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
A school nurse orders 7 packages of bandages. Each package has 20 bandages. The nurse uses 53 bandages. How many bandages are left?
Answer:
Given,
A school nurse orders 7 packages of bandages. Each package has 20 bandages.
7 × 20 = 140 bandages
The nurse uses 53 bandages.
140 – 53 = 87 bandages
Thus 87 bandages are left.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
There are 60 seconds in one minute. You record a video that is 3 minutes and 48 seconds long. How many seconds long is the video?
Answer:
Given,
There are 60 seconds in one minute. You record a video that is 3 minutes and 48 seconds long.
3 mins = 3 × 60 = 180 seconds
180 + 48 = 228 seconds
Thus the video is 228 seconds long.

Review & Refresh

Estimate. Then find the sum. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 8.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 8
Answer:
The estimated number for 23 is 20.
The estimated number for 358 is 360.
The estimated number for 172 is 170.
360
170
+20
550

Question 9.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 9
Answer:
The estimated number for 202 is 200.
The estimated number for 64 is 60.
The estimated number for 545 is 550.
550
200
+60
810

Question 10.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 10
Answer:
The estimated number for 21 is 20
The estimated number for 15 is 20
The estimated number for 837 is 840
840
20
+20
880

Multiples and Problem Solving Performance Task

Question 1.
a. You read 120 minutes from Monday through Thursday this week. How many minutes do you read on Thursday? Complete the picture graph for Thursday.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 1

Answer:
Given,
You read 120 minutes from Monday through Thursday this week.
Each star = 10 minutes
There are 9 stars
9 × 10 = 90 minutes
120 – 90 = 30 minutes
Thus you read 30 minutes on Thursday.

b. Last week you read 30 minutes each day for 5 days. Your goal this week is to read the same number of minutes as last week. How many minutes do you need to read on Friday to reach your goal? Complete the picture graph for Friday.
Answer:
Given,
Last week you read 30 minutes each day for 5 days. Your goal this week is to read the same number of minutes as last week.
30 × 5 = 150 minutes
150 – 120 = 30 minutes
Thus to reach your goal you need to read 30 minutes on Friday.

Question 2.
Write equations to solve. Use letters to represent the unknown numbers. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
a. There are 60 minutes in one hour. Your friend reads 2 hours and 38 minutes during the week. How many minutes does your friend read in all?

Answer:
Given,
There are 60 minutes in one hour. Your friend reads 2 hours and 38 minutes during the week.
1 hour – 60 min
2 hour – 2 × 60 = 120 min
120 + 38 = 158 min
Thus your friend read 158 minutes in all.

b.Your cousin earns 2 stars on her graph each day for 5 days. How many minutes does your cousin read in all?
Answer:
Given,
Your cousin earns 2 stars on her graph each day for 5 days.
2 × 5 = 10 stars
1 star = 10 min
10 stars = 10 × 10 min = 100 min
Thus your cousin read 100 min in all.

Question 3.
Use the information above. Order the numbers of minutes you, your friend, and your cousin read from least to greatest. The person with the least number of minutes wants to read the same amount as the person with the greatest number of minutes. How many more minutes does the person need to read?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 2
Answer:
Given that,
you read 150 minutes in all.
your friend read 158 minutes in all
your cousin read 100 min in all.
The order from least to greatest is 100, 150, 158.

Multiples and Problem Solving Activity

Multiplication Flip and Find
Directions:
1. Place the Multiplication Flip and Find Cards face down in the boxes.
2. Players take turns flipping two cards.
3. If your cards show a matching expression and product, then keep the cards. If your cards do not show a matching expression and product, then flip the cards back over.
4. Play until all matches are made.
5. The player with the most matches wins!
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 3
Answer:
Total number of cards = 12
There are 2 matching flip cards in boxes
To find the most matches we have to divide the total number of flip cards by matching cards.
12/2 = 6
Thus the player with the most matches wins is 6.

Multiples and Problem Solving Chapter Practice

9.1 Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Question 1.
Find 8 × 20
Number of jumps: ______
Size of each jumps: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 1
8 × 20 = _____
Answer: 160
Number of jumps: 8
Size of each jump: 20
8 jumps of 20 = 160

Question 2.
Find 7 × 40
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 2
7 × 40 = ____
Answer: 280

Explanation:
Number of jumps: 7
Size of each jump: 40
7 jumps of 40 = 7 × 40 = 280

Question 3.
Find 30 × 9
30 × 9 = ____
Answer: 270

Explanation:
Number of jumps: 9
Size of each jump: 30
30 × 9 = 270

Question 4.
Structure
Complete the number line. Then write the multiplication equation for the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 4
____ × ____ = ____
Answer: 3 × 40 = 120

Explanation:
By seeing the above number line we can say that there are
3 jumps of 40
That means 3 × 40
40 + 40 + 40 = 120
Thus the multiplication equation is 3 × 40 = 120

9.2 Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Make a quick sketch to find the product
Question 5.
6 × 40 = _____
Answer: 240
Number of jumps: 6
Size of each jump: 40
We can find the product by using the number line.
6 jumps of 40.
6 × 40 = 240

Question 6.
5 × 20 = ____
Answer: 100
Number of jumps: 5
Size of each jump: 20
We can find the product by using the number line.
5 jumps of 20.
5 × 20 = 100

Use place value to find the product
Question 7.
4 × 50 = 4 × ____ tens
4 × 50 = ____ tens
4 × 50 = ____
Answer:
4 × 50 = 4 × 5 tens
4 × 50 = 20 tens
4 × 50 = 20 × 10
4 × 50 = 200

Question 8.
3 × 60 = 3 × ____ tens
3 × 60 = ____ tens
3 × 60 = ____
Answer:
3 × 60 = 3 × 6 tens
3 × 60 = 18 tens
3 × 60 = 18 × 10
3 × 60 = 180

Question 9.
7 × 70 = 7 × ____ tens
7 × 70 = ____ tens
7 × 70 = ____
Answer:
7 × 70 = 7 × 7 tens
7 × 70 = 49 tens
7 × 70 = 49 × 10
7 × 70 = 490

Question 10.
9 × 80 = 9 × ____ tens
9 × 80 = ____ tens
9 × 80 = ____
Answer:
9 × 80 = 9 × 8 tens
9 × 80 = 72 tens
9 × 80 = 72 × 10
9 × 80 = 720

Find the product
Question 11.
2 × 60 = _____
Answer: 120

Explanation:
We can write 60 as 6 tens.
2 × 60 = 2 × 6 tens
2 × 60 = 12 tens
2 × 60 = 12 × 10
2 × 60 = 120

Question 12.
8 × 40 = ____
Answer: 320

Explanation:
We can write 40 as 4 tens.
8 × 40 = 8 × 4  tens
8 × 40 = 32 tens
8 × 40 = 32 × 10
8 × 40 = 320

Question 13.
5 × 90 = _____
Answer: 450

Explanation:
We can write 90 as 9 tens.
5 × 90 = 5 × 9 tens
5 × 90 = 45 tens
5 × 90 = 45 × 10
5 × 90 = 450

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
You practice ballet for 30 minutes every day. How many minutes do you practice in one week?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 14
Answer: 210 minutes

Explanation:
Given that,
You practice ballet for 30 minutes every day.
Convert from week to days.
1 week – 7 days
7 × 30 min = 210 minutes
Thus you practice 210 minutes in one week.

9.3 Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Question 15.
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to find 4 × 90.
4 × 90 = 4 × (____ × 10)
4 × 90 = (4 × ____) × 10
4 × 90 = ____ × 10
4 × 90 = ____
Answer:
We can find the product by using the Associative property.
4 × 90 = 4 × (9 × 10)
4 × 90 = (4 × 9) × 10
4 × 90 = 36 × 10
4 × 90 = 360

Question 16.
Use the Distributive Property to find 8 × 20.
8 × 20 = 8 × (10 + ____)
8 × 20 = (8 × 10) + (8 × ____)
8 × 20 = ___ + ____
8 × 20 = ____
Answer:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
8 × 20 = 8 × (10 + 10)
8 × 20 = (8 × 10) + (8 × 10)
8 × 20 = 80 + 80
8 × 20 = 160

Use properties to find the product
Question 17.
7 × 20 = ____
Answer: 140

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
7 × 20 = 7 × (10 + 10)
7 × 20 = (7 × 10) + (7 × 10)
7 × 20 = 70 + 70
7 × 20 = 140

Question 18.
5 × 70 = ____
Answer: 350

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the Associative property.
5 × 70 = 5 × (7 × 10)
5 × 70 = (5 × 7) × 10
5 × 70 = 35 × 10
5 × 70 = 350

Find the missing factor
Question 19.
____ × 20 = 180
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
x × 20 = 180
x = 180/20
x = 9
Thus the missing factor is 9

Question 20.
7 × ___ = 350
Answer: 50

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
7 × y = 350
y = 350/7
y = 50
Thus the missing factor is 50.

Question 21.
____ × 80 = 240
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be z.
z × 80 = 240
z = 240/80
z = 3
Thus the missing factor is 3.

Question 22.
Open-Ended
Write three expressions equal to 120.
_____ × ______
_____ × ______
_____ × _______
Answer:
The three expressions equal to 120 are given below,
1 × 120 = 120
2 × 60 = 120
3 × 40 = 120

9.4 Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division

Write equations to solve. Use letters to represent the unknown numbers. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 23.
There are 2 bookcases. Each bookcase has 3 shelves of 5 books. How many books are there in all?
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Given,
There are 2 bookcases.
Each bookcase has 3 shelves of 5 books.
3 × 5 = 15 books in one bookcase
15 × 2 = 30 books
Thus there are 30 books in 2 bookcases.

Question 24.
Four veterinarians share 2 boxes of ear wipes. Each box has 20 packs of ear wipes. How many packs of ear wipes does each veterinarian get?
Answer:
Given,
Four veterinarians share 2 boxes of ear wipes.
Each box has 20 packs of ear wipes.
2 × 20 = 40 packs
There are 4 veterinarians.
40/4 = 10
Thus each veterinarian gets 10 packs of ear wipes.

9.5 Problem Solving: All Operation

Write an equation to solve. Use a letter to represent the unknown number. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 25.
Newton has 30 beads. Descartes has 22 beads. Newton divides his beads into 3 equal groups and gives Descartes one group. How many beads does Descartes have now?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 25
Answer: 32 beads

Explanation:
Given that,
Newton has 30 beads. Descartes has 22 beads.
Newton divides his beads into 3 equal groups and gives Descartes one group.
30/3 = 10 beads
Thus there are 10 beads in each group.
22 + 10 = 32
Therefore Descartes has 32 beads now.

Question 26.
It costs $166 to rent a bounce house for 7 hours. Descartes has a coupon that saves him $5 each hour he rents the bounce house. How much will it cost him to rent the bounce house for 7 hours with the coupon?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 26
Answer:
Given,
It costs $166 to rent a bounce house for 7 hours.
Descartes has a coupon that saves him $5 each hour he rents the bounce house.
7 × $5 = $35
$166 – $35 = $131 for 7 hours with the coupon.
Thus it will cost $131 to rent the bounce house for 7 hours with the coupon.

Final Words:

I hope the explanation for every question provided in Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving Answer Key is helpful to understand the concept easily. We have given the answers for questions in pdf format so that you can prepare in offline mode also. For any doubts or queries, you can leave a comment below. Bookmark our page to find the answers for other chapters of grade 3.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4

Make your Practice Sessions perfect taking the help of the quick resources for Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Ch 4 Transformations. Experts have curated the BIM Book Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations keeping the student’s level of understanding. You can rely on the Big Ideas Math Geometry Ch 4 Solution Key as all of them are created after ample research and meets the Common Core State Standards. Avail the Preparation Material over here for Geometry Big Ideas Math Textbook Answer Key and start practicing from them on a frequent basis.

Enhance your conceptual knowledge taking the help of the Transformations Big Ideas Math Geometry Ch 4 Answers. Our Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations includes questions from Exercises, Practice Tests, Cumulative Assessments, Chapter Tests, Review Tests, etc.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations

Master the concepts of Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations by solving them on a regular basis. You just need to tap on the relevant links and prepare accordingly. Clarify all your doubts by availing the quick resources on Topicwise BIM Geometry Ch 4 Transformations. You can make use of them without paying a single penny and get to know the concepts in a better way.

Transformations

Lesson: 1 Translations

Lesson: 2 Reflections

Lesson: 3 Rotations

Quiz

Lesson: 4 Congruence and Transformations

Lesson: 5 Dilations

Lesson: 6 Similarity and Transformations

Review

Transformations Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Tell whether the red figure is a translation, reflection, rotation, or dilation of the blue figure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 1
Answer: The red figure is the mirror image of the blue figure so it is a reflection.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 2
Answer: The blue figure turns to form the red figure so it is a rotation.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 3
Answer: A dilation produces an image similar to the original figure. So, the blue polygon is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4
Answer: The blue figure is similar to the red figure and one is a dilation of the other.

Tell whether the two figures are similar. Explain your reasoning.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 5
Answer:
Length of A/Length of B = 12/14 = 6/7
Width of A/Width of B = 5/7
Thus Rectangle A and Rectangle B are not similar.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 6
Answer:
Base of triangle A/Base of triangle B = 6/9 = 2/3
Height of triangle A/Height of triangle B = 8/12 = 2/3
Hypotenuse of triangle A/Hypotenuse of triangle B = 10/12 = 5/6
Triangle A and Triangle B are similar.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 7
Answer:
Length of A/Length of B = 6/3 = 2
Width of A/Width of B = 10/5 = 2
The two figures are similar.

Transformations Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Use dynamic geometry software to draw the polygon with the given vertices. Use the software to find the side lengths and angle measures of the polygon. Round your answers to time nearest hundredth.

Question 1.
A(0, 2), B(3, – 1), C(4, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_119
Points:
A(0, 2), B(3, – 1), C(4, 3)
Segments:
AB = 3 units
BC = 4 units
AC = 4 units

Question 2.
A(- 2, 1), B(- 2, – 1), C(3, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_120
points:
A(- 2, 1), B(- 2, – 1), C(3, 2)
Segments:
AB = 2 units
BC = 5 units
AC = 5 units

Question 3.
A(1, 1), B(- 3, 1), C(- 3, – 2), D(1, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_121
Points:
A(1, 1), B(- 3, 1), C(- 3, – 2), D(1, – 2)
Segments:
AB = 2 units
BC = 3 units
DC = 2 units
AD = 3 units
Angles:
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90°

Question 4.
A(1, 1) B(- 3, 1), C(- 2, – 2), D(2, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_122
Points:
A(1, 1) B(- 3, 1), C(- 2, – 2), D(2, – 2)
Segments:
AB = 4 units
BC = 4 units
CD = 4 units
DA = 4 units

Question 5.
A(- 3, 0), B(0, 3), C(3, 0), D(0, – 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_124
Points:
A(- 3, 0), B(0, 3), C(3, 0), D(0, – 3)
Segments:
AB = 3.5 units
BC = 3.5 units
CD = 3 units
AD = 6 units

Question 6.
A(0, 0), B(4, 0), C(1, 1), D(0, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_125
Points:
A(0, 0), B(4, 0), C(1, 1), D(0, 3)

4.1 Translations

Exploration 1

Translating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 8
Work with a partner.
a. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label it ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. Copy the triangle and translate (or slide) it to form a new figure, called an image, ∆A’B’C’ (read as triangle A prime, B prime. C prime”).
USING TOOLS STRATEGICALLY
To be proficient in math, you need to use appropriate tools strategically, including dynamic geometry software.
Answer:

c. What is the relationship between the coordinates of the vertices of ∆ABC and
those of ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:

d. What do you observe about the side lengths and angle measures of the two triangles?
Answer:

Exploration 2

Translating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 9
Work with a partner.
a. The point (x, y) is translated a units horizontally and b units vertically. Write a rule to determine the coordinates of the image of (x, y).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 10
Answer: (x + a, y + b)

b. Use the rule you wrote in part (a) to translate ∆ABC 4 units left and 3 units down. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image. ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:
A'(-4, 0), B'(0, 2) and C'(-1, -6)

c. Draw ∆A’B’C.’ Are its side lengths the same as those of ∆ABC? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_126

Exploration 3

Comparing Angles of Translations

Work with a partner.

a. In Exploration 2, is ∆ABC a righL triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

b. In Exploration 2, is ∆A’B’C’ a right triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

c. Do you think translations always preserve angle measures? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you translate a figure in a coordinate plane?
Answer:

Question 5.
En Exploration 2. translate ∆A’B’C’ 3 units right and 4 units up. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image, ∆A”B”C”? How are these coordinates
related to the coordinates of the vertices of the original triangle. ∆ABC?
Answer:

Lesson 4.1 Translations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Name the vector and write its component form.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 11
Answer:

Question 2.
The vertices of ∆LMN are L(2, 2), M(5, 3), and N(9, 1). Translate ∆LMN using the vector (- 2, 6).
Answer:
The vertices of ∆LMN are L(2, 2), M(5, 3), and N(9, 1)
L(2, 2) → L'(0, 8)
M(5, 3) → M'(3, 9)
N(9, 1) → N'(7, 7)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_127

Question 3.
In Example 3. write a rule to translate ∆A’B’C’ back to ∆ABC.
Answer:

Question 4.
Graph ∆RST with vertices R(2, 2), S(5, 2), and T(3, 5) and its image alter the translation (x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2).
Answer:
R(2, 2), S(5, 2), and T(3, 5)
translation (x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2).
x = 2 and y = 2 to find R’
R(2, 2) → (2 + 1, 2 + 2) = R'(3, 4)
S(5, 2) → (5 + 1, 2 + 2) = S'(6, 4)
T(3, 5) → (3 + 1, 5 + 2) = R'(4, 7)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_129

Question 5.
Graph \(\overline{T U}\) with endpoints T(1, 2) and U(4, 6) and its image after the composition.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 2, y – 3)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 5)
Answer:

Question 6.
Graph \(\overline{V W}\) with endpoints V(- 6, – 4) and W(- 3, 1) and its image after the composition.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 6, y – 4)
Answer:

Question 7.
In Example 6, you move the gray square 2 units right and 3 units up. Then you move the gray square 1 unit left and 1 unit down. Rewrite the composition as a single transformation.
Answer:

Exercise 4.1 Translations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Name the preimage and image of the transformation ∆ABC – ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:
∆ABC is the preimage and ∆A’B’C’ is the image.

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A _______ moves every point of a figure the same distance in the same direction.
Answer: A translation moves every point of a figure the same distance in the same direction.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, name the vector and write its component form.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 13
Answer:
A vector is quantity that has both direction and magnitude.
The vertor is ST to more from the initial point S to the terminal point T, you move 2 units left and 4 units down.
So, the component form is (-2, 4)

In Exercises 5 – 8, the vertices of ∆DEF are D(2, 5), E(6, 3), and F(4, 0). Translate ∆DEF using the given vector. Graph ∆DEF and its image.

Question 5.
(6, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 5

Question 6.
(5, – 1)
Answer:
D(2, 5), E(6, 3) and F(4, 0)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_130
D'(7, 4)
E'(11, 2)
F'(9, -1)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_131

Question 7.
(- 3, – 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 7

Question 8.
(- 2, – 4)
Answer:
D(2, 5), E(6, 3) and F(4, 0)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_130
D'(0, 1)
E'(4, -1)
F'(2, -4)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_132

In Exercises 9 and 10, find the component form of the vector that translates P(- 3, 6) to P’.

Question 9.
P'(0, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 9

Question 10.
P'(- 4, 8)
Answer:
P(-3, 6) → P'(-3 + x, 6 + y) = P'(- 4, 8)
-3 + x = -4
x = -1
6 + y = 8
y = 8 – 6
y = 2
The component form is (x, y) = (-1, 2)

In Exercises 11 and 12, write a rule for the translation of ∆LMN to ∆L’M’W’.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 15
Answer:
To go from M to M’, you move 3 units right and 1 unit up
So you unmove along vector (3, 1)

In Exercises 13 – 16, use the translation.
(x, y) → (x – 8,y + 4)

Question 13.
What is the image of A(2, 6)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 13

Question 14.
What is the image of B(- 1, 5)?
Answer:
(x, y) → (x – 8,y + 4)
B(- 1, 5)
(-1, 5) → (-1 – 8,5 + 4) = B'(-9, 9)
Big Ideas Math Answer Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_132

Question 15.
What is the preimage of C'(- 3, – 10)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 15

Question 16.
What is the preimage of D'(4, – 3)?
Answer:
(x, y) → (x – 8,y + 4)
D'(4, – 3)
x – 8 = 4
x = 12
y + 4 = -3
y = 7
D(12, 7)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_133

In Exercises 17 – 20, graph ∆PQR with vertices P (-2, 3) Q(1, 2), and R(3, – 1) and its image after the translation.
Question 17.
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 17

Question 18.
(x, y) → (x + 9, y – 2)
Answer:
P (-2, 3) Q(1, 2), and R(3, – 1)
(x, y) → (x + 9, y – 2)
P'(7, 1)
Q'(10, 0)
R'(12, -3)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_134

Question 19.
(x, y) → (x – 2, y – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 19

Question 20.
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 3)
Answer:

P (-2, 3) Q(1, 2), and R(3, – 1)
translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 3)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_136
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 3)
x = -2 and y = -3 from point P(-2, 3)
(-2, 3) → (-2 – 1, 3 + 3) = P'(-3, 6)
Q(1, 2) → (1 – 1, 2 + 3) = Q'(0, 5)
R(3, -1) → (3 – 1, -1 + 3) = R'(2, 2)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_137

In Exercises 21 and 22. graph ∆XYZ with vertices X(2, 4), Y(6, 0). and Z(7, 2) and its image after the composition.

Question 21.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 12, y + 4)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 5, y – 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 21

Question 22.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 6, y)
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 7)
Answer:
X(2, 4), Y(6, 0). and Z(7, 2)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_138
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 6, y)
X(2, 4) → (2 – 6, 4) = X'(-4, 4)
Y(6, 0) → (6 – 6, 0) = Y'(0, 0)
Z(7, 2) → (7 – 6, 2) = Z'(1, 2)
Big Ideas Math Solution Key Geometry Chapter 4 transformations img_139
translation: (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 7)
(x, y) → (x + 2, y + 7)
X'(-4, 4) → (-4 + 2, 4 + 7) = X”(-2, 11)
Y'(0, 0) → (0 + 2, 0 + 7) = Y”(2, 7)
Z'(1, 2) → (1 + 2, 2 + 7) = Z”(3, 9)
Big Ideas Math Answer Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_140

In Exercises 23 and 24, describe the composition of translations.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 17
Answer:
vertex 6 units right and 4 units down.
1. translation (x, y) → (x + 6, y – 4)
vertex 6 units left
2. translation (x, y) → (x – 6, y)

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing the image of quadrilateral EFGH after the translation (x, y) → (x – 1, y – 2).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In chess, the knight (the piece shaped like a horse) moves in an L pattern. The hoard shows two consecutive moves of a black knight during a game. Write a composition of translations for the moves. Then rewrite the composition as a single translation that moves the knight from its original position to its ending position.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 19
Answer:
Assuming the initial position of the knight is (x, y)
The first translation moved the knight 2 units right and 1 unit down.
The first translation is (x, y) → (x + 2, y – 1)
The second translation moved the knight 1 unit right and 2 unit down.
The first translation is (x, y) → (x + 1, y – 2)
Single translation rule is the sum of both first and second translations
(x, y) → (x + 2 + 1, y – 1 – 2) = (x + 3, y – 3)

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are studying an amoeba through a microscope. Suppose the amoeba moves on a grid-indexed microscope slide in a straight line from square B3 to square G7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 20
a. Describe the translation.
b. The side length of each grid square is 2 millimeters. How far does the amoeba travel?
c. The amoeba moves from square B3 to square G7 in 24.5 seconds. What is its speed in millimeters per second?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 27

Question 28.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Translation A maps (x, y) to (x + n, y + t). Translation B maps (x, y) to (x + s, y + m).
a. Translate a point using Translation A, followed by Translation B. Write an algebraic rule for the final image of the point after this composition.
Answer:
Translation A maps (x, y) to (x + n, y + t)
Translation B maps (x, y) to (x + s, y + m)
Translating a point using translation A followed by translation B.
First: Applying translation A from the initial point (x, y) maps it to the final point (x + n, y + t)
Applying translation B from the initial point (x + n, y + t) maps it to the final point (x + n + s, y + t + m)
The single translation rule for the composition
(x, y) → (x + n + s, y + t + m)

b. Translate a point using Translation B, followed by Translation A. Write an algebraic rule for the final image of the point after this composition.
Answer:
Translating a point using translation A followed by translation B.
First: Applying translation A from the initial point (x, y) maps it to the final point (x + s, y + m)
Applying translation B from the initial point (x + s, y + m) maps it to the final point (x + n + s, y + t + m)
The single translation rule for the composition
(x, y) → (x + n + s, y + t + m)

c. Compare the rules you wrote for parts (a) and (b) Does it matter which translation you do first? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Translating a point using translation A followed by translation B is the same as translation using B followed by A.
(x, y) → (x + n + s, y + t + m)
is equivalent to the single rule of the second case
(x, y) → (x + s + n, y + m + t)

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 29 and 30, a translation maps the blue figure to the red figure. Find the value of each variable.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 21
Answer:
The blue figure is congruent to the red figure.
r = 100 because corresponding angles are congruent.
162 = 3w
w = 54 because corresponding sides are congruent.
2t = 10
t = 5 because corresponding sides are congruent.
s = 8 because corresponding sides are congruent.

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 22
Answer:
Since translation is a rigid motion, then the lengths and angles of the image are the same as the preimage.
a = 180 – 90 – 55
a = 35
b + 6 = 20
b = 20 – 6
b = 14
4c – 6 = 14
4c = 14 + 6
4c = 20
c = 20/4 = 5
c = 5

Question 31.
USING STRUCTURE
Quadrilateral DEFG has vertices D(- 1, 2), E(- 2, 0), F(- 1, – 1), and G( 1, 3). A translation maps quadrilateral DEFG to quadrilateral D’E’F’G’. The image of D is D'(- 2, – 2). What are the coordinates of E’, F’, and G’?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 31

Question 32.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Which two figures represent a translation? Describe the translation.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 23
Answer:
To move from figure 5 to figure 7 you must move 4 units right and 8 units up.

Question 33.
REASONING
The translation (x, y) → (x + m, y + n) maps \(\overline{P Q}\) to \(\overline{P’ Q’}\). Write a rule for the translation of \(\overline{P’ Q’}\) to \(\overline{P Q}\). Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 33

Question 34.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The vertices of a rectangle are Q(2, – 3), R(2, 4), S(5, 4), and T(5, – 3),
a. Translate rectangle QRST 3 units left and 3 units down to produce rectangle Q’R’S’T’. Find the area of rectangle QRST and the area of rectangle Q’R’S’T’.
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_141
The length of each rectangle = 7 units
Width of each rectangle = 3 units
The area of QRST = 7 × 3 = 21 sq. units
The area of Q’R’S’T’ = 7 × 3 = 21 sq. units

b. Compare the areas. Make a conjecture about the areas of a preimage and its image after a translation.
Answer:
The area of QRST = The area of Q’R’S’T’ = 21 sq. units
Translation creates an image that is congruent to the original figure.

Question 35.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Composition Theorem (Theorem 4.1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 35

Question 36.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use properties of translations to prove each theorem.
a. Corresponding Angles Theorem (Theorem 3. 1)
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_144
\(\overline{A B}\)|| \(\overline{C D}\)
Using \(\overline{E F}\) a translation vector.
Translating ∠BEF along \(\overline{E F}\) until F becomes the image of E.
\(\overline{E B}\) || \(\overline{E’ B’}\)
So, \(\overline{E’ B’}\) coincides \(\overline{F D}\) as they are parallel and have a common endpoint.
Since translation is a rigid motions.
Then ∠1 ≅ ∠2
Thus, If two lines are cut by a transversal and the alternate interior angles are congruent, then the lines are parallel.

b. Corresponding Angles Converse (Theorem 3.5)
Answer:
Given,
∠AEF ≅ ∠EFD
Assume \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{C D}\) are not parallel.
If two lines are cut by a transversal and the alternate interior angles are congruent, then the lines are parallel.

Question 37.
WRITING
Explain how to use translations to draw a rectangular prism.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 37

Question 38.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The vector PQ = (4, 1) describes the translation of A(- 1, w) Onto A'(2x + 1, 4) and B(8y – 1, 1) Onto B'(3, 3z). Find the values of w, x, y, and z.
Answer:
The vector PQ = (4, 1) describes the translation of A(- 1, w) Onto A'(2x + 1, 4) and B(8y – 1, 1) Onto B'(3, 3z).
(-1, w) → (-1 + 4, w + 1) = (3, w + 1)
A'(2x + 1, 4)
(3, w + 1) = (2x + 1, 4)
3 = 2x + 1
2x = 2
x = 1
w + 1 = 4
w = 4 – 1
w = 3
We know that vector PQ = (4, 1) describes the translation of B(8y – 1, 1)
(8y – 1, 1) → (8y – 1 + 4, 1 + 1) = (8y + 3, 2)
B'(3, 3z)
(8y + 3, 2) = (3, 3z)
8y + 3 = 3
8y = 3 – 3
8y = 0
y = 0
3z = 2
z = 2/3

Question 39.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A translation maps \(\overline{G H}\) to \(\overline{G’ H’}\). Your friend claims that if you draw segments connecting G to G’ and H to H’, then the resulting quadrilateral is a parallelogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
You are a graphic designer for a company that manufactures floor tiles. Design a floor tile in a coordinate plane. Then use translations to show how the tiles cover an entire floor. Describe the translations that map the original tile to four other tiles.
Answer:
Let the tile by a square of side length of 2 units on a coordinate grid.
If one of its vertex lies at the origin, then its other vertices, in that order are (2, 0), (2, 2) and (0, 2)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_147
This design can then be used to cover the entire floor by horizontal and vertical translations of 2 units right and upwards.
A horizontal translation of 2 units towards the right maps the tile onto X.
A vertical translation of 2 units upwards maps the tile onto Y and a horizontal translation of Y by 2 units towards the right maps the tile onto Z.
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_148

Question 41.
REASONING
The vertices of ∆ABC are A(2, 2), B(4, 2), and C(3, 4). Graph the image of ∆ABC after the transformation (x, y) → (x + y, y). Is this transformation a translation? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 41

Question 42.
PROOF
\(\overline{M N}\) is perpendicular to line l. \(\overline{M’ N’}\) is the translation of \(\overline{M N}\) 2 units to the left. Prove that \(\overline{M’ N’}\) is perpendicular to l.
Answer:
M’N’ is a horizontal translation of MN by 2 units to the left.
MN and M’N’ are parallel to each other and so their slopes must be equal.
If a line l is perpendicular to MN, then it must be perpendicular to M’N’

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Tell whether the figure can be folded in half so that one side matches the other.

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 24
Answer:
Yes; The figure can be folded in half in several ways so that one side matches the other.

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 25
Answer: The shape is symmetrical along a diagnol.

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 26
Answer:
The shape is asymmetrical

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 27
Answer: The shape is symmetrical along its x-axis.

Simplify the expression.

Question 47.
– (- x)
Answer:
When we multiply two negative numbers we get the positive number.
-1 × -x = x

Question 48.
– (x + 3)
Answer:
In this expression minus is multiplied with the whole term
-1 × x + -1 × 3 = -x – 3

Question 49.
x – (12 – 5x)
Answer:
When we multiply two negative numbers we get the positive number.
x – 12 + 5x

Question 50.
x – (- 2x + 4)
Answer:
When we multiply two negative numbers we get the positive number.
x + 2x – 4

4.2 Reflections

Exploration

Reflecting a Triangle Using a Reflective Device

Work with a partner:
Use a straightedge to draw any triangle on paper. Label if ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 28

a. Use the straightedge to draw a line that does not pass through the triangle. Label it m.
Answer:

b. Place a reflective device on line in.
Answer:

c. Use the reflective device to plot the images of the vertices of ∆ABc. Label the images of vertices A, B. and C as A’, B’, and C’, respectively.
Answer:

d. Use a straightedge to draw ∆A’B’C by connecting the vertices.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Reflecting a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label it ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 29
a. Reflect ∆ABC in the y-axis to form ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:

b. What is the relationship between the coordinates of the vertices of ∆ABC and
those of ∆A’B’C’?
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

c. What do you observe about the side lengths and angle measures of the two triangles?
Answer:

d. Reflect ∆ABC in the x-axis to form ∆A’B’C’. Then repeal parts (b) and (c).
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you reflect a figure in a coordinate plane?
Answer:

Lesson 4.2 Reflections

Monitoring progress

Graph ∆ABC from Example 1 and its image after a reflection in the given line.
Question 1.
x = 4
Answer:

Question 2.
x = – 3
Answer:

Question 3.
y = 2
Answer:

Question 4.
y = – 1
Answer:

The vertices of ∆JKL are J(1, 3), K(4, 4), and L(3, 1).

Question 5.
Graph ∆JKL and its image after a reflection in the x-axis.
Answer:

Question 6.
Graph ∆JKL and its image after a reflection in the y-axis.
Answer:

Question 7.
Graph ∆JKL and its image after a reflection in the line y = x.
Answer:

Question 8.
Graph ∆JKL and its image aIter a reflection in the line y = – x.
Answer:

Question 9.
In Example 3. verify that \(\overline{F F’}\) is perpendicular to y = – x.
Answer:

Question 10.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, ∆ABC is translated 4 units down and then reflected in the y-axis. Graph ∆ABC and its image after the glide reflection.
Answer:

Question 11.
In Example 4. describe a glide reflection from ∆A”B”C” to ∆ABC.
Answer:

Determine the number of lines of symmetry for the figure.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 30
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 31
Answer:

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 32
Answer:

Question 15.
Draw a hexagon with no lines of symmetry.
Answer:

Question 16.
Look back at Example 6. Answer the question by Using a reflection of point A instead of point B.
Answer:

Exercise 4.2 Reflections

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
A glide reflection is a combination of which two transformations?
Answer:
A glide reflection is a combination of a translation and reflection.

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which transformation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 33

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, determine whether the coordinate plane shows a reflection in the x-axis, y-axis, or neither.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 34
Answer:
Reflection in the y-axis

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 35
Answer:
We see the triangle ABC with vertices A(-2, 0), B(-1, 2) and C(-2, 3)
We also see the triangle DEF with vertices D(1, 0), E(2, -1) and F(1, -3)
Apply reflection in the x-axis to the triangle ABC, we do not have the points D, E and F in the same place on opposite sides.
Apply reflection in the y-axis to the triangle ABC, we do not have the points D, E and F in the same place on opposite sides.
There is no reflection.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 36
Answer:
We observe the triangles ABC and DEF, we can say that there is no reflection.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 37
Answer:
The triangle ABC with vertices A(2, 1), B(2, 3) and C(6, 1)
Apply reflection in the x-axis to the triangle ABC.
By seeing the above graph we say that the point which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point A.
The point is D(2, -1)
By seeing the above graph we say that the point which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point B.
The point is E(2, -3)
By seeing the above graph we say that the point which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point C.
The point is F(6, -1)
We see that the triangle DEF with vertices D(2, -1), E(2, -3) and F(6, -1).
When we apply reflection in the y-axis to the triangle ABC, we do not have the points D, E, F in the same place on opposite sides.

In Exercises 7 – 12, graph ∆JKL and its image after a reflection in the given line.
Question 7.
J(2, – 4), K(3, 7), L(6, – 1); x-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 7

Question 8.
J(5, 3), K(1, – 2), L(- 3, 4); y-axis
Answer:
J(5, 3), K(1, – 2), L(- 3, 4)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_104
We will apply reflection in the y-axis to the triangle JKL.
J’ which is in the same place on opposite sides y-axis with respect to the point J(5, 3)
The coordinates of this point are J'(-5, 3)
K’ which is in the same place on opposite sides y-axis with respect to the point K(1, -2)
The coordinates of this point are K'(-1, -2)
L’ which is in the same place on opposite sides y-axis with respect to the point L(-3, 4)
The coordinates of this point are L'(3, 4)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_103

Question 9.
J(2, – 1), K(4, – 5), L(3, 1); x = – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 9

Question 10.
J(1, – 1), K(3, 0), L(0, – 4); x = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_104
Apply reflection in the line x = 2 to the triangle JKL.
J = (1, -1) J’ = (3, -1)
K = (3, 0) K’= (1, 0)
L(0, – 4) L’ = (4, -4)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_105

Question 11.
J(2, 4), K(- 4, – 2), L(- 1, 0); y = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 11

Question 12.
J(3, – 5), K(4, – 1), L(0, – 3); y = – 3
Answer:
Graph the triangle by using the given vertices J(3, – 5), K(4, – 1), L(0, – 3)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_104
J(3, – 5) → J'(3, -1)
K(4, – 1) → K'(4, -5)
L(0, – 3) → L'(0, 3)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_105

In Exercises 13-16, graph the polygon and its image after a reflection in the given line.

Question 13.
y = x
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 13

Question 14.
y = x
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 39
Answer:
The vertices of the above polygon are A(2, -1), B(-1, 2), C(2, 3) and D(4, 2)
Apply reflection in the line y = x to the polygon ABCD.
So, A'(-1, 2)
B(-1, 2) → B'(2, -1)
C(2, 3) → C'(3, 2)
D(4, 2) → D'(2, 4)
When the point is reflected in the line y = x the coordinates of the point image change place.
Point A’ and B have the same coordinates, and points A and B have the same coordinates.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_108

Question 15.
y = -x
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 15

Question 16.
y = -x
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 41
Answer:
Apply reflection in the line y = x to the triangle ABC.
The vertices are A(1, 2), B(4, 2), C(3, -2)
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, -1)
B(4, 2) → B'(-2, -4)
C(3, -2) → C'(2, -3)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_109

In Exercises 17-20. graph ∆RST with vertices R(4, 1), s(7, 3), and T(6, 4) and its image after the glide reflection.

Question 17.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y – 1)
Reflection: in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 17

Question 18.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 3,y)
Reflection: in the line y = – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_110
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 3,y)
R(4, 1) to find R’
(4, 1) → (4 – 3,1) = R'(1, 1)
S(7, 3) to find S’
(7, 3) → (7 – 3,3) = S'(4, 3)
T(6, 4) to find T’
(6, 4) → (6 – 3,4) = T'(3, 4)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_111
Apply reflection in the line y = -1 to the triangle R’S’T’
R'(1, 1) → R”(1, -3)
S'(4, 3) → S”(4, -5)
T'(3, 4) → T”(3, -6)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_112

Question 19.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 4)
Reflection: in the line x = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 19

Question 20.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 2),
Reflection: in the line y = x
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_113
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 2),
R(4, 1) to find R’
(4, 1) → (4 + 2,1 + 2) = R'(6, 3)
S(7, 3) to find S’
(7, 3) → (7 + 2,3 + 2) = S'(9, 5)
T(6, 4) to find T’
(6, 4) → (6 + 2,4 + 2) = T'(8, 6)
Big Ideas Math Solution Key Geometry Chapter 4 transformations img_114
R'(6, 3) → R”(3, 6)
S'(9, 5) → S”(5, 9)
T'(8, 6) → T”(6, 8)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_115

In Exercises 21 – 24, determine the number of lines of symmetry for the figure.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 42
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 43
Answer:
The figure has 4 lines of symmetry.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 44
Answer:
There are no lines of symmetry.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 45
Answer: The figure has 5 lines of symmetry.

Question 25.
USING STRUCTURE
Identify the line symmetry (if any) of each word.
a. LOOK
b. MOM
c. OX
d. DAD
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in describing the transformation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 46
Answer:
By drawing \(\overline{A B}\)
A(5, -1) and B(2, -2)
A(5, -1) → A'(7, 2)
B(2, -2) → B'(4, 1)
Translating \(\overline{A B}\) with the rule (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 3)
Reflecting \(\overline{A’ B’}\) over the y-axis
A'(7, 2) → A”(-7, 2)
B'(4, 1) → B”(-4, 1)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_116
Thus the transformation is a glide reflection.

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You park at some point K on line n. You deliver a pizza to House H, go back to your car. and deliver a pizza to House J. Assuming that you can cut across both lawns, how can you determine the parking location K that minimizes the distance HK + KJ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 47
Answer:
Reflect H in line n to obtain H’. Connect H’ to J to draw \(\overline{J H’}\).
Label the intersection of JH’ and n as K. Because JH’ is the shortest distance between J and H’ and HK = H’K, park at point K.

Question 28.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
Use the numbers and symbols to create the glide reflection resulting in the image shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 48
Answer:
We will find the preimage of point A”(5, 6)
That is point A'(6, 5)
We will find the preimage of point B”(4, 2)
That is point B'(2, 4)
We will find the preimage of point C”(-1, 5)
That is point C'(5, -1)
Translation is: (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 3)
A(3, 2) in the translation to find A’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 3)
(3, 2) → (3 + 3, 2 + 3) = (6, 5)
B(-1, 1) in the translation to find B’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 3)
(-1, 1) → (-1 + 3, 1 + 3) = (2, 4)
C(2, -4) in the translation to find C’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 3)
(2, -4) → (2 + 3, -4 + 3) = (5, -1)

In Exercises 29 – 32, find point C on the x-axis so AC + BC is a minimum.

Question 29.
A(1, 4), B(6, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 29

Question 30.
A(4, – 5), B(12, 3)
Answer:
Given,
A(4, – 5), B(12, 3)
We have to find the point C on the x-axis.
Ac + BC is minimum.
First we will plot points in the coordinate system.
The shortest distance from point A to point B gives the line that join these two points.
The line intersects the x-axis at point C.
x = 9 and y = 0
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_117

Question 31.
A(- 8, 4), B(- 1, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 31

Question 32.
A(- 1, 7), B(5, – 4)
Answer:
A(- 1, 7), B(5, – 4)
We have to find the point C on the x-axis.
AC + BC is minimum.
First we will plot points in the coordinate system.
The shortest distance from point A to point B gives the line that join these two points.
The line intersects the x-axis at point C.
x = 2.8 and y = 0
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_118

Question 33.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The line y = 3x + 2 is reflected in the line y = – 1. What is the equation of the image?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use Figure A.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 49

a. Which figure is a reflection of Figure A in the line x = a? Explain.
Answer:
The reflection of Figure A in the line x =a is Fig 2.
Points of Fig 2 is in the same place on opposite sides x = a with respect to the points of Fig A.

b. Which figure is a reflection of Figure A in the line y = b? Explain.
Answer:
The reflection of Figure A in the line y = b is Fig 4.
Points of Fig 4 is in the same place on opposite sides y = b with respect to the points of Fig A.

c. Which figure is a reflection of Figure A in the line y = x? Explain.
Answer:
The reflection of Figure A in the line y = x is Fig 1.
Points of Fig 1 is in the same place on opposite sides y = x-axis with respect to the points of Fig A.

d. Is there a figure that represents a glide reflection? Explain your reasoning.
Answer: The figure that represent glide reflection is Fig 4.

Question 35.
CONSTRUCTION
Follow these steps to construct a reflection of △ ABC in line m. Use a compass and straightedge.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 50
Step 1 Draw △ABC and line m.
Step 2 Use one compass setting to find two points that are equidistant from A on line m. Use the same compass setting to find a point on the other side of m that is the same distance from these two points. Label that point as A’.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2 to find points B’ and C’.
Draw △A’B’C.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 35

Question 36.
USING TOOLS
Use a reflective device to verify your construction in Exercise 35.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Geometry-Answers-Chapter-4-Transformations-4.2-Question-35

Question 37.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Reflect △MNQ in the line y = -2x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 37

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is the composition of a translation and a reflection commutative? (In other words, do you obtain the same image regardless of the order in which you perform the transformations?) Justify your answer.
Answer:
When the direction of the translation is parallel to the line of reflection, that is only case when the composition of a translation and a reflection is commutative.

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Point B (1, 4) is the image of B(3, 2) after a reflection in line c. Write an equation for line c.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 39

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use the diagram to Íind the angle measure.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 52

Question 40.
m∠AOC
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠AOC = 60°

Question 41.
m∠AOD
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠AOD = 130°

Question 42.
m∠BOE
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠BOE = 20°

Question 43.
m∠AOE
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠AOE = 160°

Question 44.
m∠COD
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠COD = 70°

Question 45.
m∠EOD
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠EOD = 30°

Question 46.
m∠COE
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠COE = 100°

Question 47.
m∠AOB
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠AOB = 180°

Question 48.
m∠COB
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠COB = 120°

Question 49.
m∠BOD
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠BOD = 50°

4.3 Rotations

Exploration 1

Rotating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 53

a. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label it ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. Rotate the triangle 90° counterclockwise about the origin to from ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:

c. What is the relationship between the coordinates of the vertices of ∆ABC and those of ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:

d. What do you observe about the side lengths and angle measures of the two triangles?
Answer:

Exploration 2

Rotating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner:
a. The point (x, y) is rotated 90° counterclockwise about the origin. Write a rule to determine the coordinates of the image of (x, y).
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to use previous established results in constructing arguments.
Answer:

b. Use the rule you wrote in part (a) to rotate ∆ABC 90° counterclockwise about the origin. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image. ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:

c. Draw ∆A’B’C’. Are its side lengths the same as those of ∆ABC? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Exploration 3

Rotating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 54

a. The point (x, y) is rotated 180° counterclockwise about the origin. Write a rule to
determine the coordinates of the image of (x, y). Explain how you found the rule.
Answer:

b. Use the rule you wrote in part (a) to rotate ∆ABC (front Exploration 2) 180° counterclockwise about the origin. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image, ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you rotate a figure in a coordinate plane?
Answer:

Question 5.
In Exploration 3. rotate A’B’C’ 180° counterclockwise about the origin. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image. ∆A”B”C”? How are these coordinates related to the coordinates of the vertices of the original triangle, ∆ABC?
Answer:

Lesson 4.3 Rotations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Trace ∆DEF and point P. Then draw a 50° rotation of ∆DEF about point P.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 55
Answer:

Question 2.
Graph ∆JKL with vertices J(3, 0), K(4, 3), and L(6, 0) and its image after a 90° rotation about the origin.
Answer:

Question 3.
Graph \(\overline{R S}\) from Example 3. Perform the rotation first, followed by the reflection. Does the order of the transformations matter? Explain.
Answer:

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3. \(\overline{R S}\) is reflected in the x-axis and rotated 180° about the origin. Graph \(\overline{R S}\) and its image after the composition.
Answer:

Question 5.
Graph \(\overline{A B}\) with endpoints A(- 4, 4) and B(- 1, 7) and its image after the composition.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 2, y – 1)
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Answer:

Question 6.
Graph ∆TUV with vertices T(1, 2), U(3. 5), and V(6, 3) and its image after the composition.
Rotation: 180° about the origin
Reflection: in the x-axis
Answer:

Determine whether the figure has rotational symmetry. If so, describe any rotations that map the figure onto itself.

Question 7.
rhombus
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 56
Answer:
So within 360∘ rhombus turns 2 times into itself as 360∘ divided by 180∘ is 2.
Hence the order of rotational symmetry of the rhombus is 2.

Question 8.
octagon
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 57
Answer:
A regular octagon has 8 lines of symmetry and a rotational symmetry of order 8. This means that it can be rotated in such a way that it will look the same as the original shape 8 times in 360°.

Question 9.
right triangle
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 58
Answer: A right triangle does not have rotational symmetry.

Exercise 4.3 Rotations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
When a point (a, b) is rotated counterclockwise about the origin. (a, b) → (b, – a) is the result of a rotation of _________ .
Answer:
When a point (a, b) is rotated counterclockwise about the origin. (a, b) → (b, – a) is the result of a rotation of 270°

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 59
What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a 90° counterclockwise rotation about the origin?
Answer:
When rotating the figure 90° counterclockwise the coordinates will be
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, 1)
B(2, 4) → B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(-2, 4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_87

What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a 270° clockwise rotation about the origin?
Answer:
When rotating the figure 270° counterclockwise the coordinates will be
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, 1)
B(2, 4) → B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(-2, 4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_88

What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after turning the figure 90° to the left about the origin?
Answer:
Rotating 90° to the left is equivalent to rotating the figure 90° counterclockwise the coordinates will be
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, 1)
B(2, 4) → B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(-2, 4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_89

What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a 270° counterclockwise rotation about the origin?
Answer:
When rotating the figure 270°clockwise the coordinates will be
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, 1)
B(2, 4) → B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(-2, 4)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_90

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6. trace the polygon and point P. Then draw a rotation o the polygon about point P using the given number of degrees.

Question 3.
30°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 60
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 3

Question 4.
80°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 61
Answer:
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_91

Question 5.
150°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 62
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 5

Question 6.
130°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 63
Answer:
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_92

In Exercises 7-10. graph the polygon and its image after a rotation of the given number of degrees about the origin.

Question 7.
90°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 7

Question 8.
180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 65
Answer:
The vertices of DEF are D(-3, -1), E(-1, 2) and F(4, -2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_93
Rotate D(-3, -1) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point D'(3, 1)
Rotate E(-1, 2) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point E'(1, -2)
Rotate F(4, -2) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point F'(-4, 2)
We will rotate the point of triangle through an angle 180° about the origin, the coordinates of the point image change sign.
Then we will graph the triangle D’E’F’ with vertices D'(3, 1), E'(1, -2) and F'(-4, 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_94

Question 9.
180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 66
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 9

Question 10.
270°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 67
Answer:
Rotation 270°
Q(-6, -3) → Q'(-3, 6)
R(-5, 0) → R'(0, 5)
S(-3, 0) → S'(0, 3)
T(-1, -3) → T'(-3, 1)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_91

In Exercises 11-14, graph \(\overline{X Y}\) with endpoints X(-3, 1) and Y(4, – 5) and its image after the composition.

Question 11.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 2)
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 11

Question 12.
Rotation: 180° about the origin
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
Answer:
X(-3, 1) and Y(4, -5)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_93
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
x = -3 and y = 1 in the translation to find X’
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(-3, 1) → (-3 – 1, 1 + 1) = (-4, 2)
x = 4 and y = -5 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(4, -5) → (4 – 1, -5 + 1) = (3, -4)
X'(-4, 2) and Y'(3, -4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_94
Rotate 180° about the origin
X'(-4, 2) = X”(4, -2)
Y'(3, -4) = Y”(-3, 4)
X”(4, -2) and Y”(-3, 4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_95

Question 13.
Rotation: 270° about the origin
Reflection: in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 13

Question 14.
Reflection: in the line y = x
Rotation: 180° about the origin
Answer:
X(-3, 1) and Y(4, -5)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_95
Reflection in the line y = x to the \(\overline{X Y}\)
X'(1, -3)
Y'(-5, 4)
\(\overline{X’ Y’}\) with end points X'(1, -3) and Y'(-5, 4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_96
Rotate X'(1, -3) through an angle 180° we get X”(-1, 3)
Rotate Y'(-5, 4) through an angle 180° we get Y”(5, -4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_97

In Exercises 15 and 16, graph ∆LMN with vertices 2 L(1, 6), M(- 2, 4), and N(3, 2) and its image after the composition.

Question 15.
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 3, y + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 15

Question 16.
Reflection: in the x-axis
Rotation: 270° about the origin
Answer:
The vertices are L(1, 6), M(-2, 4) and N(3, 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_95
L’ which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point L(1, 6).
The coordinates of this point are L'(1, -6)
M’ which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point M(-2, 4).
The coordinates of this point are M'(-2, -4)
N’ which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point N(3, 2).
The coordinates of this point are N'(3, -2)
L'(1, -6), M'(-2, -4) and N'(3, -2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_96
L'(1, -6) → L”(-6, -1)
M'(-2, -4) → M”(-4, 2)
N'(3, -2) → N”(-2, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_97

In Exercises 17-20, determine whether the figure has rotational symmetry. If so, describe any rotations that map the figure onto itself.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 68
Answer:
The rotations of 90° and 180° about the center will map this figure onto itself.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 69
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_98
The figure has rotational symmetry.
The rotation center is the center of the shape.
Rotation of 72°, 144°, 216°, 288° and 360° about the center all map the shape onto itself.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 70
Answer:
The rotations of 45°, 90°, 135° and 180° about the center will map this figure onto itself.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 71
Answer:
A rectangle has two equal sides and all equal angles.
We have to determine which angles of rotation map the figure onto itself.
Geometry Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 4 Transformations img_99
The interior angles are 90°
The angle of rotational symmetry for the rectangle is 180°

REPEATED REASONING
In Exercises 21-24, select the angles of rotational symmetry for the regular polygon. Select all that apply.

(A) 30°        (B) 45°       (C) 60°         (D) 72°
(E) 90°         (F) 120°     (G) 144°      (H) 180°

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 72
Answer: Option F
The angle of rotational symmetry of this figure is 120°

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 73
Answer:
The above figure has equal lengths of sides and angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_100
The angles of rotational symmetry for the regular polygon are 90° and 180°.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 74
Answer:
The above figure has equal lengths of sides and angles.
The angles of rotational symmetry for the regular polygon are 72° and 144°.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 75
Answer:
The above figure has equal lengths of sides and angles.
The interior angles in the hexagon are 60°
The angles of rotational symmetry for the regular polygon are 60°, 120° and 180°

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 25 and 26, the endpoints of \(\overline{C D}\) are C(- 1, 1) and D(2, 3). Describe and correct the error in finding the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a rotation of 270° about the origin.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 76
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 77
Answer:
Rotating 270° (a, b) → (b, -a)
Reflection about y = x
The correct answer is
C(-1, 1) = C'(1, 1)
D(2, 3) = D'(3, -2)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_101

Question 27.
CONSTRUCTION
Follow these Steps to construct a rotation of ∆ABC by angle D around a point O. Use a compass and straightedge.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 78
Step 1 Draw ∆ABC, ∠D, and O, the center of rotation.
Step 2 Draw \(\overline{O A}\). Use the construction for copying an angle to copy ∠D at O. as shown. Then use distance OA and center O to find A’.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2 to find points B’ and C’. Draw ∆ A’B’C’.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 27

Question 28.
REASONING
You enter the revolving door at a hotel.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 79
a. You rotate the door 180°. what does this mean in the context of the situation? Explain.
Answer:
The revolving door is composed of 3 rectangular glass parts intersecting at the door axis.
In the context of our lesson, Rotating the revolving door 180° means rotating the short sides of the rectangles 180° about the origin.

b. You rotate the door 360°. What does this mean in the Context of the situation? Explain.
Answer:
Rotating the revolving door 360° means rotating the short sides of the rectangles 360° about the origin.

Question 29.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Use the graph of Y = 2X – 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 80
a. Rotate the line 90°, 180° 270°, and 360° about the origin. Write the equation of the line for each image. Describe the relationship between the equation of the preimage and the equation of each image.
b. Do you think that the relationships you described in part (a) are true for any line? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 29

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that rotating a figure by 180° is the same as reflecting a figure in the y-axis arid then reflecting it in the x-axis. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
rotating a figure by 180° (a, b) → (-a, -b)
reflecting a figure in the y-axis (a, b) → (-a, b)
reflecting a figure in the x-axis (a, b) → (a, -b)
For reflecting a figure in the y-axis and then reflecting in the x-axis
the first step will result (a, b) → (a, -b)
Reflecting (-a, b) in the x-axis (-a, b) → (-a, -b)
Thus your friend is correct.

Question 31.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A figure only has point symmetry. How many times can you rotate the figure before it is back where it started?
Answer:
If a figure only has point symmetry, then it has 180° rotational symmetry. One rotation will rotate the figure 180°. A second rotation will rotate the figure another 180°. The two rotations combined result in a 360° rotation and therefore the rotations map the figure onto itself. So, you can rotate the figure 2 times before it is back where it started.

Question 32.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Is it possible for a figure to have 90° rotational symmetry but not 180° rotational symmetry? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No, it is not possible.
When figure has 90° rotational symmetry, it must has 180° rotational symmetry.
When we rotate the figure twice by 90°, we get 180°

Question 33.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Is it possible for a figure to have 180° rotational symmetry hut not 90° rotational symmetry? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 33

Question 34.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Can rotations of 90°, 180°, 270°, and 360° be written as the composition of two reflections? Justify your answer.
Answer:
1. 180°
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_102
The 1st image is original. The vertical lines in the above image are mirrors.
So, if I use two reflections I get image 3 eventually from two possible paths.
Image 3 is the 180° rotation of original object 1.
2. 360° rotation
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_103
The 1st image is original. The horizontal lines in the above image are mirrors.
So, if I use two reflections – First take the reflection of 1st image to get it flipped.
Then again take reflection of this flipped image again to get original image.

Question 35.
USING AN EQUATION
Inside a kaleidoscope. two mirrors are placed next to each other to form a V. The angle between the mirrors determines the number of lines of symmetry in the image. Use the formula n(m∠1) = 180° to find the measure of ∠1, the angle between the mirrors, for the number n of lines of symmetry.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 81
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 82

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 83
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 35

Question 36.
REASONING
Use the coordinate rules for counterclockwise rotations about the origin to write coordinate rules 11w clockwise rotations of 9o°. 180°, or 270° about the origin.
Answer:
For a rotation of 90° (a, b) = (b, -a)
For a rotation of 180° (a, b) = (-a, -b)
For a rotation of 270° (a, b) = (-b, a)

Question 37.
USING STRUCTURE
∆XYZ has vertices X(2, 5). Y(3, 1), and Z(0, 2). Rotate ∆XYZ 90° about the point P(- 2, – 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
You are finishing the puzzle. The remaining two pieces both have rotational symmetry.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 84
a. Describe the rotational symmetry of Piece 1 and of Piece 2.
Answer: The rotational symmetry of the two pieces are 180°

b. You pick up Piece 1. How many different ways can it fit in the puzzle?
Answer:
There are 2 different ways piece 1 can fit in the puzzle.
If we fit it in one of the two ways, we rotate it 180° to get the second way.

c. Before putting Piece 1 into the puzzle, you connect it to Piece 2. Now how many ways can it fit in the puzzle? Explain.
Answer:
If we connect piece 1 to piece 2 before putting them in the puzzle, there is only one way we can fit it in the puzzle.

Question 39.
USING STRUCTURE
A polar coordinate system locates a point in a plane by its distance from the origin O and by the measure of an angle with its vertex at the origin. For example, the point A(2, 30°) is 2 units from the origin and m∠XOA = 30°. What are the polar coordinates of the image of point A after a 90° rotation? a 180° rotation? a 270° rotation? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 39

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

The figures are congruent. Name the corresponding angles and the corresponding sides.

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 86
Answer:
Each of the figures is a reflection to the other on a vertical line between them
\(\overline{V W}\) ≅ \(\overline{Q P}\) and ∠V ≅ ∠Q
\(\overline{W X}\) ≅ \(\overline{P T}\) and ∠W ≅ ∠P
\(\overline{X Y}\) ≅ \(\overline{T S}\) and ∠X ≅ ∠T
\(\overline{Y Z}\) ≅ \(\overline{R S}\) and ∠Y ≅ ∠S
\(\overline{Z V}\) ≅ \(\overline{R Q}\) and ∠Z ≅ ∠R
Thus QPTSR ≅ VWXYZ

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 41

4.1 – 4.3 Quiz

Graph quadrilateral ABCD with vertices A(- 4, 1), B(- 3, 3), C(0, 1), and D(- 2, 0) and its
image alter the translation.

Question 1.
(x, y) → (x + 4, y – 2)
Answer:
Given the vertices of the quadrilateral are A(- 4, 1), B(- 3, 3), C(0, 1), and D(- 2, 0)
translation: (x, y) → (x + 4, y – 2)
A(- 4, 1) → (-4 + 4, 1 – 2) → A'(0, -1)
B(- 3, 3) → (-3 + 4, 3 – 2) → B'(1, 1)
C(0, 1) → (0 + 4, 1 – 2) → C'(4, -1)
D(- 2, 0) → (-2 + 4, 0 – 2) → D'(2, -2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry 4th Chapter Transformations img_61

Question 2.
(x, y) → (x – 1, y – 5)
Answer:
Given the vertices of the quadrilateral are A(- 4, 1), B(- 3, 3), C(0, 1), and D(- 2, 0)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y – 5)
A(- 4, 1) → (-4 – 1, 1 – 5) → A'(-5, -4)
B(- 3, 3) → (-3 – 1, 3 – 5) → B'(-4, -2)
C(0, 1) → (0 – 1, 1 – 5) → C'(-1, -4)
D(- 2, 0) → (-2 – 1, 0 – 5) → D'(-3, -5)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_62

Question 3.
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 6)
Answer:
Given the vertices of the quadrilateral are A(- 4, 1), B(- 3, 3), C(0, 1), and D(- 2, 0)
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 6)
A(- 4, 1) → (-4 + 3, 1 + 6) = A’ (-1, 7)
B(- 3, 3) → (-3 + 3, 3 + 6) = B'(0, 9)
C(0, 1) → (0 + 3, 1 + 6) = C'(3, 7)
D(- 2, 0) → (-2 + 3, 0 + 6) = D'(1, 6)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_63

Graph the polygon with the given vertices and its image after a reflection in the given line.

Question 4.
A(- 5, 6), B(- 7, 8), c(- 3, 11); x – axis
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_64
Now we will apply reflection in the x-axis to the ΔABC.
A(-5, 6) → A'(-5, -6)
B(-7, 8) → B'(-7, -8)
C(-3, 11) → C'(-3, -11)
The vertices are A'(-5, -6), B'(-7, -8) and C'(-3, -11)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_65

Question 5.
D(- 5, – 1), E(- 2, 1), F(- 1, – 3); y = x
Answer:
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_66
Apply reflection in the line y = x to the ΔDEF
D(- 5, – 1) → D'(-1, -5)
E(- 2, 1) → E'(1, -2)
F(- 1, – 3) → F'(-3, -1)
D'(-1, -5), E'(1, -2) and F'(-3, -1).
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_69

Question 6.
J(- 1, 4), K(2, 5), L(5, 2), M(4, – 1); x = 3
Answer:
J(- 1, 4), K(2, 5), L(5, 2), M(4, – 1); x = 3
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_70
J(- 1, 4) → J'(7, 4)
K(2, 5) → K'(4, 5)
L(5, 2) → L'(1, 2)
M(4, – 1) → M'(2, -1)
J'(7, 4), K'(4, 5), L'(1, 2) and M'(2, -1)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_71

Question 7.
P(2, – 4), Q(6, – 1), R(9, – 4), S(6, – 6); y = – 2
Answer:
P(2, – 4), Q(6, – 1), R(9, – 4), S(6, – 6)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_72
P(2, – 4) → P'(2, 0)
Q(6, – 1) → Q'(6, -3)
R(9, – 4) → R'(9, 0)
S(6, – 6) → S'(6, 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_73

Graph ∆ABC with vertices A(2, – 1), B(5, 2), and C(8, – 2) and its image after the glide reflection.

Question 8.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 6)
Reflection: in the y – axis
Answer:
A(2, – 1), B(5, 2), and C(8, – 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_74
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 6)
A(2, -1) → (2, -1 + 6) = A'(2, 5)
B(5, 2) → (5, 2 + 6) = B'(5, 8)
C(8, – 2) → (8, -2 + 6) = C'(8, 4)
A'(2, 5), B'(5, 8) and C'(8, 4)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_75
A'(2, 5) → A”(-2, 5)
B'(5, 8) → B”(-5, 8)
C'(8, 4) → C”(-8, 4)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_76

Question 9.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 9, y)
Reflection: in the line y = 1
Answer:
A(2, – 1), B(5, 2), and C(8, – 2)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_77
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 9, y)
A(2, – 1) → (2 – 9, -1) = A'(-7, -1)
B(5, 2) → (5 – 9, 2) = B'(-4, 2)
C(8, – 2) → (8 – 9, -2) = C'(-1, -2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry 4th Chapter Transformations img_77
Apply reflection in the line y = 1 to the triangle A’B’C’
A'(-7, -1) → A”(-7, 3)
B'(-4, 2) → B”(-4, 0)
C'(-1, -2) → C”(-1, 4)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_78

Determine the number of lines of symmetry for the figure.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 88
Answer: The hexagon has 6 lines of symmetry.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 89
Answer: The figure has no lines of symmetry. It cannot be reflected anyway.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 90
Answer: The figure has two lines of symmetry.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 91
Answer: The figure has only 1 line of symmetry.

Graph the polygon and its image after a rotation of the given number of degrees about the origin.

Question 14.
90°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 92
Answer: ABC with the vertices are A(1, 1), B(2, 4) and C(4, 1)
A(1, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, A'(-1, 1)
B(2, 4) through an angle 90° about the origin, B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, C'(-1, 4)
Bigideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_79

Question 15.
270°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 93
Answer:
Rotate D(-3, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin, we get D'(2, 3)
Rotate E(-1, 4) through an angle 270° about the origin, we get E'(4, 1)
Rotate F(1, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin, we get F'(2, -1)
Rotate G(1, -1) through an angle 270° about the origin, we get G'(-1, -1)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_80

Question 16.
180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 94
Answer:
Rotating 180° (a, b) → (-a, -b)
H(-4, 1) → H'(4, -1)
I(-2, 2) → I'(2, -2)
J(-1, -2) → J'(1, 2)
K(-4, -4) → K'(4, 4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_81

Graph ∆LMN with vertices L(- 3, – 2), M (- 1, 1), and N(2, – 3) and its image after
the composition.

Question 17.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 3)
Rotation: 180° about the origin
Answer:
L(- 3, – 2), M (- 1, 1), and N(2, – 3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry 4th Chapter Transformations img_81
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 3)
L(- 3, – 2) → (-3 – 4, -2 + 3) = L'(-7, 1)
M (- 1, 1) → (-1 – 4, 1 + 3) = M'(-5, 4)
N(2, – 3) → (2 – 4, -3 + 3) = N'(-2, 0)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_82
L'(-7, 1) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get L”(7, -1).
M'(-5, 4) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get M”(5, -4).
N'(-2, 0) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get N”(2, 0).
L”(7, -1), M”(5, -4) and N”(2, 0)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_83

Question 18.
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Reflection: in the y-axis
Answer:
L(- 3, – 2), M (- 1, 1), and N(2, – 3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_84
L(- 3, – 2) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get L'(2, -3)
M (- 1, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get M'(-1, -1)
N(2, – 3) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get N'(3, 2)
L'(2, -3), M'(-1, -1) and N'(3, 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_86
L” which is in the same place on opposite sides y-axis with respect to the point L'(2, -3)
L”(-2, -3)
M'(-1, -1) = M”(1, -1)
N'(3, 2) = N”(-3, 2)
L”(-2, -3), M”(1, -1), and N”(-3, 2) will be vertices of the triangle L”M”N”

Question 19.
The figure shows a game in which the object is to create solid rows using the pieces given. Using only translations and rotations, describe the transformations for each piece at the top that will form two solid rows at the bottom.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 95
Answer:
Figure A can be moved on to its location A at the bottom of the chart by a rotation 90° anticlockwise followed by a translation of 4 units horizontally towards the right and 6 units downwards.
Figure B can be moved on to its location B at the bottom of the chart by translation of 3 units horizontally towards the right and 7 units downwards.
Figure C can be moved on to its location C at the bottom of the chart by a rotation 180° anticlockwise followed by a translation of 5 units horizontally towards the right and 7 units downwards.

4.4 Congruence and Transformations

Exploration 1

Reflections in Parallel Lines

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any scalene triangle and label it ∆ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 96

a. Draw an line Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97. Reflect ∆ ABC in Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97 to form ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:

b. Draw a line parallel to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97. Reflect ∆A’B’C’ in the new line to form ∆A”B”C”.
Answer:

c. Draw the line through point A that is perpendicular to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97. What do you notice?
Answer:

d. Find the distance between points A and A”. Find the distance between the two parallel lines. What do You notice?
Answer:

e. Hide ∆A’B’C’. Is there a single transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆A”B”C”? Explain.
Answer:

f. Make conjectures based on your answers in parts (c)-(e). Test our conjectures by changing ∆ABC and the parallel lines.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to make conjectures and justify your conclusions.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Reflections in Intersecting Lines

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to draw any scalene triangle and label it ∆ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 99

a. Draw an line Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97. Reflect ∆ABC in Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97 to form ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:

b. Draw any line Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 98 so that angle EDF is less than or equal to 90°. Reflect ∆A’B’C’ in Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 98 to form ∆A”B”C”.
Answer:

c. Find the measure of ∠EDF. Rotate ∆ABC counterclockwise about point D using an angle twice the measure of ∠EDF.
Answer:

d. Make a conjecture about a figure reflected in two intersecting lines. Test your conjecture by changing ∆ABC and the lines.
Answer:

Communicate your Answer

Question 3.
What conjectures can you make about a figure reflected in two lines?
Answer:

Question 4.
Point Q is reflected in two parallel lines, Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 100 and Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 101. to form Q’ and The distance from Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 100 to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 101 is 3.2 inches. What is the distance QQ”?
Answer:

Lesson 4.4 Congruence and Transformations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Identify any congruent figures in the coordinate plane. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 102
Answer:

Question 2.
In Example 2. describe another congruence transformation that maps ▱ABCD to ▱EFGH.
Answer:
Reflected over the x-axis and then translate 5 units left.

Question 3.
Describe a congruence transformation that maps △JKL to △MNP.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 103
Answer:
J(-1, 2)
K(-3, 4)
L(-4, 2)
M(4, -2)
N(2, -4)
P(1, -2)
Reflect over the y-axis and translate 5 units right.

Use the figure. The distance between line k and line m is 1.6 centimeters.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 104

Question 4.
The preimage is reflected in line k, then in line m. Describe a single transformation that maps the blue figure to the green figure.
Answer: Translation 3.2 cm to the right.

Question 5.
What is the relationship between \(\overline{P P’}\) and line k? Explain.
Answer: \(\overline{P P’}\) is perpendicular to line k by reflections in parallel lines.

Question 6.
What is the distance between P and P”?
Answer: 3.2 cm

Question 7.
In the diagram. the preimage is reflected in line k, then in line m. Describe a single transformation that maps the blue figure onto the green figure.
Answer:  160° rotation about point P.

Question 8.
A rotation of 76° maps C to C’. To map C to C’ Using two reflections, what is the measure of the angle formed by the intersecting lines of reflection?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 105
Answer: 38°

Exercise 4.4 Congruence and Transformations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Two geometric figures are __________ if and only if there is a rigid motion or a composition of rigid motions that moves one of the figures onto the other.
Answer:
Two geometric figures are congruent if and only if there is a rigid motion or a composition of rigid motions that moves one of the figures onto the other.

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Why is the term congruence transformation used to refer to a rigid motion?
Answer: preimage and image are congruent.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, identify an congruent figures in the coordinate plane. Explain.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 106
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 107
Answer:
Rectangle ABCD ≅ Rectangle HJKL
Both rectangle are 3 units length and 2 units width.
Rectangle HJKL is the image Rectangle ABCD after translating the second 7 units right and 4 units Down.
ΔMNP ≅ ΔTUV
Both triangles are isosceles with 2 units base and 2 units altitude.
ΔMNP is the image of ΔTUV after rotating the second 90°
Rotating 90° is (a, b) → (-b, a)
T(2, 0) → M(0, 2)
U(3, 2) → N(-2, 3)
V(4, 0) → P(0, 4)
ΔQRS ≅ ΔEFG
Both triangles are right isosceles with 3 units length.
ΔEFG is the image of ΔQRS after rotating the second 180°
Rotating 180° is (a, b) → (-a, -b)
Q(5, 5) → E(-5, -5)
R(5, 2) → F(-5, -2)
S(2, 5) → G(-2, -5)

In Exercises 5 and 6, describe a congruence transformation that maps the blue preimage to the green image.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 108
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 109
Answer:
The congruent transformation is 180° rotation about the origin.
180° rotation: (a, b) → (-a, -b)
P(5, -4) → W(-5, 4)
Q(3, -4) → X(-3, 4)
R(1, -2) → Y(-1, 2)
S(5, -2) → Z(-5, 2)
PQRS ≅ WXYZ

In Exercises 7-10. determine whether the polygons with the given vertices are congruent. Use transformations to explain your reasoning.

Question 7.
Q(2, 4), R(5, 4), S(4, 1) and T(6, 4), U(9, 4), V(8, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 7

Question 8.
W(- 3, 1), X(2, 1), Y(4, -,4),,Z(- 5, – 4) and C(- 1, – 3) D(- 1, 2), E(4, 4), F(4, – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry 4th Chapter Transformations img_58
We have to check whether two polygons are congruent.
Now Rotate W(-3, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get C(-1, -3)
Now Rotate Y(4, -4) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get E(4, 4)
Now Rotate X(2, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get D(-1, 2)
Now Rotate Z(-5, -4) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get F(4, -5)
These two polygons are congruent when we apply rotation.

Question 9.
J(1, 1), K(3, 2), L(4, 1) and M(6, 1), N(5, 2), P(2, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 9

Question 10.
A(0, 0), B(1, 2), C(4, 2), D(3, 0) and E(0, – 5), F( – 1, – 3), G(- 4, – 3), H(- 3, – 5)
Answer:
A(0, 0), B(1, 2), C(4, 2), D(3, 0)
(x, y) → (x, y – 5)
A(0, 0) → A'(0, -5)
B(1, 2) → B'(1, -3)
C(4, 2) → C'(4, -3)
D(3, 0) → D'(3, -5)
Then reflecting the image A’B’C’D’ in the y-axis with the rule
(x, y) → (-x, y)
A'(0, -5) → A”(0, -5) ≅ E
B'(1, -3) → B”(-1, -3) ≅ F
C'(4, -3) → C”(-4, -3) ≅ G
D'(3, -5) → D”(-3, -5) ≅ H
So, ABCD ≅ EFGH
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_59

In Exercises 11-14, k || m, ∆ABC is reflected in line k, and ∆A’B’C” is reflected in line in.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 110

Question 11.
A translation maps ∆ABC onto which triangle?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 11

Question 12.
Which lines are perpendicular to \(\overline{A A”}\)?
Answer: The lines k and m are perpendicular

Question 13.
If the distance between k and m is 2.6 inches. what is the length of \(\overline{C C”}\)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 13

Question 14.
Is the distance from B’ to in the same as the distance from B” to m? Explain.
Answer:
The lines k and m are parallel.
The triangle ABC is reflected in the line k.
The triangle ABC is reflected in the line m.
Let us apply reflection in the line m to the triangle A’B’C’
Point A’ which is in the same place on opposite sides from the line m with respect to the point A”
Point B’ which is in the same place on opposite sides from the line m with respect to the point B”
Point C’ which is in the same place on opposite sides from the line m with respect to the point C”
When we join point B and point B”, then we get \(\overline{B B”}\)”
The distance from B’ to m is the same as the distance from B” to m.

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the angle of rotation that maps A onto A”.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 111
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 112
Answer:
In the intersection of the line m and the line n there is a point that we will mark with M.
When we join point A and point M, then we get \(\overline{A M}\)
When we join point A” and point M, then we get \(\overline{A” M}\)
Now observe at the angle ∠AMA’
∠AMA” = 2 × 15 = 30

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in describing the congruence transformation.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 113
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 17

Question 18.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in using the Reflections in Intersecting Lines Theorem
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 114
Answer:
When a figure is reflected in two intersecting lines, then the image is a rotation of the preimage about the point of intersection of the 2 reflecting lines through an angle between the intersecting lines.
This means that the blue figure should be rotated about the point of intersection by
72° × 2 = 144° anticlockwise to obtain the image of given preimage.
The solution shown here is incorrect because the reflection is done in the first line first, followed by the reflection in the second line, which is incorrect.

In Exercises 19 – 22, find the measure of the acute or right angle formed by intersecting lines so that C can be mapped to C’ using two reflections.

Question 19.
A rotation of 84° maps C to C’.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 19

Question 20.
A rotation of 24° maps C to C’.
Answer:
By using the theorem we can find the measure of the angle formed by two intersecting lines.
In the intersection of the line m and the line n there is a point that we will mark with M.
When we join point C and point M, then we get \(\overline{C M}\)
When we join point C’ and point M, then we get \(\overline{C’ M}\)
Now observe at the angle ∠CMC’
∠CMC’ = 24
84/2 = 12

Question 21.
The rotation (x, y) → (- x, – y) maps C to C’.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 21

Question 22.
The rotation (x, y) → (y, – x) maps C to C’.
Answer:
The rotation (x, y) → (y, – x) is a 270° counterclockwise rotation, that is equivalent to 90° clockwise rotation.
The reflection on intersecting lines theorem considers the acute or right angle of the intersecting lines.
So, we will consider that the rotation is 90° clockwise
The angle of intersection is 45°

Question 23.
REASONING
Use the Reflection in Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorem 4.2) to explain how you can make a glide reflection using three reflections. How are the lines of reflection related?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 23

Question 24.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The pattern shown is called a tessellation.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 115
a. What transformations did the artist use when creating this tessellation?
Answer: The artist used translation and rotation in creating the tessellation.

b. Are the individual figures in the tessellation congruent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer: The individual figures are congruent to connect each other.

CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercises 25-28, tell whether the statement is away, sometime or never true. Explain your reasoning.

Question 25.
A Congruence transformation changes the size of a figure.
Answer: Never; A congruence transformation is a rigid motion that preserves length and angle measurement.

Question 26.
If two figures are Congruent, then there is a rigid motion or a composition of rigid motions that maps one figure onto the other.
Answer:
This statement is always true, because if two figures are congruent.
Then there is a grid motion or a composition of rigid motions that maps one figure onto the other.

Question 27.
The composition of two reflections results in the same image as a rotation.
Answer:
Sometimes; Reflecting in y =x and then y = x is not a rotation. Reflecting in the y-axis and then the x-axis is a rotation of 180°

Question 28.
A translation results in the same image as the composition of two reflections.
Answer: The statement is sometimes true because depends on the position.

Question 29.
REASONING
During a presentation, a marketing representative uses a projector so everyone in the auditorium can view the advertisement. Is this projection a congruence transformation? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No; the preimage is smaller than the projected image.

Question 30.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
What type of congruence transformation can be used to verify each statement about the stained glass window?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 116
a. Triangle 5 is congruent to Triangle 8.
Answer: Triangle 5 can be mapped on to triangle 8 by a translation towards right.

b. Triangle 1 is congruent to Triangle 4.
Answer: Triangle 1 and Triangle 4 are congruent as they are reflection of one another in the line perpendicular to their common smaller acute angle vertex.

c. Triangle 2 is congruent to Triangle 7.
Answer: Triangle 2 can be mapped on to triangle 7 by 90° clockwise rotation.

d. Pen1aon 3 is congruent to Pentagon 6.
Answer: Pentagon 3 can be mapped on to pentagon 6 by a reflection in the horizontal followed by a rotation.

Question 31.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Reflections in Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorem 4.2).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 117
Given A reflection in line l maps \(\overline{J K}\) to \(\overline{J’ K’}\).
a reflection in line in maps \(\overline{J’ K’}\) to \(\overline{J” K”}\).
and l || m.
Prove a. \(\overline{K K”}\) is perpendicular to l and m. b. KK” = 2d, where d is the distance between l and m.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 31.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 31.2

Question 32.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A tessellation is the covering of a plane with congruent figures so that there are no gaps or overlaps (see Exercise 24). Draw a tessellation that involves two or more types of transformations. Describe the transformations that are used to create the tessellation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_60
A tessellation using equuilateral triangles transformation types used are
180° rotation to construct opposite triangles.
Translation to construct adjacent triangles.

Question 33.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
\(\overline{P Q}\), with endpoints P(1, 3) and Q(3, 2). is reflected in the y-axis. The image \(\overline{P’ Q’}\) is then reflected in the x-axis to produce the image \(\overline{P” Q”}\). One classmate says that \(\overline{P Q}\) is mapped to \(\overline{P” Q”}\) by the translation (x, y) → (x – 4, y – 5). Another classmate says that \(\overline{P Q}\) is mapped to \(\overline{P” Q”}\) by a (2 • 90)°, or 180°, rotation about the origin. Which classmate is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 33

Question 34.
CRITICAL THINKING
Does the order of reflections for a composition of two reflections in parallel lines matter? For example, is reflecting ∆XYZ in line l and then its image in line in the same as reflecting ∆XYZ in line in and then its image in line l ?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 118

Answer:
Yes, the order of reflections for a composition of two reflections in parallel lines matter.
When reflecting ΔXYZ the places of the middle images ΔX’Y’Z’ and the final images ΔX”Y”Z” will differ between the two cases.
In this case the reflecting ΔXYZ in l then m, results middle image ΔX’Y’Z’ between l and m. and the final image ΔX”Y”Z” after the line m.
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_61
In this case the reflecting ΔXYZ in l then m, results middle image ΔX’Y’Z’ to the extreme right of the two lines l and m and the final image ΔX”Y”Z” to the extreme left to the two lines l and m.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_62

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 35 and 36. copy the figure. Then use a compass and straightedge to construct two lines of reflection that produce a composition of reflections resulting in the same image as the given transformation.

Question 35.
Translation: ∆ABC → ∆A”B”C”
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 119
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 35

Question 36.
Rotation about P: ∆XYZ → ∆X”Y”Z”
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 120
Answer:
Two construct the two reflections lines that produce ∆XYZ → ∆X”Y”Z equivalent to rotation about P.
Connecting \(\overline{P Y}\) and \(\overline{P Y”}\) and bisecting ∠YPY”
The bisector of ∠YPY” is the first line of reflection and \(\overline{P Y”}\) is the second one.

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 37.
5x + 16 = – 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 37

Question 38.
12 + 6m = 2m
Answer:
6m – 2m = 12
4m = 12
m = 12/4
m = 3

Question 39.
4b + 8 = 6b – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 39

Question 40.
7w – 9 = 13 – 4w
Answer:
7w + 4w = 13 + 9
11w = 22
w = 22/11
w = 2

Question 41.
7(2n + 11) = 4n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 41

Question 42.
-2(8 – y) = – 6y
Answer:
-2(8 – y) = – 6y
-16 + 2y = -6y
-16 = -6y – 2y
-16 = -8y
y = 2

Question 43.
Last year. the track team’s yard sale earned $500. This year. the yard sale earned $625. What is the percent of increase?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 43

4.5 Dilations

Exploration 1

Dilating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label
it ∆ABC.

a. Dilate ∆ABC using a scale factor of 2 and a center of dilation at the origin to form ∆A’B’C’. Compare the coordinates, side lengths. and angle measures of ∆ABC and ∆A’B’C’.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 121
Answer:

b. Repeat part (a) using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

c. What do the results of parts (a) and (b) suggest about the coordinates, side lengths, and angle measures of the image of ∆ABC after a dilation with a scale factor of k?
Answer:

Exploration 2

Dilating Lines in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to draw Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 122 that passes through the origin and Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 123 that does not pass through the origin.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 124

a. Dilate Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 122 using a scale factor of 3 and a center of dilation at the origin. Describe the image.
Answer:

b. Dilate Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 123 using a scale factor of 3 and a center of dilation at the origin. Describe the image.
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

d. What do you notice about dilations of lines passing through the center of dilation and dilations of lines not passing through the center of dilation?
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What does it mean to dilate a figure?
Answer:

Question 4.
Repeat Exploration 1 using a center of dilation at a point other than the origin.
Answer:

Lesson 4.5 Dilations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
In a dilation. CP’ = 3 and CP = 12. Find the scale factor. Then tell whether the dilation is a reduction or an enlargement.
Answer:
Given,
In a dilation. CP’ = 3 and CP = 12.
3/12 = 1/4
k = 1/4
The dilation is a reduction.

Graph ∆PQR and its image alter a dilation with scale factor k.

Question 2.
P(- 2, – 1), Q(- 1, 0), R(0, – L); k = 4
Answer:
Use the coordinate rule for a dilation with k = 4 to find the coordinates of the vertices of the image.
(x, y) → (4x, 4y)
P(-2, -1) → P'(4(-2), 4(-1)) = P'(-8, -4)
Q(-1, 0) → Q'(-1(4), 0(4)) = Q'(-4, 0)
R(0, – 1) → R'(4(0), 4(-1)) = R'(0, -4)

Question 3.
P(5, – 5), Q( 10, – 5), R( 10, 5); k = 0.4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_60

Question 4.
Graph ∆PQR with vertices P(1, 2), Q(3, 1). and R( 1, – 3) and its image after a dilation with a scale factor of – 2.
Answer:
P'(-2, -4)
Q'(-6, -2)
R'(-2, 6)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_59

Question 5.
Suppose a figure containing the origin is dilated. Explain why the corresponding point in the image of the figure is also the origin
Answer:
According to the coordinate rule for dilations. if the origin P(0, 0) is the preimage of a point, then its image after a dilation centered at the origin with a scale factor k is the point P'(k0, k0) which is also the origin.

Question 6.
An optometrist dilates the pupils of a patient’s eyes to get a better look at the back of the eyes. A pupil dilates from 4.5 millimeters to 8 millimeters. What is the scale factor of this dilation?

Answer:
Given,
An optometrist dilates the pupils of a patient’s eyes to get a better look at the back of the eyes.
A pupil dilates from 4.5 millimeters to 8 millimeters.
= 8/4.5 = 80/45 = k

Question 7.
The image of a spider seen through the magnifying glass in Example 6 is shown at the left. Find the actual length of the spider.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 125
Answer:

Exercise 4.5 Dilations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
If P(x. y) is the preimage of a point, then its image after a dilation centered at the origin (0, 0) with scale factor k is the point _________.
Answer:
If P(x. y) is the preimage of a point, then its image after a dilation centered at the origin (0, 0) with scale factor k is the point P'(kx, ky).

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESNT BELONG?
Which scale factor does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
\(\frac{5}{4}\) 60% 115% 2
Answer:
2 scale factor does not belong with the other 3. Because it is an integer while the others are fractions.

Monitoring Progress Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6. find the scale factor of the dilation. Then tell whether the dilation is a reduction or an enlargement.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 126
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 127
Answer:
To find the scale factor put P’/P
24/9 = 8/3, which is enlargement.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 128
Answer:
To find the scale factor put P’/P
9/15 = 3/5, which is a reduction.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 129
Answer:
To find the scale factor put P’/P
28/8 = 7/2
If P’ is greater than P than it is an enlargement.

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 7-10. copy the diagram. Then use a compass and straightedge to construct a dilation of ∆LMN with the given center and scale factor k.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 130

Question 7.
Center C, k = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 7

Question 8.
Center P, k = 3
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_42

Question 9.
Center M, k = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 9

Question 10.
Center C. k = 25%
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_43

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 11-14, copy the diagram. Then use a coin pass and straightedge to construct a dilation of quadrilateral RSTU with the given center and scale factor k.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 131
Question 11.
Center C, k = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 11

Question 12.
Center P, k = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_44

Question 13.
Center P, k = 0.25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 13

Question 14.
Center C, k = 75%
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_45

In Exercises 15-18, graph the polygon and its image after a dilation with scale factor k.

Question 15.
X(6, – 1), Y(- 2, – 4), Z(1, 2); k = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 15

Question 16.
A(0, 5), B(- 10, – 5), C(5, – 5); k = 12o%
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_46

Question 17.
T(9, – 3), U(6, 0), V(3, 9), W(0. 0); k = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 17

Question 18.
J(4, 0), K(- 8, 4), L(0, – 4), M(12, – 8);k = 0. 25
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_47
J(4, 0) → J'(4 × 1/4, 0 × 1/4) = (1, 0)
K(-8, 4) → K'(-8 × 1/4, 4 × 1/4) = (-2, 1)
L(0, -4) → L'(0 × 1/4, -4 × 1/4) = (0, -1)
M(12, -8) → M'(12 × 1/4, -8 × 1/4) = (3, -2)

In Exercises 19-22, graph the polygon and its image after a dilation with scale factor k.

Question 19.
B(- 5, – 10), C(- 10, 15), D(0, 5); k = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 19

Question 20.
L(0, 0), M(- 4, 1), N(- 3, – 6); k = – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_47

Question 21.
R(- 7, – 1), S(2, 5), T(- 2, – 3), U(- 3,- 3); k = – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 21

Question 22.
W(8, – 2), X(6, 0), Y(- 6, 4), Z(- 2, 2); k = – 0.5
Answer:
We need to use the coordinate rule for dilation with scale factor k = -0.5 to find the coordinates of the vertices.
(x, y) → (-0.5x, -0.5y)
W(8, -2) → W'(-0.5 × 8, -0.5 × (-2)) = W'(-4, 1)
X(6, 0) → X'(-0.5 × 6, -0.5 × 0) = X'(-3, 0)
Y(-6, 4) → Y'(-0.5 × (-6), -0.5 × 4) Y'(3, -2)
Z(-2, 2) → Z'(-0.5 × (-2). -0.5 × 2) = Z'(1, -1)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_48

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in finding the scale factor of the dilation.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 132
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 133
Answer:
A side length of the original triangle in blue is 2, and a side length of its image is 4.
The scale factor is a ratio of a side length of the image triangle to a side length of the original triangle.
scale factor k = 4/2 = 2

In Exercises 25-28, the red figure is the image of the blue figure after a dilation with center C. Find the scale factor of the dilation. Then find the value of the variable.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 134
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 135
Answer:
To find the scale factor put P’/P
28/14 = 2
12 × 1/2 = 6

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 137
Answer:
The length of the original rectangle is 28
The length of its image after dilation with the center C and scale facator k is 7.
k = 7/28
k = 1/4
k = length of the image/length of the actual image
4/m = 1/4
1/m = 1/16
m = 16

Question 29.
FINDING A SCALE FACTOR
You receive wallet-sized photos of your school picture. The photo is 2.5 inches by 3.5 inches. You decide to dilate the photo to 5 inches by 7 inches at the store. What is the scale factor of this dilation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 29

Question 30.
FINDING A SCALE FACTOR
Your visually impaired friend asked you to enlarge your notes from class so he can study. You took notes on 8.5-inch by 11-inch paper. The enlarged copy has a smaller side with a length of 10 inches. What is the scale factor of this dilation?
Answer:
The scale factor is a ratio of a side length of the copy image to a side length of the original notes.
k = 10/8.5
k = 100/85
k = 20/17

In Exercises 31-34, you are using a magnifying glass. Use the length of the insect and the magnification level to determine the length of the image seen through the magnifying glass.

Question 31.
emperor moth
Magnification: 5×
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 138
Answer:
The length of the image of the emperor moth is
5 × 60 = 300 millimeters

Question 32.
ladybug
Magnification: 10×
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 139
Answer:
image length = 4.5 mm × 10
= 45 mm
Thus the image length of ladybug is 45mm.

Question 33.
dragonfly
Magnification: 20×
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 140
Answer:
The length of the image of the dragonfly is
20 × 47 = 940 millimeters

Question 34.
carpenter ant
Magnification: 15×
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 141
Answer:
Carpenter ant length = 12mm
Magnification = 15x
The length of the image = 15 × 12 = 180 mm
Now convert from mm to cm
180 mm = 18 cm

Question 35.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Use the given actual and magnified lengths to determine which of the following insects were looked at using the same magnifying in glass. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 142
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Draw ∆ABC and ∆A’B’C’ so that ∆A’B’C’ is a dilation of ∆ABC. Find the center of dilation and explain how you found it.
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_49
The point of concurrency of the 3 lines connecting each point to its image is the center of dilation.

Question 37.
REASONING
Your friend prints a 4-inch by 6-inch photo for you from the school dance. All you have is an 8-inch by 10-inch frame. Can you dilate the photo to fit the frame? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No, the scale factor for the shorter sides is 8/4 = 2, but the scale factor for the longer sides is 10/6 = 5/3.
The scale factor for both sides has to be the same or the picture will be disturbed.

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Point C is the center of dilation of the images. The scale factor is \(\frac{1}{3}\). Which figure is the original figure? Which figure is the dilated figure? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 143
Answer:
The larger star is the original figure while the smaller star is the dilated image.
Since 1/3 is less than one but more than 0, the image should be reduced thus making the smaller star the dilated figure.

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The larger triangle is a dilation of the smaller triangle. Find the values of x and y.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 39

Question 40.
WRITING
Explain why a scale factor of 2 is the same as 200%.
Answer:
to convert a percentage into a whole number, divide by 100.
200% = 200/100 = 2

In Exercises 41-44, determine whether the dilated figure or the original figure is closer to the center of dilation. Use the given location of the center of dilation and scale factor k.

Question 41.
Center of dilation: inside the figure; k = 3
Answer:
With a scale factor of 3, this indicates that the dilated figure is larger than the original (3 > 1).
So, the original figure is closer to the center of dilation, which is inside both.

Question 42.
Center of dilation: inside the figure; k = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Since k < 1, Then the dilation is the reduction and the original image is closest to the center of dilation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_50

Question 43.
Center of dilation: outside the figure; k = 120%
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 43

Question 44.
Center of dilation: outside the figure; k = 0. 1
Answer:
Since k < 1, Then the dilation is the enlargement and the original image is closest to the center of dilation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_51

Question 45.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Dilate the line through 0(0, 0) and A(1, 2) using a scale factor of 2.
a. What do you notice about the lengths of \(\overline{O’ A’}\) and \(\overline{O A}\)?
b. What do you notice about Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 45

Question 46.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Dilate the line through A(0, 1) and B( 1, 2) using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\).

a. What do you notice about the lengths of \(\overline{A’ B’}\) and \(\overline{A B}\)?
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_54
It is clear that the length of \(\overline{O’ B’}\) is half the length of \(\overline{O B}\)

b. What do you notice about Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 146?
Answer:
\(\overline{O’ B’}\) ia parallel to \(\overline{O B}\)

Question 47.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
You are making a blueprint of your house. You measure the lengths of the walls of your room to be 11 feet by 12 feet. When you draw your room on the blueprint, the lengths of the walls are 8.25 inches by 9 inches. What scale factor dilates your room to the blueprint?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 47

Question 48.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that dilating a figure by 1 is the same as dilating a figure by – 1 because the original figure will not be enlarged or reduced. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Dilating a figure with scale factor 1 is not the same as a dilating a figure with scale factor -1.

Question 49.
USING STRUCTURE
Rectangle WXYZ has vertices W(- 3, – 1), X(- 3, 3), Y(5, 3), and Z(5, – 1).
a. Find the perimeter and area of the rectangle.
b. Dilate the rectangle using a scale factor of 3. Find the perimeter and area of the dilated rectangle. Compare with the original rectangle. What do you notice?
c. Repeat part (b) using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\).
d. Make a conjecture for how the perimeter and area change when a figure is dilated.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 49.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 49.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 49.3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 49.4

Question 50.
REASONING
You put a reduction of a page on the original page. Explain why there is a point that is in the same place on both pages.
Answer:
The center of dilation is the common point on both pages, so that must be present, that is on the same place on both pages.

Question 51.
REASONING
∆ABC has vertices A(4, 2), B(4, 6), and C(7, 2). Find the coordinates of the vertices of the image alter a dilation with center (4, 0) and a scale factor of 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 51

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

The vertices of ∆ABC are A(2,- 1), B(0, 4), and C(- 3, 5). Find the coordinates of the vertices of the image after the translation.

Question 52.
(x, y) → (x, y – 4)
Answer:
translation (x, y) → (x, y – 4)
The vertices of ∆ABC are A(2,- 1), B(0, 4), and C(- 3, 5)
A(2,- 1) → A'(2, -5)
B(0, 4) → B'(0, 0)
C(-3, 5) → C'(-3, 1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_55

Question 53.
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 53

Question 54.
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
Answer:
translation: (x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
A(2, -1) → (x + 3, y – 1)
A(2, -1) → (2 + 3, -1 – 1) = A'(5, -2)
B(0, 4) → (x + 3, y – 1)
B(0, 4) → (0 + 3, 4 – 1) = B'(3, 3)
C(-3, 5) → (x + 3, y – 1)
C(-3, 5) → (-3 + 3, 5 – 1) = C'(0, 4)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_56

Question 55.
(x, y) → (x – 2, y)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 55

Question 56.
(x, y) → (x + 1, y – 2)
Answer:
(x, y) → (x – 2, y)
A(2, -1) → A'(3, -3)
B(0, 4) → B'(1, 2)
C(-3, 5) → C'(-2, 3)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_57

Question 57.
(x, y) → (x – 3y + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 57

4.6 Similarity and Transformations

Exploration 1

Dilations and similarity

Work with a partner.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 147

a. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label it ∆ABC.
Answer:
We have a triangle ABC with vertices A(2, 1), B(1, 3) and C(3, 2).
The image of the graph of ΔABC along with its dilated figure by scale factor 2 that is ΔA’B’C’ are A'(4,2), B'(2, 6) and C'(6, 4)
Thus each coordinate of ΔA’B’C’ are twice than the coordinates of corresponding vertices ΔABC.
Also the side lengths of dilated image ΔA’B’C’ are double than the side lengths of the original image ΔABC.
But the measure of ∠A, ∠B and ∠C are same as the measure of ∠A’, ∠B’ and ∠C’ respectively.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_40

b. Dilate the triangle using a scale factor of 3. Is the image similar to the original triangle? Justify your answer.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to use clear definitions in discussions with others and in your own reasoning.
Answer:
We have a triangle ABC with vertices A(2, 1), B(1, 3) and C(3, 2).
The image of the graph of ΔABC along with its dilated figure by scale factor 1/2 that is ΔA”B”C”
It can be observed that the coordinates of ΔA”B”C” are A”(1, 0.5), B”(0.5, 1.5) and C”(1.5, 1)
Thus each coordinate of vertices ΔA”B”C” are half than the coordinates of corresponding vertices of ΔABC.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_41

Exploration 2

Rigid Motions and Similarity

Work with a partner.
a. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle.
Answer:

b. Copy the triangle and translate it 3 units left and 4 units up. Is the image similar to the original triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

c. Reflect the triangle in the y-axis. Is the image similar to the original triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

d. Rotate the original triangle 90° counterclockwise about the origin. Is the image similar to the original triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
When a figure is translated, reflected, rotated, or dilated in the plane, is the image always similar to the original figure? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 4.
A figure undergoes a composition of transformations. which includes translations.
reflections, rotations, and dilations. Is the image similar to the original figure?
Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Lesson 4.6 Similarity and Transformations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Graph \(\overline{C D}\) with endpoints C(- 2, 2) and D(2, 2) and its image after the similarity transformation.
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{1}{2} x, \frac{1}{2} y\right)\)
Answer:
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{1}{2} x, \frac{1}{2} y\right)\)
C'(-2, -2)
D'(-2, 2)
C”(-1, -1)
D”(-1, 1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_36

Question 2.
Graph ∆FGH with vertices F(1, 2), G(4, 4), and H(2, 0) and its image after the similarity transformation.
Reflection: in the x-axis
Dilation: (x, y) → (1.5x, 1.5y)
Answer:
Reflection: in the x-axis is (-b, a)
Dilation: (x, y) → (1.5x, 1.5y)
F'(1, -2)
G'(4, -4)
H'(2, 0)
F”(1.5, -3)
G”(6, -6)
H”(3, 0)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_40

Question 3.
In Example 2, describe another similarity transformation that maps trapezoid PQRS to trapezoid WXYZ.
Answer:
Sample answer: Reflection in the x-axis followed by a dilation with a scale factor of -1/3

Question 4.
Describe a similarity transformation that maps quadrilateral DEFG to quadrilateral STUV.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 148
Answer:
Sample answer: dilation with a scale factor of 1/2 followed by a 180° rotation about the origin.

Question 5.
Prove that ∆JKL is similar to ∆MNP.
Given Right isosceles ∆JKL with leg length t, right isosceles ∆MNP with leg length ν,
\(\overline{L J}\) || \(\overline{P M}\)
Prove ∆JKL is similar to ∆MNP.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 149
Answer:

Exercise 4.6 Similarity and Transformations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is the difference between similar figures and congruent figures?
Answer:
Congruent figures have the same size and shape. Similar figures have the same shape, but not necessarily the same size.

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A transformation that produces a similar figure. such as a dilation.
is called a _________ .
Answer: A transformation that produces a similar figure. such as a dilation is called a similarity transformation.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, graph ∆FGH with vertices F(- 2, 2), G(- 2, – 4), and H(- 4, – 4) and its image after the similarity transformation.

Question 3.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
Dilation: (x, y) → (2x, 2y)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 3

Question 4.
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{1}{2} x, \frac{1}{2} y\right)\)
Reflection: in the y-axis
Answer:
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{1}{2} x, \frac{1}{2} y\right)\)
F(-2, 2) → F'(-1, 1)
G(-2, -4) → G'(-1, -2)
H(-4, -4) → F'(-2, -2)
Reflection: in the y-axis
F'(-1, 1) → F”(1, 1)
G'(-1, -2) → G”(1, -2)
H'(-2, -2) → H”(2, -2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_30

Question 5.
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Dilation: (x, y) → (3x, 3y)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 5

Question 6.
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{3}{4} x, \frac{3}{4} y\right)\)
Reflection: in the x-axis
Answer:
First draw ΔFGH with vertices F(-2, 2), G(-2, -4) and H(-4, -4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_31
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{3}{4} x, \frac{3}{4} y\right)\)
Scale factor is \(\frac{3}{4}\)
F(-2, 2) = F'(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), \(\frac{3}{2}\))
G(-2, -4) = G'(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), -3)
H(-4, -4) = H'(-3, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_32
Reflection: in the x-axis
F'(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), \(\frac{3}{2}\)) → F”(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), – \(\frac{3}{2}\))
G'(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), -3) → G”(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), 3)
H'(-3, -3) → H”(-3, 3)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_33

In Exercises 7 and 8. describe a similarity transformation that maps the blue preimage to the green image.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 151
Answer:
The similarity transformation that maps the blue preimage to green image is:
Reflection on y-axis. Then dilation with the scale factor is 1/2 about the center point (0, 0)
The length of \(\overline{J K}\) = 4 units
The length of \(\overline{J” K”}\) = 2 units
Scale factor =\(\overline{J” K”}\) / \(\overline{J K}\) = 2/4 = 1/2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_34

In Exercises 9-12, determine whether the polygons with the given vertices are similar. Use transformations to explain your reasoning.
Question 9.
A6, 0), B(9, 6), C(12, 6) and D(0, 3), E( 1, 5), F(2. 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 9

Question 10.
Q(- 1, 0), R(- 2, 2), S(1, 3), T(2, 1) and W(0, 2), X(4, 4), Y(6, – 2), Z(2, – 4)
Answer:
The length of a segment with two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2)
= √(y2 – y1)² + (x2 – x1)²
The length of \(\overline{R S}\) = √(3 – 2)² + (1 – (-2))²
= √1² + 3²
= √10
The length of \(\overline{X Y}\) = √(-2 – 4)² + (6 – 4)²
= √(-6)² + 2²
= √36 + 4 = √40
= 2 × √10
\(\overline{X Y}\) = 2 × \(\overline{R S}\)
The length of \(\overline{S T}\) = √(1 – 3)² + (2 – 1)²
= √4 + 1
= √5
The length of \(\overline{Y Z}\) = √(-4 – (-2))² + (2 – 6)²
= √(-2)² + (-4)²
= √4 + 16 = √20
= 2 × √5
\(\overline{Y Z}\) = 2 × \(\overline{S T}\)
So, Quadrilateral WXYZ is a symmetry transformation of Quadrilateral QRST with a scale factor 2.
By dilation quadrilateral QRST from the origin and with a scale factor of 2, we get the image Q’R’S’T’
Q'(-2, 0) → W(0, 2)
R'(-4, 4) → X(4, 4)
S'(2, 6) → Y(6, -2)
T'(4, 2) → Z(2, -4)
The symmetry transformation of the two figures is 270° rotation and silation with a scale factor of 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_35

Question 11.
G(- 2, 3), H(4, 3), I(4, 0) and J(1, 0), K(6, – 2), L(1, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 11

Question 12.
D(- 4, 3), E(- 2, 3), F(- 1, 1), G(- 4, 1) and L(1, – 1), M(3, – 1), N(6, – 3), P(1, – 3)
Answer:
\(\overline{L P}\) = 2 units
\(\overline{D G}\) = 2 units
The ratio = 2/2 = 1
The long leg:
\(\overline{P N}\) = 5 units
\(\overline{G F}\) = 3 units
The ratio = 5/3
Since the ratio is not a constant, then the figures are not similar.

In Exercises 13 and 14, prove that the figures are similar.

Question 13.
Given Right isosceles ∆ABC with leg length j.
right isosceles ∆RST with leg length k.
\(\overline{C A}\) || \(\overline{R T}\)
Prove ∆ABC is similar to ∆RST.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 152
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 13.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 13.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 13.3

Question 14.
Given Rectangle JKLM with side lengths x and y, rectangle QRST with side lengths 2x and 2y
Prove Rectangle JKLM is similar to rectangle QRST.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 153
Answer:
It can be seen that both the dimensions of QRST are 2 times that of JKLM and that they are both rectangles so the 2 rectangles must be similar.
QRST are 2y/y = 2x/x = 2 times larger than that of JKLM
Therefore the 2 rectangles are similar.

Question 15.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Determine whether the regular-sized stop sign and the stop sign sticker are similar. Use transformations to explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 154
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 15

Question 16.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in comparing the figures.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 155
Answer:
Two figures are similar if they are the same shape, if their corresponding angles are congruent, and the ratios of the lengths of their corresponding sides are equal.
Length of longer side of a figure A/Length of longer side of a figure B = 6/4 = 3/2
Length of shorter side of a figure A/Length of shorter side of a figure B = 4/2 = 2
When two figures are similar, the ratios of the lengths of their corresponding sides are equal, but this case the ratios of the lengths of their corresponding sides are not equal, so figure A and B are not similar.

Question 17.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A member of the homecoming decorating committee gives a printing company a banner that is 3 inches by 14 inches to enlarge. The committee member claims the banner she receives is distorted. Do you think the printing company distorted the image she gave it? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 156
Answer:
No. The scale factor is 6 for both dimensions. So, the enlarged banner is proportional to the smaller one.

Question 18.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Determine whether each pair of figures is similar. Explain your reasoning.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 157
Answer: The above figure is similar because the right sun can be obtained by shrinking the left sum.

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 158
Answer:
Not similar, because both figures appear to have the same height, but the right heart appears to be wider than the left heart and thus it is not possible to obtain one of the hearts by shrinking one of the other hearts.

Question 19.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Graph a polygon in a coordinate plane. Use a similarity transformation involving a dilation (where k is a whole number) and a translation to graph a second polygon. Then describe a similarity transformation that maps the second polygon onto the first.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 19

Question 20.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is the composition of a rotation and a dilation commutative? (In other words. do you obtain the same image regardless of the order in which you perform the transformations?) Justify your answer.
Answer:
Assuming we have a point A(a, b) on the coordinate plane.
Assuming the dilation and rotation center is the origin.
On dilating it with the scale factor k then rotating with 90° for instance.
Dilating first: A(a, b) → A'(ka, kb)
Then rotating 90°: A'(ka, kb) → A”(-kb, ka)

Question 21.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Quadrilateral JKLM is mapped to quadrilateral J’K’L’M’ using the dilation (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{3}{2} x, \frac{3}{2} y\right)\). Then quadrilateral J’K’L’M is mapped to quadrilateral J”K”L”M” using the translation (x, y) → (x + 3, y – 4). The vertices of quadrilateral J’K’L’M’ are J(- 12, 0), K(- 12, 18), L(- 6, 18), and M(- 6, 0), Find the coordinates of the vertices of quadrilateral JKLM and quadrilateral J”K”L”M”. Are quadrilateral JKLM and quadrilateral J”K”L”M” similar? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 21

Question 22.
REPEATED REASONING
Use the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 159
a. Connect the midpoints of the sides of ∆QRS to make another triangle. Is this triangle similar to ∆QRS? Use transformations to support your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_36
The midpoints of the line segments are algebraically evaluated using midpoint formula and triangle ABC is plotted.
It can be seen that the 2 triangles are similar as the corresponding side lengths of ABC are half in length of that QRS.

b. Repeat part (a) for two other triangles. What conjecture can you make?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_36
The midpoints of the line segments are algebraically evaluated using midpoint formula and triangle STU is plotted.
It can be seen that the 2 triangles are similar as the corresponding side lengths of STU are half in length of that MNP.
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_38
The midpoints of the line segments are algebraically evaluated using midpoint formula and triangle EFG is plotted.
It can be seen that the 2 triangles are similar as the corresponding side lengths of EFG are half in length of that KLM.
The triangle formed inside a bigger triangle by joining the midpoints of the line segments bigger triangle is also similar to the bigger triangle.

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Classify the angle as acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 160
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 161
Answer: Straight angle

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 162
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 163
Answer: Right angle

Transformations Chapter Review

4.1 Translations

Graph ∆XYZ with vertices X(2, 3), Y(- 3, 2), and Z(- 4, – 3) and its image after the translation.
Question 1.
(x, y) → (x, y + 2)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x, y + 2)
(2, 3) → (2, 3 + 2)
(2, 3) → (2, 5)
x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x, y + 2)
(-3, 2) → (-3, 2 + 2)
(-3, 2) → (-3, 4)
x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Z’
(x, y) → (x, y + 2)
(-4, -3) → (-4, -3 + 2)
(-4, -3) → (-4, -1)
Then we will graph the triangle X’Y’Z’ with vertices X'(2, 5), Y'(-3, 4) and Z'(-4, -1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_1

Question 2.
(x, y) → (x – 3, y)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x – 3, y)
Substitute x = 2 and y = 3 in the translation to find X’
(2, 3) → (2 – 3, 3)
(2, 3) → (-1, 3)
Substitute x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x – 3, y)
(-3, 2) → (-3 – 3, 2)
(-3, 2) → (-6, 2)
Substitute x = -4 and y = -3 in the translation to find Z’
(x, y) → (x – 3, y)
(-4, -3) → (-4 – 3, -3)
(-4, -3) → (-7, -3)
Then we will graph the triangle X’Y’Z’ with vertices X'(-1, 3), Y'(-6, 2) and Z'(-7, -3)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_2

Question 3.
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
Substitute x = 2 and y = 3 in the translation to find X’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
(2, 3) → (2 + 3, 3 – 1)
(2, 3) → (5, 2)
Substitute x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
(-3, 2) → (-3 + 3, 2 – 1)
(-3, 2) → (0, 1)
Substitute x = -4 and y = -3 in the translation to find Z’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
(-4, -3) → (-4 + 3, -3 – 1)
(-4, -3) → (-1, -4)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_3

Question 4.
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
Substitute x = 2 and y = 3 in the translation to find X’
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
(2, 3) → (2 + 4, 3 + 1)
(2, 3) → (6, 4)
Substitute x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
(-3, 2) → (-3 + 4, 2 + 1)
(-3, 2) → (1, 3)
Substitute x = -4 and y = -3 in the translation to find Z’
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
(-4, -3) → (-4 + 4, -3 + 1)
(-4, -3) → (0, -2)
Big Ideas Math Solution Key Geometry Chapter 4 transformations img_4

Graph ∆PQR with vertices P(0, – 4), Q(1, 3), and R(2, – 5) and its image after the composition.

Question 5.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
Answer:
Substitute x = 0 and y = -4 from point P(0, -4) in the translation to find P’
(x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2)
(0, -4) → (0 + 1, -4 + 2)
(0, -4) → (1, -2)
Substitute x = 1 and y = 3 from point Q(1, 3) in the translation to find Q’
(x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2)
(1, 3) → (1 + 1, 3 + 2)
(1, 3) → (2, 5)
Substitute x = 2 and y = -5 from point R(2, -5) in the translation to find R’
(x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2)
(2, -5) → (2 + 1, -5 + 2)
(2, -5) → (3, -3)
P’Q’R’ with vertices P(1, -2), Q'(2, 5) and R'(3, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_5
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
Substitute x = 1 and y = -2 from point P'(1, -2) in the translation to find P”
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(1, -2) → (1 – 4, -2 + 1)
(1, -2) → (-3, -1)
Substitute x = 2 and y = 5 from point Q'(2, 5) in the translation to find Q”
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(2, 5) → (2 – 4, 5 + 1)
(2, 5) → (-2, 6)
Substitute x = 3 and y = -3 from point R'(3, -3) in the translation to find R”
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(3, -3) → (3 – 4, -3 + 1)
(3, -3) → (-1, -2)
P”Q”R” with vertices P”(-3, -1), Q”(-2, 6) and R”(-1, -2)
Chapter 4 Transformations Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry img_5(1)

Question 6.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 3)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
Answer:
Given,
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 3)
x = 0 and y = -4 from P(0, -4) in the translation to find P1
(x, y) → (x, y + 3)
(0, -4) → (0, -4 + 3)
(0, -4) → (0, -1)
Substitute x = 1 and y = 3 from point Q(1, 3) in the translation to find Q’
(x, y) → (x, y + 3)
(1, 3) → (1, 3 + 3)
(1, 3) → (1, 6)
Substitute x = 2 and y = -5 from point R(2, -5) in the translation to find R’
(x, y) → (x, y + 3)
(2, -5) → (2, -5 + 3)
(2, -5) → (2, -2)
P’Q’R’ with vertices P(0, -1), Q'(1, 6) and R'(2, -2)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_6
Substitute x = 0 and y = -1 from point P'(0, -1) in the translation to find P”
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(0, -1) → (0 – 1, -1 + 1)
(0, -1) → (-1, 0)
Substitute x =1 and y = 6 from point Q'(1, 6) in the translation to find Q”
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(1, 6) → (1 – 1, 6 + 1)
(1, 6) → (0, 7)
Substitute x = 2 and y = -2 from point R'(2, -2) in the translation to find R”
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(2, -2) → (2 – 1, -2 + 1)
(2, -2) → (1, -1)
P”Q”R” with vertices P”(-1, 0), Q”(0, 7) and R”(1, -1)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_6.1

4.2 Reflections

Graph the polygon and its image after a reflection in the given line.

Question 7.
x = 4
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 164
Answer:
x = 4 to the triangle ABC.
We will find a point A’
The coordinates of this point are A'(7, 2)
Find B’:
The coordinates of this point are B'(5, 4)
Find C’:
The coordinates of this point are C'(3, 1)
When the point is reflect in the line x = 4 the x-coordinate changes, the y-coordinate remains the same.
A'(7, 2), B'(5, 4) and C'(3, 1)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_7

Question 8.
y = 3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 165
Answer:
y = 3 to the triangle EFGH.
We will find a point E’
The coordinates of this point are E'(1, 3)
Find F’:
The coordinates of this point are F'(4, 3)
Find G’:
The coordinates of this point are G'(5, 6)
Find H’:
The coordinates of this point are H'(2, 6)
E’ and F’ have the same coordinate like points E and F.
E’F’G’H’ with vertices E'(1, 3), F'(4, 3), G'(5, 6) and H'(2, 6)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_8

Question 9.
How many lines of symmetry does the figure have?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 166
Answer: The above figure has 2 lines of symmetry.

4.3 Rotations

Question 10.
A(- 3, – 1), B(2, 2), C(3, – 3); 90°
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_9
A(-3, -1) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point A'(1, -3)
B(2, 2) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point B'(-2, 2)
C(3, -3) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point C'(3, 3)
Graph the polygon A’B’C’ with the vertices A'(1, -3), B'(-2, 2) and C'(3, 3)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_9

Question 11.
W(- 2, – 1), X(- 1, 3), Y(3, 3), Z(3, – 3); 180°
Answer:
Given the vertices
W(- 2, – 1), X(- 1, 3), Y(3, 3), Z(3, – 3); 180°
Geometry Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 4 Transformations img_10
Now you have to rotate W(2, 1) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point W'(2, 1)
We will also X(1, 3) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point X'(1, -3)
We will also Y(3, 3) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point Y'(-3, -3)
At the end we will rotate Z(3, 3) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point Z'(-3, 3)
The x-coordinates of new points change sign, the y-coordinate of new points change sign.
W'(2, 1), X'(1, -3), Y'(-3, -3), Z'(-3, 3)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_11

Question 12.
Graph \(\overline{X Y}\) with endpoints X(5, – 2) and Y(3, – 3) and its image after a reflection in the x-axis and then a rotation of 270° about the origin.
Answer:

Now we will apply reflection in the x-axis to the \(\overline{X Y}\)
We will find the point X’ which is in the same place on the opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point X.
The coordinates of this point are X'(5, 2)
We will find the point Y’ which is in the same place on the opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point Y.
The coordinates of this point are Y'(3, 3)
Graph \(\overline{X’ Y’}\) with end points X'(5, 2) and Y'(3, 3)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_12

Determine whether the figure has rotational symmetry. If so, describe any rotations that map the figure onto itself.
Now we have to rotate X'(5, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point X”(2, -5)
Now we have to rotate Y'(3, 3) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point Y”(3, -3)
Graph \(\overline{X” Y”}\) with end points X”(2, -5) and Y”(3, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_13

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 167
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Geometry-Answers-Chapter-4-Transformations-167
The above figure has 6 rotations that can map the figure onto itself.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 168
Answer:
A pentagon has a rotational symmetry.
It has 5 rotations that can map the figure onto itself.

4.4 Congruence and Transformations

Describe a congruence transformation that maps ∆DEF to ∆JKL.

Question 15.
D(2, – 1), E(4, 1), F(1, 2) and J(- 2, – 4), K(- 4, – 2), L(- 1, – 1)
Answer:
Graphing ∆DEF and ∆JKL.
On reflecting ∆DEF on y-axis, we obtain ∆D’E’F’ with the vertices.
D(-2, – 1), E(-4, 1), F(-1, 2)
On translating ∆D’E’F’ 3 units down
D'(-2, – 1) → D”(-2, -4) ≅ J
E'(-4, 1) → E”(-4, -2) ≅ K
F'(-1, 2) → F”(-1, -1) ≅ L
The congruence transformation that maps ∆DEF and ∆JKL is reflecting on the y-axis. then translating 3 units downwards.

Question 16.
D(- 3, – 4), E(- 5, – 1), F(- 1, 1) and J(1, 4), K(- 1, 1), L(3, – 1)
Answer:
Graphing ∆DEF and ∆JKL.
On reflecting ∆DEF on y-axis, we obtain ∆D’E’F’ with the vertices.
D'(- 3, 4), E'(- 5, 1), F'(- 1, -1)
On translating ∆D’E’F’ 3 units down
D'(-3, 4) → D”(1, 4) ≅ J
E'(-5, 1) → E”(-1, 1) ≅ K
F'(-1, -1) → F”(3, -1) ≅ L
The congruence transformation that maps ∆DEF and ∆JKL is reflecting on the y-axis. then translating 4 units right.

Question 17.
Which transformation is the same as reflecting an object in two Parallel lines? in two intersecting lines?
Answer:
Reflection in 2 parallel lines can be represented by a single translation of the preimage to form the image.
Reflection in 2 intersecting lines can be represented by a single rotation of preimage to form the image about the point of intersecting of the 2 lines and through the angle twice that of angle between 2 intersecting lines.

4.5 Dilations

Graph the triangle and its image after a dilation with scale factor k.

Question 18.
P(2, 2), Q(4, 4), R(8, 2); k = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
dilation (x, y) → (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x, \(\frac{1}{2}\)y)
P(2, 2), Q(4, 4), R(8, 2)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_14

Question 19.
X(- 3, 2), Y(2, 3), Z(1, – 1); k = – 3
Answer:
We need to use the coordinate rule for dilation with scale factor k = -3 to find the coordinates of the vertices.
(x, y) → (-3x, -3y)
X(-3, 2) → X'(-3 . (-3), -3 . 2) = X'(9, -6)
Y(2, 3) → Y'(-3 . 2, -3 . 3) = Y'(-6, -9)
Z(1, -1) → Z'(-3 . 1, -3 . (-1)) = Z'(-3, 3)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_17

Question 20.
You are using a magnifying glass that shows the image of an object that is eight times the object’s actual size. The image length is 15.2 centimeters. Find the actual length of the object.
Answer:
Given,
You are using a magnifying glass that shows the image of an object that is eight times the object’s actual size.
The image length is 15.2 centimeters.
15.2/8 = 1.9 centimeters

4.6 Similarity and Transformations

Describe a similarity transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆RST.

Question 21.
A(1, 0), B(- 2, – 1), C(- 1, – 2) and R(- 3, 0), S(6, – 3), T(3, – 6)
Answer:
\(\overline{A C}\) = √(-2 – 0)² + (-1 – 1)² = √8 = 2 × √2
\(\overline{R T}\) = √(-6 – 0)² + (3 – (-3))² = √72 = 6 × √2
The ratio \(\overline{R T}\)/\(\overline{A C}\) = 6 × √2/2 × √2 = 3
\(\overline{B C}\) = √(-2 + 1)² + (-1 + 2)² = √2
\(\overline{S T}\) = √(-6 + 3)² + (3 – 6)² = √18 = 3 × √2
The ratio \(\overline{S T}\)/\(\overline{B C}\) = 3 × √2/ √2 = 3
\(\overline{A B}\) = √(-1 – 0)² + (-2 – 1)² = √10
\(\overline{R S}\) = √(-3 – 0)² + (6 + 3)² = √90= 3 × √10
The ratio \(\overline{R S}\)/\(\overline{A B}\) = 3 × √10/ √10 = 3
∆RST is a dilation of ∆ABC with a scale factor 3.
By dilating ∆ABC with a scale factor of 3
A(1, 0) → A'(3, 0)
B(-2, -1) → B'(-6, -3)
C(-1, -2) → C'(-3, -6)
On reflecting ∆A’B’C’ about the y-axis:
A'(3, 0) → A”(-3, 0) ≅ R
B'(-6, -3) → B”(6, -3) ≅ S
C'(-3, -6) → C”(3, -6) ≅ T
The similarity transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆RST is dilating with a scale factor of 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_17

Question 22.
A(6, 4), B(- 2, 0), C(- 4, 2) and R(2, 3), S(0, – 1), T(1, – 2)
Answer:
\(\overline{A B}\) = √(0 – 4)² + (-2 – 6)² = √80 = 4 × √5
\(\overline{R S}\) = √(-1 – 3)² + (0 – 2)² = √20 = 2 × √5
The ratio \(\overline{R S}\)/\(\overline{A B}\) = 2 × √5/4 × √5 = 1/2
\(\overline{B C}\) = √(2 – 0)² + (-4 + 2)² = √8 = 2 × √2
\(\overline{S T}\) = √(-2 + 1)² + (1 – 0)² = √2
The ratio \(\overline{S T}\)/\(\overline{B C}\) =√2/ 2 × √2 = 1/2
\(\overline{A C}\) = √(2 – 4)² + (-4 – 6)² = √104 = 2 × √26
\(\overline{R T}\) = √(-2 – 3)² + (1 – 2)² = √26
The ratio \(\overline{R T}\)/\(\overline{A C}\) =√26 / 2 × √26 = 1/2
∆RST is a dilation of ∆ABC with a scale factor 1/2
By dilating ∆ABC with a scale factor of 1/2
A(6, 4) → A'(3, 2)
B(-2, 0) → B'(-1, 0)
C(-4, 2) → C'(-2, 1)
On reflecting ∆A’B’C’ about the line y = x
A'(3, 2) → A”(-3, 0) ≅ R
B'(-1, 0) → B”(0, -1) ≅ S
C'(-2, 1) → C”(1, -2) ≅ T
The similarity transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆RST is dilating with a scale factor of 1/2
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_18

Question 23.
A(3, – 2), B(0, 4), C(- 1, – 3) and R(- 4, – 6), S(8, 0), T(- 6, 2)
Answer:
\(\overline{A B}\) = √(4 + 2)² + (0 – 3)² = √45 = 3 × √5
\(\overline{R S}\) = √(0 + 6)² + (8 + 4)² = √180 = 6 × √5
The ratio \(\overline{R S}\)/\(\overline{A B}\) = 6 × √5/3 × √5 = 2
\(\overline{B C}\) = √(-3 – 4)² + (-1 – 0)² = √50 = 5 × √2
\(\overline{S T}\) = √(2 – 0)² + (-6 – 8)² = √200 = 10 × √2
The ratio \(\overline{S T}\)/\(\overline{B C}\) =10 × √2/ 5 × √2 = 2
\(\overline{A C}\) = √(-3 + 2)² + (-1 – 3)² = √17
\(\overline{R T}\) = √(2 + 6)² + (-6 + 4)² = √68 = 2 × √17
The ratio \(\overline{R T}\)/\(\overline{A C}\) =2 × √17 / √17 = 2
∆RST is a dilation of ∆ABC with a scale factor 2
By dilating ∆ABC with a scale factor of 2
A(3, 2) → A'(-2, -3)
B(0, 4) → B'(4, 0)
C(-1, -3) → C'(-3, 1)
On reflecting ∆A’B’C’ about the line y = x
A'(-2, -3) → A”(-4, -6) ≅ R
B'(4, 0) → B”(8, 0) ≅ S
C'(-3, 1) → C”(-6, 2) ≅ T
The similarity transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆RST is dilating with a scale factor of 2.

Transformations Test

Graph ∆RST with vertices R(- 4, 1), S(- 2, 2), and T(3, – 2) and its image after the translation.

Question 1.
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
Substitute x = -4 and y = 1 in the translation to find R’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(-4, 1) → (-4 – 4, 1 + 1)
(-4, 1) → (-8, 2)
Substitute x = -2 and y = 2 in the translation to find S’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(-2, 2) → (-2 – 4, 2 + 1)
(-2, 2) → (-6, 3)
Substitute x = 3 and y = -2 in the translation to find T’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(3, -2) → (3 – 4, -2 + 1)
(3, -2) → (-1, -1)
R'(-8, 2), S'(-6, 3) and T'(-1, -1)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_18

Question 2.
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
Substitute x = -4 and y = 1 in the translation to find R’
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
(-4, 1) → (-4 + 2, 1 – 2)
(-4, 1) → (-2, -1)
Substitute x = -2 and y = 2 in the translation to find S’
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
(-2, 2) → (-2 + 2, 2 – 2)
(-2, 2) → (0, 0)
Substitute x = 3 and y = -2 in the translation to find T’
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
(3, -2) → (3 + 2, -2 – 2)
(3, -2) → (5, -4)
R’S’T’ with vertices R'(-2, -1), S'(0, 0) and T'(5, -4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_19

Graph the polygon with the given vertices and its image after a rotation of the given number of degrees about the origin.

Question 3.
D(- 1, – 1), E(- 3, 2), F(1, 4); 270°
Answer:
Rotate D(-1, -1) through an angle 270° about the origin we get D'(-1, 1)
Rotate E(-3, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin we get E'(2, 3)
Rotate F(1, 4) through an angle 270° about the origin we get F'(4, -1)
D'(-1, 1), E'(2, 3) and F'(4, -1)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_20

Question 4.
J(- 1, 1), K(3, 3), L(4, – 3), M(0, – 2); 90°
Answer:
Given,
J(- 1, 1), K(3, 3), L(4, – 3), M(0, – 2); 90°
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_21
Rotate J(-1, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin we get J'(-1, -1)
Rotate K(3, 3) through an angle 90° about the origin we get K'(-3, 3)
Rotate L(4, -3) through an angle 90° about the origin we get L'(3, 4)
Rotate M(0, -2) through an angle 90° about the origin we get M'(2, 0)
J'(-1, -1), K'(-3, 3), L'(3, 4) and M'(2, 0)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_22

Determine whether the polygons with the given vertices are congruent or similar. Use transformations to explain your reasoning.

Question 5.
Q(2, 4), R(5, 4), S(6, 2), T(1, 2) and W(6, – 12), X(15, – 12), Y(18, – 6), Z(3, -,6)
Answer:
First we will graph the given points QRST and WXYZ
Q(2, 4), R(5, 4), S(6, 2), T(1, 2) and W(6, – 12), X(15, – 12), Y(18, – 6), Z(3, -,6)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_23
k = 15/5
k = 3
Thus the scale factor is 3.
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
x = 2 and y = 4 from point Q(2, 4) in the translation to find the Q’
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
(2, 4) → (3(2), 3(4))
(2, 4) → (6, 12)
x = 5 and y = 4 from point R(5, 4) in the translation to find the R’
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
(5, 4) → (3(5), 3(4))
(5, 4) → (15, 12)
x = 6 and y = 2 from point S(6, 2) in the translation to find the S’
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
(6, 2) → (3(6), 3(2))
(6, 2) → (18, 6)
x = 1 and y = 2 from point T(1, 2) in the translation to find the T’
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
(1, 2) → (3(1), 3(2))
(1, 2) → (3, 6)
Q'(6, 12), R'(15, 12), S'(18, 6) and T'(3, 6)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_24
Now find Q” which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point Q’.
The coordinates of this point are Q”(6, -12)
Now find R” which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point R’.
The coordinates of this point are R”(15, -12)
Now find S” which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point S’.
The coordinates of this point are S”(18, -6)
Now find T” which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point T’.
The coordinates of this point are T”(3, -6)
Q”(6, -12), R”(15, -12), S”(18, -6) and T”(3, -6)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_24
The sides of polygons WXYZ and QRST do not have equal length.
WXYZ and QRST are not congruent they are similar.

Question 6.
A(- 6, 6), B(- 6, 2), C(- 2, – 4) and D(9, 7), E(5, 7), F(- 1, 3)
Answer:
Given,
A(- 6, 6), B(- 6, 2), C(- 2, – 4) and D(9, 7), E(5, 7), F(- 1, 3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_25
Rotate A(-6, 6) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point A'(6, 6)
Rotate B(-6, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point B'(2, 6)
Rotate C(-2, -4) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point C'(-4, 2)
A'(6, 6), B'(2, 6) and C'(-4, 2)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_26
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
x = 6 and y = 6 from point A'(6, 6) in the translation to find A”
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
(6, 6) → (6 + 3, 6 + 1) = (9, 7)
x = 2 and y = 6 from point B'(2, 6) in the translation to find B”
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
(2, 6) → (2 + 3, 6 + 1) = (5, 7)
x = -4 and y = 2 from point C'(-4, 2) in the translation to find C”
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
(-4, 2) → (-4 + 3, 2 + 1) = (-1, 3)
A”(9, 7), B”(5, 7) and C”(-1, 3)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_27

Determine whether the object has line symmetry and whether it has rotational symmetry.
Identify all lines of symmetry and angles of rotation that map the figure onto itself.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 169
Answer:
It can be cut one directly down the middle from the top and from the side. It has rotational symmetry when rotated 180°
2 lines of symmetry and yes it has rotation symmetry.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 170
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Geometry-Chapter-4-Transformations-170

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 171
Answer:
The above figure is a four of diamond and because of the 4 written on it the figure has no line of symmetry by a rotational symmetry of 180° about the center of the card.

Question 10.
Draw a diagram using a coordinate plane. two parallel lines, and a parallelogram that demonstrates the Reflections in Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorem 4.2).
Answer:
If AB and CD are parallel, then a reflection in AB followed by a reflection in CD is the same as a translation.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Geometry-Chapter-4-Transformations-img-29
QRST can be translated 16 units right to construct Q”R”S”T”

Question 11.
A rectangle with vertices W(- 2, 4), X(2, 4), Y(2, 2), and Z(- 2, 2) is reflected in the y-axis. Your friend says that the image. rectangle W’X’ Y’Z. is exactly the same as the preimage. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Reflection is a transformation that does not affect the shape or size of an image with respect to its preimage, therefore, the friend is correct as WXYZ and W’X’Y’Z’ will be the same in shape and size.

Question 12.
Write a composition of transformations that maps ∆ABC Onto ∆CDB in the tesselation shown. Is the composition a congruence transformation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 172
Answer:
The composition of transformation the maps ∆ABC Onto ∆CDB is reflecting ∆ABC on the x-axis.
Then translating its image with the rule
(a, b) → (a + 1, b + 2)

Question 13.
There is one slice of a large pizza and one slice of a small pizza in the box.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 173
a. Describe a similarity transformation that maps pizza slice ABC to pizza slice DEF.
Answer:
Rule of given dilation is (x, y) → (1/2x, 1/b2y)
A(0, 0) → A'(0, 0)
B(2, 4) → B'(1, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(2, 1)
The second similarity transformation is reflection across x-axis.
A'(0, 0) → A”(0, 0)
B'(1, 2) → B”(1, -2)
C'(2, 1) → C”(2, -1)

b. What is one possible scale factor for a medium slice of pizza? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
If we use a dilation of a scale factor of 1/2 we will get a small pizza slice.
Thus a medium slice of pizza we will get if we use a dilation of a scale factor k which is in between 1 and 1/2.
This means the following inequality must apply
1/2 < k < 1
1/2 < k < 2/2
k = 1.5/2 = 3/4

Question 14.
The original photograph shown is 4 inches by 6 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 174
a. What transformations can you use to produce the new photograph?
Answer:
There are 2 types of transformations
1. Enlargement
2. Reflection on the vertical axis

b. You dilate the original photograph b a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\). What are the dimensions of the new photograph?
Answer:
New dimension = scale factor .  old dimension
4 . 1/2 = 2 and 6 . 1/2 = 3
Dimensions of new photograph: 2 inches by 3 inches

c. YOU have a frame that holds photos that are 8.5 inches by 11 inches. Can you dilate the original photograph to fit the frame? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
8.5/4 = 2.125 and 11/6 = 1.833
Since the scale factors for both the dimensions are different, it will not be possible to dilate the photo to fit the frame.

Transformations Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Which composition 0f transformations maps ∆ABC to ∆DEF?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 175
(A) Rotation: 90° counterclockwise about the origin
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 4, y – 3)

(B) Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
Rotation: 90° counterclockwise about the origin

(C) Translation: (x, y) → (x + 4, y – 3)
Rotation: 90° counterclockwise about the origin

(b) Rotation: 90° counterclockwise about the origin
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
Answer: Option B is correct answer

Explanation:
The ΔABC with vertices A(-1, 2), B(3, 4) and C(2, 2).
(x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
(-1, 2) → (-1 – 4, 2 – 3) = (-5, -1)
x = 3 and y = 4 from point B(3, 4) in the translation to find B’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
(3, 4) → (3 – 4, 4 – 3) = (-1, 1)
x = 2 and y = 2 from point C(2, 2) in the translation to find C’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
(2, 2) → (2 – 4, 2 – 3) = (-2, -1)
Rotate A’ through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point D(1, -5)
Rotate B’ through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point E(-1, -1)
Rotate C’ through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point F(1, -2)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Use the diagrams to describe the steps you would take to construct a line perpendicular to line m through point P. which is not on line m.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 176
Answer:
Step 1: The fixed end of the compass is placed on P and an arc is drawn through the given line such that this intersects the given line at 2 points, A and B such that A and B are equidistant from P.
Measure this distance A and B, open the compass to a length greater than half of AB.
Place the fixed end at A and mark an ac below the given line.
Step 2: Without changing the length of the compass, move the fixed end to B and mark another arc below the given line. This point is labeled Q.
Step 3: Join P and Q by a straight line. Here PQ is perpendicular to the given line.

Question 3.
Your friend claims that she can find the perimeter of the school crossing sign without using the Distance Formula. Do you support your friend’s claim? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 177
Answer:
It can be seen that each unit here is equal to 1 unit.
Therefore the straight-lined perimeter can be evaluated by counting the number of boxes.
E = C = 2 units
D = 4 units
A = B and these form the hypotenuse of right isosceles triangles with side lengths of 2 units.
Therefore A = B = 2√2 units.
The perimeter of the sign is 2(2√2) + 4 + 2(2)
= 8 + 4√2 = 13.657 units

Question 4.
Graph the directed line segment ST with endpoints S(- 3, – 2) and T(4, 5). Then find the coordinates of point P along the directed line segment ST so that the ratio of SP to PT is 3 to 4.
Answer:
Graph the directed line segment ST with endpoints S(- 3, – 2) and T(4, 5).
4 – (-3) = 4 + 3 = 7
The point P along the directed line segment ST so that the ratio of SP to PT is 3 to 4.
P = -3 + 3 = 0
P = (0, 1)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_29

Question 5.
The graph shows quadrilateral WXYZ and quadrilateral ABCD.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 178
a. Write a composition of transformations that maps quadrilateral WXYZ to
quadrilateral ABCD.
Answer:
It can be seen that ABCD and WXYZ are symmetrical about the line y = -x
It can be concluded that WXYZ can be mapped on to ABCD by reflection in the line y = -x

b. Are the quadrilaterals congruent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Reflection is a transformation that does not change the size of an image with respect to its preimage.
So it can be said that the quadrilateral ABCD and WXYZ are congruent.

Question 6.
Which equation represents the line passing through the point (- 6, 3) that is parallel to
the line y = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 5?
(A) y = 3x + 21
(B) y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 5
(C) y = 3x – 15
() y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1
Answer:
y = mx + c
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 5
Slope = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
point (-6, 3)
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + n
3 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\) (-6) + n
n = 1
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 7.
Which scale factor(s) would create a dilation of \(\overline{A B}\) that is shorter than \(\overline{A B}\)? Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 179
Answer:
In order to create a dilation of AB that is shorter than AB, the dilation factor must greater than 0 but less than 1
Therefore the possible values of the dilation factor here are 1/3, 1/2 and 3/4

Question 8.
List one possible set of coordinates of the vertices of quadrilateral ABCD for each description.
a. A reflection in the y-axis maps quadrilateral ABCD onto itself.
Answer:
If the preimage and image of the figure are same after the reflection in the y-axis, then this implies that the line of symmetry of the quadrilateral is the y-axis.
Thus the coordinates can be A(-1, 2), B(1, 2), C(1, -2) and D(-1, -2)

b. A reflection in the x-axis maps quadrilateral ABCD onto itself
Answer:
If the preimage and image of a figure are same after reflection in the x-axis then this implies that the line of symmetry of the quadrilateral is the x-axis.
The coordinates can be A(-1, 2), B(1, 2), C(1, -2) and D(-1, -2)

c. A rotation of 90° about the origin maps quadrilateral ABCD onto itself.
Answer:
If the preimage and image of a figure are same after reflection 90° about the origin then this implies that the quadrilateral has a rotational symmetry.
The coordinates can be A(-1, 1), B(1, 1), C(1, -1) and D(-1, -1)

d. A rotation of 180° about the origin maps quadrilateral ABCD onto itself.
Answer:
If the preimage and image of a figure are same after reflection 180° about the origin then this implies that the quadrilateral has a rotational symmetry.
The coordinates can be A(-1, 2), B(1, 2), C(1, -2) and D(-1, -2)

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2

Looking online to seek Homework Help regarding the Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Ch 2 then you have come the right way. Don’t bother as we have compiled the best preparation resources for all of them here in detail. Make the most out of these study materials and stand out from the rest of the crowd. Download the BIM Book Grade 6 Advanced Ch 2 Fractions and Decimals Solutions PDF for free and prepare anywhere and anytime you want.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals Answers are sequenced as per the latest syllabus guidelines and are given by highly subject expertise people. Fractions and Decimals Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Answer Key covers questions from exercises, assignment tests, practice tests, etc. Prepare whichever topic you wish to prepare from the Chapter 2 Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Concepts by simply tapping on the quick links available.

Fractions and Decimals STEAM Video/ Performance Task

STEAM Video

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 1

Space is Big
An astronomical unit (AU) is the average distance between Earth and the Sun, about 93 million miles. Why do asn000mers use astronomical units to measure distances in space? In what different ways can you compare the distances between objects and the locations of objects using the four mathematical operations?

Watch the STEAM Video ‘Space is Big: Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
You know the distances between the Sun and each planet. How can you find the minimum and maximum distances between two planets as they rotate around the Sun?
Answer:

Question 2.
‘The table shows the distances of three celestial bodies from Earth. It takes about three days to travel from Earth to the Moon. I low can you estimate the amount of Lime it would take to travel from Earth to the Sun or to Venus?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 2
Answer:

Performance Task

Space Explorers

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 3

After completing this Chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task.

You will use a table that shows the average distances between the Sun and each planet in our solar system to find several distances in space. Then you will use the speed of the Orion spacecraft to answer questions about time and distance.

Is it realistic for a manned spacecraft to travel to each planet in our solar system? Explain why or why not.
Answer:

Getting Ready for Chapter Fractions and Decimals

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. ‘the area model represents the multiplication of two fractions. Copy and complete the statement.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 4
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 5
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 6
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 7
Answer:

Work with a partner. use an area model to find the product.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{5} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{6} \times \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have a recipe that serves 6 people. The recipe uses three-fourths of a cup of milk.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 8
a. How can you use the recipe to serve more people? How much milk would you need? Give 2 examples.
Answer:

b. How can you use the recipe to serve fewer people? How much milk would you need? Give 2 examples.
Answer:

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
reciprocals               multiplicative inverses
Answer:

Section 2.1 Multiplying Fractions

Exploration 1

Using Models to Solve a Problem

Work with a partner. A bottle of water is \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) full. You drink \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) the water. Use one of the models to find the portion of the bottle of water that you drink. Explain your steps.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 9

number line
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 10

area model
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 11

tape diagram
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 12
Answer:

Exploration 2

Solving a Problem Involving Fractions

Work with a partner. A park has a playground that is \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\) of its width and \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 }\) of its length.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 13
a. use a model to find the portion of the park that is covered by the playground. Explain your steps.
Answer:

b. How can you find the solution of part (a) without using a model?
Answer:

Math Practice
Find General Methods
How can you use your answer to find a method for multiplying fractions?
Answer:

Lesson 2.1 Multiplying Fractions

Try It MuItiply

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2} \cdot \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{9} \cdot \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{5} \cdot \frac{5}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
You use \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the flour to make the dough. How much of the entire bag do you use to make the dough?
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{3} \times 1 \frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(3 \frac{1}{2} \times \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(4 \frac{2}{3} \cdot \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 11.
\(1 \frac{7}{8} \cdot 2 \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(5 \frac{5}{7} \times 2 \frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
\(2 \frac{1}{3} \cdot 7 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{8} \times \frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(2 \frac{1}{6} \cdot 4 \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
MP REASONING
What is the missing denominator?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 14
Answer:

Question 18.
USING TOOLS
Write a multiplication problem involving fractions that is represented by the model. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 15
Answer:

Question 19.
USING TOOLS
Use the number line to find \(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{2}\) Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 16
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 20.
You spend \(\frac{5}{12}\) of a day at an amusement park. You spend \(\frac{2}{5}\) of that time riding waterslides. How many hours do you spend riding waterslides? Draw a model to show why your answer makes sense.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 17
Answer:

Question 21.
A venue is preparing for a concert on the floor shown. The width of the red carpet is \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the width of the floor. What is the area of the red carpet?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 17
Answer:

Question 22.
You travel 9\(\frac{3}{8}\) miles from your house to a shopping mall. You travel \(\frac{2}{3}\) of that distance on an interstate. The only road construction you encounter is on the first \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the interstate. On how many miles of your trip do you encounter construction?
Answer:

Multiplying Fractions Practice 2.1

Review & Refresh

Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 1.
8, 10
Answer:

Question 2.
5, 7
Answer:

Question 3.
2, 5, 7
Answer:

Question 4.
6, 7, 10
Answer:

Divide. Use a diagram to justify your answer.

Question 5.
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 8
Answer:

Question 7.
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Write the product as a power.
Question 9.
10 × 10 × 10
Answer:

Question 10.
5 × 5 × 5 × 5
Answer:

Question 11.
How many inches arc in 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) yards?
A. 15\(\frac{1}{2}\)
B. 16\(\frac{1}{2}\)
C. 66
D. 198
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

MP CHOOSE TOOLS
A bottle of water is \(\frac{2}{3}\) full. You drink the given portion of the water. Use a model to find the portion of the bottle of water that you drink.
Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{7} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\frac{5}{8} \cdot \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(\frac{5}{7} \times \frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{1}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(\frac{5}{6} \cdot \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) × 10
Answer:

Question 24.
6 • \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{8}{15}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{3}{7} \cdot \frac{3}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{13}{18} \times \frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(\frac{7}{9} \cdot \frac{21}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In an aquarium, \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the fish are surgeonfish. of these, \(\frac{3}{4}\) are yellow tangs. What portion of all fish in the aquarium are yellow tangs?
Answer:

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You exercise for \(\frac{3}{4}\) of an hour. You jump rope for \(\frac{1}{3}\) of that time. What portion of the hour do you spend jumping rope?
Answer:

MP REASONING
Without finding the products copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =. Explain your reasoning.
Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 18
Answer:

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 19
Answer:

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 20
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 36.
\(1 \frac{1}{3} \cdot \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(6 \frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(2 \frac{1}{2} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
\(\frac{3}{5} \cdot 3 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 40.
\(7 \frac{1}{2} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
\(\frac{5}{9} \times 3 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 42.
\(\frac{3}{4} \cdot 1 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(3 \frac{3}{4} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 44.
\(4 \frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 45.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times 2 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 46.
\(1 \frac{3}{10} \times 18\)
Answer:

Question 47.
\(15 \cdot 2 \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 48.
\(1 \frac{1}{6} \times 6 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 49.
\(2 \frac{5}{12} \cdot 2 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 50.
\(5 \frac{5}{7} \cdot 3 \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 51.
\(2 \frac{4}{5} \times 4 \frac{1}{16}\)
Answer:

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the product. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 21

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 22

Question 54.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A vitamin C tablet contains \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a gram of vitamin C. You take 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) every day. How many grams of vitamin C do you take every day?

Question 55.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
You make a banner for a football ralIy.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 23
a. What is the area of the banner?
Answer:

b. You add a\(\frac{1}{4}\) foot border on each side. What is the area of the new banner?
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 56.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{3}{5} \times \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 57.
\(\frac{4}{7} \cdot 4 \frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 58.
\(1 \frac{1}{15} \times 5 \frac{2}{5} \times 4 \frac{7}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\left(\frac{3}{5}\right)^{3}\)
Answer:

Question 60.
\(\left(\frac{4}{5}\right)^{2} \times\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{2}\)
Answer:

Question 61.
\(\left(\frac{5}{6}\right)^{2} \cdot\left(1 \frac{1}{10}\right)^{2}\)
Answer:

Question 62.
OPEN-ENDED
Find a fraction that, when multiplied by \(\frac{1}{2}\), is less than \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Answer:

Question 63.
MP LOGIC
You are in a bike race. When you get to the first checkpoint, you arc \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the distance to the second checkpoint. When you get to the second checkpoint, you are \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the distance to the finish. What is the distance from the start to the first checkpoint?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 24
Answer:

Question 64.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Is the product of two positive mixed numbers ever less than 1? Explain.
Answer:

Question 65.
MP REASONING
You plan to add a fountain to your garden.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 25
a. Draw a diagram o[thc fountain in the garden. Label the dimensions.
Answer:

b. Describe two methods for finding the area of the garden that surrounds the fountain.
Answer:

c. find the area. Which method did you use, and why?
Answer:

Question 66.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
The cooking time for a ham is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of an hour for each pound. What time should you start cooking a ham that weighs 12\(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds so that it is done at 4:45 P.M. ?
Answer:

Question 67.
MP PRECISION
Complete the Four Square for \(\frac{7}{8} \times \frac{1}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 26
Answer:

Question 68.
DIG DEEPER!
You ask 150 people about their pets. The results show that \(\frac{9}{25}\) of the people own a dog. of the people who own a dog, \(\frac{1}{6}\) of them also own a cat.
a. What portion of the people own a dog and a cat?
Answer:

b. How many people own a dog but not a cat? Explain.
Answer:

Question 69.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Use each of the numbers from 1 to 9 exactly once to create three mixed numbers with the greatest possible product. then use each of the numbers exactly once to create three mixed numbers with the least possible product. Find each product. Explain your reasoning. The fraction portion of each mixed number should be proper.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 27
Answer:

Section 2.2 Dividing Fractions

Exploration 1

Dividing by Fractions
Work with a partner. Answer each question using a model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 28
a. How many two-thirds arc in four?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 29
Answer:

b. How many three-fourths arc in three?
Answer:

c. How many two-fifths arc in four-fifths?
Answer:

d. How many two-thirds arc in three?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 30
Answer:

e. How many one-thirds arc in five-sixths?

Exploration 2

Finding a Pattern

Work with a partner. The table shows the division expressions from Exploration 1. Complete each multiplication expression so that it has the same value as the division expression above it. What can you conclude about dividing by fractions?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 32
Answer:

Math Practice
Look for Structure
Can the pattern you found be applied to division by a whole number? Why or why not?
Answer:

Lesson 2.2 Dividing Fractions

Try It Write hie reciprocal of the number.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
5

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form. Use a model to justify your answer.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{5} \div \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{7} \div \frac{9}{14}\)
Answer:

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 10
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{6}{7}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

DIVIDING FRACTIONS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form. Draw a model to justify your answer.

Question 13.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{6}{7}\) ÷ 3
Answer:

Question 15.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which of the following does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{4}{5}\)     \(\frac{3}{2} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)     \(\frac{5}{4} \times \frac{2}{3}\)       \(\frac{5}{4} \div \frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

MATCHING
Match the expression with its value.

16. \( \frac{2}{5} \div \frac{8}{15}\)(A) \( \frac{1}{12}\)
17. \( \frac{8}{15} \div \frac{2}{5}\)(B) \( \frac{3}{4}\)
18. \( \frac{2}{15} \div \frac{8}{5}\)(c) 12
19. \( \frac{8}{5} \div \frac{2}{15}\)(D) 1\( \frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding, of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 20.
You have 5 cups of rice to make bibimbap, a popular Korean meal. The recipe calls for \(\frac{4}{5}\) cup of rice per serving. H0w many full servings of bibimbap can you make? How much rice is left over?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 33
Answer:

Question 21.
A band earns \(\frac{2}{3}\) of their profit from selling concert tickets and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of their profit from selling merchandise. The band earns a profit of $1500 from selling concert tickets. How much profit does the band earn from selling merchandise?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 33
Answer:

Dividing Fractions Practice 2.2

Review & Refresh

Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{7}{10} \cdot \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times 2 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(2 \frac{2}{5} \cdot 6 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Match the expression with its value.

5. 3 + 2 × 42A. 22
6. (3 + 2) × 42B. 35
7. 2 + 3 × 42C. 50
8. 42 + 2 × 3D. 80

Answer:

Find the area of the rectangle.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 34
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 35
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 36
Answer:

Concepts, skills, & Problem Solving

CHOOSE TOOLS
Answer the question using a model. (See Exploration 1, Page.No 53.)

Question 12.
How many three-fifths are in three?
Answer:

Question 13.
How many two-ninths are in eight-ninths?
Answer:

Question 14.
How many three-fourths are in seven-eighths?
Answer:

WRITING RECIPROCALS
Write the reciprocal of the number.

Question 15.
8
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(\frac{11}{8}\)
Answer:

DIVIDING FRACTIONS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(\frac{1}{8} \div \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{2}{7} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(\frac{6}{5} \div 3\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 24.
\(\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{2}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(12 \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(8 \div \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{3}{7} \div 6\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{12}{25} \div 4\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{2}{9} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(\frac{8}{15} \div \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 32.
\(\frac{7}{10} \div \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
\(\frac{14}{27} \div 7\)
Answer:

Question 34.
\(\frac{5}{8} \div 15\)
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{27}{32} \div \frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 36.
\(\frac{4}{15} \div \frac{10}{13}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(9 \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(10 \div \frac{5}{12}\)
Answer:

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the quotient. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 37
Answer:

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 38
Answer:

Question 41.
MP REASONING
You have \(\frac{3}{5}\) of an apple pie. You divide the remaining pie into 5 equal slices. What portion of the original pie is each slice?
Answer:

Question 42.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
How many times longer is the baby alligator than the baby gecko?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 39
Answer:

OPEN-ENDED
Write a real-life problem for the expression. Then solve the problem.
Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 40
Answer:

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 41
Answer:

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 42
Answer:

MP REASONING
Without finding the quotient, copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =. Explain your reasoning.

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 43
Answer:

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 44
Answer:

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 45
Answer:

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 46
Answer:

ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 54.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 6 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 55.
\(\frac{7}{12}\) ÷ 14 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 56.
\(\frac{3}{5} \div \frac{4}{7} \div \frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 57.
\(4 \div \frac{8}{9}-\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 58.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{3}{8} \div 9\)
Answer:

Question 60.
\(\frac{9}{16} \div \frac{3}{4} \cdot \frac{2}{13}\)
Answer:

Question 61.
\(\frac{3}{14} \cdot \frac{2}{5} \div \frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 62.
\(\frac{10}{27} \cdot\left(\frac{3}{8} \div \frac{5}{24}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 63.
MP NUMBER SENSE
When is the reciprocal of a fraction a whole number? Explain.
Answer:

Question 64.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You use \(\frac{1}{8}\) of your battery for every \(\frac{2}{5}\) of an hour that you video chat. You use \(\frac{3}{4}\) of your battery video chatting. How long did you video chat?
Answer:

Question 65.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the portions of a family budget that are spent on several expenses.

ExpensePortion of Budget
Housing\( \frac{2}{5}\)
Food\( \frac{4}{9}\)
Automobiles\( \frac{1}{15}\)
Recreation\( \frac{1}{40}\)

a. How many times more is the expense for housing than for automobiles?
Answer:

b. How many times more is the expense for food than for recreation?
Answer:

c. The expense for automobile fuel is \(\frac{1}{60} 0\) of the total expenses. What portion of the automobile expense is spent on fuel?
Answer:

Question 66.
CRITICAL THINKING
A bottle of juice is \(\frac{2}{3}\) full. the bottle contains \(\frac{4}{5}\) of a cup of juice.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 47
a. Write a division expression that represents the capacity of the bottle.
Answer:

b. Write a related multiplication expression that represents the capacity of the bottle.
Answer:

e. Explain how you can use the diagram to verify the expression In part (b).
Answer:

d. Find the capacity of the bade.
Answer:

Question 67.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 6 pints of glaze. It takes \(\frac{7}{8}\) of a pint to glaze a bowl and \(\frac{9}{16}\) of a pint to glaze a plate.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 48
a. how many howls can you completely glaze? How many plates can you completely glaze?
Answer:

b. You want to glaze 5 bowls, and then use the rest for plates. How many plates can you completely glaze? How much glaze will be left over?
Answer:

c. How many of each object can you completely glaze so that there is no glaze left over? Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:

Question 68.
MP REASONING
A water tank is \(\frac{1}{8}\) full. The tank is \(\frac{3}{4}\) full when 42 gallons of water are added to the tank.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 49
a. How much water can the tank hold?
Answer:

b. How much water was originally in the tank?
Answer:

c. How much water is in the tank when it is \(\frac{1}{2}\) full?
Answer:

Section 2.3 Dividing Mixed Numbers

Exploration 1

Dividing Mixed Numbers

Work with a partner. Write a real-life problem that represents each division expression described. Then solve each problem using a model. Check your answers.

a. How many three-fourths arc in four and one-half?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 50
Answer:

b. How many three-eighths arc in two and one-fourth?
Answer:

c. How many one and one-halves arc in six?
Answer:

d. How many seven-sixths arc in three and one-third?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 51
Answer:

e. How many one and one-fifths are in five?
Answer:

f. How many three and one-halves arc in two and one-half?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 52

g. How many four and one-halves arc in one and one-half?
Answer:

Lesson 2.3 Dividing Mixed Numbers

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(3 \frac{2}{3} \div \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(1 \frac{3}{7} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(2 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(6 \frac{1}{2} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(10 \frac{2}{3} \div 2 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(8 \frac{1}{4} \div 1 \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(3 \div 1 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Try It Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(1 \frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{6}-\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(3 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{5}{6}+\frac{8}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{4}{5} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{4}{5} \div 2\)
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 13.
\(4 \frac{4}{7} \div \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div 5 \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{3}{4}+6 \frac{2}{5} \div 1 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Is \(2 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{1}{4}\) the sense as \(1 \frac{1}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{2}\)? Use models to justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 17.
DIFFERENT WORDS. SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “b0th” answers.
What is 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) divided by \(\frac{1}{8}\)?
What is the quotient of 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{1}{8}\)?
What is 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) times 8?
What is \(\frac{1}{8}\) of 5\(\frac{1}{2}\)?
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A water cooler contains 160 cups of water. During practice, each person on a team fills a water bottle with 3\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of water from the cooler. Is there enough water for all 45 people on the team to fill their water bottles? Explain.
Answer:

Question 19.
A cyclist is 7\(\frac{3}{4}\) kilometers from the finish line of a race. The cyclist rides at a rate of 25\(\frac{5}{6}\) kilometers per hour. How many minutes will it take the cyclist to finish the race?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 53
Answer:

Dividing Mixed Numbers Practice 2.3

Review & Refresh

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{8} \div \frac{1}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{9} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ÷ 10
Answer:

Question 4.
12 ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 5.
8, 14
Answer:

Question 6.
9, 11, 12
Answer:

Question 7.
12, 27, 30
Answer:

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 54
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 55
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 56
Answer:

Question 11.
Which number is not a prime factor of 286?
A. 2
B. 7
C. 11
D. 13
Answer:

Concepts, Skills & Problem Solving

MP CHOOSE TOOLS
Write a real-life problem that represents the division expression described. Then solve the problem using a model. Check your answer algebraically. (See Exploration 1, Page.No 61.)
Question 12.
How many two-thirds are in three and one-third?
Answer:

Question 13.
How many one and one-sixths are in five and five-sixths?
Answer:

Question 14.
How man two and one-halves are in eight and three-fourths?
Answer:

DIVIDING WITH MIXED NUMBERS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 15.
\(2 \frac{1}{4} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(3 \frac{4}{5} \div \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(8 \frac{1}{8} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(7 \frac{5}{9} \div \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(7 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(3 \frac{3}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(7 \frac{1}{5} \div 8\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(8 \frac{4}{7} \div 15\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(8 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 24.
\(9 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(13 \div 10 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(12 \div 5 \frac{9}{11}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{7}{8} \div 3 \frac{1}{16}\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{4}{9} \div 1 \frac{7}{15}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(4 \frac{5}{16} \div 3 \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(6 \frac{2}{9} \div 5 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the quotient of 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1\(\frac{2}{3}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 57
Answer:

Question 32.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
A platinum nugget weighs 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) ounce pieces can he cut from the nugget?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 58
Answer:

ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 33.
\(3 \div 1 \frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 34.
\(4 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{3} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 36.
\(5 \frac{5}{6} \div 3 \frac{3}{4}-\frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(6 \frac{1}{2}-\frac{7}{8} \div 5 \frac{11}{16}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(9 \frac{1}{6} \div 5+3 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
\(3 \frac{3}{5}+4 \frac{4}{15} \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 40.
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{7}{12} \div 2 \frac{7}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
\(4 \frac{3}{8} \div \frac{3}{4} \cdot \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 42.
\(1 \frac{9}{11} \times 4 \frac{7}{12} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(3 \frac{4}{15} \div\left(8 \cdot 6 \frac{3}{10}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 44.
\(2 \frac{5}{14} \div\left(2 \frac{5}{8} \times 1 \frac{3}{7}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 45.
MP LOGIC
Your friend uses the model shown to state that \(2 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{1}{6}=2 \frac{1}{6}\). Is your friend correct? Justify your answer using the model.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 59
Answer:

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A bag contains 42 cups of dog food. Your dog cats 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of dog food each day. Is there enough food to last 3 weeks? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 60
Answer:

Question 47.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 12 cups of granola and 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanuts to make trail mix. What is the greatest number of full batches of trail mix you can make? Explain how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 61
Answer:

Question 48.
MP REASONING
At a track and field meet, the longest shot-put throw by a boy is 25 feet 8 inches. the longest shot-put throw by a girl is 19 feet 3 inches. How many times greater is the longest shot-put throw by the boy than by the girl?
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences

Dreamt to become Pro in Math then having a good grip on Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences is mandatory. It is the ultimate guide for all high school students as it covers study resources for the concepts of chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences. So, students can trust this bigideasmathanswers.com BIM Algebra 1 Solution Key and make it a part of their preparation. Practice & solve the questions covered in the available Topic-wise BigIdeas Math Book Algebra 1 Ch 6 Answers PDF and identify the knowledge gap accordingly.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Solution Key Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences

Make use of this provided Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Ch 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences Answer Key topic-wise and clear all your subject doubts within seconds. BIM Algebra 1 Textbook Solutions for Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences concepts are explained in a step-wise manner so they are easy to understand while preparation. Also, BIM Answer Key for Algebra 1 Ch 6 is free to access online and offline at any time. Kickstart your preparation with the ultimate Ch 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers guide & score highest marks in various exams.

Exponential Functions and Sequences Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
12(\(\frac{14}{2}\)) – 33 + 15 – 92

Question 2.
53 • 8 ÷ 22 + 20 • 3 – 4

Question 3.
-7 + 16 ÷ 24 + (10 – 42)

Find the square root(s).

Question 4.
\(\sqrt{64}\)

Question 5.
–\(\sqrt{4}\)

Question 6.
–\(\sqrt{25}\)

Question 7.
±\(\sqrt{21}\)

Question 8.
12, 14, 16, 18, . . .

Question 9.
6, 3, 0, -3, . . .

Question 10.
22, 15, 8, 1, . . .

Question 11.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Recall that a perfect square is a number with integers as its square roots. Is the product of two perfect squares always a perfect square? Is the quotient of two perfect squares always a perfect square? Explain your reasoning.

Exponential Functions and Sequences Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
A rabbit population over 8 consecutive years is given by 50, 80, 128, 205, 328, 524, 839, 1342. Find the population in the tenth year.

Question 2.
The sums of the numbers in the first eight rows of Pascal’s Triangle are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128. Find the sum of the numbers in the tenth row.

Lesson 6.1 Properties of Exponents

Essential Question
How can you write general rules involving properties of exponents?

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Rules for Properties of Exponents
Work with a partner.

a. What happens when you multiply two powers with the same base? Write the product of the two powers as a single power. Then write a general rule for finding the product of two powers with the same base.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 1.1
b. What happens when you divide two powers with the same base? Write the quotient of the two powers as a single power. Then write a general rule for finding the quotient of two powers with the same base.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 2
c. What happens when you find a power of a power? Write the expression as a single power. Then write a general rule for finding a power of a power.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 3
d. What happens when you find a power of a product? Write the expression as the product of two powers. Then write a general rule for finding a power of a product.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 4
e. What happens when you find a power of a quotient? Write the expression as the quotient of two powers. Then write a general rule for finding a power of a quotient.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 5

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you write general rules involving properties of exponents?

Question 3.
There are 33 small cubes in the cube below. Write an expression for the number of small cubes in the large cube at the right.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6

6.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
(-9)°

Question 2.
3-3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 7

Question 4.
Simplify the expression Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 8. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Monitoring Progress

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 5.
104 • 10-6

Question 6.
x9 • x-9

Question 7.
\(\frac{-5^{8}}{-5^{4}}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{y^{6}}{y^{7}}\)

Question 9.
(6-2)-1

Question 10.
(w12)5

Monitoring Progress

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 11.
(10y)-3

Question 12.
(\(-\frac{4}{n}\))5

Question 13.
(\(\frac{1}{2 k^{2}}\))5

Question 14.
(\(\frac{6 c}{7}\))-2

Monitoring Progress

Question 15.
Write two expressions that represent the area of a base of the cylinder in Example 5.

Question 16.
It takes the Sun about 2.3 × 108 years to orbit the center of the Milky Way. It takes Pluto about 2.5 × 102 years to orbit the Sun. How many times does Pluto orbit the Sun while the Sun completes one orbit around the center of the Milky Way? Write your answer in scientific notation.

Properties of Exponents 6.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Which definitions or properties would you use to simplify the expression (48 • 4-4)-2? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain when and how to use the Power of a Product Property.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Explain when and how to use the Quotient of Powers Property.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 3

Question 4.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 8.1
Answer:

In Exercises 5–12, evaluate the expression. (See Example 1.)

Question 5.
(-7)°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 5

Question 6.

Answer:

Question 7.
5-4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 7

Question 8.
(-2)-5

Question 9.
\(\frac{2^{-4}}{4^{0}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 9

Question 10.
\(\frac{5^{-1}}{-9^{0}}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{-3^{-3}}{6^{-2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 11

Question 12.
\(\frac{(-8)^{-2}}{3^{-4}}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 13–22, simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 13.
x-7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 13

Question 14.

Answer:

Question 15.
9x°y-3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 15

Question 16.
15c-8
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{2^{-2} m^{-3}}{n^{0}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 17

Question 18.
\(\frac{10^{0} r^{-11} s}{3^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{4^{-3} a^{0}}{b^{-7}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 19

Question 20.
\(\frac{p^{-8}}{7^{-2} q^{-9}}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{2^{2} y^{-6}}{8^{-1} z^{0} x^{-7}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 21

Question 22.
\(\frac{13 x^{-5} y^{0}}{5^{-3} z^{-10}}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 23–32, simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 23.
\(\frac{5^{6}}{5^{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 23

Question 24.
\(\frac{(-6)^{8}}{(-6)^{5}}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
(-9)2 • (-9)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 25

Question 26.
4-5 • 45
Answer:

Question 27.
(p6)4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 27

Question 28.
(s-5)3
Answer:

Question 29.
6-8 • 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 29

Question 30.
-7 • (-7)-4

Question 31.
\(\frac{x^{5}}{x^{4}}\) • x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 31

Question 32.
\(\frac{z^{8} \cdot z^{2}}{z^{5}}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
USING PROPERTIES
A microscope magnifies an object 105 times. The length of an object is 10-7 meter. What is its magnified length?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 8.2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 33

Question 34.
USING PROPERTIES
The area of the rectangular computer chip is 1123b2 square microns. What is the length?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 9
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 35 and 36, describe and correct the error in simplifying the expression.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 11
Answer:

In Exercises 37–44, simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 37.
(-5z)3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 37

Question 38.
(4x)-4
Answer:

Question 39.
(\(\frac{6}{n}\))-2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 39
Answer:

Question 40.
(\(\frac{-t}{3}\))2
Answer:

Question 41.
(3s8)-5
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 41
Answer:

Question 42.
(-5p3)3
Answer:

Question 43.
(\(-\frac{w^{3}}{6}\))-2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 43
Answer:

Question 44.
(\(\frac{1}{2 r^{6}}\))-6

Question 45.
USING PROPERTIES
Which of the expressions represent the volume of the sphere? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 12
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 45

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Diffusion is the movement of molecules from one location to another. The time t (in seconds) it takes molecules to diffuse a distance of x centimeters is given by t = \(\frac{x^{2}}{2 D}\), where D is the diffusion coefficient. The diffusion coefficient for a drop of ink in water is about 10-5 square centimeters per second. How long will it take the ink to diffuse 1 micrometer (10-4 centimeter)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 13.1

In Exercises 47–50, simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 47

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 15
Answer:

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 49

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 17
Answer:

In Exercises 51–54, evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation and standard form.

Question 51.
(3 × 102)(1.5 × 10-5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 51

Question 52.
(6.1 × 10-3)(8 × 109)
Answer:

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 19
Answer:

Question 55.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In 2012, on average, about 9.46 × 10-1 pound of potatoes was produced for every 2.3 × 10-5 acre harvested. How many pounds of potatoes on average were produced for each acre harvested? Write your answer in scientific notation and in standard form.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 55

Question 56.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The speed of light is approximately 3 × 105 kilometers per second. How long does it take sunlight to reach Jupiter? Write your answer in scientific notation and in standard form.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 20
Answer:

Question 57.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Consider Cube A and Cube B.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 21
a. Which property of exponents should you use to simplify an expression for the volume of each cube?
b. How can you use the Power of a Quotient Property to find how many times greater the volume of Cube B is than the volume of Cube A?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 57

Question 58.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A byte is a unit used to measure a computer’s memory. The table shows the numbers of bytes in several units of measure.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 22
a. How many kilobytes are in 1 terabyte?
b. How many megabytes are in 16 gigabytes?
c. Another unit used to measure a computer’s memory is a bit. There are 8 bits in a byte. How can you convert the number of bytes in each unit of measure given in the table to bits? Can you still use a base of 2? Explain.
Answer:

REWRITING EXPRESSIONS
In Exercises 59–62, rewrite the expression as a power of a product.

questions 59.
8a3b3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 59

Question 60.
16r2s2
Answer:

Question 61.
64w18z12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 61

Question 62.
81x4y8
Answer:

Question 63.
USING STRUCTURE
The probability of rolling a 6 on a number cube is \(\frac{1}{6}\). The probability of rolling a 6 twice in a row is (\(\frac{1}{6}\))2 = \(\frac{1}{36}\).
a. Write an expression that represents the probability of rolling a 6 n times in a row.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 23
b. What is the probability of rolling a 6 four times in a row?
c. What is the probability of flipping heads on a coin five times in a row? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 63

Question 64.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The shaded part of Figure n represents the portion of a piece of paper visible after folding the paper in half n times.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 24
a. What fraction of the original piece of paper is each shaded part?
b. Rewrite each fraction from part (a) in the form 2x.
Answer:

Question 65.
REASONING
Find x and y when \(\frac{b^{x}}{b^{y}}\) = b9 and \(\frac{b^{x} \cdot b^{2}}{b^{3 y}}\) = b13. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 65.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 65.2

Question 66.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write expressions for r and h so that the volume of the cone can be represented by the expression 27πx8. Find r and h.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 25
Answer:

Question 67.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
One of the smallest plant seeds comes from an orchid, and one of the largest plant seeds comes from a double coconut palm. A seed from an orchid has a mass of 10-6 gram. The mass of a seed from a double coconut palm is 1010 times the mass of the seed from the orchid. Your friend says that the seed from the double coconut palm has a mass of about 1 kilogram. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 67

Question 68.
CRITICAL THINKING
Your school is conducting a survey. Students can answer the questions in either part with “agree” or “disagree.”
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 26
a. What power of 2 represents the number of different ways that a student can answer all the questions in Part 1?
b. What power of 2 represents the number of different ways that a student can answer all the questions on the entire survey?
c. The survey changes, and students can now answer “agree,” “disagree,” or “no opinion.” How does this affect your answers in parts (a) and (b)?
Answer:

Question 69.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Compare the values of an and a-n when n < 0, when n = 0, and when n > 0 for
(a) a > 1 and
(b) 0 < a < 1. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 69

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the square root(s).

Question 70.
\(\sqrt{25}\)
Answer:

Question 71.
–\(\sqrt{100}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 71

Question 72.
± \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{64}}\)
Answer:

Classify the real number in as many ways as possible.

Question 73.
12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 73

Question 74.
\(\frac{65}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 75.
\(\frac{\pi}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 75

Lesson 6.2 Radicals and Rational Exponents

Essential Question
How can you write and evaluate an nth root of a number?
Recall that you cube a number as follows.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 27
To “undo” cubing a number, take the cube root of the number.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 28

EXPLORATION 1
Finding Cube Roots
Work with a partner.
Use a cube root symbol to write the side length of each cube. Then find the cube root. Check your answers by multiplying. Which cube is the largest? Which two cubes are the same size? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 29
a. Volume = 27 ft3
b. Volume = 125 cm3
c. Volume = 3375 in.3
d. Volume = 3.375 m3
e. Volume = 1 yd3
f. Volume = \(\frac{125}{8}\) mm3

EXPLORATION 2
Estimating nth Roots
Work with a partner.
Estimate each positive nth root. Then match each nth root with the point on the number line. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 30.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 30

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you write and evaluate an nth root of a number?

Question 4.
The body mass m (in kilograms) of a dinosaur that walked on two feet can be modeled by
m = (0.00016)C2.73
where C is the circumference (in millimeters) of the dinosaur’s femur. The mass of a Tyrannosaurus rex was 4000 kilograms. Use a calculator to approximate the circumference of its femur.

6.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Find the indicated real nth root(s) of a.

Question 1.
n = 3, a = -125

Question 2.
n = 6, a = 64

Evaluate the expression.

Question 3.
\(\sqrt[3]{-125}\)

Question 4.
(-64)2 / 3

Question 5.
95 / 2

Question 6.
2563 / 4

Question 7.
WHAT IF? In Example 4, the volume of the beach ball is 17,000 cubic inches. Find the radius to the nearest inch. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 8.
The average cost of college tuition increases from $8500 to $13,500 over a period of 8 years. Find the annual inflation rate to the nearest tenth of a percent.

Radicals and Rational Exponents 6.2 Exercises

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain how to evaluate 811 / 4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 31
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, rewrite the expression in rational exponent form.

Question 3.
\(\sqrt{10}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 3

Question 4.
\(\sqrt[5]{34}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 5 and 6, rewrite the expression in radical form.

Question 5.
151 / 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 5

Question 6.
1401 / 8
Answer:

In Exercises 7–10, find the indicated real nth root(s) of a.

Question 7.
n = 2, a = 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 7

Question 8.
n = 4, a = 81
Answer:

Question 9.
n = 3, a = 1000
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 9

Question 10.
n = 9, a = -512
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 11 and 12, find the dimensions of the cube. Check your answer.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 33
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, evaluate the expression.

Question 13.
\(\sqrt[4]{256}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 13

Question 14.
\(\sqrt[3]{-216}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\sqrt[3]{-343}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 15

Question 16.
–\(\sqrt[5]{1024}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
1281 / 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 17

Question 18.
(-64)1 / 2
Answer:

In Exercises 19 and 20, rewrite the expression in rational exponent form.

Question 19.
(\(\sqrt[5]{8}\))4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 19

Question 20.
(\(\sqrt[5]{-21}\))6
Answer:

In Exercises 21 and 22, rewrite the expression in radical form.

Question 21.
(-4)2 / 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 21

Question 22.
95 / 2
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, evaluate the expression.

Question 23.
323 / 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 23

Question 24.
1252 / 3
Answer:

Question 25.
(-36)3 / 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 25

Question 26.
(-243)2 / 5
Answer:

Question 27.
(-128)5 / 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 27

Question 28.
3434 / 3
Answer:

Question 29.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in rewriting the expression in rational exponent form.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 29

Question 30.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in evaluating the expression.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 35
Answer:

In Exercises 31–34, evaluate the expression.

Question 31.
(\(\frac{1}{1000}\))1 / 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 31

Question 32.
(\(\frac{1}{64}\))1 / 6
Answer:

Question 33.
(27)-2 / 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 33

Question 34.
(9)-5 / 2
Answer:

Question 35.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A math club is having a bake sale. Find the area of the bake sale sign.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 35

Question 36.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The volume of a cube-shaped box is 275 cubic millimeters. Find the length of one side of the box.
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The radius r of the base of a cone is given by the equation r = (\(\frac{3 V}{\pi h}\))1 / 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 37
where V is the volume of the cone and h is the height of the cone. Find the radius of the paper cup to the nearest inch. Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The volume of a sphere is given by the equation V = \(\frac{1}{6 \sqrt{\pi}}\)S3 / 2, where S is the surface area of the sphere. Find the volume of a sphere, to the nearest cubic meter, that has a surface area of 60 square meters. Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:

Question 39.
WRITING
Explain how to write (\(\sqrt[n]{a}\))m in rational exponent form.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 39

Question 40.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Write an expression in rational exponent form that represents the side length of the square.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 38
Answer:

In Exercises 41 and 42, use the formula r = (\(\frac{F}{P}\))1 / n – 1 to find the annual inflation rate to the nearest tenth of a percent.

Question 41.
A farm increases in value from $800,000 to $1,100,000 over a period of 6 years.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 41

Question 42.
The cost of a gallon of gas increases from $1.46 to $3.53 over a period of 10 years.
Answer:

Question 43.
REASONING
For what values of x is x = x1 / 5?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 43

Question 44.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that for a real number a and a positive integer n, the value of \(\sqrt[n]{a}\) is always positive and the value of –\(\sqrt[n]{a}\) is always negative. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

In Exercises 45–48, simplify the expression.

Question 45.
(y1 / 6)3 • x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 45

Question 46.
(y • y1 / 3)3 / 2
Answer:

Question 47.
x • \(\sqrt[3]{y^{6}}\) + y2 • \(\sqrt[3]{x^{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 47

Question 48.
(x1 / 3 • y1 / 2)9 • \(\sqrt{y}\)
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The formula for the volume of a regular dodecahedron is V ≈ 7.66ℓ3, where ℓ is the length of an edge. The volume of the dodecahedron is 20 cubic feet. Estimate the edge length.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 39
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 49

Question 50.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Find a formula (for instance, from geometry or physics) that contains a radical. Rewrite the formula using rational exponents.
Answer:

ABSTRACT REASONING
In Exercises 51–56, let x be a non negative real number. Determine whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Justify your answer.

Answer:

Question 51.
(x1 / 3)3 = x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 51

Question 52.
x1 / 3 = x-3
Answer:

Question 53.
x1 / 3 = \(\sqrt[3]{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 53

Question 54.
x = x1 / 3 • x3
Answer:

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 55

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the function when x = −3, 0, and 8.(Section 3.3)

Question 57.
f(x) = 2x – 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 57

Question 58.
w(x) = -5x – 1
Answer:

Question 59.
h(x) = 13 – x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 59

Question 60.
g(x) = 8x + 16
Answer:

Lesson 6.3 Exponential Functions

Essential Question
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of an exponential function?
EXPLORATION 1
Exploring an Exponential Function
Work with a partner.
Copy and complete each table for the exponential function y = 16(2)x. In each table, what do you notice about the values of x? What do you notice about the values of y?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 41

EXPLORATION 2
Exploring an Exponential Function
Work with a partner.
Repeat Exploration 1 for the exponential function y = 16(\(\frac{1}{2}\))x. Do you think the statement below is true for any exponential function? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 42
“As the independent variable x changes by a constant amount, the dependent variable y is multiplied by a constant factor.”

EXPLORATION 3
Graphing Exponential Functions
Work with a partner.
Sketch the graphs of the functions given in Explorations 1 and 2. How are the graphs similar? How are they different?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of an exponential function?

Question 5.
Sketch the graph of each exponential function. Does each graph have the characteristics you described in Question 4? Explain your reasoning.
a. y = 2x
b. y = 2(3)x
c. y = 3(1.5)x
d. y = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x
e. y = 3(\(\frac{1}{2}\))x
f. y = 2(\(\frac{3}{4}\))x

6.3 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Does the table represent a linear or an exponential function? Explain.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 43

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 44

Evaluate the function when x = −2, 0, and \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 3.
y = 2(9)x

Question 4.
y = 1.5(2)x

Monitoring Progress

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of the parent function. Describe the domain and range of f.

Question 5.
f(x) = -2(4)x

Question 6.
f(x) = 2(\(\frac{1}{4}\))x

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.

Question 7.
y = -2(3)x + 2 – 1

Question 8.
f(x) = (0.25)x + 3

Question 9.
WHAT IF? In Example 6, the dependent variable of g is multiplied by 3 for every 1 unit the independent variable x increases. Graph g when g(0) = 4. Compare g and the function f from Example 3 over the interval x = 0 to x = 2.

Question 10.
A bacterial population y after x days can be represented by an exponential function whose graph passes through (0, 100) and (1, 200).
(a) Write a function that represents the population.
(b) Find the population after 6 days.
(c) Does this bacterial population grow faster than the bacterial population in Example 7? Explain.

Exponential Functions 6.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
OPEN-ENDED
Sketch an increasing exponential function whose graph has a y-intercept of 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 1

Question 2.
REASONING
Why is a the y-intercept of the graph of the function y = abx?
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Compare the graph of y = 2(5)x with the graph of y = 5x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 45
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–10, determine whether the equation represents an exponential function. Explain.

Question 5.
y = 4(7)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 5

Question 6.
y = -6x
Answer:

Question 7.
y = 2x3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 7

Question 8.
y = -3x
Answer:

Question 9.
y = 9(-5)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 9

Question 10.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(1)x
Answer:

In Exercises 11–14, determine whether the table represents a linear or an exponential function. Explain. 

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 46
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 47
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 48
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 49
Answer:

In Exercises 15–20, evaluate the function for the given value of x.

Question 15.
y = 3x; x = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 15

Question 16.
f(x) = 3(2)x; x = -1
Answer:

Question 17.
y = -4(5)x; x = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 17

Question 18.
f(x) = 0.5x; x = -3
Answer:

Question 19.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(6)x; x = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 19

Question 20.
y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(4)x; x = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 21–24, match the function with its graph.

Question 21.
f(x) = 2(0.5)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 21

Question 22.
y = -2(0.5)x
Answer:

Question 23.
y = 2(2)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 23

Question 24.
f(x) = -2(2)x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 50
Answer:

In Exercises 25–30, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of the parent function. Describe the domain and range of f.

Question 25.
f (x) = 3(0.5)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 25

Question 26.
f(x) = -4x
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = -2(7)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 27

Question 28.
f(x) = 6 (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x
Answer:

Question 29.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(8)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 29

Question 30.
f (x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(0.25)x
Answer:

In Exercises 31–36, graph the function. Describe the domain and range.

Question 31.
f(x) = 3x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 31

Question 32.
f(x) = 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 33.
y = 5x – 2 + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 33

Question 34.
y = – (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x + 1 – 3
Answer:

Question 35.
y = -8(0.75)x + 2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 35

Question 36.
f(x) = 3(6)x – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 37–40, compare the graphs. Find the value of h, k, or a.

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 37

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 51.1
Answer:

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 52
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 53
Answer:

Question 41.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in evaluating the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 41

Question 42.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the domain and range of the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 55
Answer:

In Exercises 43 and 44, graph the function with the given description. Compare the function to f (x) = 0.5(4)x over the interval x = 0 to x = 2.

Question 43.
An exponential function g models a relationship in which the dependent variable is multiplied by 2.5 for every 1 unit the independent variable x increases. The value of the function at 0 is 8.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 43

Question 44.
An exponential function h models a relationship in which the dependent variable is multiplied by \(\frac{1}{2}\) for every 1 unit the independent variable x increases. The value of the function at 0 is 32.
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You graph an exponential function on a calculator. You zoom in repeatedly to 25% of the screen size. The function y = 0.25x represents the percent (in decimal form) of the original screen display that you see, where x is the number of times you zoom in.
a. Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
b. Find and interpret the y-intercept.
c. You zoom in twice. What percent of the original screen do you see?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 45.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 45.2

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A population y of coyotes in a national park triples every 20 years. The function y = 15(3)x represents the population, where x is the number of 20-year periods.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 56
a. Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
b. Find and interpret the y-intercept.
c. How many coyotes are in the national park in 40 years?
Answer:

In Exercises 47–50, write an exponential function represented by the table or graph.

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 47

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 58
Answer:

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 49

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 60
Answer:

Question 51.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The graph represents the number y of visitors to a new art gallery after x months.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 61
a. Write an exponential function that represents this situation.
b. Approximate the number of visitors after 5 months.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 51

Question 52.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A sales report shows that 3300 gas grills were purchased from a chain of hardware stores last year. The store expects grill sales to increase 6% each year. About how many grills does the store expect to sell in Year 6? Use an equation to justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 53.
WRITING
Graph the function f(x) = -2x. Then graph g(x) = -2x – 3. How are the y-intercept, domain, and range affected by the translation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 53

Question 54.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the table represents an exponential function because y is multiplied by a constant factor. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 62
Answer:

Question 55.
WRITING
Describe the effect of a on the graph of y = a • 2x when a is positive and when a is negative.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 55

Question 56.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a function whose graph is a horizontal translation of the graph of h(x) = 4x.
Answer:

Question 57.
USING STRUCTURE
The graph of g is a translation 4 units up and 3 units right of the graph of f(x) = 5x. Write an equation for g.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 57

Question 58.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The exponential function y = V(x) represents the projected value of a stock x weeks after a corporation loses an important legal battle. The graph of the function is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 63
a. After how many weeks will the stock be worth $20?
b. Describe the change in the stock price from Week 1 to Week 3.
Answer:

Question 59.
USING GRAPHS
The graph represents the exponential function f. Find f(7).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 59

Question 60.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a function of the form y = abx that represents a real-life population. Explain the meaning of each of the constants a and b in the real-life context.
Answer:

Question 61.
REASONING
Let f(x) = abx. Show that when x is increased by a constant k, the quotient \(\frac{f(x+k)}{f(x)}\) is always the same regardless of the value of x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 61

Question 62.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A function g models a relationship in which the dependent variable is multiplied by 4 for every 2 units the independent variable increases. The value of the function at 0 is 5. Write an equation that represents the function.
Answer:

Question 63.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Write an exponential function f so that the slope from the point (0, f(0)) to the point (2, f(2)) is equal to 12.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 63.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 63.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the percent as a decimal.

Question 64.
4%
Answer:

Question 65.
35%
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 65

Question 66.
128%
Answer:

Question 67.
250%
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 67

Lesson 6.4 Exponential Growth and Decay

Essential Question
What are some of the characteristics of exponential growth and exponential decay functions?

EXPLORATION 1
Predicting a Future Event
Work with a partner.
It is estimated, that in 1782, there were about 100,000 nesting pairs of bald eagles in the United States. By the 1960s, this number had dropped to about 500 nesting pairs. In 1967, the bald eagle was declared an endangered species in the United States. With protection, the nesting pair population began to increase. Finally, in 2007, the bald eagle was removed from the list of endangered and threatened species.
Describe the pattern shown in the graph. Is it exponential growth? Assume the pattern continues. When will the population return to that of the late 1700s? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 65
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 66

EXPLORATION 2
Describing a Decay Pattern
Work with a partner.
A forensic pathologist was called to estimate the time of death of a person. At midnight, the body temperature was 80.5°F and the room temperature was a constant 60°F. One hour later, the body temperature was 78.5°F.
a. By what percent did the difference between the body temperature and the room temperature drop during the hour?
b. Assume that the original body temperature was 98.6°F. Use the percent decrease found in part (a) to make a table showing the decreases in body temperature. Use the table to estimate the time of death.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are some of the characteristics of exponential growth and exponential decay functions?

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other reference to find an example of each type of function. Your examples should be different than those given in Explorations 1 and 2.
a. exponential growth
b. exponential decay

6.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
A website has 500,000 members in 2010. The number y of members increases by 15% each year.
(a) Write an exponential growth function that represents the website membership t years after 2010.
(b) How many members will there be in 2016? Round your answer to the nearest ten thousand.

Monitoring Progress

Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 67

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 68

Determine whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent rate of change.

Question 4.
y = 2(0.92)t

Question 5.
f(t) = (1.2)t

Rewrite the function to determine whether it represents exponential growth or exponential decay.

Question 6.
f(t) = 3(1.02)10t

Question 7.
y = (0.95)t + 2

Question 8.
You deposit $500 in a savings account that earns 9% annual interest compounded monthly. Write and graph a function that represents the balance y (in dollars) after t years.

Question 9.
WHAT IF? The car loses 9% of its value every year.
(a) Write a function that represents the value y (in dollars) of the car after t years.
(b) Find the approximate monthly percent decrease in value.
(c) Graph the function from part (a). Use the graph to estimate the value of the car after 12 years. Round your answer to the nearest thousand.

Exponential Growth and Decay 6.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
In the exponential growth function y = a(1 + r)t, the quantity r is called the ________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
What is the decay factor in the exponential decay function y = a(1 – r)t?
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
Compare exponential growth and exponential decay.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 3

Question 4.
WRITING
When does the function y = abx represent exponential growth? exponential decay?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, identify the initial amount a and the rate of growth r (as a percent) of the exponential function. Evaluate the function when t = 5. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 5.
y = 350(1 + 0.75)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 5

Question 6.
y = 10(1 + 0.4)t
Answer:

Question 7.
y = 25(1.2)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 7

Question 8.
y = 12(1.05)t
Answer:

Question 9.
f(t) = 1500(1.074)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 9

Question 10.
h(t) = 175(1.028)t
Answer:

Question 11.
g(t) = 6.72(2)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 11

Question 12.
p(t) = 1.8t
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, write a function that represents the situation.

Question 13.
Sales of $10,000 increase by 65% each year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 13

Question 14.
Your starting annual salary of $35,000 increases by 4% each year.
Answer:

Question 15.
A population of 210,000 increases by 12.5% each year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 15

Question 16.
An item costs $4.50, and its price increases by 3.5% each year.
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The population of a city has been increasing by 2% annually. The sign shown is from the year 2000.
a. Write an exponential growth function that represents the population t years after 2000.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 69
b. What will the population be in 2020? Round your answer to the nearest thousand.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A young channel catfish weighs about 0.1 pound. During the next 8 weeks, its weight increases by about 23% each week.
a. Write an exponential growth function that represents the weight of the catfish after t weeks during the 8-week period.
b. About how much will the catfish weigh after 4 weeks? Round your answer to the nearest thousandth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 70
Answer:

In Exercises 19–26, identify the initial amount a and the rate of decay r (as a percent) of the exponential function. Evaluate the function when t = 3. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 19.
y = 575(1 – 0.6)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 19

Question 20.
y = 8(1 – 0.15)t
Answer:

Question 21.
g(t) = 240(0.75)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 21

Question 22.
f(t) = 475(0.5)t
Answer:

Question 23.
w(t) = 700(0.995)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 23

Question 24.
h(t) = 1250(0.865)t
Answer:

Question 25.
y = (\(\frac{7}{8}\))t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 25

Question 26.
y = 0.5 (\(\frac{3}{4}\))t
Answer:

In Exercises 27–30, write a function that represents the situation.

Question 27.
A population of 100,000 decreases by 2% each year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 27

Question 28.
A $900 sound system decreases in value by 9% each year.
Answer:

Question 29.
A stock valued at $100 decreases in value by 9.5% each year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 29

Question 30.
A company profit of $20,000 decreases by 13.4% each year.
Answer:

Question 31.
ERROR ANALYSIS The growth rate of a bacterial culture is 150% each hour. Initially, there are 10 bacteria. Describe and correct the error in finding the number of bacteria in the culture after 8 hours.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 31

Question 32.
ERROR ANALYSIS You purchase a car in 2010 for $25,000. The value of the car decreases by 14% annually. Describe and correct the error in finding the value of the car in 2015.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 72
Answer:

In Exercises 33–38, determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 74
Answer:

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 76
Answer:

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 37

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 78
Answer:

Question 39.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The table shows the value of a camper t years after it is purchased.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 79
a. Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither.
b. What is the value of the camper after 5 years?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 39

Question 40.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The table shows the total numbers of visitors to a website t days after it is online.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 80
a. Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 80.1
b. How many people will have visited the website after it is online 47 days?
Answer:

In Exercises 41–48, determine whether each function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent rate of change.

Question 41.
y = 4(0.8)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 41

Question 42.
y = 15(1.1)t
Answer:

Question 43.
y = 30(0.95)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 43

Question 44.
y = 5(1.08)t
Answer:

Question 45.
r(t) = 0.4(1.06)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 45

Question 46.
s(t) = 0.65(0.48)t
Answer:

Question 47.
g(t) = 2 (\(\frac{5}{4}\))t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 47

Question 48.
m(t) = (\(\frac{4}{5}\))t
Answer:

In Exercises 49–56, rewrite the function to determine whether it represents exponential growth or exponential decay.

Question 49.
y = (0.9)t – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 49

Question 50.
y = (1.4)t + 8
Answer:

Question 51.
y = 2(1.06)9t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 51

Question 52.
y = 5(0.82)t/5
Answer:

Question 53.
x(t) = (1.45)t/2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 53

Question 54.
f(t) = 0.4(1.16)t – 1
Answer:

Question 55.
b(t) = 4(0.55)t + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 55

Question 56.
r(t) = (0.88)4r
Answer:

In Exercises 57–60, write a function that represents the balance after t years. 

Question 57.
$2000 deposit that earns 5% annual interest compounded quarterly
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 57

Question 58.
$1400 deposit that earns 10% annual interest compounded semiannually
Answer:

Question 59.
$6200 deposit that earns 8.4% annual interest compounded monthly
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 59

Question 60.
$3500 deposit that earns 9.2% annual interest compounded quarterly
Answer:

Question 61.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The cross-sectional area of a tree 4.5 feet from the ground is called its basal area. The table shows the basal areas (in square inches) of Tree A over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 81
a. Write functions that represent the basal areas of the trees after t years.
b. Graph the functions from part (a) in the same coordinate plane. Compare the basal areas.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 61.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 61.2

Question 62.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You deposit $300 into an investment account that earns 12% annual interest compounded quarterly. The graph shows the balance of a savings account over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 82
a. Write functions that represent the balances of the accounts after t years.
b. Graph the functions from part (a) in the same coordinate plane. Compare the account balances.
Answer:

Question 63.
PROBLEM SOLVING A city has a population of 25,000. The population is expected to increase by 5.5% annually for the next decade.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 83
a. Write a function that represents the population y after t years.
b. Find the approximate monthly percent increase in population.
c. Graph the function from part (a). Use the graph to estimate the population after 4 years.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 63.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 63.2

Question 64.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Plutonium-238 is a material that generates steady heat due to decay and is used in power systems for some spacecraft. The function y = a(0.5)t/x represents the amount y of a substance remaining after t years, where a is the initial amount and x is the length of the half-life (in years).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 84
a. A scientist is studying a 3-gram sample. Write a function that represents the amount y of plutonium-238 after t years.
b. What is the yearly percent decrease of plutonium-238?
c. Graph the function from part (a). Use the graph to estimate the amount remaining after 12 years.
Answer:

Question 65.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
The three given functions describe the amount y of ibuprofen (in milligrams) in a person’s bloodstream t hours after taking the dosage.
y ≈ 800(0.71)t
y ≈ 800(0.9943)60t
y ≈ 800(0.843)2t
a. Show that these expressions are approximately equivalent.
b. Describe the information given by each of the functions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 65.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 65.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 65.3

Question 66.
COMBINING FUNCTIONS You deposit $9000 in a savings account that earns 3.6% annual interest compounded monthly. You also save $40 per month in a safe at home. Write a function C(t) = b(t) + h(t), where b(t) represents the balance of your savings account and h(t) represents the amount in your safe after t years. What does C(t) represent?
Answer:

Question 67.
NUMBER SENSE During a flu epidemic, the number of sick people triples every week. What is the growth rate as a percent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 67

Question 68.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Match each situation with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
a. A bacterial population doubles each hour.
b. The value of a computer decreases by 18% each year.
c. A deposit earns 11% annual interest compounded yearly.
d. A radioactive element decays 5.5% each year.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 85
Answer:

Question 69.
WRITING Give an example of an equation in the form y = abx that does not represent an exponential growth function or an exponential decay function. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 69

Question 70.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Describe two account options into which you can deposit $1000 and earn compound interest. Write a function that represents the balance of each account after t years. Which account would you rather use? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 71.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT A store is having a sale on sweaters. On the first day, the prices of the sweaters are reduced by 20%. The prices will be reduced another 20% each day until the sweaters are sold. Your friend says the sweaters will be free on the fifth day. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 86
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 71

Question 72.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS The graphs of f and g are shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 87
a. Explain why f is an exponential growth function. Identify the rate of growth.
b. Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g. Determine the value of k.
c. The graph of g is the same as the graph of h(t) = f (t + r). Use properties of exponents to find the value of r.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.(Section 1.3)

Question 73.
8x + 12 = 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 73

Question 74.
5 – t = 7t + 21
Answer:

Question 75.
6(r – 2) = 2r + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 75

Find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.(Section 3.5)

Question 76.
y = -6x + 7
Answer:

Question 77.
y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 77

Question 78.
3y = 6x – 12
Answer:

Question 79.
2y + x = 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 79

Exponential Functions and Sequences Study Skills: Analyzing Your Errors

6.1–6.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 88

Core Concepts
Section 6.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 89
Section 6.2
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 90
Section 6.3
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 91
Section 6.4
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 92

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How did you apply what you know to simplify the complicated situation in Exercise 56 on page 297?

Question 2.
How can you use previously established results to construct an argument in Exercise 44 on page 304?

Question 3.
How is the form of the function you wrote in Exercise 66 on page 322 related to the forms of other types of functions you have learned about in this course?

Study Skills

Analyzing Your Errors

Misreading Directions

  • What Happens: You incorrectly read or do not understand directions.
  • How to Avoid This Error: Read the instructions for exercises at least twice and make sure you understand what they mean. Make this a habit and use it when taking tests.

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 93

Exponential Functions 6.1 – 6.4 Quiz

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.(Section 6.1)

Question 1.
32 • 34

Question 2.
(k4)-3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 94

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 95

Evaluate the expression.(Section 6.2)

Question 5.
\(\sqrt[3]{27}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{16}\)1/4

Question 7.
5122/3

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{4}\)5

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.(Section 6.3)

Question 9.
y = 5x

Question 10.
y = -2(\(\frac{1}{6}\))x

Question 11.
y = 6(2)x – 4 – 1

Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.(Section 6.4)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 96

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 97

Determine whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent rate of change.(Section 6.4)

Question 14.
y = 3(1.88)t

Question 15.
f(t) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(1.26)t

Question 16.
f(t) = 80(\(\frac{3}{5}\))t

Question 17.
The table shows several units of mass. (Section 6.1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 98
a. How many times larger is a kilogram than a nanogram? Write your answer using only positive exponents.
b. How many times smaller is a milligram than a hectogram? Write your answer using only positive exponents.
c. Which is greater, 10,000 milligrams or 1000 decigrams? Explain your reasoning.

Question 18.
You store blankets in a cedar chest. What is the volume of the cedar chest? (Section 6.2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 99

Question 19.
The function f(t) = 5(4)t represents the number of frogs in a pond after t years. (Section 6.3 and Section 6.4)
a. Does the function represent exponential growth or exponential decay? Explain.
b. Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
c. What is the yearly percent change? the approximate monthly percent change?
d. How many frogs are in the pond after 4 years?

Lesson 6.5 Solving Exponential Functions

Essential Question
How can you solve an exponential equation graphically?
EXPLORATION 1
Solving an Exponential Equation Graphically
Work with a partner.
Use a graphing calculator to solve the exponential equation 2.5x – 3 = 6.25 graphically. Describe your process and explain how you determined the solution.

EXPLORATION 2
The Number of Solutions of an Exponential Equation
Work with a partner.

a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the equation y = 2x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 100
b. In the same viewing window, graph a linear equation (if possible) that does not intersect the graph of y = 2x.
c. In the same viewing window, graph a linear equation (if possible) that intersects the graph of y = 2x in more than one point.
d. Is it possible for an exponential equation to have no solution? more than one solution? Explain your reasoning.

EXPLORATION 3
Solving Exponential Equations Graphically
Work with a partner.
Use a graphing calculator to solve each equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 100.1
a. 2x = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b. 2x + 1 = 0
c. 2x = \(\sqrt{2}\)
d. 3x = 9
e. 3x – 1 = 0
f. 42x = 2
g. 2x/2 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
h. 3x + 2 = \(\frac{1}{9}\)
i. 2x – 2 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you solve an exponential equation graphically?

Question 5.
A population of 30 mice is expected to double each year. The number p of mice in the population each year is given by p = 30(2n). In how many years will there be 960 mice in the population?

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
22x = 26

Question 2.
52x = 5x + 1

Question 3.
73x + 5 = 7x + 1

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
4x = 256

Question 5.
92x = 3x – 6

Question 6.
43x = 8x + 1

Question 7.
(\(\frac{1}{3}\))x – 1 = 27

Use a graphing calculator to solve the equation.

Question 8.
2x = 1.8

Question 9.
4x – 3 = x + 2

Question 10.
(\(\frac{1}{4}\))x = -2x – 3

Solving Exponential Functions 6.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Describe how to solve an exponential equation with unlike bases.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG? Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 101
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 3.
45x = 410
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 3

Question 4.
7x – 4 = 78
Answer:

Question 5.
39x = 37x + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 5

Question 6.
24x = 2x + 9
Answer:

Question 7.
2x = 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 7

Question 8.
3x = 243
Answer:

Question 9.
7x – 5 = 49x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 9

Question 10.
216x = 6x + 10
Answer:

Question 11.
642x + 4 = 165x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 11

Question 12.
27x = 9x – 2
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 13.
(\(\frac{1}{5}\))x = 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 13

Question 14.
(\(\frac{1}{4}\))x = 256
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{128}\) = 25x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 15

Question 16.
34x – 9 = \(\frac{1}{243}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
36-3x + 3 = (\(\frac{1}{216}\))x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 17.2

Question 18.
(\(\frac{1}{27}\))4-x = 92x-1
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 19 and 20, describe and correct the error in solving the exponential equation.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 102
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 103
Answer:

Question 21.
2x = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 21

Question 22.
42x – 5 = 6
Answer:

Question 23.
5x + 2 = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 23

Question 24.
3-x – 1 = 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 104
Answer:

In Exercises 25–36, use a graphing calculator to solve the equation.

Question 25.
6x + 2 = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 25

Question 26.
5x – 4 = 8
Answer:

Question 27.
(\(\frac{1}{2}\))7x + 1 = -9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 27

Question 28.
(\(\frac{1}{3}\))x + 3 = 10
Answer:

Question 29.
2x + 6 = 2x + 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 29

Question 30.
3x – 2 = 5x – 1
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1 = (\(\frac{1}{3}\))2x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 31

Question 32.
2-x + 1 = –\(\frac{3}{4}\)x + 3
Answer:

Question 33.
5x = -4-x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 33

Question 34.
7x – 2 = 2-x
Answer:

Question 35.
2-x – 3 = 3x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 35

Question 36.
5-2x + 3 = -6x + 5
Answer:

In Exercises 37–40, solve the equation by using the Property of Equality for Exponential Equations.

Question 37.
30 • 5x + 3 = 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 37

Question 38.
12 • 2x – 7 = 24
Answer:

Question 39.
4(3-2x – 4) = 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 39

Question 40.
2(42x + 1) = 128
Answer:

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You scan a photo into a computer at four times its original size. You continue to increase its size repeatedly by 100% using the computer. The new size of the photo y in comparison to its original size after x enlargements on the computer is represented by y = 2x + 2. How many times must the photo be enlarged on the computer so the new photo is 32 times the original size?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 41

Question 42.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS A bacterial culture quadruples in size every hour. You begin observing the number of bacteria 3 hours after the culture is prepared. The amount y of bacteria x hours after the culture is prepared is represented by y = 192(4x – 3). When will there be 200,000 bacteria?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 105
Answer:

In Exercises 43–46, solve the equation.

Question 43.
33x + 6 = 27x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 43

Question 44.
34x + 3 = 81x
Answer:

Question 45.
4x + 3 = 22(x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 45

Question 46.
58(x – 1) = 6252x – 2
Answer:

Question 47.
NUMBER SENSE
Explain how you can use mental math to solve the equation 8x – 4 = 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 47

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
There are a total of 128 teams at the start of a citywide 3-on-3 basketball tournament. Half the teams are eliminated after each round. Write and solve an exponential equation to determine after which round there are 16 teams left.
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You deposit $500 in a savings account that earns 6% annual interest compounded yearly. Write and solve an exponential equation to determine when the balance of the account will be $800.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph shows the annual attendance at two different events. Each event began in 2004.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 106
a. Estimate when the events will have about the same attendance.
b. Explain how you can verify your answer in part(a).
Answer:

Question 51.
REASONING
Explain why the Property of Equality for Exponential Equations does not work when b = 1. Give an example to justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 51

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is it possible for an exponential equation to have two different solutions? If not, explain your reasoning. If so, give an example.
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 53–58, solve the equation.

Question 53.
8x – 2 = \(\sqrt{8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 53

Question 54.
\(\sqrt{5}\) = 5x + 4
Answer:

Question 55.
(\(\sqrt[5]{7}\))x = 52x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 55

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 108
Answer:

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 109
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 57

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 110
Answer:

Question 59.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Consider the equation (\(\frac{1}{a}\))x = b, where a > 1 and b > 1. Your friend says the value of x will always be negative. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 59

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic. If so, find the common difference.(Section 4.6)

Question 60.
-20, -26, -32, -38, . . .
Answer:

Question 61.
9, 18, 36, 72, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 61

Question 62.
-5, -8, -12, -17, . . .
Answer:

Question 63.
10, 20, 30, 40, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 63

Lesson 6.6 Geometric Sequences

Essential Question

How can you use a geometric sequence to describe a pattern?

In a geometric sequence, the ratio between each pair of consecutive terms is the same. This ratio is called the common ratio.

EXPLORATION 1
Describing Calculator Patterns
Work with a partner.
Enter the keystrokes on a calculator and record the results in the table. Describe the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 111
c. Use a calculator to make your own sequence. Start with any number and multiply by 3 each time. Record your results in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 112
d. Part (a) involves a geometric sequence with a common ratio of 2. What is the common ratio in part (b)? part (c)?

EXPLORATION 2
Folding a Sheet of Paper
Work with a partner.
A sheet of paper is about 0.1 millimeter thick.
a. How thick will it be when you fold it in half once? twice? three times?
b. What is the greatest number of times you can fold a piece of paper in half? How thick is the result?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 113
c. Do you agree with the statement below? Explain your reasoning.“If it were possible to fold the paper in half 15 times, it would be taller than you.”
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 114

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use a geometric sequence to describe a pattern?

Question 4.
Give an example of a geometric sequence from real life other than paper folding.

6.6 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Decide whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
5, 1, -3, -7, . . .

Question 2.
1024, 128, 16, 2, . . .

Question 3.
2, 6, 10, 16, . .

Write the next three terms of the geometric sequence. Then graph the sequence.

Question 4.
1, 3, 9, 27, . . .

Question 5.
2500, 500, 100, 20, . . .

Question 6.
80, -40, 20, -10, . . .

Question 7.
-2, 4, -8, 16, . . .

Write an equation for the nth term of the geometric sequence. Then find a7.

Question 8.
1, -5, 25, -125, . . .

Question 9.
13, 26, 52, 104, . . .

Question 10.
432, 72, 12, 2, . . .

Question 11.
4, 10, 25, 62.5, . . .

Question 12.
WHAT IF? After how many clicks on the zoom-out button is the side length of the map 2560 miles?

Geometric Sequences 6.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING Compare the two sequences.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 115
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 1

Question 2.
CRITICAL THINKING Why do the points of a geometric sequence lie on an exponential curve only when the common ratio is positive?
Answer:

In Exercises 3–8, find the common ratio of the geometric sequence.

Question 3.
4, 12, 36, 108, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 3

Question 4.
36, 6, 1, \(\frac{1}{6}\), . . .
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{8}\), -3, 24, -192, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 5

Question 6.
0.1, 1, 10, 100, . . .
Answer:

Question 7.
128, 96, 72, 54, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 7

Question 8.
-162, 54, -18, 6, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.

Question 9.
-8, 0, 8, 16, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 9

Question 10.
-1, 4, -7, 10, . . .
Answer:

Question 11.
9, 14, 20, 27, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 11

Question 12.
\(\frac{3}{49}\), \(\frac{3}{7}\), 3, 21, . . .
Answer:

Question 13.
192, 24, 3, \(\frac{3}{8}\), , . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 13

Question 14.
-25, -18, -11, -4, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 15–18, determine whether the graph represents an arithmetic sequence, a geometric sequence, or neither. Explain your reasoning.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 116
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 117
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 118
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 119
Answer:

In Exercises 19–24, write the next three terms of the geometric sequence. Then graph the sequence.

Question 19.
5, 20, 80, 320, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 19

Question 20.
-3, 12, -48, 192, . . .
Answer:

Question 21.
81, -27, 9, -3, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 21

Question 22.
-375, -75, -15, -3, . . .
Answer:

Question 23.
32, 8, 2, \(\frac{1}{2}\), . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 23

Question 24.
\(\frac{16}{9}\), \(\frac{8}{3}\), 4, 6, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 25–32, write an equation for the nth termof the geometric sequence. Then find a6.

Question 25.
2, 8, 32, 128, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 25

Question 26.
0.6, -3, 15, -75, . . .
Answer:

Question 27.
–\(\frac{1}{8}\), –\(\frac{1}{4}\), –\(\frac{1}{2}\), -1, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 27

Question 28.
0.1, 0.9, 8.1, 72.9, . . .
Answer:

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 120
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 121
Answer:

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 122
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 122.1
Answer:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A badminton tournament begins with 128 teams. After the first round, 64 teams remain. After the second round, 32 teams remain. How many teams remain after the third, fourth, and fifth rounds?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 33

Question 34.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The graphing calculator screen displays an area of 96 square units. After you zoom out once, the area is 384 square units. After you zoom out a second time, the area is 1536 square units. What is the screen area after you zoom out four times?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 123
Answer:

Question 35.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing the next three terms of the geometric sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 124
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 35

Question 36.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in writing an equation for the nth term of the geometric sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 125
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The distance (in millimeters) traveled by a swinging pendulum decreases after each swing, as shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 126
a. Write a function that represents the distance the pendulum swings on its nth swing.
b. After how many swings is the distance 256 millimeters?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 37.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 37.2

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS You start a chain email and send it to six friends. The next day, each of your friends forwards the email to six people. The process continues for a few days.
a. Write a function that represents the number of people who have received the email after n days.
b. After how many days will 1296 people have received the email?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 127
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 39 and 40, (a) write a function that represents the sequence of figures and (b) describe the 10th figure in the sequence.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 128
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 129
Answer:

Question 41.
REASONING Write a sequence that represents the number of teams that have been eliminated in round n of the badminton tournament in Exercise 33. Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 41

Question 42.
REASONING Write a sequence that represents the perimeter of the graphing calculator screen in Exercise 34 after you zoom out n times. Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 43.
WRITING Compare the graphs of arithmetic sequences to the graphs of geometric sequences.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 43

Question 44.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT You are given two consecutive terms of a sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 130
Your friend says that the sequence is not geometric. A classmate says that is impossible to know given only two terms. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 45.
CRITICAL THINKING Is the sequence shown an arithmetic sequence? a geometric sequence? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 45

Question 46.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Without performing any calculations, match each equation with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 132
Answer:

Question 47.
REASONING What is the 9th term of the geometric sequence where a3 = 81 and r = 3?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 47

Question 48.
OPEN-ENDED Write a sequence that has a pattern but is not arithmetic or geometric. Describe the pattern.

Question 49.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION Are the terms of a geometric sequence independent or dependent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 49

Question 50.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS A college student makes a deal with her parents to live at home instead of living on campus. She will pay her parents $0.01 for the first day of the month, $0.02 for the second day, $0.04 for the third day, and so on.
a. Write an equation that represents the nth term of the geometric sequence.
b. What will she pay on the 25th day?
c. Did the student make a good choice or should she have chosen to live on campus? Explain.
Answer:

Question 51.
REPEATED REASONING A soup kitchen makes 16 gallons of soup. Each day, a quarter of the soup is served and the rest is saved for the next day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 133
a. Write the first five terms of the sequence of the number of fluid ounces of soup left each day.
b. Write an equation that represents the nth term of the sequence.
c. When is all the soup gone? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 51.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 51.2

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Find the sum of the terms of the geometric sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 134
Explain your reasoning. Write a different infinite geometric sequence that has the same sum.
Answer:

Question 53.
OPEN-ENDED Write a geometric sequence in which a2 < a1 < a3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 53

Question 54.
NUMBER SENSE Write an equation that represents the nth term of each geometric sequence shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 135
a. Do the terms a1 – b1, a2 – b2, a3 – b3, . . . form a geometric sequence? If so, how does the common ratio relate to the common ratios of the sequences above?
b. Do the terms Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 135.1 form a geometric sequence? If so, how does the common ratio relate to the common ratios of the sequences above?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use residuals to determine whether the model is a good fit for the data in the table. Explain.

Question 55.
y = 3x – 8
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 55.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 55.2

Question 56.
y = -5x + 1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 137
Answer:

Lesson 6.7 Recursively Defined Sequences

Essential Question

How can you define a sequence recursively?
A recursive rule gives the beginning term(s) of a sequence and a recursive equation that tells how an is related to one or more preceding terms.

EXPLORATION 1
Describing a Pattern
Work with a partner.
Consider a hypothetical population of rabbits. Start with one breeding pair. After each month, each breeding pair produces another breeding pair. The total number of rabbits each month follows the exponential pattern 2, 4, 8, 16, 32,. . .. Now suppose that in the first month after each pair is born, the pair is too young to reproduce. Each pair produces another pair after it is 2 months old. Find the total number of pairs in months 6, 7, and 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 138

EXPLORATION 2
Using a Recursive Equation
Work with a partner.
Consider the following recursive equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 139
Each term in the sequence is the sum of the two preceding terms.
Copy and complete the table. Compare the results with the sequence of the number of pairs in Exploration 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 139.1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you define a sequence recursively?

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other reference to determine the mathematician who first described the sequences in Explorations 1 and 2.

6.7 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Write a recursive rule for the sequence.

Question 5.
8, 3, -2, -7, -12, . . .

Question 6.
1.3, 2.6, 3.9, 5.2, 6.5, . . .

Question 7.
4, 20, 100, 500, 2500, . . .

Question 8.
128, -32, 8, -2, 0.5, . . .

Question 9.
Write a recursive rule for the height of the sunflower over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 140

Monitoring Progress

Write an explicit rule for the recursive rule.

Question 10.
a1 = -45, an = an – 1 + 20

Question 11.
a1 = 13, an = -3an – 1

Write a recursive rule for the explicit rule.

Question 12.
an = -n + 1

Question 13.
an = -2.5(4)n – 1

Monitoring Progress

Write a recursive rule for the sequence. Then write the next three terms of the sequence.

Question 14.
5, 6, 11, 17, 28, . . .

Question 15.
-3, -4, -7, -11, -18, . . .

Question 16.
1, 1, 0, -1, -1, 0, 1, 1, . . .

Question 17.
4, 3, 1, 2, -1, 3, -4, . . .

Recursively Defined Sequences 6.7 Exercises

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE A recursive rule gives the beginning term(s) of a sequence and a(n)_____________ that tells how an is related to one or more preceding terms.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG? Which rule does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 141
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

In Exercises 3–6, determine whether the recursive rule represents an arithmetic sequence or a geometric sequence.

Question 3.
a1 = 2, an = 7an – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 3

Question 4.
a1 = 18, an = an – 1 + 1
Answer:

Question 5.
a1 = 5, an = an – 1 – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 5

Question 6.
a1 = 3, an = -6an – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, write the first six terms of the sequence. Then graph the sequence.

Question 7.
a1 = 0, an = an – 1 + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 7

Question 8.
a1 = 10, an = an – 1 – 5
Answer:

Question 9.
a1 = 2, an = 3an – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 9

Question 10.
a1 = 8, an = 1.5an – 1
Answer:

Question 11.
a1 = 80, an = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)an – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 11

Question 12.
a1 = -7, an = -4an – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, write a recursive rule for the sequence.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 142
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 143
Answer:

Question 15.
243, 81, 27, 9, 3, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 15

Question 16.
3, 11, 19, 27, 35, . . .
Answer:

Question 17.
0, -3, -6, -9, -12, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 17

Question 18.
5, -20, 80, -320, 1280, . . .
Answer:

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 145
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Write a recursive rule for the number of bacterial cells over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 146
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Write a recursive rule for the length of the deer antler over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 147
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, write an explicit rule for the recursive rule.

Question 23.
a1 = -3, an = an – 1 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 23

Question 24.
a1 = 8, an = an – 1 – 12
Answer:

Question 25.
a1 = 16, an = 0.5an – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 25

Question 26.
a1 = -2, an = 9an – 1
Answer:

Question 27.
a1 = 4, an = an – 1 + 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 27

Question 28.
a1 = 5, an = -5an – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 29–34, write a recursive rule for the explicit rule.

Question 29.
an = 7(3)n – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 29

Question 30.
an = -4n + 2
Answer:

Question 31.
an = 1.5n + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 31

Question 32.
an = 6n – 20
Answer:

Question 33.
an = (-5)n – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 33

Question 34.
an = -81(\(\frac{2}{3}\))n – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 35–38, graph the first four terms of the sequence with the given description. Write a recursive rule and an explicit rule for the sequence.

Question 35.
The first term of a sequence is 5. Each term of the sequence is 15 more than the preceding term.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 35.1

Question 36.
The first term of a sequence is 16. Each term of the sequence is half the preceding term.
Answer:

Question 37.
The first term of a sequence is -1. Each term of the sequence is -3 times the preceding term.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 37

Question 38.
The first term of a sequence is 19. Each term of the sequence is 13 less than the preceding term.
Answer:

In Exercises 39–44, write a recursive rule for the sequence. Then write the next two terms of the sequence.

Question 39.
1, 3, 4, 7, 11, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 39

Question 40.
10, 9, 1, 8, -7, 15, . . .
Answer:

Question 41.
2, 4, 2, -2, -4, -2, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 41

Question 42.
6, 1, 7, 8, 15, 23, . . .
Answer:

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 148
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 149
Answer:

Question 45.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in writing an explicit rule for the recursive rule a1 = 6, an = an – 1 – 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 45

Question 46.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in writing a recursive rule for the sequence 2, 4, 6, 10, 16, . . ..
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 151
Answer:

In Exercises 47–51, the function f represents a sequence. Find the 2nd, 5th, and 10th terms of the sequence.

Question 47.
f(1) = 3, f (n) = f(n – 1) + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 47

Question 48.
f(1) = -1, f(n) = 6f(n – 1)
Answer:

Question 49.
f(1) = 8, f(n) = -f(n – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 49

Question 50.
f(1) = 4, f(2) = 5, f(n) = f(n – 2) + f(n – 1)
Answer:

Question 51.
f(1) = 10, f(2) = 15, f(n) = f(n – 1) – f(n – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 51

Question 52.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The X-ray shows the lengths (in centimeters) of bones in a human hand.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 152
a. Write a recursive rule for the lengths of the bones.
b. Measure the lengths of different sections of your hand. Can the lengths be represented by a recursively defined sequence? Explain.
Answer:

Question 53.
USING TOOLS You can use a spreadsheet to generate the terms of a sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 153
a. To generate the terms of the sequence a1 = 3, an = an – 1 + 2, enter the value of a1, 3, into cell A1. Then enter “=A1+2” into cell A2, as shown. Use the fill down feature to generate the first 10 terms of the sequence.
b. Use a spreadsheet to generate the first 10 terms of the sequence a1 = 3, an = 4an – 1. (Hint: Enter “=4*A1” into cell A2.)
c. Use a spreadsheet to generate the first 10 terms of the sequence a1 = 4, a2 = 7, an = an – 1 – an – 2. (Hint: Enter “=A2-A1” into cell A3.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 53.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 53.3

Question 54.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Consider Squares 1–6 in the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 154
a. Write a sequence in which each term an is the side length of square n.
b. What is the name of this sequence? What is the next term of this sequence?
c. Use the term in part (b) to add another square to the diagram and extend the spiral.
Answer:

Question 55.
REASONING Write the first 5 terms of the sequence a1 = 5, an = 3an – 1 + 4. Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 55

Question 56.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Describe the pattern for the numbers in Pascal’s Triangle, shown below. Write a recursive rule that gives the mth number in the nth row.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 155
Answer:

Question 57.
REASONING The explicit rule an = a1 + (n – 1)d defines an arithmetic sequence.
a. Explain why an – 1 = a1 + [(n – 1) – 1]d.
b. Justify each step in showing that a recursive equation for the sequence is an = an – 1 + d.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 156
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 57

Question 58.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend claims that the sequence
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 157
cannot be represented by a recursive rule. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 59.
PROBLEM SOLVING Write a recursive rule for the sequence.
3, 7, 15, 31, 63, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 59

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.

Question 60.
5x + 12x
Answer:

Question 61.
9 – 6y – 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 61

Question 62.
2d – 7 – 8d
Answer:

Question 63.
3 – 3m + 11m
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 63

Write a linear function f with the given values.(Section 4.2)

Question 64.
f(2) = 6, f(-1) = -3
Answer:

Question 65.
f (-2) = 0, f(6) = -4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 65

Question 66.
f(-3) = 5, f(-1) = 5
Answer:

Question 67.
f(3) = -1, f(-4) = -15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 67

Exponential Functions and Sequences Performance Task: The New Car

6.5–6.7

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 158

Core Concepts
Section 6.5

Property of Equality for Exponential Equations, p. 326
Solving Exponential Equations by Graphing, p. 328

Section 6.6
Geometric Sequence, p. 332
Equation for a Geometric Sequence, p. 334

Section 6.7
Recursive Equation for an Arithmetic Sequence, p. 340
Recursive Equation for a Geometric Sequence, p. 340

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How did you decide on an appropriate level of precision for your answer in Exercise 49 on page 330?

Question 2.
Explain how writing a function in Exercise 39 part (a) on page 337 created a shortcut for answering part (b).

Question 3.
How did you choose an appropriate tool in Exercise 52 part (b) on page 345?

Performance Task

The New Car

There is so much more to buying a new car than the purchase price. Interest rates, depreciation, and inflation are all factors. So, what is the real cost of your new car?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 159
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 160

Exponential Functions and Sequences Chapter Review

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 1.
y3 • y-5

Question 2.
\(\frac{x^{4}}{x^{7}}\)

Question 3.
(x0y2)3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 160.1

Evaluate the expression.

Question 5.
\(\sqrt[3]{8}\)

Question 6.
\(\sqrt[5]{-243}\)

Question 7.
6253 / 4

Question 8.
(-25)1 / 2

Question 9.
f(x) = -4 (\(\sqrt[1]{4}\))x

Question 10.
f(x) = 3x + 2

Question 11.
f(x) = 2x – 4 – 3

Question 12.
Write and graph an exponential function f represented by the table. Then compare the graph to the graph of g(x) = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 161

Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 162

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 163

Rewrite the function to determine whether it represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent rate of change.

Question 15.
f(t) = 4(1.25)t + 3

Question 16.
y = (1.06)8t

Question 17.
f(t) = 6(0.84)t – 4

Question 18.
You deposit $750 in a savings account that earns 5% annual interest compounded quarterly.
(a) Write a function that represents the balance after t years.
(b) What is the balance of the account after 4 years?

Question 19.
The value of a TV is $1500. Its value decreases by 14% each year.
(a) Write a function that represents the value y (in dollars) of the TV after t years.
(b) Find the approximate monthly percent decrease in value.
(c) Graph the function from part (a). Use the graph to estimate the value of the TV after 3 years.

Solve the equation.

Question 20.
5x = 53x – 2

Question 21.
3x – 2 = 1

Question 22.
-4 = 64x – 3

Question 23.
(\(\frac{1}{3}\))2x + 3 = 5

Question 24.
(\(\frac{1}{16}\))3x = 642(x + 8)

Question 25.
272x + 2 = 81x + 4

Decide whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning. If the sequence is geometric, write the next three terms and graph the sequence.

Question 26.
3, 12, 48, 192, . . .

Question 27.
9, -18, 27, -36, . . .

Question 28.
375, -75, 15, -3, . . .

Write an equation for the nth term of the geometric sequence. Then find a9.

Question 29.
1, 4, 16, 64, . . .

Question 30.
5, -10, 20, -40, . . .

Question 31.
486, 162, 54, 18, . . .

Write the first six terms of the sequence. Then graph the sequence.

Question 32.
a1 = 4, an = an – 1 + 5

Question 33.
a1 = -4, an = -3an – 1

Question 34.
a1 = 32, an = \(\frac{1}{4}\)an − 1

Write a recursive rule for the sequence.

Question 35.
3, 8, 13, 18, 23, . . .

Question 36.
3, 6, 12, 24, 48, . . .

Question 37.
7, 6, 13, 19, 32, . .

Question 38.
The first term of a sequence is 8. Each term of the sequence is 5 times the preceding term. Graph the first four terms of the sequence. Write a recursive rule and an explicit rule for the sequence.

Exponential Functions and Sequences Chapter Test

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
–\(\sqrt[4]{16}\)

Question 2.
729\(1 / 6\)

Question 3.
(-32)\(7 / 5\)

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 4.
z-2 • z4

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 164

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 165

Write and graph a function that represents the situation.

Question 7.
Your starting annual salary of $42,500 increases by 3% each year.

Question 8.
You deposit $500 in an account that earns 6.5% annual interest compounded yearly.

Write an explicit rule and a recursive rule for the sequence.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 166

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 167

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 11.
2x = \(\frac{1}{128}\)

Question 12.
256x + 2 = 163x – 1

Question 13.
Graph f(x) = 2(6)x. Compare the graph to the graph of g(x) = 6x. Describe the domain and range of f.

Use the equation to complete the statement Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 168.3 with the symbol < , > , or =. Do not attempt to solve the equation.

Question 14.
\(\frac{5^{a}}{5^{b}}\)

Question 15.
9a • 9-b

Question 16.
The first two terms of a sequence are a1 = 3 and a2 = -12. Let a3 be the third term when the sequence is arithmetic and let b3 be the third term when the sequence is geometric. Find a3 – b3.

Question 17.
At sea level, Earth’s atmosphere exerts a pressure of 1 atmosphere. Atmospheric pressure P (in atmospheres) decreases with altitude. It can be modeled by P =(0.99988)a, where a is the altitude (in meters).
a. Identify the initial amount, decay factor, and decay rate.
b. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Use the graph to estimate the atmospheric pressure at an altitude of 5000 feet.

Question 18.
You follow the training schedule from your coach.
a. Write an explicit rule and a recursive rule for the geometric sequence.
b. On what day do you run approximately 3 kilometers?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 168.1

Exponential Functions and Sequences Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Fill in the exponent of x with a number to simplify the expression.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 168.2

Question 2.
The graph of the exponential function f is shown. Find f(-7).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 168.3

Question 3.
Student A claims he can form a linear system from the equations shown that has infinitely many solutions. Student B claims she can form a linear system from the equations shown that has one solution. Student C claims he can form a linear system from the equations shown that has no solution.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 169
a. Select two equations to support Student A’s claim.
b. Select two equations to support Student B’s claim.
c. Select two equations to support Student C’s claim.

Question 4.
Fill in the inequality with < , ≤ , > , or ≥ so that the system of linear inequalities has no solution.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 170

Question 5.
The second term of a sequence is 7. Each term of the sequence is 10 more than the preceding term. Fill in values to write a recursive rule and an explicit rule for the sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 171

Question 6.
A data set consists of the heights y (in feet) of a hot-air balloon t minutes after it begins its descent. An equation of the line of best fit is y = 870 – 14.8t. Which of the following is a correct interpretation of the line of best fit?
A. The initial height of the hot-air balloon is 870 feet. The slope has no meaning in this context.
B. The initial height of the hot-air balloon is 870 feet, and it descends 14.8 feet per minute.
C. The initial height of the hot-air balloon is 870 feet, and it ascends 14.8 feet per minute.
D. The hot-air balloon descends 14.8 feet per minute. The y-intercept has no meaning in this context.

Question 7.
Select all the functions whose x-value is an integer when f(x) = 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 172

Question 8.
Place each function into one of the three categories. For exponential functions, state whether the function represents exponential growth, exponential decay, or neither.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 173

Question 9.
How does the graph shown compare to the graph of f(x) = 2x?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 174

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics assists students to learn strong fundamentals of concepts jotted down in this chapter. Download the BIM Algebra 2 Solution Book of Ch 11 Pdf for free of cost and kickstart your preparation with the related lessons of Data Analysis and Statistics. These BigIdeas Math Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Solution Key is aligned according to the Common Core Standards BIM Textbooks by experienced subject professionals. Hence, you can solve all the concepts of Data Analysis and Statistics questions during homework, assignments, alongside in the exams with utmost confidence.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics

After doing deep research and meets the Common Core Curriculum, subject experts solved the questions covered in Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics in an explanative manner. With the help of step-by-step explanative solutions, students can easily grasp the concepts and memorize the method to solve the rest of the questions. So, simply click on the below available links for downloading the BIM Textbook Algebra 2 Ch 11 Data Analysis and Statistics and clarify your queries regarding the subject in seconds.

Data Analysis and Statistics Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the mean, median, and mode of the data set. Then determine which measure of center best represents the data. Explain.
Question 1.
36, 82, 94, 83, 86, 82
Answer:

Question 2.
74, 89, 71, 70, 68, 70
Answer:

Question 3.
1, 18, 12, 16, 11, 15, 17, 44, 44
Answer:

Find and interpret the standard deviation of the data set.
Question 4.
43, 48, 41, 51, 42
Answer:

Question 5.
28, 26, 21, 44, 29, 32
Answer:

Question 6.
65, 56, 49, 66, 62, 52, 53, 49
Answer:

Question 7.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Describe a data set that has a standard deviation of zero. Can a standard deviation be negative? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Data Analysis and Statistics Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students use diagrams and graphs to show relationships between data. They also analyze data to draw conclusions.

Monitoring Progress

Use the Internet or some other reference to determine which age pyramid is that of Canada, Japan, and Mexico. Compare the mean, median, and mode of the three age pyramids.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 2
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 3
Answer:

Lesson 11.1 Using Normal Distributions

Essential Question In a normal distribution, about what percent of the data lies within one, two, and three standard deviations of the mean?
Recall that the standard deviation σ of a numerical data set is given by
σ = \(\sqrt{\frac{\left(x_{1}-\mu\right)^{2}+\left(x_{2}-\mu\right)^{2}+\cdots+\left(x_{n}-\mu\right)^{2}}{n}}\)
where n is the number of values in the data set and μ is the mean of the data set.

EXPLORATION 1

Analyzing a Normal Distribution
Work with a partner. In many naturally occurring data sets, the histogram of the data is bell-shaped. In statistics, such data sets are said to have a normal distribution. For the normal distribution shown below, estimate the percent of the data that lies within one, two, and three standard deviations of the mean. Each square on the grid represents 1%.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 1

EXPLORATION 2

Analyzing a Data Set
Work with a partner. A famous data set was collected in Scotland in the mid-1800s. It contains the chest sizes (in inches) of 5738 men in the Scottish Militia. Do the data fit a normal distribution? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
In a normal distribution, about what percent of the data lies within one, two, and three standard deviations of the mean?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other reference to find another data set that is normally distributed. Display your data in a histogram.
Answer:

A normal distribution has mean μ and standard deviation σ. Find the indicated probability for a randomly selected x-value from the distribution.
Question 1.
P(x ≤ μ)
Answer:

Question 2.
P(x ≥ μ)
Answer:

Question 3.
P(μ ≤ x ≤ μ + 2σ)
Answer:

Question 4.
P(μ − σ ≤ x ≤ μ)
Answer:

Question 5.
P(x ≤ μ − 3σ)
Answer:

Question 6.
P(x ≥ μ + σ)
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
In Example 2, about what percent of the people taking the test have scores between 43 and 79?
Answer:

Question 8.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, what is the probability that the infant weighs 3990 grams or more?
Answer:

Question 9.
Explain why it makes sense that P(z ≤ 0) = 0.5.
Answer:

Question 10.
Determine whether the histogram has a normal distribution.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 3
Answer:

Using Normal Distributions 11.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Describe how to use the standard normal table to find P(z ≤ 1.4).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which histogram does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

ATTENDING TO PRECISION In Exercises 3–6, give the percent of the area under the normal curve represented by the shaded region(s).
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 6
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 8
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, a normal distribution has mean μ and standard deviation σ. Find the indicated probability for a randomly selected x-value from the distribution.
Question 7.
P(x ≤ μ − σ)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 7

Question 8.
P(x ≥ μ − σ)
Answer:

Question 9.
P(x ≥ μ + 2σ)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 9

Question 10.
P(x ≤ μ + σ)
Answer:

Question 11.
P(μ − σ ≤ x ≤ μ + σ)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 11

Question 12.
P(μ − 3σ ≤ x ≤ μ)
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, a normal distribution has a mean of 33 and a standard deviation of 4. Find the probability that a randomly selected x-value from the distribution is in the given interval.
Question 13.
between 29 and 37
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 13

Question 14.
between 33 and 45
Answer:

Question 15.
at least 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 15

Question 16.
at least 29
Answer:

Question 17.
at most 37
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 17

Question 18.
at most 21
Answer:

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The wing lengths of houseflies are normally distributed with a mean of 4.6 millimeters and a standard deviation of 0.4 millimeter.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 9
a. About what percent of houseflies have wing lengths between 3.8 millimeters and 5.0 millimeters?
b. About what percent of houseflies have wing lengths longer than 5.8 millimeters?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 19

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The times a fire department takes to arrive at the scene of an emergency are normally distributed with a mean of 6 minutes and a standard deviation of 1 minute.
a. For about what percent of emergencies does the fire department arrive at the scene in 8 minutes or less?
b. The goal of the fire department is to reach the scene of an emergency in 5 minutes or less. About what percent of the time does the fire department achieve its goal?
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 21 and 22, a normal distribution has a mean of 25 and a standard deviation of 2. Describe and correct the error in finding the probability that a randomly selected x-value is in the given interval.
Question 21.
between 23 and 27
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 21

Question 22.
at least 21
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 11
Answer:

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A busy time to visit a bank is during its Friday evening rush hours. For these hours, the waiting times at the drive-through window are normally distributed with a mean of 8 minutes and a standard deviation of 2 minutes. You have no more than 11 minutes to do your banking and still make it to your meeting on time. What is the probability that you will be late for the meeting?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 23

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Scientists conducted aerial surveys of a seal sanctuary and recorded the number x of seals they observed during each survey. The numbers of seals observed were normally distributed with a mean of 73 seals and a standard deviation of 14.1 seals. Find the probability that at most 50 seals were observed during a randomly chosen survey.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 12
Answer:

In Exercises 25 and 26, determine whether the histogram has a normal distribution.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 14
Answer:

Question 27.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The table shows the numbers of tickets that are sold for various baseball games in a league over an entire season. Display the data in a histogram. Do the data fit a normal distribution? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 27

Question 28.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The guayule plant, which grows in the southwestern United States and in Mexico, is one of several plants that can be used as a source of rubber. In a large group of guayule plants, the heights of the plants are normally distributed with a mean of 12 inches and a standard deviation of 2 inches.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 16
a. What percent of the plants are taller than 16 inches?
b. What percent of the plants are at most 13 inches?
c. What percent of the plants are between 7 inches and 14 inches?
d. What percent of the plants are at least 3 inches taller than or at least 3 inches shorter than the mean height?
Answer:

Question 29.
REASONING
Boxes of cereal are filled by a machine. Tests show that the amount of cereal in each box varies. The weights are normally distributed with a mean of 20 ounces and a standard deviation of 0.25 ounce. Four boxes of cereal are randomly chosen.
a. What is the probability that all four boxes contain no more than 19.4 ounces of cereal?
b. Do you think the machine is functioning properly? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Sketch the graph of the standard normal distribution function, given by
f (x) = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2} \pi}\)e−x2/2.
Estimate the area of the region bounded by the x-axis, the graph of f, and the vertical lines x =−3 and x = 3.
Answer:

Question 31.
REASONING
For normally distributed data, describe the value that represents the 84th percentile in terms of the mean and standard deviation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 31

Question 32.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In the figure, the shaded region represents 47.5% of the area under a normal curve. What are the mean and standard deviation of the normal distribution?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 17
Answer:

Question 33.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You take both the SAT (Scholastic Aptitude Test) and the ACT (American College Test). You score 650 on the mathematics section of the SAT and 29 on the mathematics section of the ACT. The SAT test scores and the ACT test scores are each normally distributed. For the SAT, the mean is 514 and the standard deviation is 118. For the ACT, the mean is 21.0 and the standard deviation is 5.3.
a. What percentile is your SAT math score?
b. What percentile is your ACT math score?c. On which test did you perform better? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 33

Question 34.
WRITING
Explain how you can convert ACT scores into corresponding SAT scores when you know the mean and standard deviation of each distribution.
Answer:

Question 35.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A data set has a median of 80 and a mean of 90. Your friend claims that the distribution of the data is skewed left. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 35

Question 36.
CRITICAL THINKING
The average scores on a statistics test are normally distributed with a mean of 75 and a standard deviation of 10. You randomly select a test score x. Find P (∣x−μ∣≥ 15 ).
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Graph the function. Identify the x-intercepts and the points where the local maximums and local minimums occur. Determine the intervals for which the function is increasing or decreasing.
Question 37.
f(x) = x3 − 4x2+ 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 37

Question 38.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x4 − 2x2−x − 3
Answer:

Question 39.
h(x) = −0.5x2+ 3x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1 a 39

Question 40.
f(x) = −x4 + 6x2 − 13
Answer:

Lesson 11.2 Populations, Samples, and Hypotheses

Essential Question How can you test theoretical probability using sample data?

EXPLORATION 1

Using Sample Data
Work with a partner.
a. When two six-sided dice are rolled, what is the theoretical probability that you roll the same number on both dice?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 1
b. Conduct an experiment to check your answer in part (a). What sample size did you use? Explain your reasoning.
c. Use the dice rolling simulator at BigIdeasMath.com to complete the table. Do your experimental data check the theoretical probability you found in part (a)? Explain. What happens as you increase the sample size?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 2

EXPLORATION 2

Using Sample Data
Work with a partner.
a. When three six-sided dice are rolled, what is the theoretical probability that you roll the same number on all three dice?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 3
b. Compare the theoretical probability you found in part (a) with the theoretical probability you found in Exploration 1(a).
c. Conduct an experiment to check your answer in part (a). How does adding a die affect the sample size that you use? Explain your reasoning.
d. Use the dice rolling simulator at BigIdeasMath.com to check your answer to part (a). What happens as you increase the sample size?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you test theoretical probability using sample data?
Answer:

Question 4.
Conduct an experiment to determine the probability of rolling a sum of 7 when two six-sided dice are rolled. Then find the theoretical probability and compare your answers.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

In Monitoring Progress Questions 1 and 2, identify the population and the sample.
Question 1.
To estimate the retail prices for three grades of gasoline sold in the United States, the Energy Information Association calls 800 retail gasoline outlets, records the prices, and then determines the average price for each grade.
Answer:

Question 2.
A survey of 4464 shoppers in the United States found that they spent an average of $407.02 from Thursday through Sunday during a recent Thanksgiving holiday.
Answer:

Question 3.
A survey found that the median salary of 1068 statisticians is about $72,800. Is the median salary a parameter or a statistic? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 4.
The mean age of U.S. representatives at the start of the 113th Congress was about 57 years. Is the mean age a parameter or a statistic? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, what should you conclude when you roll the actual die 50 times and get (a) 24 odd numbers and (b) 31 odd numbers?
Answer:

Populations, Samples, and Hypotheses 11.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A portion of a population that can be studied in order to make predictions about the entire population is a(n) ___________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe the difference between a parameter and a statistic. Give an example of each.
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
What is a hypothesis in statistics?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 3

Question 4.
WRITING
Describe two ways you can make an incorrect decision when analyzing a hypothesis.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–8, determine whether the data are collected from a population or a sample. Explain your reasoning.
Question 5.
the number of high school students in the United States
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 5

Question 6.
the color of every third car that passes your house
Answer:

Question 7.
a survey of 100 spectators at a sporting event with 1800 spectators
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 7

Question 8.
the age of each dentist in the United States
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, identify the population and sample. Describe the sample.
Question 9.
In the United States, a survey of 1152 adults ages 18 and over found that 403 of them pretend to use their smartphones to avoid talking to someone.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 9

Question 10.
In the United States, a survey of 1777 adults ages 18 and over found that 1279 of them do some kind of spring cleaning every year.
Answer:

Question 11.
In a school district, a survey of 1300 high school students found that 1001 of them like the new, healthy cafeteria food choices.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 11

Question 12.
In the United States, a survey of 2000 households with at least one child found that 1280 of them eat dinner together every night.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 5
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, determine whether the numerical value is a parameter or a statistic. Explain your reasoning.
Question 13.
The average annual salary of some physical therapists in a state is $76,210.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 13

Question 14.
In a recent year, 53% of the senators in the United States Senate were Democrats.
Answer:

Question 15.
Seventy-three percent of all the students in a school would prefer to have school dances on Saturday.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 15

Question 16.
A survey of U.S. adults found that 10% believe a cleaning product they use is not safe for the environment.
Answer:

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
A survey of 1270 high school students found that 965 students felt added stress because of their workload. Describe and correct the error in identifying the population and the sample.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 17

Question 18.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Of all the players on a National Football League team, the mean age is 26 years. Describe and correct the error in determining whether the mean age represents a parameter or statistic. Because the mean age of 26 is based only on one football team, it is a statistic.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 8
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You flip a coin 4 times and do not get a tails. You suspect this coin favors heads. The coin maker claims that the coin doesnot favor heads or tails. You simulate flipping the coin 50 times by repeatedly drawing 200 random samples of size 50. The histogram shows the results. What should you conclude when you flip the actual coin 50 times and get (a) 27 heads and (b) 33 heads?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 19

Question 20.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Use the histogram in Exercise 19 to determine what you should conclude when you flip the actual coin 50 times and get (a) 17 heads and (b) 23 heads.
Answer:

Question 21.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A random sample of five people at a movie theater from a population of 200 people gave the film 4 out of 4 stars. Your friend concludes that everyone in the movie theater would give the film 4 stars. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 21

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the Venn diagram to identify the population and sample. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 10
Answer:

Question 23.
OPEN-ENDED
Find a newspaper or magazine article that describes a survey. Identify the population and sample. Describe the sample.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 23

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
You choose a random sample of 200 from a population of 2000. Each person in the sample is asked how many hours of sleep he or she gets each night. The mean of your sample is 8 hours. Is it possible that the mean of the entire population is only 7.5 hours of sleep each night? Explain.
Answer:

Question 25.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You perform two simulations of repeatedly selecting a marble out of a bag with replacement that contains three red marbles and three blue marbles. The first simulation uses 20 random samples of size 10, and the second uses 400 random samples of size 10. The histograms show the results. Which simulation should you use to accurately analyze a hypothesis? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 25

Question 26.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You roll an eight-sided die five times and get a four every time. You suspect that the die favors the number four. The die maker claims that the die does not favor any number.
a. Perform a simulation involving 50 trials of rolling the actual die and getting a four to test the die maker’s claim. Display the results in a histogram.
b. What should you conclude when you roll the actual die 50 times and get 20 fours? 7 fours?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation by completing the square.
Question 27.
x2− 10x − 4 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 27

Question 28.
3t2 + 6t = 18
Answer:

Question 29.
s2 + 10s + 8 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 29

Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula.
Question 30.
n2+ 2n + 2 = 0
Answer:

Question 31.
4z2 + 28z = 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.2 a 31

Question 32.
5w − w2 = −11
Answer:

Lesson 11.3 Collecting Data

Essential Question What are some considerations when undertaking a statistical study? The goal of any statistical study is to collect data and then use the data to make a decision. Any decision you make using the results of a statistical study is only as reliable as the process used to obtain the data. If the process is flawed, then the resulting decision is questionable.

EXPLORATION 1

Analyzing Sampling Techniques
Work with a partner. Determine whether each sample is representative of the population. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 1
a. To determine the number of hours people exercise during a week, researchers use random-digit dialing and call 1500 people.
b. To determine how many text messages high school students send in a week, researchers post a survey on a website and receive 750 responses.
c. To determine how much money college students spend on clothes each semester,a researcher surveys 450 college students as they leave the university library.
d. To determine the quality of service customers receive, an airline sends an e-mail survey to each customer after the completion of a flight.

EXPLORATION 2

Analyzing Survey Questions
Work with a partner. Determine whether each survey question is biased. Explain your reasoning. If so, suggest an unbiased rewording of the question.
a. Does eating nutritious, whole-grain foods improve your health?
b. Do you ever attempt the dangerous activity of texting while driving?
c. How many hours do you sleep each night?
d. How can the mayor of your city improve his or her public image?

EXPLORATION 3

Analyzing Survey Randomness and Truthfulness
Work with a partner. Discuss each potential problem in obtaining a random survey of a population. Include suggestions for overcoming the problem.
a. The people selected might not be a random sample of the population.
b. The people selected might not be willing to participate in the survey.
c. The people selected might not be truthful when answering the question.
d. The people selected might not understand the survey question.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What are some considerations when undertaking a statistical study?
Answer:

Question 5.
Find a real-life example of a biased survey question. Then suggest an unbiased rewording of the question.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
WHAT IF?
In Example 1, you divide the students in your school according to their zip codes, then select all of the students that live in one zip code. What type of sample are you using?
Answer:

Question 2.
Describe another method you can use to obtain a stratified sample in Example 1.
Answer:

Question 3.
The manager of a concert hall wants to know how often people in the community attend concerts. The manager asks 45 people standing in line for a rock concert how many concerts they attend per year. Identify the type of sample the manager is using and explain why the sample is biased.
Answer:

Question 4.
In Example 3, what is another method you can use to generate a random sample of 50 students? Explain why your sampling method is random.
Answer:

Identify the method of data collection the situation describes.
Question 5.
Members of a student council at your school ask every eighth student who enters the cafeteria whether they like the snacks in the school’s vending machines.
Answer:

Question 6.
A park ranger measures and records the heights of trees in a park as they grow.
Answer:

Question 7.
A researcher uses a computer program to help determine how fast an influenza virus might spread within a city.
Answer:

Question 8.
Explain why the survey question below may be biased or otherwise introduce bias into the survey. Then describe a way to correct the flaw.
“Do you agree that our school cafeteria should switch to a healthier menu?”
Answer:

Collecting Data 11.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Describe the difference between a stratified sample and a cluster sample.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A sample for which each member of a population has an equal chance of being selected is a(n) __________ sample.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Describe a situation in which you would use a simulation to collect data.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 3

Question 4.
WRITING
Describe the difference between an unbiased sample and a biased sample. Give one example of each.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–8, identify the type of sample described.
Question 5.
The owners of a chain of 260 retail stores want to assess employee job satisfaction. Employees from 12 stores near the headquarters are surveyed.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 5

Question 6.
Each employee in a company writes their name on a card and places it in a hat. The employees whose names are on the first two cards drawn each win a gift card.
Answer:

Question 7.
A taxicab company wants to know whether its customers are satisfied with the service. Drivers survey every tenth customer during the day.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 7

Question 8.
The owner of a community pool wants to ask patrons whether they think the water should be colder. Patrons are divided into four age groups, and a sample is randomly surveyed from each age group.
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, identify the type of sample and explain why the sample is biased.
Question 9.
A town council wants to know whether residents support having an off-leash area for dogs in the town park. Eighty dog owners are surveyed at the park.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 9

Question 10.
A sportswriter wants to determine whether baseball coaches think wooden bats should be mandatory in collegiate baseball. The sportswriter mails surveys to all collegiate coaches and uses the surveys that are returned.
Answer:

Question 11.
You want to find out whether booth holders at a convention were pleased with their booth locations. You divide the convention center into six sections and survey every booth holder in the fifth section.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 11

Question 12.
Every tenth employee who arrives at a company health fair answers a survey that asks for opinions about new health-related programs.
Answer:

Question 13.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Surveys are mailed to every other household in a neighborhood. Each survey that is returned is used. Describe and correct the error in identifying the type of sample that is used.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 13

Question 14.
ERROR ANALYSIS
A researcher wants to know whether the U.S. workforce supports raising the minimum wage. Fifty high school students chosen at random are surveyed. Describe and correct the error in determining whether the sample is biased.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 4
Answer:

In Exercises 15–18, determine whether the sample is biased. Explain your reasoning.
Question 15.
Every third person who enters an athletic event is asked whether he or she supports the use of instant replay in officiating the event.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 15

Question 16.
A governor wants to know whether voters in the state support building a highway that will pass through a state forest. Business owners in a town near the proposed highway are randomly surveyed.
Answer:

Question 17.
To assess customers’ experiences making purchases online, a rating company e-mails purchasers and asks that they click on a link and complete a survey.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 17

Question 18.
Your school principal randomly selects five students from each grade to complete a survey about classroom participation.
Answer:

Question 19.
WRITING
The staff of a student newsletter wants to conduct a survey of the students’ favorite television shows. There are 1225 students in the school. Describe a method for selecting a random sample of 250 students to survey.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 19

Question 20.
WRITING
A national collegiate athletic association wants to survey 15 of the 120 head football coaches in a division about a proposed rules change. Describe a method for selecting a random sample of coaches to survey.
Answer:

In Exercises 21–24, identify the method of data collection the situation describes.
Question 21.
A researcher uses technology to estimate the damage that will be done if a volcano erupts.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 21

Question 22.
The owner of a restaurant asks 20 customers whether they are satisfied with the quality of their meals.
Answer:

Question 23.
A researcher compares incomes of people who live in rural areas with those who live in large urban areas.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 23

Question 24.
A researcher places bacteria samples in two different climates. The researcher then measures the bacteria growth in each sample after 3 days.
Answer:

In Exercises 25–28, explain why the survey question may be biased or otherwise introduce bias into the survey. Then describe a way to correct the flaw.
Question 25.
“Do you agree that the budget of our city should be cut?”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 25

Question 26.
“Would you rather watch the latest award-winning movie or just read some book?”
Answer:

Question 27.
“The tap water coming from our western water supply contains twice the level of arsenic of water from our eastern supply. Do you think the government should address this health problem?”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 27

Question 28.
A child asks, “Do you support the construction of a new children’s hospital?”
Answer:

In Exercises 29–32, determine whether the survey question may be biased or otherwise introduce bias into the survey. Explain your reasoning.
Question 29.
“Do you favor government funding to help prevent acid rain?”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 29

Question 30.
“Do you think that renovating the old town hall would be a mistake?”
Answer:

Question 31.
A police officer asks mall visitors, “Do you wear your seat belt regularly?”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 31

Question 32.
“Do you agree with the amendments to the Clean Air Act?”
Answer:

Question 33.
REASONING
A researcher studies the effect of fiber supplements on heart disease. The researcher identified 175 people who take fiber supplements and 175 people who do not take fiber supplements. The study found that those who took the supplements had 19.6% fewer heart attacks. The researcher concludes that taking fiber supplements reduces the chance of heart attacks.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 7
a. Explain why the researcher’s conclusion may not be valid.
b. Describe how the researcher could have conducted the study differently to produce valid results.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A poll is conducted to predict the results of a statewide election in New Mexico before all the votes are counted. Fifty voters in each of the state’s 33 counties are asked how they voted as they leave the polls.
a. Identify the type of sample described.
b. Explain how the diagram shows that the polling method could result in a biased sample.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 8
Answer:

Question 35.
WRITING
Consider each type of sample listed on page 610. Which of the samples are most likely to lead to biased results? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
What is the difference between a “blind experiment” and a “double-blind experiment?” Describe a possible advantage of the second type of experiment over the first.
Answer:

Question 37.
WRITING
A college wants to survey its graduating seniors to find out how many have already found jobs in their field of study after graduation.
a. What is the objective of the survey?
b. Describe the population for the survey.
c. Write two unbiased questions for the survey.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 37

Question 38.
REASONING
About 3.2% of U.S. adults follow a vegetarian-based diet. Two randomly selected groups of people were asked whether they follow such a diet. The first sample consists of 20 people and the second sample consists of 200 people. Which sample proportion is more likely to be representative of the national percentage? Explain.
Answer:

Question 39.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The U.S. Census is taken every10 years to gather data from the population. Your friend claims that the sample cannot be biased. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 39

Question 40.
OPEN-ENDED
An airline wants to know whether travelers have enough leg room on its planes.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 9
a. What method of data collection is appropriate for this situation?
b. Describe a sampling method that is likely to give biased results. Explain.
c. Describe a sampling method that is not likely to give biased results. Explain.
d. Write one biased question and one unbiased question for this situation.
Answer:

Question 41.
REASONING
A website contains a link to a survey that asks how much time each person spends on the Internet each week.
a. What type of sampling method is used in this situation?
b. Which population is likely to respond to the survey? What can you conclude?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 41

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression without using a calculator.
Question 42.
45/2
Answer:

Question 43.
272/3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 43

Question 44.
−641/3
Answer:

Question 45.
8-2/3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 45

Simplify the expression.
Question 46.
(43/2 • 41/4)4
Answer:

Question 47.
(61/3 • 31/3)-2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 47

Question 48.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 4 }\) • \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 16 }\)
Answer:

Question 49.
\(\frac{\sqrt[4]{405}}{\sqrt[4]{5}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 a 49

Data Analysis and Statistics Study Skills: Reworking Your Notes

11.1–11.3 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 10

Core Concepts
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 11

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
What previously established results, if any, did you use to solve Exercise 31 on page 602?
Answer:

Question 2.
What external resources, if any, did you use to answer Exercise 36 on page 616?
Answer:

Study Skills: Reworking Your Notes

It’s almost impossible to write down in your notes all the detailed information you are taught in class. A good way to reinforce the concepts and put them into your long-term memory is to rework your notes. When you take notes, leave extra space on the pages. You can go back after class and fill in:

  • important definitions and rules
  • additional examples
  • questions you have about the material
    Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.3 12

Data Analysis and Statistics 11.1–11.3 Quiz

A normal distribution has a mean of 32 and a standard deviation of 4. Find the probability that a randomly selected x-value from the distribution is in the given interval.
Question 1.
at least 28
Answer:

Question 2.
between 20 and 32
Answer:

Question 3.
at most 26
Answer:

Question 4.
at most 35
Answer:

Determine whether the histogram has a normal distribution.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics q 1
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics q 2
Answer:

Question 7.
A survey of 1654 high school seniors determined that 1125 plan to attend college. Identify the population and the sample. Describe the sample.
Answer:

Question 8.
A survey of all employees at a company found that the mean one-way daily commute to work of the employees is 25.5 minutes. Is the mean time a parameter or a statistic? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 9.
A researcher records the number of bacteria present in several samples in a laboratory. Identify the method of data collection.
Answer:

Question 10.
You spin a five-color spinner, which is divided into equal parts, five times and every time the spinner lands on red. You suspect the spinner favors red. The maker of the spinner claims that the spinner does not favor any color. You simulate spinning the spinner 50 times by repeatedly drawing 200 random samples of size 50. The histogram shows the results. Use the histogram to determine what you should conclude when you spin the actual spinner 50 times and the spinner lands on red (a) 9 times and (b) 19 times.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics q 3
Answer:

Question 11.
A local television station wants to find the number of hours per week people in the viewing area watch sporting events on television. The station surveys people at a nearby sports stadium.
a. Identify the type of sample described.
b. Is the sample biased? Explain your reasoning.
c. Describe a method for selecting a random sample of 200 people to survey.
Answer:

Lesson 11.4 Experimental Design

Essential Question How can you use an experiment to test a conjecture?

EXPLORATION 1

Using an Experiment
Work with a partner. Standard white playing dice are manufactured with black dots that are indentations, as shown. So, the side with six indentations is the lightest side and the side with one indentation is the heaviest side.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 1
You make a conjecture that when you roll a standard playing die, the number 6 will come up more often than the number 1 because 6 is the lightest side. To test your conjecture, roll a standard playing die 25 times. Record the results in the table. Does the experiment confirm your conjecture? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 2

EXPLORATION 2

Analyzing an Experiment
Work with a partner. To overcome the imbalance of standard playing dice, one of the authors of this book invented and patented 12-sided dice, on which each number from 1 through 6 appears twice (on opposing sides). See BigIdeasMath.com.
As part of the patent process, a standard playing die was rolled 27,090 times. The results are shown below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 3
What can you conclude from the results of this experiment? Explain your reasoning.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use an experiment to test a conjecture?
Answer:

Question 4.
Exploration 2 shows the results of rolling a standard playing die 27,090 times to test the conjecture in Exploration 1. Why do you think the number of trials was so large?
Answer:

Question 5.
Make a conjecture about the outcomes of rolling the 12-sided die in Exploration 2. Then use the Internet to find a 12-sided die rolling simulator. Use the simulator to complete a table similar to the one shown below. How many times did you simulate rolling the die? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress
Question 1.
Determine whether the study is a randomized comparative experiment. If it is, describe the treatment, the treatment group, and the control group. If it is not, explain why not and discuss whether the conclusions drawn from the study are valid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 5
Answer:

Question 2.
Determine whether the following research topic is best investigated through an experiment or an observational study. Then describe the design of the experiment or observational study.
You want to know whether flowers sprayed twice per day with a mist of water stay fresh longer than flowers that are not sprayed.
Answer:

Question 3.
In Example 3, the company identifies 250 people who are overweight. The subjects are randomly assigned to a treatment group or a control group. In addition, each subject is given a DVD that documents the dangers of obesity. After 3 months, most of the subjects placed in the treatment group have lost weight. Identify a potential problem with the experimental design. Then describe how you can improve it.
Answer:

Question 4.
You design an experiment to test the effectiveness of a vaccine against a strain of influenza. In the experiment, 100,000 people receive the vaccine and another 100,000 people receive a placebo. Identify a potential problem with the experimental design. Then describe how you can improve it.
Answer:

Experimental Design 11.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Repetition of an experiment under the same or similar conditions is called _________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe the difference between the control group and the treatment group in a controlled experiment.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, determine whether the study is a randomized comparative experiment. If it is, describe the treatment, the treatment group, and the control group. If it is not, explain why not and discuss whether the conclusions drawn from the study are valid.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 7
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 5 and 6, describe and correct the error in describing the study.

A company’s researchers want to study the effects of adding shea butter to their existing hair conditioner. They monitor the hair quality of 30 randomly selected customers using the regular conditioner and 30 randomly selected customers using the new shea butter conditioner.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 9
Answer:

In Exercises 7–10, explain whether the research topic is best investigated through an experiment or an observational study. Then describe the design of the experiment or observational study.
Question 7.
A researcher wants to compare the body mass index of smokers and nonsmokers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 7

Question 8.
A restaurant chef wants to know which pasta sauce recipe is preferred by more diners.
Answer:

Question 9.
A farmer wants to know whether a new fertilizer affects the weight of the fruit produced by strawberry plants.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 9

Question 10.
You want to know whether homes that are close to parks or schools have higher property values.
Answer:

Question 11.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A company wants to test whether a nutritional supplement has an adverse effect on an athlete’s heart rate while exercising. Identify a potential problem, if any, with each experimental design. Then describe how you can improve it.
a. The company randomly selects 250 athletes. Half of the athletes receive the supplement and their heart rates are monitored while they run on a treadmill. The other half of the athletes are given a placebo and their heart rates are monitored while they lift weights. The heart rates of the athletes who took the supplement significantly increased while exercising.

b. The company selects 1000 athletes. The athletes are divided into two groups based on age. Within each age group, the athletes are randomly assigned to receive the supplement or the placebo. The athletes’ heart rates are monitored while they run on a treadmill. There was no significant difference in the increases in heart rates between the two groups.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 11

Question 12.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A researcher wants to test the effectiveness of reading novels on raising intelligence quotient (IQ) scores. Identify a potential problem, if any, with each experimental design. Then describe how you can improve it.
a. The researcher selects 500 adults and randomly divides them into two groups. One group reads novels daily and one group does not read novels. At the end of 1 year, each adult is evaluated and it is determined that neither group had an increase in IQ scores.

b. Fifty adults volunteer to spend time reading novels every day for 1 year. Fifty other adults volunteer to refrain from reading novels for 1 year. Each adult is evaluated and it is determined that the adults who read novels raised their IQ scores by 3 points more than the other group.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 10
Answer:

Question 13.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A fitness company claims that its workout program will increase vertical jump heights in 6 weeks. To test the workout program, 10 athletes are divided into two groups. The double bar graph shows the results of the experiment. Identify the potential problems with the experimental design. Then describe how you can improve it.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 13

Question 14.
WRITING
Explain why observational studies, rather than experiments, are usually used in astronomy.
Answer:

Question 15.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend wants to determine whether the number of siblings has an effect on a student’s grades. Your friend claims to be able to show causality between the number of siblings and grades. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 15

Question 16.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
To test the effect political advertisements have on voter preferences, a researcher selects 400 potential voters and randomly divides them into two groups. The circle graphs show the results of the study.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 12
a. Is the study a randomized comparative experiment? Explain.
b. Describe the treatment.
c. Can you conclude that the political advertisements were effective? Explain.
Answer:

Question 17.
WRITING
Describe the placebo effect and how it affects the results of an experiment. Explain how a researcher can minimize the placebo effect.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 17

Question 18.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Make a hypothesis about something that interests you. Design an experiment that could show that your hypothesis is probably true.
Answer:

Question 19.
REASONING
Will replicating an experiment on many individuals produce data that are more likely to accurately represent a population than performing the experiment only once? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 19

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Draw a dot plot that represents the data. Identify the shape of the distribution.
Question 20.
Ages: 24, 21, 22, 26, 22, 23, 25, 23, 23, 24, 20, 25
Answer:

Question 21.
Golf strokes: 4, 3, 4, 3, 3, 2, 7, 5, 3, 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 21

Tell whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Then graph the function.
Question 22.
y = 4x
Answer:

Question 23.
y = (0.95)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 23

Question 24.
y = (0.2)x
Answer:

Question 25.
y = (1.25)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.4 a 25

Lesson 11.5 Making Inferences from Sample Surveys

Essential Question How can you use a sample survey to infer a conclusion about a population?

EXPLORATION 1

Making an Inference from a Sample
Work with a partner. You conduct a study to determine what percent of the high school students in your city would prefer an upgraded model of their current cell phone. Based on your intuition and talking with a few acquaintances, you think that 50% of high school students would prefer an upgrade. You survey50 randomly chosen high school students and find that 20 of them prefer an upgraded model.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 1
a. Based on your sample survey, what percent of the high school students in your city would prefer an upgraded model? Explain your reasoning.
b. In spite of your sample survey, is it still possible that 50% of the high school students in your city prefer an upgraded model? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 2
c. To investigate the likelihood that you could have selected a sample of 50 from a population in which 50% of the population does prefer an upgraded model, you create a binomial distribution as shown below. From the distribution, estimate the probability that exactly 20 students surveyed prefer an upgraded model. Is this event likely to occur? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 3
d. When making inferences from sample surveys, the sample must be random. In the situation described above, describe how you could design and conduct a survey using a random sample of 50 high school students who live in a large city.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you use a sample survey to infer a conclusion about a population?
Answer:

Question 3.
In Exploration 1(c), what is the probability that exactly 25 students you survey prefer an upgraded model?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
The data from another random sample of 30 teen users of the social networking website are shown in the table. Estimate the population mean μ.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 4
Answer:

Question 2.
Two candidates are running for class president. The table shows the results of four surveys of random students in the class. The students were asked whether they will vote for the incumbent. Do you think the incumbent will be reelected? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 5
Answer:

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, what can you conclude about the accuracy of the claim that the population proportion is 0.34 when 21 adults in your random sample say mathematics is the most valuable subject?
Answer:

Question 4.
In a survey of 1028 people in the U.S., 87% reported using the Internet. Give an interval that is likely to contain the exact percent of all people in the U.S. who use the Internet.
Answer:

Making Inferences from Sample Surveys 11.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The ___________ gives a limit on how much the responses of the sample would differ from the responses of the population.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
What is the difference between descriptive and inferential statistics?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

Question 3.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The numbers of text messages sent each day by a random sample of 30 teen cellphone users are shown in the table. Estimate the population mean μ.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 3

Question 4.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The incomes for a random sample of 35 U.S. households are shown in the table. Estimate the population mean μ.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 7
Answer:

Question 5.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Use the data in Exercise 3 to answer each question.
a. Estimate the population proportion ρ of teen cellphone users who send more than 70 text messages each day.
b. Estimate the population proportion ρ of teen cellphone users who send fewer than 50 text messages each day.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 5

Question 6.
WRITING
A survey asks a random sample of U.S. teenagers how many hours of television they watch each night. The survey reveals that the sample mean is 3 hours per night. How condent are you that the average of all U.S. teenagers is exactly 3 hours per night? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 8
Answer:

Question 7.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
When the President of the United States vetoes a bill, the Congress can override the veto by a two-thirds majority vote in each House. Five news organizations conduct individual random surveys of U.S. Senators. The senators are asked whether they will vote to override the veto. The results are shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 9
a. Based on the results of the first two surveys, do you think the Senate will vote to override the veto? Explain.
b. Based on the results in the table, do you think the Senate will vote to override the veto? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 7

Question 8.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Your teacher lets the students decide whether to have their test on Friday or Monday. The table shows the results from four surveys of randomly selected students in your grade who are taking the same class. The students are asked whether they want to have the test on Friday.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 10
a. Based on the results of the first two surveys, do you think the test will be on Friday? Explain.
b. Based on the results in the table, do you think the test will be on Friday? Explain.
Answer:

Question 9.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A national polling company claims that 54% of U.S. adults are married. You survey a random sample of 50 adults.
a. What can you conclude about the accuracy of the claim that the population proportion is 0.54 when 31 adults in your survey are married?
b. What can you conclude about the accuracy of the claim that the population proportion is 0.54 when 19 adults in your survey are married?
c. Assume that the true population proportion is 0.54. Estimate the variation among sample proportions for samples of size 50.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 9

Question 10.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Employee engagement is the level of commitment and involvement an employee has toward the company and its values. A national polling company claims that only 29% of U.S. employees feel engaged at work. You survey a random sample of 50 U.S. employees.
a. What can you conclude about the accuracy of the claim that the population proportion is 0.29 when 16 employees feel engaged at work?
b. What can you conclude about the accuracy of the claim that the population proportion is 0.29 when 23 employees feel engaged at work?
c. Assume that the true population proportion is 0.29. Estimate the variation among sample proportions for samples of size 50.
Answer:

In Exercises 11–16, find the margin of error for a survey that has the given sample size. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a percent.
Question 11.
260
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 11

Question 12.
1000
Answer:

Question 13.
2024
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 13

Question 14.
6400
Answer:

Question 15.
3275
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 15

Question 16.
750
Answer:

Question 17.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
In a survey of 1020 U.S. adults, 41% said that their top priority for saving is retirement.
a. What is the margin of error for the survey?
b. Give an interval that is likely to contain the exact percent of all U.S. adults whose top priority for saving is retirement.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 17

Question 18.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
In a survey of 1022 U.S. adults, 76% said that more emphasis should be placed on producing domestic energy from solar power.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 11
a. What is the margin of error for the survey?
b. Give an interval that is likely to contain the exact percent of all U.S. adults who think more emphasis should be placed on producing domestic energy from solar power.
Answer:

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
In a survey, 8% of adult Internet users said they participate in sports fantasy leagues online. The margin of error is ±4%. Describe and correct the error in calculating the sample size.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 19

Question 20.
ERROR ANALYSIS
In a random sample of 2500 consumers, 61% prefer Game A over Game B. Describe and correct the error in giving an interval that is likely to contain the exact percent of all consumers who prefer Game A over Game B.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 13
Answer:

Question 21.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend states that it is possible to have a margin of error between 0 and 100 percent, not including 0 or 100 percent. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 21

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The figure shows the distribution of the sample proportions from three simulations using different sample sizes. Which simulation has the least margin of error? the greatest? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 14
Answer:

Question 23.
REASONING
A developer claims that the percent of city residents who favor building a new football stadium is likely between 52.3% and 61.7%. How many residents were surveyed?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 23

Question 24.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Suppose a random sample of size n is required to produce a margin of error of ±E. Write an expression in terms of n for the sample size needed to reduce the margin of error to ±1—2E. How many times must the sample size be increased to cut the margin of error in half? Explain.
Answer:

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A survey reported that 47% of the voters surveyed, or about 235 voters, said they voted for Candidate A and the remainder said they voted for Candidate B.
a. How many voters were surveyed?
b. What is the margin of error for the survey?
c. For each candidate, find an interval that is likely to contain the exact percent of all voters who voted for the candidate.
d. Based on your intervals in part (c), can you be confident that Candidate B won? If not, how many people in the sample would need to vote for Candidate B for you to be condent that Candidate B won? (Hint: Find the least number of voters for Candidate B so that the intervals do not overlap.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 25

Question 26.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider a large population in which ρ percent (in decimal form) have a certain characteristic. To be reasonably sure that you are choosing a sample that is representative of a population, you should choose a random sample of n people where n > 9\(\left(\frac{1-\rho}{\rho}\right)\) .
a. Suppose ρ= 0.5. How large does n need to be?
b. Suppose ρ= 0.01. How large does n need to be?
c. What can you conclude from parts (a) and (b)?
Answer:

Question 27.
CRITICAL THINKING
In a survey, 52% of the respondents said they prefer sports drink X and 48% said they prefer sports drink Y. How many people would have to be surveyed for you to be confident that sports drink X is truly preferred by more than half the population? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 27

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the inverse of the function.
Question 28.
y= 10x-3
Answer:

Question 29.
y= 2x – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 29

Question 30.
y= ln (x+ 5)
Answer:

Question 31.
y= log6x− 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 31

Determine whether the graph represents an arithmetic sequence or a geometric sequence. Then write a rule for the nth term.
Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 16
Answer:

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 a 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.5 18
Answer:

Lesson 11.6 Making Inferences from Experiments

Essential Question How can you test a hypothesis about an experiment?

EXPLORATION 1

Resampling Data
Work with a partner. A randomized comparative experiment tests whether water with dissolved calcium affects the yields of yellow squash plants. The table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 1
a. Find the mean yield of the control group and the mean yield of the treatment group. Then find the difference of the two means. Record the results.
b. Write each yield measurement from the table on an equal-sized piece of paper. Place the pieces of paper in a bag, shake, and randomly choose 10 pieces of paper. Call this the “control” group, and call the 10 pieces in the bag the “treatment” group. Then repeat part (a) and return the pieces to the bag. Perform this resampling experiment five times.
c. How does the difference in the means of the control and treatment groups compare with the differences resulting from chance?

EXPLORATION 2

Evaluating Results
Work as a class. To conclude that the treatment is responsible for the difference in yield, you need strong evidence to reject the hypothesis:
Water dissolved in calcium has no effect on the yields of yellow squash plants.
To evaluate this hypothesis, compare the experimental difference of means with the resampling differences.
a. Collect all the resampling differences of means found in Exploration 1(b) for the whole class and display these values in a histogram.
b. Draw a vertical line on your class histogram to represent the experimental difference of means found in Exploration 1(a).
c. Where on the histogram should the experimental difference of means lie to give evidence for rejecting the hypothesis?
d. Is your class able to reject the hypothesis? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you test a hypothesis about an experiment?
Answer:

Question 4.
The randomized comparative experiment described in Exploration 1 is replicated and the results are shown in the table. Repeat Explorations 1 and 2 using this data set. Explain any differences in your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
In Example 1, interpret the meaning of \(\bar{x}_{\text {treatment }}\) \(\bar{x}_{\text {control }}\) control when the difference is (a) negative, (b) zero, and (c) positive.
Answer:

Question 2.
In Example 3, what are the consequences of concluding that the hypothesis is false when it is actually true?
Answer:

Making Inferences from Experiments 11.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A method in which new samples are repeatedly drawn from the data set is called ____________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

Question 3.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A randomized comparative experiment tests whether music therapy affects the depression scores of college students. The depression scores range from 20 to 80, with scores greater than 50 being associated with depression. The control group has eight students and the treatment group, which receives the music therapy, has eight students. The table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 5
a. Find the mean score of the control group.
b. Find the mean score of the treatment group.
c. Find the experimental difference of the means.
d. Display the data in a double dot plot.
e. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 3

Question 4.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A randomized comparative experiment tests whether low-level laser therapy affects the waist circumference of adults. The control group has eight adults and the treatment group, which receives the low-level laser therapy, has eight adults. The table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 7
a. Find the mean circumference of the control group.
b. Find the mean circumference of the treatment group.
c. Find the experimental difference of the means.
d. Display the data in a double dot plot.
e. What can you conclude?
Answer:

Question 5.
ERROR ANALYSIS
In a randomized comparative experiment, the mean score of the treatment group is 11 and the mean score of the control group is 16. Describe and correct the error in interpreting the experimental difference of the means.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 5

Question 6.
REASONING
In Exercise 4, interpret the meaning of \(\bar{x}_{\text {treatment }}-\bar{x}_{\text {control }}\) when the difference is positive, negative, and zero.
Answer:

Question 7.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Resample the data in Exercise 3 using a simulation. Use the means of the new control and treatment groups to calculate the difference of the means.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 7

Question 8.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Resample the data in Exercise 4 using a simulation. Use the means of the new control and treatment groups to calculate the difference of the means.
Answer:

Question 9.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
To analyze the hypothesis below, use the histogram which shows the results from 200 resamplings of the data in Exercise 3.
Music therapy has no effect on the depression score.
Compare the experimental difference in Exercise 3 with the resampling differences. What can you conclude about the hypothesis? Does music therapy have an effect on the depression score?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 9

Question 10.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Suppose the experimental difference of the means in Exercise 3 had been −0.75. Compare this experimental difference of means with the resampling differences in the histogram in Exercise 9. What can you conclude about the hypothesis? Does music therapy have an effect on the depression score?
Answer:

Question 11.
WRITING
Compare the histogram in Exercise 9 to the histogram below. Determine which one provides stronger evidence against the hypothesis, Music therapy has no effect on the depression score. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 11

Question 12.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Without calculating, determine whether the experimental difference, \(\bar{x}_{\text {treatment }}-\bar{x}_{\text {control }}\), is positive, negative, or zero. What can you conclude about the effect of the treatment? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 11
Answer:

Question 13.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend states that the mean of the resampling differences of the means should be close to 0 as the number of resamplings increase. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 13

Question 14.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Describe an example of an observation that can be made from an experiment. Then give four possible inferences that could be made from the observation.
Answer:

Question 15.
CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercise 4, how many resamplings of the treatment and control groups are theoretically possible? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 15

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Factor the polynomial completely.
Question 16.
5x3 − 15x2
Answer:

Question 17.
y3 − 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 17

Question 18.
z3 + 5z2 − 9z − 45
Answer:

Question 19.
81w4 − 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 19

Determine whether the inverse of f is a function. Then find the inverse.
Question 20.
f(x) = \(\frac{3}{x+5}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2x-1}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{x}\) − 4
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = \(\frac{3}{x^{2}}\) + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 a 23

Data Analysis and Statistics Performance Task: Curving the Test

11.4–11.6 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 12

Core Concepts
Section 11.4
Randomization in Experiments and Observational Studies, p. 621
Comparative Studies and Causality, p. 621
Analyzing Experimental Designs, p. 622

Section 11.5
Estimating Population Parameters, p. 626
Analyzing Estimated Population Parameters, p. 628

Section 11.6
Experiments with Two Samples, p. 634
Resampling Data Using Simulations, p. 635
Making Inferences About Treatments, p. 636

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
In Exercise 7 on page 623, find a partner and discuss your answers. What questions should you ask your partner to determine whether an observational study or an experiment is more appropriate?
Answer:

Question 2.
In Exercise 23 on page 632, how did you use the given interval to find the sample size?
Answer:

Performance Task: Curving the Test
Test scores are sometimes curved for different reasons using different techniques. Curving began with the assumption that a good test would result in scores that were normally distributed about a C average. Is this assumption valid? Are test scores in your class normally distributed? If not, how are they distributed? Which curving algorithms preserve the distribution and which algorithms change it?
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics 11.6 13

Data Analysis and Statistics Chapter Review

11.1 Using Normal Distributions (pp. 595–602)

Question 1.
A normal distribution has mean μ and standard deviation σ. An x-value is randomly selected from the distribution. Find P(x ≤ μ − 3σ).
Answer:

Question 2.
The scores received by juniors on the math portion of the PSAT are normally distributed with a mean of 48.6 and a standard deviation of 11.4. What is the probability that a randomly selected score is at least 76?
Answer:

11.2 Populations, Samples, and Hypotheses (pp. 603−608)

Question 3.
To estimate the average number of miles driven by U.S. motorists each year, a researcher conducts a survey of 1000 drivers, records the number of miles they drive in a year, and then determines the average. Identify the population and the sample.
Answer:

Question 4.
A pitcher throws 40 fastballs in a game. A baseball analyst records the speeds of 10 fastballs and finds that the mean speed is 92.4 miles per hour. Is the mean speed a parameter or a statistic? Explain.
Answer:

Question 5.
A prize on a game show is placed behind either Door A or Door B. You suspect the prize is more often behind Door A. The show host claims the prize is randomly placed behind either door. What should you conclude when the prize is behind Door A for 32 out of 50 contestants?
Answer:

11.3 Collecting Data (pp. 609−616)

Question 6.
A researcher wants to determine how many people in a city support the construction of a new road connecting the high school to the north side of the city. Fifty residents from each side of the city are surveyed. Identify the type of sample described and determine whether the sample is biased.
Answer:

Question 7.
A researcher records the number of people who use a coupon when they dine at a certain restaurant. Identify the method of data collection.
Answer:

Question 8.
Explain why the survey question below may be biased or otherwise introduce bias into the survey. Then describe a way to correct the flaw.
“Do you think the city should replace the outdated police cars it is using?”
Answer:

11.4 Experimental Design (pp. 619–624)

Question 9.
A restaurant manager wants to know which type of sandwich bread attracts the most repeat customers. Is the topic best investigated through an experiment or an observational study? Describe how you would design the experiment or observational study.
Answer:

Question 10.
A researcher wants to test the effectiveness of a sleeping pill. Identify a potential problem, if any, with the experimental design below. Then describe how you can improve it.
The researcher asks for 16 volunteers who have insomnia. Eight volunteers are given the sleeping pill and the other 8 volunteers are given a placebo. Results are recorded for 1 month.
Answer:

Question 11.
Determine whether the study is a randomized comparative experiment. If it is, describe the treatment, the treatment group, and the control group. If it is not, explain why not and discuss whether the conclusions drawn from the study are valid.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics cr 1
Answer:

11.5 Making Inferences from Sample Surveys (pp. 625−632)

Question 12.
In a survey of 1017 U.S. adults, 62% said that they prefer saving money over spending it. Give an interval that is likely to contain the exact percent of all U.S. adults who prefer saving money over spending it.
Answer:

Question 13.
There are two candidates for homecoming king. The table shows the results from four random surveys of the students in the school. The students were asked whether they will vote for Candidate A.Do you think Candidate A will be the homecoming king? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics cr 2
Answer:

11.6 Making Inferences from Experiments (pp. 633−638)

Question 14.
Describe how to use a simulation to resample the data in the example above. Explain how this allows you to make inferences about the data when the sample size is small.
Answer:

Data Analysis and Statistics Chapter Test

Question 1.
Market researchers want to know whether more men or women buy their product. Explain whether this research topic is best investigated through an experiment or an observational study. Then describe the design of the experiment or observational study.
Answer:

Question 2.
You want to survey 100 of the 2774 four-year colleges in the United States about their tuition cost. Describe a method for selecting a random sample of colleges to survey.
Answer:

Question 3.
The grade point averages of all the students in a high school are normally distributed with a mean of 2.95 and a standard deviation of 0.72. Are these numerical values parameters or statistics? Explain.
Answer:

A normal distribution has a mean of 72 and a standard deviation of 5. Find the probability that a randomly selected x-value from the distribution is in the given interval.
Question 4.
between 67 and 77
Answer:

Question 5.
at least 75
Answer:

Question 6.
at most 82
Answer:

Question 7.
A researcher wants to test the effectiveness of a new medication designed to lower blood pressure. Identify a potential problem, if any, with the experimental design. Then describe how you can improve it.
The researcher identifies 30 people with high blood pressure. Fifteen people with the highest blood pressures are given the medication and the other 15 are given a placebo. After 1 month, the subjects are evaluated.
Answer:

Question 8.
A randomized comparative experiment tests whether a vitamin supplement increases human bone density (in grams per square centimeter). The control group has eight people and the treatment group, which receives the vitamin supplement, has eight people. The table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics ct 1
a. Find the mean yields of the control group, \(\bar{x}_{\text {control }}\), and the treatment group, \(\bar{x}_{\text {treatment }}\).
b. Find the experimental difference of the means, \(\bar{x}_{\text {treatment }}-\bar{x}_{\text {control }}\).
c. Display the data in a double dot plot. What can you conclude?
d. Five hundred resamplings of the data are simulated. Out of the 500 resampling differences, 231 are greater than the experimental difference in part (b). What can you conclude about the hypothesis, The vitamin supplement has no effect on human bone density? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 9.
In a recent survey of 1600 randomly selected U.S. adults, 81% said they have purchased a product online.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics ct 2
a. Identify the population and the sample. Describe the sample.
b. Find the margin of error for the survey.
c. Give an interval that is likely to contain the exact percent of all U.S. adults who have purchased a product online.
d. You survey 75 teachers at your school. The results are shown in the graph. Would you use the recent survey or your survey to estimate the percent of U.S. adults who have purchased a product online? Explain.
Answer:

Data Analysis and Statistics Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Your friend claims any system formed by three of the following equations will have exactly one solution.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics ca 1
a. Write a linear system that would support your friend’s claim.
b. Write a linear system that shows your friend’s claim is incorrect.
Answer:

Question 2.
Which of the following samples are biased? If the sample is biased, explain why it is biased.
A. A restaurant asks customers to participate in a survey about the food sold at the restaurant. The restaurant uses the surveys that are returned.
B. You want to know the favorite sport of students at your school. You randomly select athletes to survey at the winter sports banquet.
C. The owner of a store wants to know whether the store should stay open 1 hour later each night. Each cashier surveys every fifth customer.
D. The owner of a movie theater wants to know whether the volume of its movies is too loud. Patrons under the age of 18 are randomly surveyed.
Answer:

Question 3.
A survey asks adults about their favorite way to eat ice cream. The results of the survey are displayed in the table shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics ca 3
a. How many people were surveyed?
b. Why might the conclusion, “Adults generally do not prefer to eat their ice cream in a cone” be inaccurate to draw from this data?
c. You decide to test the results of the poll by surveying adults chosen at random. What is the probability that at least three out of the six people you survey prefer to eat ice cream in a cone?
d. Four of the six respondents in your study said they prefer to eat their ice cream in a cone. You conclude that the other survey is inaccurate. Why might this conclusion be incorrect?
e. What is the margin of error for your survey?
Answer:

Question 4.
You are making a lampshade out of fabric for the lamp shown. The pattern for the lampshade is shown in the diagram on the left.
a. Use the smaller sector to write an equation that relates θ and x.
b. Use the larger sector to write an equation that relates θ and x+ 10.
c. Solve the system of equations from parts (a) and (b) for x and θ.
d. Find the amount of fabric (in square inches) that you will use to make the lampshade.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics ca 4
Answer:

Question 5.
For all students taking the Medical College Admission Test over a period of 3 years, the mean score was 25.1. During the same 3 years, a group of 1000 students who took the test had a mean score of 25.3. Classify each mean as a parameter or a statistic. Explain.
Answer:

Question 6.
Complete the table for the four equations. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics ca 6
Answer:

Question 7.
The normal distribution shown has mean 63 and standard deviation 8. Find the percent of the area under the normal curve that is represented by the shaded region. Then describe another interval underthe normal curve that has the same area.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics ca 7
Answer:

Question 8.
Which of the rational expressions cannot be simplified? (HSA-APR.D.6)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 11 Data Analysis and Statistics ca 8
Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Extra Practice

go-math-grade-3-chapter-1-addition-and-subtraction-within-1-000-extra-practice-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Extra Practice makes you familiar with a variety of topics in it. HMH Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 helps you learn problems from basic to advanced level. Practice using the Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Ch 1 Extra Practice and learn different questions.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Extra Practice

There are different methods to solve additions and subtractions. Check out them before beginning your preparation and learn the topics within it. Extra Practice Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 helps you attain better grades.

Lesson 1.1 – Page No. 27000

Find the sum. Then use the Commutative Property of Addition to write the related addition sentence.
Question 1:
5 + 7 = __
__ + __ = __

Answer: 5 + 7 = 12

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
If you are adding 5 and 7 together the commutative property of addition says that you will get the same answer whether you are adding 5 + 7 or 7 + 5.
7 + 5 = 12

Question 2:
4 + 9 = __

__ + __ = __

Answer: 4 + 9 = 13

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
That means you will get the same answer is you add 4 + 9 or 9 + 4.
9 + 4 = 13

Question 3:
0 + 5 = __

__ + __ = __

Answer: 0 + 5 = 5

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
You will get the same answer if you add 0 + 5  or 5 + 0.
5 + 0 = 5

Lesson 1.2 – Page No. 27000

Round to the nearest ten and hundred.
Question 4:
622
The nearest ten: __
The nearest hundred: __

Answer:
The nearest ten is 620
The nearest hundred is 600

Question 5:
307
The nearest ten: __
The nearest hundred: __

Answer:
The nearest ten is 310
The nearest hundred is 300

Question 6:
867
The nearest ten: __
The nearest hundred: __

Answer:

The nearest ten is 870
The nearest hundred is 900

Lesson 1.3 – Page No. 27000

Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the sum.
Question 7:
24
+ 82
Estimate:
__ + __ = __

Answer:

The round figure of 24 is 25.
And the round figure of 82 is 80.
25 + 80 = 105

Question 8:
112
+ 279
Estimate:
__ + __ = __

Answer:

Rounding Numbers to the nearest 10 means finding which 10 they are nearest to. 112 nearest to 10 is 110 and the number rounded to 79 is 80.
110 + 280 = 390

Question 9:
583
+ 169
Estimate:
__ + __ = __

Answer:

The number rounded 583 is 600 and the number rounded to 169 is 170.
600 + 170 = 770

Lesson 1.4 – Page No. 27000

Use mental math to find the sum.
Question 10:
71 + 99 = __

Answer:
First, add one’s place and then add tens place
1 + 9 = 10 and
70 + 90 = 160
160 + 10 = 170

Question 11:
38 + 58 = __

Answer:
First add ones place i.e., 8 + 8 = 16
Now add tens place 30 + 50 = 80
80 + 16 = 96
38 + 58 = 96

Question 12:
307 + 418 = __

Answer:
Add ones place 7 + 8 = 15. 1 will be carried to tens place
Now Add tens place 10 + 10 = 20
Now add hundereds place = 400 + 300 = 700
700 + 20 + 5 = 725

Lesson 1.5 – Page No. 27000

Use addition properties and strategies to find the sum.
Question 13:
13 + 47 + 21 + 79 = __

Answer: 160
Step 1:
First line up the numbers

13
47
21
+ 79

Step 2:
Now add all ones place
3 + 7 + 1 + 9 = 20
2 will be carries to tens place

Step 3:
Now add tens place
10 + 40 + 20 + 70 = 140
140 + 20 = 160

Question 14:
55 + 18 + 15 + 43 = __

Answer: 131

Step 1:
First line up the numbers

Step 2:
Now add all ones place
5 + 5 + 3 + 8 = 21
2 will be carried to tens place

Step 3:
Now add tens place
50 + 10 + 10 + 40 = 110
110 + 21 = 131

Lessons 1.6–1.7 – Page No. 28000

Estimate. Then find the sum.
Question 1:
Estimate: __
325 + 389 = __

Answer:  714
The sum of 325 + 389 = 714
The nearest hundred of 714 is 700. So, The estimated sum is 700.

Question 2:
Estimate: __
219 + 445 = __

Answer: 664
The sum of 219 + 445 is 664
The nearest hundred of 664 is 650. So, the estimated sum is 650.

Question 3:
Estimate: __
437 + 146 = __

Answer: 583
The addition of 437 + 146 is 583.
And the number nearest to the hundred is 600.
Therefore the estimated sum of 437 and 146 is 600.

Question 4:
Estimate: __
308 + 593 = __

Answer: 901
The sum of 308 + 593 is 901.
The number rounded to 901 is 900.
Thus the estimated sum is 900.

Lesson 1.8 – Page No. 28000

Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the difference.
Question 5:
82
– 44
Estimate: __

Answer: 35

Compatible numbers are the numbers that are easy to compute mentally and are close to the real numbers.
The number nearer to 82 is 80. And the number nearer to 44 is 45.
The difference of 80 and 45 is 35.
Therefore the estimated difference is 35.

Question 6:
192
– 78
Estimate: __

Answer: 120

Compatible numbers are the numbers that are easy to compute mentally and are close to the real numbers.
The number close to 192 is 190 and the number close to 78 is 80.
So, the difference of 190 and 80 is 120.
Thus the estimated difference is 120.

Question 7:
618
– 369
Estimate: __

Answer:

Compatible numbers are the numbers that are easy to compute mentally and are close to the real numbers.
The number closer to 618 is 620 and 369 is 370
The difference of 620 and 370 is 250.
Therefore the estimated difference of 618 and 369 is 250.

Lesson 1.9

Use mental math to find the difference.
Question 8:
92 – 41 = __

Answer: 51
First subtract ones place 2 – 1 = 1
Now subtract tens place = 90 – 40 = 50
So, the answer is 51.

Question 9:
451 – 125 = __

Answer: 326
Step 1:

Make the number you subtract a friendly number
Add +6 to 125 = 131

Step 2:

Since you add 6 to 125 you have to add 6 to 451
That means 451 + 6 = 457
Now subtract 457 – 131 = 326

Question 10:
703 – 359 = __

Answer: 344

Step 1:

Make the number you subtract a friendly number.
Add 1 to 359 = 360

Step 2:

Since you add 1 to 359 you have to add 1 to 703 = 704
Now subtract 704 – 360 = 344

Lessons 1.10–1.11 – Page No. 28000

Estimate. Then find the difference.
Question 11:
622
– 354
Estimate: __
Difference: __

Answer: 300
The round figure of 622 is 700 and 354 is 400.
The difference of 700 and 400 is 300.
Thus the estimated difference is 300.
And the actual difference is 268.

Question 12:
506
– 189
Estimate: __
Difference: __

Answer: 300
The number rounded to 506 is 500 and the number rounded to 189 is 200.
The estimated difference between 500 and 200 is 300. And the actual difference of 506 and 189 is 317.

Question 13:
763
– 295
Estimate: __
Difference: __

Answer: 500

The actual difference of 763 and 295 is 468
The round figure of 763 is 800 and the rounded number of 295 is 300.
The estimated difference between 800 and 300 is 500.

Question 14:
848
– 209
Estimate: __
Difference: __

Answer: 600

The number rounded to 848 is 800 and the number rounded to 209 is 200.
The estimated difference is 800 and 200 is 600.
And the actual difference is 848 and 209 is 639

Lesson 1.12 – Page No. 28000

Question 15:
Sara read 81 pages in her book. Colin read 64 pages in his book. How many more pages did Sara read than Colin?
____ Pages

Answer: 17 pages

Explanation:

Sara read 81 pages in her book.
Colin read 64 pages in his book.
To know how many more pages did Sara read than Colin.
Subtract 64 from 81 you get 17
So, the answer is 17 pages.

Question 16:

Herb planted 28 pea plants. He planted 15 fewer tomato plants. How many pea and tomato plants did Herb plant in all?
_____ Plants

Answer: 41 plants

Explanation:

Herb planted 28 pea plants.
He planted 15 fewer tomato plants.
Subtract the number of tomato plants from a number of pea plants
28 – 15 = 13 plants
Now add total number of pea and tomato plants = 28 + 13 = 41 plants
Therefore the total number of plants = 41

Without the Fundamentals of additions and subtractions,  you can’t solve problems of advanced level. Learn the basics that aid you in clearing your homework and assessment. Assess your preparation standard by solving the problems in the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Extra Practice.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice

go-math-grade-3-chapter-10-time-length-liquid-volume-and-mass-extra-practice-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice helps you to test your preparation level. Solve as many questions in the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 10 Extra Practice and score better grades. We have provided detailed solutions for all the problems in Chapter Test, Practice Test, Assessment Tests in Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key making it easy for you to understand topics.

3d Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice

Before you begin your practice sessions know the topics in Chapter 10 Time Length Liquid Volume and Mass through the quick links available. Assess your strengths and weaknesses using the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 10 Time Length Liquid Volume and Mass Extra Practice.

Common Core – Page No. 211000

Write the time. Write one way you can read the time.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 1
_______ : _______

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 2
_______ : _______

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 3
_______ : _______

Write the time. Use A.M. or P.M.

Question 4.
30 minutes past noon
_______ : _______ _______ (A.M. or P.M.)

Question 5.
14 minutes before 7:00 in the morning
_______ : _______ _______ (A.M. or P.M.)

Find the elapsed time.

Question 6.
Start: 10:10 P.M. End: 10:45 P.M.
________ minutes

Question 7.
Start: 7:05 A.M. End: 7:33 A.M.
________ minutes

Question 8.
Delia spent 45 minutes working on her book report. She finished the report at 6:10 P.M. At what time did Delia start working on her report?
_______ : _______ _______ (A.M. or P.M.)

Question 9.
Lucas leaves school at 3:05 P.M. The bus ride home takes 25 minutes. Then it takes Lucas 15 minutes to ride his bike to soccer practice. At what time does Lucas get to soccer practice?
_______ : _______ _______ (A.M. or P.M.)

Common Core – Page No. 212000

Measure the length to the nearest half inch.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 4
_____ inches

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 5
_____ inches

Question 3.
Measure the length to the nearest fourth inch.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 6
_____ inches

Estimate how much liquid volume there will be when the container is filled. Write more than 1 liter, about 1 liter, or less than 1 liter.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 7
________

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 8
________

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 9
________

Choose the unit you would use to measure the mass.

Write gram or kilogram.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 10
________

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 11
________

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice Common Core img 12
________

Write an equation and solve the problem.

Question 10.
Miles ate two hot dogs with buns. Each hot dog has a mass of 45 grams, and each hot dog bun has a mass of 33 grams. How many grams of hot dogs and buns id Miles eat in all?
________ grams

Question 11.
Celia’s famous raspberry limeade comes in 3-liter containers. Celia gets an order for 8 containers of raspberry limeade. How many liters of raspberry limeade were ordered?
________ liters

Final Words

We wish the info shared on Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Ch 10 Extra Practice has helped you a lot. For any queries needed feel free to check Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass.

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Answer Key

Engage NY Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Example Answer Key

Example 1:

Solve 3z = 9 using tape diagrams and algebraically. Then, check your answer. First, draw two tape diagrams, one to represent each side of the equation.
Answer:

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Example Answer Key 1

If 9 had to be split into three groups, how big would each group be?
Answer:
3

Demonstrate the value of z using tape diagrams.
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Example Answer Key 2

How can we demonstrate this algebraically?
Answer:
We know we have to split 9 into three equal groups, so we have to divide by 3 to show this algebraically.
3z ÷ 3 = 9 ÷ 3

How does this get us the value of z?
Answer:
The left side of the equation will equal z because we know the identity property, where a . b ÷ b = a, so we con use this identity here.

The right side of the equation will be 3 because 9 ÷ 3 = 3.
Therefore, the value of z is 3.

How can we check our answer?
Answer:
We can substitute the value of z into the original equation to see if the number sentence is true.
3(3) = 9; 9 = 9. This number sentence is true, so our answer is correct.

Example 2:

Solve \(\frac{y}{4}\) = 2 using tape diagrams and algebraically. Then, check your answer. First, draw two tape diagrams, one to represent each side of the equation.
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Example Answer Key 3

If the first tape diagram shows the size of y ÷ 4, how can we draw a tape diagram to represent y?
Answer:
The tape diagram to represent y should be four sections of the size y ÷ 4.

Draw this tape diagram.
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Example Answer Key 4

What value does each y ÷ 4 section represent? How do you know?
Answer:
Each y ÷ 4 section represents a value of 2. We know this from our original tape diagram.

How can you use a tape diagram to show the value of y?
Answer:
Draw four equal sections of 2, which will give y the value of 8.
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Example Answer Key 5

How can we demonstrate this algebraically?
Answer:
\(\frac{y}{4}\) . 4 = 2 . 4. Because we multiplied the number of sections in the original equation by 4, we know the identity
\(\frac{a}{b}\) . b = a can be used here.

How does this help us find the value of y?
Answer:
The left side of the equation will equal y, and the right side will equal 8. Therefore, the value of y is 8.

How can we check our answer?
Answer:
Substitute 8 into the equation for y, and then check to see if the number sentence is true.
\(\frac{8}{4}\) = 2. This is a true number sentence, so 8 is the correct answer.

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Exercise Answer Key

Exercises:

Exercise 1.
Use tape diagrams to solve the following problem: 3m = 21.
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Exercise Answer Key 6
check: 3(7) = 21; 21 = 21. This number sentence is true, so 7 is the correct solution.

Exercise 2.
Solve the following problem algebraically: 15 = \(\frac{n}{5}\)
Answer:
15 = \(\frac{n}{5}\)
15 . 5 = \(\frac{n}{5}\) . 5
75 = n
Check: 15 = \(\frac{75}{5}\); 15 = 15. This number sentence is true, so 75 is the correct solution.

Exercise 3.
Calculate the solution of the equation using the method of your choice: 4p = 36.
Answer:
Tape Diagrams:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Exercise Answer Key 7

Algebraically:
4p = 36
4p ÷ 3 = 36 ÷ 4
p = 9
Check:
4(9) = 36; 36 = 36. This number sentence is true, so 9 is the correct solution.

Exercise 4.
Examine the tape diagram below, and write an equation it represents. Then, calculate the solution to the equation using the method of your choice.

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Exercise Answer Key 8

Answer:

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Exercise Answer Key 9

Algebraically:
7q = 70
7q ÷ 7 = 70 ÷ 7
q = 10

70 = 7q
70 ÷ 7 = 7q ÷ 7
q = 10

Check:
7(10) = 70, 70 = 7(10); 70 = 70. This number sentence is true, so 10 is the correct answer.

Exercise 5.
Write a multiplication equation that has a solution of 12. Use tape diagrams to prove that your equation has a solution of 12.
Answer:
Answers will vary.

Exercise 6.
Write a division equation that has a solution of 12. Prove that your equation has a solution of 12 using algebraic methods.
Answer:
Answers will vary.

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Problem Set Answer Key

Question 1.
Use tape diagrams to calculate the solution of 30 = 5w. Then, check your answer.
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Problem Set Answer Key 12

Check: 30 = 5(6); 30 = 30. This number sentence is true, so 6is the correct solution.

Question 2.
Solve 12 = \(\frac{x}{4}\) algebraically. Then, check your answer.
Answer:
12 = \(\frac{x}{4}\)
12 . 4 = \(\frac{x}{4}\) . 4
48 = x
Check:
12 = \(\frac{48}{4}\); 12 = 12. This number sentence is true, so 48 is the correct solution.

Question 3.
Use tape diagrams to calculate the solution of \(\frac{y}{5}\) = 15. Then, check your answer.
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Problem Set Answer Key 13

Check:
\(\frac{75}{5}\) = 15; 15 = 15. This number sentence is true, so 75 is the correct solution.

Question 4.
Solve 18z = 72 algebraically. Then, check your answer.
Answer:
18z = 72
18z ÷ 18 = 72 ÷ 18
z = 4
Check:
18(4) = 72; 72 = 72. This number sentence is true, so 4 is the correct solution.

Question 5.
Write a division equation that has a solution of 8. Prove that your solution is correct by using tape diagrams.
Answer:
Answers will vary.

Question 6.
Write a multiplication equation that has a solution of 8. Solve the equation algebraically to prove that your solution is correct.
Answer:
Answers will vary.

Question 7.
When solving equations algebraically, Meghan and Meredith each got a different solution. Who is correct? Why did the other person not get the correct answer?
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Problem Set Answer Key 14
Answer:
Meghan is correct. Meredith divided by 2 to solve the equation, which is not correct because she would end up with \(\frac{y}{4}\) = 2. To solve a division equation, Meredith must multiply by 2 to end up with y because the identity states.
y ÷ 2 . 2 = y.

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Exit Ticket Answer Key

Calculate the solution to each equation below using the indicated method. Remember to check your answers.

Question 1.
Use tape diagrams to find the solution of \(\frac{r}{10}\) = 4.
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Exit Ticket Answer Key 10

Check:
\(\frac{40}{10}\) = 4; 4 = 4. This number sentence is true, so 40 is the correct solution.

Question 2.
Find the solution of 64 = 16u algebraically.
Answer:
64 = 16u
64 ÷ 16 = 16u ÷ 16
4 = u
Check:
64 = 16(4); 64 = 64. This number sentence is true, so 4 is the correct solution.

Question 3.
Use the method of your choice to find the solution of 12 = 3v.
Answer:
Tape Diagrams:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 27 Exit Ticket Answer Key 11

Algebraically:
12 = 3v
12 ÷ 3 = 3v ÷ 3
4 = v

Check:
12 = 3(4); 12 = 12. This number sentence is true, so 4 is the correct solution.

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Answer Key

Engage NY Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Answer Key

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exercise Answer Key

Exercise 1:

Solve each equation. Use both tape diagrams and algebraic methods for each problem. Use substitution to check your answers.

a. b + 9 = 15
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exercise Answer Key 1

Algebraically:
b + 9 = 15
b + 9 – 9 = 15 – 9
b = 6
Check:
6 + 9 – 9 = 15 – 9; 6 = 6. This is a true number sentence, so 6 is the correct solution.

b. 12 = 8 + c
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exercise Answer Key 2

Algebraically:
12 = 8 + c
12 – 8 = 8 + c – 8
4 = c
Check:
12 – 8 = 8 + 4 – 8; 4 = 4. This is a true number sentence, so 4 is the correct solution.

Exercise 2:

Given the equation d – 5 = 7.

a. Demonstrate how to solve the equation using tape diagrams.
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exercise Answer Key 3

b. Demonstrate how to solve the equation algebraically.
Answer:
d – 5 = 7
d – 5 + 5 = 7 + 5
d = 12

c. check your answer.
Answer:
12 – 5 + 5 = 7 + 5; 12 = 12. This is a true number sentence, so our solution is correct.

Exercise 3:

Solve each problem, and show your work. You may choose which method (tape diagrams or algebraically) you prefer. Check your answers after solving each problem.

a. e + 12 = 20
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exercise Answer Key 4

Algebraically:
e + 12 = 20
e + 12 – 12 = 20 – 12
e = 8
Check:
8 + 12 – 12 = 20 – 12; 8 = 8. This is a true number sentence, so our answer is correct.

b. f – 10 = 15
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exercise Answer Key 5

Algebraically:
f – 10 = 15
f – 10 + 10 = 15 + 10
f = 25
Check:
25 – 10 + 10 = 15 + 10; 25 = 25. This is a true number sentence, so our solution is correct.

c. g – 8 = 9
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exercise Answer Key 6

Algebraically:
g – 8 = 9
g – 8 + 8 = 9 + 8
g = 17
Check:
17 – 8 + 8 = 9 + 8; 17 = 17. This number sentence is true, so our solution is correct.

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Problem Set Answer Key

Question 1.
Find the solution to the equation below using tape diagrams. Check your answer. m – 7 = 17
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Problem Set Answer Key 7

m is equal to 24; m = 24.
Check:
24 – 7 = 17; 17 = 17. This number sentence is true, so the solution is correct.

Question 2.
Find the solution of the equation below algebraically. Check your answer.
Answer:
n + 14 = 25
n + 14 – 14 = 25 – 14
n = 11
Check:
11 + 14 = 25; 25 = 25. This number sentence is true, so the solution is correct.

Question 3.
Find the solution of the equation below using tape diagrams. Check your answer. p + 8 = 18
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Problem Set Answer Key 8

Check:
10 + 8 = 18; 18 = 18. This number sentence is true, so the solution is correct.

Question 4.
Find the solution to the equation algebraically. Check your answer.
Answer:
g – 62 = 14
g – 62 + 62 = 14 + 62
g = 76
Check:
76 – 62 = 14; 14 = 14. This number sentence is true, so the solution is correct.

Question 5.
Find the solution to the equation using the method of your choice. Check your answer. m + 108 = 243
Answer:
Tape Diagrams:

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Problem Set Answer Key 9

Algebraically:
m + 108 = 243
m + 108 – 108 = 243 – 108
m = 35
Check:
135 + 108 = 243; 243 = 243. This number sentence is true, so the solution is correct.

Question 6.
Identify the mistake in the problem below. Then, correct the mistake.
Answer:
p – 21 = 34
p – 21 – 21 = 34 – 21
p = 13
The mistake is subtracting rather than adding 21. This is incorrect because p – 21 – 21 would not equal p.
p – 21 = 34
p – 21 + 21 = 34 + 21
p = 55

Question 7.
Identify the mistake in the problem below. Then, correct the mistake.
Answer:
q + 18 = 22
q + 18 – 18 = 22 + 18
q = 40
The mistake is adding 18 on the right side of the equation instead of subtracting it from both sides.
q + 18 = 22
q + 18 – 18 = 22 – 18
q = 4

Question 8.
Match the equation with the correct solution on the right.
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Problem Set Answer Key 10
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Problem Set Answer Key 11

Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exit Ticket Answer Key

Question 1.
If you know the answer, state it. Then, use a tape diagram to demonstrate why this is the correct answer. If you do not know the answer, find the solution using a tape diagram. j + 12 = 25
Answer:
Eureka Math Grade 6 Module 4 Lesson 26 Exit Ticket Answer Key 12

j is equal to 13; j = 13.
Check:
13 + 12 = 25; 25 = 25. This is a true number sentence, so the solution is correct.

Question 2.
Find the solution to the equation algebraically. Check your answer.
Answer:
k – 16 = 4
k – 16 + 16 = 4 + 16
k = 20
Check: 20 – 16 = 4; 4 = 4. This is a true number sentence, so the solution is correct.